436 24 26018 https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/84436cc563f00a94bf6efa73caa37da5.pdf fca0af828e934cf63e33c678e92dad11 PDF Text Text Young Lords In Lincoln Park Interviewee: Roberto Jiménez Interviewers: José “Cha-Cha” Jiménez Location: Grand Valley State University Special Collections Date: 7/9/2012 Biography and Description Roberto Jiménez is son of “Tio Funfa” Jiménez. Today he lives in the small mountain town of Aguas Buenas, Puerto Rico, but did live for some years in Detroit, Michigan, traveling back and forth in the 1950s, “when there were not that many Puerto Ricans living there.” It was cold in Detroit. And Mr. Jiménez recalls having to rely on family and friends for transportation and other things. He likes to raise rabbits for sale, and chickens. Mr. Jiménez also grows green bananas and other vegetables in his backyard behind the three houses where his brothers and sisters live in separate apartments. At least one of the houses is an inheritance and it is not bad to be able to live and to share supper with family. When friends arrive to visit, he has a habit of giving them some bananas or a chicken or a rabbit. If he has to do the work to prepare it, he will charge for his time. Mr. Jiménez considers himself to be just a humble worker and recalls going to the United States because farm labor was seasonal and there was no work. Sometimes construction was good. But it did not last long because there were many people trying to do it. Mr. Jiménez had heard about the Hacha Viejas, but they were his cousins, children of Tio Gabriel Jiménez, and workers who worked on his uncle’s farm, and not part of his immediate family. Today, Mr. Jiménez has no plans except to enjoy the tropical breeze from the same chair he sits on daily in their patio/garage entrance. Here he is calm and can think as he enjoys the car and truck traffic blaring as it passes the house. � https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/cccaa63d02d47bb877a5368c7b0456e5.mp4 8598819a0234f4d582e6d784f232a989 Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Young Lords in Lincoln Park Collection Subject The topic of the resource Young Lords (Organization) Puerto Ricans--United States Civil Rights--United States--History Lincoln Park (Chicago, Ill.) Personal narratives Social justice Community activists--Illinois--Chicago Description An account of the resource Collection of oral history interviews and digitized materials documenting the history of the Young Lords Organization in Lincoln Park, Chicago. Interviews were conducted by Young Lords' founder, José “Cha-Cha” Jiménez, and documents were digitized from Mr. Jiménez' archives. The Young Lords in Lincoln Park collection grows out of the ongoing struggle for fair housing, self-determination, and human rights that was launched by Mr. José “Cha-Cha” Jiménez, founder of the Young Lords Movement. This project is dedicated to documenting the history of the displacement of Puerto Ricans, Mejicanos, other Latinos, and the poor from Lincoln Park, as well as the history of the Young Lords nationwide. Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Jiménez, José, 1948- Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/491">Young Lords in Lincoln Park collection (RHC-65)</a> Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Special Collections & University Archives Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 2017-04-25 Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/page/InC/1.0/?language=en">In Copyright</a> Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource video/mp4 application/pdf Language A language of the resource eng spa Type The nature or genre of the resource Moving Image Text Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context RHC-65 Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant 2012-2017 Oral History A resource containing historical information obtained in interviews with persons having firsthand knowledge. Título Spanish language Title entry Roberto Jiménez vídeo entrevista y biografía Sujetos Spanish language Subject terms Young Lords (Organización) Puertorriqueños--Estados Unidos Derechos civiles--Estados Unidos--Historia Lincoln Park (Chicago, Ill.) Puertorriqueños--Relatos personales Justicia social Activistas comunitarios--Illinois--Chicago Source <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/491">Young Lords in Lincoln Park (RHC-65)</a> Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context RHC-65_Jimenez_Roberto Title A name given to the resource Roberto Jiménez video interview and biography Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Jiménez, Roberto Description An account of the resource Roberto Jiménez is son of “Tio Funfa” Jiménez. Today he lives in the small mountain town of Aguas Buenas, Puerto Rico, but did live for some years in Detroit, Michigan, traveling back and forth in the 1950s, “when there were not that many Puerto Ricans living there.” It was cold in Detroit. And Mr. Jiménez recalls having to rely on family and friends for transportation and other things. He likes to raise rabbits for sale, and chickens. Mr. Jiménez also grows green bananas and other vegetables in his backyard behind the three houses where his brothers and sisters live in separate apartments. At least one of the houses is an inheritance and it is not bad to be able to live and to share supper with family. When friends arrive to visit, he has a habit of giving them some bananas or a chicken or a rabbit. If he has to do the work to prepare it, he will charge for his time. Mr. Jiménez considers himself to be just a humble worker and recalls going to the United States because farm labor was seasonal and there was no work. Sometimes construction was good. But it did not last long because there were many people trying to do it. Mr. Jiménez had heard about the Hacha Viejas, but they were his cousins, children of Tio Gabriel Jiménez, and workers who worked on his uncle’s farm, and not part of his immediate family. Today, Mr. Jiménez has no plans except to enjoy the tropical breeze from the same chair he sits on daily in their patio/garage entrance. Here he is calm and can think as he enjoys the car and truck traffic blaring as it passes the house. Contributor An entity responsible for making contributions to the resource Jiménez, José, 1948- Subject The topic of the resource Young Lords (Organization) Puerto Ricans--United States Civil Rights--United States--History Lincoln Park (Chicago, Ill.) Spanish language--Personal narratives Social justice Community activists--Illinois--Chicago Language A language of the resource spa Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/page/InC/1.0/?language=en">In Copyright</a> Type The nature or genre of the resource Moving Image Text Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource video/mp4 application/pdf Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 2012-07-09 Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Lemmen Library and Archives https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/8965a1c667ffe39b6aadfc76d3fe2a48.pdf 9717f57b2f5d66b8aa46263eae6eedd0 PDF Text Text � Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Incunabula Description An account of the resource The term incunabula refers to books printed between 1450 and 1500, approximately the first fifty years following the invention, by Johann Gutenberg of Mainz, of printing from moveable type. Our collection includes over 200 volumes and numerous unbound leaves from books printed during this period. Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant 1450/1500 Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived Incunabula Collection (DC-03) Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/page/NoC-US/1.0/?language=en">No Copyright - United </a> Subject The topic of the resource Incunabula Printing 1450-1500 Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Special Collections & University Archives Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context DC-03 Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf Type The nature or genre of the resource text Language A language of the resource eng it la nl de Still Image A static visual representation. Examples include paintings, drawings, graphic designs, plans and maps. Recommended best practice is to assign the type Text to images of textual materials. Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Supplementum chronicarum [folium 194] Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context DC-03_194Bergamomensis1485 Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource JJacobus Philippus, Bergomensis, 1434-1520 Description An account of the resource One leaf from Supplementum chronicarum by Jacobus Philippus de Bergamo. Printed in Brescia by Boninus de Boninis, de Ragusia, on December 1, 1485. [GW M10965; ISTC ij00209000] Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Brescia: Boninus de Boninis, de Ragusia Subject The topic of the resource Incunabula Printing 1450-1500 Language A language of the resource la Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/page/NoC-US/1.0/?language=en">No Copyright - United States</a> Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1485 Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived Seidman Rare Books Collection Type The nature or genre of the resource Text https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/03d82eaa9ac03be8a43ac937ef2324e0.pdf 6ba0e70678d4e48ae4f97b0247fb054b PDF Text Text CITY OF BATTLE CREEK COMPREHENSIVE PLAN TECHNICAL REPORT Prepared By JJR Incorporated Planning & Zoning Center, Inc. WJ Schroer Company Adopted October 1997 �TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE CHAP"I"ER ONE: INTRODUCTION .................•................................................................ 1-1 PURPOSE/SCOPE OF PLAN .................................................................................................. 1-1 PROCESS AND PARTICIPANTS ........................................................................................... 1-2 Process ........................................................................................................................... 1-2 Participants .................................................................................................................... 1-5 CHAP"I"ER TWO: EXISTING CONDITIONS AND TRENDS ........................................ 2-1 REGIONAL SETTING ............................................................................................................. 2-1 HISTORY .................................................................................................................................. 2-1 NATURAL RESOURCES ................... .................. ................... .... ...... .... ........... ....................... 2-2 Topography ................................................................................................................... 2-2 Soils/Geology ................................................................................................................ 2-2 Surface Drainage ........................................................................................................... 2-2 Floodplain ...................... :............................................................................................... 2-4 Wetlands ................................................ ................................ .. ...................................... 2-4 Vegetation/Wooded Areas ............................................................................................ 2-4 Threatened and Endangered Species .. .................... ................................. ...................... 2-4 SOCIO-ECONOMIC TRENDS ................................................................................................ 2-4 Introduction ................................................................................................................... 2-4 Population Change During The Twentieth Century .. .................................................... 2-8 Population Projections ................................................................................................ 2-26 Economic Trends ..................... .. .... .......... .. ....... ............... .... .... .................... ................ 2-31 Conclusions ................................................................................................................. 2-46 EXISTING LAND USE .. .. ........... ............ ....... ... .... .. ...... ...... ........ ...... ...... .... ..... .. .... .... ............ 2-53 Existing Land Use Patterns ......................................................................................... 2-53 Land Use Statistics: Developed Land ........................................................... .............. 2-53 Land Use Statistics: Undeveloped Land ....... ................... ................ ......... .................. 2-58 Comparisons to Population and Job Growth Projections ............................................ 2-58 EXISTING INFRASTRUCTURE .... ................ ..... .. ....... .................... ....... ............ .. ....... ........ 2-59 Water Supply ............................................................................................................... 2-59 Wastewater System ..................................................................................................... 2-59 �TRANSPORTATION ............................................................................................................. 2-61 Regional Context/Accessibility ................................................................................... 2-61 Rail ................................................................................................................. :............ 2-61 W. K. Kellogg Airport ................................................................................................. 2-61 Roadways .................................................................................................................... 2-63 Transit. .......................................................... .- .............................................................. 2-65 PUBLIC FACILITIES/SERVICES ......................................................................................... 2-68 Police Department .............................................................................. .. ....................... 2-68 Fire Department. .......... ................................................................................................ 2-68 Ambulance Service ..................................................................................................... 2-70 Solid Waste and Recycling ........................ ............................................ ...................... 2-70 City Government ......................................................................................................... 2-72 Other Government ........................ ............ ................................................................... 2-72 Post Office ................... .. .............................................................................................. 2-73 Recreation .................................................................................................................... 2-73 Seniors ......................................................................................................................... 2-73 Youth .......................................................... .... ................................... .......................... 2-76 Library ......................................................................................................................... 2-76 Public Schools ............................................................................................................. 2-76 Private Schools ......................................... ........ ........................................................... 2-76 Colleges ....................................................................................................................... 2-78 Health .......................................................................................................................... 2-78 CHAP'fER THREE: VISION ............................................................................................... 3-1 VISION STATEMENT ............................................................................................................. 3-l Introduction ................................................ ........................................ ........................... 3-1 Twenty-First Century Battle Creek ............................................................................... 3-1 Quality of Life: Impressions, Standards and Visual Character .................................... 3-2 Downtown -The City's Heart .................. .............................................. ... .................... 3-3 A City of Neighborhoods - Diversity is Celebrated ...................................................... 3-3 Quality of Life - A City of Recreational Options .......................................................... 3-4 Economic Development - A City of Opportunity ............... ....... .......... ......................... 3-5 Planned Growth ... ..... ................................... .... ............................... .. ... .... ...................... 3-5 Intergovernmental Cooperation/Coordination .............................................................. 3-6 CHAP'fER 4: GOALS, OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES .................................................. 4-1 INTRODUCTION ..................................................................................................................... 4-1 ECONOMY ...... ..... ........ .............. .......... ..... ....... ........ ..... ................ ....... ... ..... ............ .... ...... ..... . 4-l LANDUSE .............................. ...... .... ....... ...... .. .............. ..... .. .......................... ......................... 4-3 II �DOWNTOWN .......................................................................................................................... 4-6 INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT ............................................................................................. 4-7 COMMERCIAL DEVELOPMENT ......................................................................................... 4-9 RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENT/NEIGHBORHOODS ..................................................... 4-12 ENVIRONMENT ....................................................................................... ............................. 4-14 OPEN SPACE, PARKS AND RECREATION ..................................................................... .4-15 INFRASTRUCTURE .............................................................................................................. 4-17 Capital Improvements ................................................................................................. 4-17 Transportation ............................................................................................................. 4-18 Utilities ........................................................................................................................ 4-20 PUBLIC SERVICES ....................................................................... ................ ........................ 4-22 HEALTH ................................................................... .............................................................. 4-22 EDUCATION .................................................................................... ................ ...................... 4-23 VISUAL CHARACTER ......................................................................................................... 4-24 CITIZEN ATIITUDES/OPPORTUNITY ............. ...................... ........................................... 4-25 INTERGOVERNMENT AL COOPERATION ....................................................................... 4-26 BALANCING CONFLICTING POLICIES ............................................................................ 4-27 CHAPTER V: PLAN RECOMMENDATIONS ................................................................. 5-1 INTRODUCTION ..................................................................................................................... 5-1 FUTURE LAND USE ................................................ .......... ........ ......................... .................... 5-1 Alternative Land Use Futures .......... ........................................... :.................................. 5-1 Planning Principles ....................................... ......... ... ......................... .... ........................ 5-7 Protection of Public Health and Safety .. .. ................ ...... ..... ... ...... .. ............... ...... .......... 5-7 Conservation of Sensitive Natural Resources ............ ............................. ........... .. .. ... .... 5-7 Environmental Protection ... ... ....... .... ...... .... ........ ... ... ........ ... .......... ............ .. .. ................ 5-7 Minimizing Public Service Costs .. .............................................. ................ ....... .... ....... 5-8 Efficiency and Convenience in Meeting Land Use Needs ........................... ..... ............ 5-8 Ensuring Compatibility Between Land Uses ................. .. ...... ....................................... 5-9 Sustaining a Job Base Adequate to Support Families ....................... ............................ 5-9 111 �Future Land Use .......................................................................................................... 5-10 More Detailed Planning and Plan Revisions ............................................................... 5-22 ZONING PLAN ...................................................................................................................... 5-22 Relationship of the Comprehensive Plan to the Zoning Ordinance ............................ 5-22 Staging Strategy............................................ .- ............................................................. . 5-23 Schedule of Regulations .............................................................................................. 5-27 Other Techniques and Relationship to Zoning ............................................................ 5-27 FUTURE INFRASTRUCTURE PLAN .................................................................................. 5-29 Transportation ............................................................................................................. 5-30 Sewer and Water ............. ............................................................................................ 5-35 Stormwater Management ..... ;...................................................................................... 5-37 FUTURE PUBLIC FACILITIES/SERVICES ........................................................................ 5-39 Police Department ....................................................................................................... 5-39 Fire Department ........................................................................................ ................... 5-39 Ambulance Service ................. ............................................................ ........................ 5-40 Solid Waste and Recycling .......................................................................................... 5-40 City Government .......................................... ............................................................... 5-40 Other Government ............................................................................. .......................... 5-40 Post Office ... ................................................................................................ ................ 5-40 Recreation ....... ............................................................................................................. 5-40 Library ....................... :........................................................... ...................................... 5-43 Public Schools ................................................................................... .......................... 5-43 Health ............................. ............................................................................................. 5-43 CHAPTER 6: IMPLEMENTATION ................................................................................... 6-1 PRIMARY IMPLEMENTATION TOOLS ................................................ ....... ....................... 6-1 Relationship to Zoning ................. .. ............... ............................................. ................... 6-1 Relationship to Land Division, Subdivision and Condominium Regulations .............. 6-1 Building and Property Maintenance Codes .. ....................... .......................................... 6-1 Relationship to Capital Improvements Program ................ .... .......... ............................. 6-2 Public Works Financing .................................. .......................... ........... ... ...................... 6-2 RELATIONSHIP OF COMPREHENSNE PLAN TO OTHER PLANS .......... ..... ................. 6-3 Downtown Development Authority ............... ....................................... .. .. .................... 6-3 Local Development Financing Authority (LDFA) .............................. .. .. .... .................. 6-3 Other Plans ...................................... ..... .. ...... ..... ............................. .... ... .. ... .............. ..... 6-3 IV �ADDITIONAL IMPLEMENTATION METHODS ................................................................. 6-3 Other Planning and Economic Development Assistance ...... ........................................ 6-3 Managing Growth and Change ...................................................................................... 6-4 Periodic Updating and Revisions .................................................................................. 6-4 Revision of Ordinances ................................................................................................. 6-4 INTERGOVERNMENTAL COOPERATION ......................................................................... 6-4 CITIZEN EDUCATION ...... ................ .................................................................. ................... 6-4 BARRIERS TO IMPLEMENTATION ..................................................................................... 6-5 Schools ....................... ................................................................................................... 6-5 Immediate Steps to Update Zoning ............................................................................... 6-5 Immediate Steps to Implement a New CIP Procedure ......... ................. .... ... .. ............... 6-5 Singing from Same Hymnal .......................................................................................... 6-5 Lack of a Metropolitan Area Plan .......................................................... ....................... 6-6 APPENDIX A: Management Summary Recommendations V �LIST OF FIGURES Chapter 1 1-1 Comprehensive Plan Process ........................................................................................ 1-3 Chapter 2 2-1 Surface Drainage, Floodplains and Wetlands ............................................................... 2-3 2-2A Woodlands and Forested Wetlands ............................................................................... 2-5 2-2B Threatened and Endangered Species by Township, Range and Section ............. .......... 2-6 2-3 Census Blocks of Battle Creek Neighborhoods and Surrounding Communities, 1990 ............................................................................................................................... 2-9 2-4 Population of Battle Creek and Surrounding Communities, 1930-1990 .................... 2-11 2-5 Population of Battle Creek and Surrounding Communities, 1990 .............................. 2-14 2-6a Population by Age in Battle Creek, 1990 .................................................................... 2-18 2-6b Population by Age in Calhoun County, 1990 .............................................................. 2-18 2-7 Persons 18 Years and Under in Battle Creek and Surrounding Communities, 1990 ......................................................................................................... .................... 2-19 2-8 Persons Over 64 Years in Battle Creek and Surrounding Communities, 1990 ........... 2-20 2-9 Number of Persons of African-American Descent in Battle Creek and Surrounding Communities, 1990 ................................................................................ 2-23 2-10 Number of Persons of Asian Descent in Battle Creek and Surrounding Communities, 1990 ..................................................................................................... 2-24 2-11 Projected Population with 20-, 30- and 45-minute Drive Times of Battle Creek in 2020 ............................................................................... ~ ......................................... 2-33 2-12a Percent of Battle Creek Residents in Different Income Groups, 1980 ... ........................... . ....................................... .. ............................................................................................ 2-41 2-12b Percent of Battle Creek Residents in Different Income Groups, 1990 .............................. . ..................................................................................................................................... 2-41 2-13 Number of Persons in Poverty in Battle Creek and Surrounding Communities, 1990 ............................................................................................................................. 2-43 2-14 Female Head of Household with Children in Battle Creek and Surrounding Communities, 1990 ..................................................................................................... 2-44 2-15 Age of Housing in Battle Creek, 1990 ........................................................................ 2-50 2-16 Year Housing Built in battle Creek and Surrounding Communities ........ ..... .. ............ 2-51 2-17 Vacant and Underutilized Land .................. .. ............................ .. ... ......................... .. ... 2-54 2-18 Existing Land Use ......... ........ ............... ....................................................................... 2-55 2-19 Existing Water Distribution and City Proposed Extensions to 2000 .................... ...... 2-60 2-20 Existing Sanitary Sewer ........................................................................... ...... ............. 2-62 2-21 Existing Roadway Function Classification and Traffic Flow ..................................... 2-64 2-22 Current and Projected Volume Deficiencies (BCATS 2015 Plan) ............................. 2-66 2-23 Current Public Transit Service .................................................................................... 2-67 2-24 Existing Fire Station Locations ................................................................................... 2-69 2-25 City Government Facilities ......................................................... .. .............................. 2-71 2-26 Parks and Open Space ................................................................................................. 2-75 2-27 Existing Schools Serving Battle Creek ....................................................................... 2-77 vi �Chapters 5-1 Land Use Alternative 1: Existing Zoning ..................................................................... 5-3 5-2 Land Use Alternative 2: Trends-Based ........................................................................ 5-4 5-3 Land Use Alternative 3: Vision-Based ......................................................................... 5-6 5-4 Future Land Use to 2020 .............................. :................................................................ :5-8 5-5 New Neighborhood Model .......................................................................................... 5-12 5-6 Neighborhood Preservation Strategies ........................................................................ 5-14 _5-7 Older Commercial Corridors: Revitalization Strategies ............................................ 5-18 5-8 Clustered Residential Development Option in Proposed Agricultural Zone .............. 5-21 5-9 Proposed Transportation Improvements .................................................. ................... 5-31 5-10 Proposed Thoroughfare Plan ....................................................................................... 5-32 5-11 Proposed Sanitary Sewer Extensions to 2020 ............................................................. 5-36 5-12 Proposed Water Extension to 2020 ............................................................................. 5-38 5-13 Fire Station Locations ................................................................................................. 5-41 5-14 Open Space, Parks and Recreation, and Linear Park .................................................. 5-42 VII �LIST OF TABLES Chapter 1 1-1 Advisory Committee Members ..................................................................................... 1-6 Chapter 2 2-1 Threatened and Endangered Species ..................................................... .. ...................... 2-7 2-2 Population of Battle Creek and Surrounding Communities, 1930-1990 .................... 2-10 2-3 Persons Per Household, Battle Creek and Surrounding Communities, 1980-1990 .... 2-13 2-4 Population by Neighborhood, City of Battle Creek, 1990 ........................ .................. 2-15 2-5 Population by Age in Battle Creek, Battle Creek Township, Calhoun County and Michigan, 1970-1990 .................................................................................................. 2-16 2-6 Population by Age in Battle Creek, Calhoun County and Michigan, 1990 ................. 2-17 2-7 Population by Race in Battle Creek, Calhoun County and Michigan, 1980-1990 ...... 2-22 2-8 Educational Attainment in Battle Creek, Calhoun County and Michigan, 1990 ........ 2-25 School Enrollment in Battle Creek, Calhoun County and Michigan, 1970-1990 ....... 2-27 2-9 2-10 Comparison of Projections of Battle Creek Population to 2020 by Four Methods ..... 2-28 2-11 BCATS Projected Population of Battle Creek and Surrounding Communities, 1990-2020 .................... .... ............................... ........................................................ ..... 2-29 2- 12 Projection of Battle Creek Population as a Percentage of County Increase, 1990-2020...................................................... ....................... .. ..................................... 2-30 2-13a Existing and Projected Population 1990-2020 for 20-, 30- and 45-Minute Drive Times From Battle Creek: Method A ............................................................... 2-32 2-13b Existing and Projected Population 1990-2020 for 20-, 30- and 45-Minute Drive Times From Battle Creek: Method B ...... ..... .................................................... 2-32 2-14 Employment in Battle Creek and Surrounding Communities, 1990 ...... ... .................. 2-34 2- 15a Labor Force in Battle Creek and Surrounding Communities, 1992-1996 ................... 2-35 2-15b Employment in Battle Creek and Surrounding Communities, 1992-1996 ................. 2-35 2-15c Unemployment in Battle Creek and Surrounding Communities, 1992-1996 ............. 2-35 2-16 Persons Employed in Battle Creek and Surrounding Communities, 1990-2020 ........ 2-36 2-17 Employed Persons Residing in Battle Creek and Surrounding Communities, 1985-2020........... .......... ..................................................... .. ..................... ........... ........ 2-37 2-18 Calhoun County Employi:n,ent Forecast, 1994-2015 ............ ....................................... 2-38 2-19a Household Income Range in Battle Creek, Calhoun County and Michigan, 1980 ..... 2-40 2-19b Household Income Range in Battle Creek, Calhoun County and Michigan, 1990 ..... 2-40 2-20 Families Below Poverty Level in Battle Creek, Calhoun County and Michigan, 1970-1990............... ...... ........... ....... .............. .................................... ... ...... ......... ...... ... 2-42 2-21 Low to Moderate Income Population Percentage by Neighborhood, City of Battle Creek, 1990 ............................................ ............ ................... ... .................. ....... 2-45 2-22 Occupied Housing Units for Battle Creek, Calhoun County and Michigan, 1970-1990......... ... ....... .. ..... .. ......... .... ..... .. .... ..... .. ............ ............ .. .... .. ... ............. ......... 2-47 2-23 Age of Housing in Battle Creek, Calhoun County and Michigan, 1990 ...... ............. .. 2-49 2-24 Real and Personal Property Totals, City of Battle Creek, 1992-1996 ......................... 2-52 2-25 Existing Land Use Categories ........... ......... .. .... ........ ...................... ............. ................ 2-56 Vlll �2-26 2-27 Existing Land Use by Existing Zoning Category: Developed and Undeveloped Land .................................. .................................................................... 2-57 Battle Creek Parks ....................................................................................................... 2-74 Chapter 5 5-1 Comparison of Three Alternative Futures .... ;................................................................ 5-2 5-2 Existing Neighborhood Types and Preservation Strategies ........................................ 5-15 5-3 Older Commercial Corridor Types and Improvement Strategies ................................ 5-19 5-4 Schedule of Zoning Regulations ................................................................................. 5-28 IX �Chapter One Introduction PURPOSE/SCOPE OF PLAN A comprehensive plan is a long-range plan or strategy used to guide the growth and ,development of a community or region. In general, the goals of the comprehensive plan are to: • • • • describe and document existing conditions and trends as a basis for decision-making; clarify goals and objectives for future development; establish policies to guide future development decisions regarding proposed land use and re-zoning; and, provide a foundation for capital improvement priorities, zoning and subdivision regulations. A comprehensive plan establishes the basis for determining what types and densities of development are appropriate in what areas of the community, including where new development should occur and where resources should be directed to revitalize already developed areas. The comprehensive plan also helps to determine what streets, water and sewer lines and other public facilities are needed to support the proposed future pattern of land use and what important environmental and cultural resources should be protected. The comprehensive plan is a public record of the consensus of the community concerning the policies for its future development. It is used by the Planning Commission, City Commission and city City of Battle Creek Comprehensive Plan October 1997 staff as a guide to day-to-day decisionmaking in developing and applying zoning and subdivision regulations (the "rules" that spell out what development can occur where) and in making public investment and management decisions (for example, what, if any land should be acquired for public use and/or redevelopment; what roads should or should not be widened or where utilities should be extended or improved). The comprehensive plan is also a vehicle for communicating Battle Creek's policies for the future to adjacent jurisdictions (the City of Springfield and nearby townships) and to land owners and developers. Battle Creek's last Comprehensive Plan was prepared in 1966 and the most recent future land use plan for the former Battle Creek Township was prepared in 1981. Although the City has been continuously involved in pla~ning, the community's collective vision for the future has not been comprehensively re-evaluated for a long time. The entire City of Battle Creek (including the township area which merged with the City in 1983) is addressed in this Comprehensive Plan. While community input, as reflected in the Vision Statement (see Section 3), covers a broad range of topics (including health, education and public safety) which are critical to quality of life, the Comprehensive Plan focuses on land use, development and public facility issues on which City policy has a direct impact. Technical Report Page 1-1 �PROCESS AND PARTICIPANTS As the result of a competitive selection process, the City of Battle Creek selected the team of JJR Incorporated, Planning & Zoning Center, Inc. and William J. Schroer Associates to assist the community in preparing the Comprehensive Plan. This team of professionals worked with city staff, a 37-member Advisory Committee, the 'Planning Commission and the citizens of Battle Creek over an 18-month period to formulate a consensus-based vision for the future and to define the policies and implementation tools needed to achieve that vision. Process The planning process was structured in five steps designed to answer five basic questions (see figure 1-1). Step 1. What is Battle Creek's current situation and what are the trends for the future? The results of this initial planning step are presented in Chapter 2 of the Comprehensive Plan Technical Report and address the following: • • • • • • History Natural Resources Socio-economic Characteristics Land Use Existing Infrastructure (roadways, water and sewer) Public Facilities/Services Step 2. What is Battle Creek's vision for the future? What kind of community do we want to be? In May and June 1996, a series of fou r "futuring" meetings was held to allow the citizens of Battle Creek to play an active role in defining a preferred future for the city. Working in small groups, citizens brainstormed descriptions of what made City of Battle Creek Comprehensive Plan October 1997 them feel "proud" or "sorry" about Battle Creek today. Then each small group described their ideas for what the community's future should look like 20 years from now. When all ideas had been - recorded, each group selected and presented the five most important images of their "preferred future." When all of the groups most highly ranked "future visions" were compared, seven were consistently at the top of the list: • • • • • • • Well-maintained neighborhoods Reduced crime Excellent schools and expanded job training and higher education opportunities Continued expansion of the City's job base Continued momentum in revitalizing downtown An expanded system of parks and green space Increased cooperation between government jurisdictions in planning and the provision of services The input received in these "futuring" sessions became the basis for identifying the priority issues to be addressed in the Comprehensive Plan and for developing a series of goals and objectives to guide its preparation. The goals and objectives (see Chapter 4) address the economy, balanced growth, downtown, industrial development, commercial development, neighborhoods, the environment, open space and recreation, public services, education, the roadway and utilities infrastructure, visual character, citizen attitudes and intergovernmental cooperation. A draft of the goals and Technical Report Page 1-2 �( Figure 1-1 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN FOR THE CITY OF BATTLE CREEK The Planning Approach > WHAT IS THE . CURRENT SITUATION? I WHAT IS OUR' VISION FOR THE FUTURE? I I I Land Use & Preservati on I I I I I ,.,., ,.,., w u I 0.. I I 0:: Demographi cs z ,' I I '' I __ ' I I 0 HOWDOWE ACHIEVE OUR VISION? t-- ' ' ' '' ' 0 I I I I Vision I Goals/u ojectives I Issues - 0 Altern ative 1 I Alternative 2 I Altern ati ve 3 JJR Incorporated with Planning & Zoning Center, Inc. and ~Schroer Company WHAT POLICIES SHOULD WE ADOPr? I I I I I I I I I I ~ 0 t-- I I "I I I I I I I I I I I I ,REVIEWANDADOPTION Battle Creek Comprehensive Plan 0 0 I- <( 0.. u l- o:: .Project Kick-off Meetings Interviews <( Visioning Town Meetings Goals/Objectives Town Meeting Advisory Committee 0.. ,.,., u • Demographic Tables • Economic Trends • Transportation/ Infrastructure M aps 0 • Parks & Open Space Inventory • Existing Land U se Map 1- ::) 0 0:: 0.. • Vi sion Statement • Goals and Objectives • Development O pportuniti es and Issues Advisory Committee Planning Commission Alternatives Town Meetings Focus Groups Advisory Committee Planning Commission • Altern ative Land Use Futures • Focus Group Results I • Draft Policies I • Implementati on Recommenda1 tions Draft Plan Town Meeting Public Hearing Adoption by the Planning Commission • Draft Comprehensive Pl an • Final Documentation for Battle Creek Comprehensi ve Plan I I I I I I mktgljuly97\bal tleck.p65 City of Battle Creek Comprehensive Plan Technical Report age • �objectives and a draft Vision Statement were reviewed with the Advisory Committee and with citizens at a Town Meeting. The Vision Statement was prepared to "transport" the reader into the future by drawing a word picture of what Battle Creek will be like in the year 2020 (see Chapter 3). In this future vision, new development is carefully phased and characterized by both an urban density and an open space character. A system of open space and transportation linkages offer attractive options to travel by car. Planning for developments whose impacts extend across jurisdictional boundaries is undertaken in a way that promotes communication and cooperation between Battle Creek, the City of Springfield, the Townships, the County and the larger region. In the Vision Statement, downtown is a center for culture, education and entertainment that serves as an attractive place to live, work and shop. Older neighborhoods are rejuvenated and new neighborhoods have been developed to provide a range of housing and lifestyle choices. The economy is diverse and growing and both "greenfield" and "brownfield" sites offer attractive investment opportunities for industry. Step 3. How do we achieve our vision? In this step of the planning process three alternative land use futures were illustrated (see Chapter 5) -- one based on existing zoning patterns (Zoning-based Future), one on market trends (Trends-based Future) and one based on the vision defined in step 2 (Vision-based Future). These alternatives illustrated what the community might look like, and provided statistical profiles of future land use, population and jobs, to allow citizens to evaluate the implications of City of Battle Creek Comprehensive Plan October 1997 various choices and to select an alternative, or combination of alternatives, that best represented the development pattern they would like to see in Battle Creek several generations from now. Two Town Meetings · and a series of seven focus groups (described in Appendix B) were held to solicit feedback on the alternative futures. This public input overwhelmingly supported the Vision-based Future. Step 4. What policies should we adopt to implement our vision? In this step of the planning process), the city staff, Planning Commissioners and the Advisory Committee worked with the consultant team to develop the policies which should guide future decision-making to accomplish the approved Comprehensive Plan goals and objectives and to implement the Visionbased Future (see Chapter 4). At this point, the Vision-based Future was translated into a land use plan to the year 2020. Step 5. Review and adoption. In this step, a draft comprehensive plan report was prepared for review by the community and the Planning Commission. Comprehensive Plan policies and the draft future land use plan to the year 2020 were published in a local newspaper. A Town Meeting was held and a draft of the Comprehensive Plan Technical Report was provided for community review. Finally, the Planning Commission held a public hearing on the draft Comprehensive Plan and provided direction on its revisions so that a final plan document could be prepared. The Comprehensive Plan is documented in this Technical report and a summary is prepared in a poster plan format. Technical Report Page 1-4 �Participants Community involvement has been a cornerstone of the planning approach and many people have played a role in the preparation of the Comprehensive Plan: Citizens. The citizens of Battle Creek have participated in a series of Town Meetings: • To define a "preferred future" for the community • To review a draft Vision Statement and draft goals and objectives • To review illustrations of alternative futures and provide input on their implications • To review draft policies, and a draft land use map to the year 2020, designed to implement the goals and objectives and the preferred vision-based land use future • To comment on the draft Comprehensive Plan in a public hearing Randomly selected representatives of five groups (south side residents, north side residents, business owners, minority residents, senior residents, young adult residents, lender/developer representatives) were also asked to comment on the alternative land use futures in a focus group format. Planning Commission. While five Planning Commissioners were also members of the Advisory Committee, city staff briefed the Planning Commission as whole at regular intervals on the progress of the -planning process. Consultant team and planning staff met with the Planning Commission to review the alternative land use futures in December 1996 to encourage their feedback and determine whether support existed for the vision-based alternative. Planning Commissioners were also provided with background information and invited to participate in a series of Advisory Committee meetings held from January to May to discuss draft policy directions and review the draft future land use plan to the year 2020. City staff. City staff played an important role in gathering background information on existing conditions. Regular briefings were also provided to the Planning Commission and City Commission. City staff worked with the consultant team throughout the planning process, discussing draft materials at each step. They also played an important role in public information/education. Public comment was also received at a public hearing on the draft Comprehensive Plan in September 1997. Advisory Committee. A 37-member Comprehensive Plan Advisory Committee has also provided input and guidance throughout the planning process. City of Battle Creek Comprehensive Plan October 1997 Technical Report Page 1-5 �Table 1-1 Advisory Committee Members Abby Mohan Jim Hettinger Battle Creek Unlimited Gary Dodd Minges Brook Council Ted Dearing Battle Creek City Commission Marta Howell Neighborhoods, Inc. Robert Spencer Lakeview Public Schools Joe Lussier Sherry Keys-Hebron Community Action Agency William Calloway Kellogg Heritage Center Lewis Cooper Def Logistics Service Center Peter Christ Battle Creek Community Foundation Ken Tsuchiyama City of Battle Creek Dave Boehlke Neighborhoods, Inc. Gary Reimer City Commissioner Mark Behnke City Commission Ron Armbruster Joyce A. Brown Kellogg Youth Initiative Jim Moreno Tony Walker City Commissioner Dave Thomas United Arts Council Jim Demarest AMSA Kay Taylor Battle Creek Health Systems Michael J. Bitar Battle Creek Public Schools Bruce Phillips Battle Creek Association of Realtors Susanna Takasaki Def Logistics Service Center Rance L. Leaders City of Battle Creek Jennifer Link-Carver Burnham Brook Center Peter Phelps United Way of Battle Creek Tim Kane Dorothy Young James Graham Southwest Michigan Urban League Rob Young Battle.Creek Chamber of Commerce Jack Howell Cereal City Development Council Marlene Lawrence Calhoun County Health Improvement Wayne Wiley City of Battle Creek Timothy Knowlton Kellogg Company J. B. Mailman Kellogg Company City of Battle Creek Comprehensive Plan October 1997 Technical Report Page 1-6 �Chapter Two Existing Conditions and Trends REGIONAL SETTING The City of Battle Creek is located in the southern portion of lower Michigan, approximately half way between Detroit and Chicago. The southern portion of the community is traversed by the I-94 corridor, Michigan's primary east-west transportation route. I-94 is a significant magnet for urban and economic growth within the state, region and city. I-69, one of the state's major north-south travel routes, is located about six miles east of Battle Creek. Three cities of similar or larger size are located within 50 to 60 miles of Battle Creek: Kalamazoo, Jackson and Lansing. Theses cities have historically been Battle Creek's competitors for economic and population growth. HISTORY In 1831, the first settlers were drawn to Battle Creek by the potential for water power at confluence of Battle Creek and Kalamazoo Rivers. The first mill race was constructed in 1835. The first plat of city was filed 1836 (pop. 400) and the City was incorporated in 1859. Rail lines were extended to Battle Creek from the east in 1845 and west from Battle Creek to Chicago in 1854. The city became a leader in the manufacture of agricultural equipment in late 1840's; other manufacturing followed. In the 1850's, Battle Creek became the headquarters of the Seventh Day Adventist Church which founded the Health Reform Institute in 1866. With the help of John City of Battle Creek Comprehensive Plan October 1997 -Harvey Kellogg, the Institute was transformed into the Battle Creek Sanitarium which grew and expanded through the 1920's. In the 1890's, C. W. Post, a visitor to the "San," started the manufacture and aggressive marketing of health food products and the health food industry born. The W. K. Kellogg Company was established in Battle Creek in 1906 and the food processing industry continued to be a major employer through the 1960' s. The military have also played an important role in the development of Battle Creek both before and after World War II. The Fort Custer Military Reserve (1,816 acres) is located on the western edge of the City. In the early 1970s, Battle Creek Unlimited began planning for the industrial development of over 2,400 acres located on the western edge of the city and acquired from the Federal Government. As noted in the Fort Custer Comprehensive Plan (1979), very few older cities of Battle Creek's size have had a such a significant land resource located within the city limits to devote to economic development. The Park, now including over 85 businesses employing approximately 7,500 people, is more than 50% developed. Most of the remaining available parcels in the Park are less than 10 acres in size. In 1983, the City of Battle Creek and Battle Creek Township merged, doubling the size of the city and increasing its tax base by 122%. The merger was inspired by the Kellogg Company's need to build a new and larger headquarters, and its reluctance to Technical Report Page 2-1 �make a major investment in a city where manufacturing jobs were declining, unemployment was high and signs of decay were proliferating. The merger allowed the City of Battle Creeek to reduce tax rates and convince major employers to contribute tax savings to create an economic development fund which has been used to retain existing jobs and attract new ones. The economic development strategy which the merger made possible has yielded significant success. The Kellogg Company has built its new headquarters in downtown Battle Creek; 24 foreign manufacturers have located in the city and Battle Creek's reputation as a good place to do business is now well known. NATURAL RESOURCES Topography Land within the city is generally flat to the south and west and gently rolling to the north and east. As a result, slopes/topography do not present a constraint on development; indeed, rolling terrain can be an asset for higher value residential development. Soils/Geology Local soils are predominately a glacial till of sand and gravel (to depth of 60 feet and greater). These soils present no constraints for construction, with the exception of the area between M-66 and Battle Creek River, but are not all suited to the use of septic fields. As a result, lots must either be very large or served by public water and sewer. Marshall sandstone underlies the glacial till and contains an abundant supply of ground water. As a result, limits on water supply are not considered a development constraint, although additional efforts to protect City of Battle Creek Comprehensive Plan October 1997 wellhead areas have been undertaken and additional well pumping and water treatment capacity will ultimately be needed. Surface Drainage -Surface drainage f ea tu res are the most significant natural resource components shaping development constraints and opportunities in Battle Creek. The Kalamazoo River (flowing from southeast to northwest), the Battle Creek River (flowing from northeast to southwest and meeting Kalamazoo River to west of downtown Battle Creek) and lakes are the major components of surface drainage system. The most important lakes (permanent open water over five acres in size) include Goguac (350 acres) located in south central portion of community, Harts Lake near western edge of the city and Beadle Lake located to the southeast of the city in Emmet Township. Tributary streams/drains carrying storm water runoff to the Kalamazoo River include Waubascon Creek and Sperry Drain from the north and Marsh Drain, Helmer Brook, Brickyard Creek, Minges Brook and Harper Creek from south. Watersheds are illustrated in figure 2-1. Goguac Lake and the Kalamazoo and Battle Creek Rivers create physical barriers to movement within the community. The limited number of river crossing points impacts both the number and distribution _of major north-south circulation routes. Goguac Lake also impacts the spacing of east-west circulation routes in south-central portion of community. Nevertheless, rivers, lakes, and streams/drains represent significant assets for development -particularly in providing residential development sites with significant market appeal -- and in creating a highly valued visual character and recreational opportunities. Public access to and visibility Technical Report Page 2-2 �Legend ...-'"", Watershed Boundary EJ Stream or Drain ~ Wetland - 100-Year Floodplain ~ 500-Year Floodplain - • I B Drive N Figure2-1 0 { T"' 'F · B Drive S 'f Surface Drainage, Floodplains and Wetlands Johnson Johnson & Roy/inc Planning and Zoning Center, inc. WJSchroer Company A COMPREHENSIVE PLAN FOR THE CITY OF BATTLE CREEK Page:J-3 j �of rivers, streams and lakes will enhance community quality of life and identity. Incorporating improved strategies for stormwater management in updating development regulations and ordinances is needed to prevent and correct non-point source pollution problems and realize maximum benefit from these valued resources. It has been suggested that Goguac Lake be given priority in storm ' water management planning and implementation. In addition, restoration of the Mill Pond as an urban amenity has been proposed. Floodplain The 100-year floodplain boundary is shown in figure 2-1. Development within 100-year floodplain is significantly constrained. Wetlands Battle Creek's largest wetlands are associated with the Kalamazoo and Battle Creek River floodplains, Goguac Lake (to the southwest of the lake), Harts Lake (to the north and south of the lake) and the Marsh Drain headwaters (see figure 2-1). Because wetlands play a critical role in providing flood storage, filtering pollutants from urban and agricultural runoff and providing wildlife habitat, improved strategies for their protection will be needed in updating development regulations/ordinances. These important resources can also be an important part of a community-wide linked open space system. Strategies for wetland banking -- especially to allow additional job-creating development in the Fort Custer Industrial Park area -- also need to be explored (e.g., purchase, protection and improvement/expansion wetlands elsewhere to compensate for wetlands lost in the Park). City of Battle Creek Comprehensive Plan October 1997 Vegetation/Wooded Areas Much of the native landscape (both upland wooded areas which were originally dominated by oak-hickory forest and outwash plains which originally supported . tall grass prairie and oak savannas) in the city has been lost to agriculture and urbanization. A number of wooded areas/woodlots still remain, however, as illustrated in figure 2-2. No assessment of the quality of these wooded areas has been undertaken, as yet. Such an assessment would serve as the foundation for a woodland preservation ordinance to encourage the preservation of valued tree cover in areas where new development will occur. Threatened and Endangered Species A review of the Michigan Natural Features Inventory database shows that threatened and endangered species and species of special concern are present in several portions of the city (see table 2-1). Prior to development in those areas listed in table 2-1, a site inventory should be undertaken (by the developer) to determine whether the appropriate habitat exists to support the threatened and/or endangered species. If so, a field investigation is required. SOCIO-ECONOMIC TRENDS Introduction Information on demographic and socioeconomic change in Battle Creek over the past several decades provides the context for projecting what the future is likely to bring to the city, deciding what citizens want the community to be like several decades from now and defining appropriate methods to achieve that future. This information comes from several sources. Some, such as Technical Report Page 2-4 �0 < "€0 z Legend . . Forested Upland Forested Wetland Verona Rd . .·. B Drive N Figure 2-2A Woodlands and Forested Wetlands 0 · B Drive S ).':: .. Johnson Johnson & Roy/inc Planning and Zoning Center, inc. WJSchroer Company A COMPREHENSIVE PLAN FOR THE CITY OF BATTLE CREEK /'agt 2-5 �R.8W. R.7W. 27 Legend Sections in which Threatened and Endangered Species have been Identified 34 35 T.1S. erona Rd. T.2S. 10 11 - Gethings 21 28 .. "O B Drive N 0:: ~ ~ ~ 0 T2S. ~ N ::::: T3S. '° 31 "-, . . c.l :a 32 ~ \. Figure 2-2B • a::l Q I T.2S. ~ 5_J T.3S. I 0 -, - 1/2 Mile 1 Mile r·"t I· a B Drive S Threatened and Endangered Species by Township, Range and Section 2 Miles Johnson Johnson & Roy/inc Planning and Zoning Center, inc. WJSchroer Company A COMPREHENSIVE PLAN FOR THE CITY OF BATTLE CREEK Page2-6 �Table 2-1 Threatened and Endangered Species Township Range Section Common Name Scientific Name Status 1 s. 8W. 33 Leiberg's panic grass Black-eyed Susan prairie fen woodland prairie Panicum leibergii Rudbeckia sullivantii Threatened Special Concern 30 Prairie-Indian-plantain Black-eyed Susan Cacalia plantaginea Rudbeck.ia sullivantii Threatened Special Concern 2 S. 7W. 6 Regal frittilary Speyeria idalia Endangered 2 S. 8W. 6 Yellow fumewort Blanchard's cricket frog Coryalis flavula Acreis crepitans blanchardi Threatened Special Concern 18 Pugnose shiner Beaked agrimony Purple twayblade Blanchard's cricket frog Hooded warbler Notropis anogenus Agrimonia rostellata Liparis lilifolia Acreis crepitans blanchardi Wilsonia citrina Special Concern Special Concern Special Concern Special Concern Special Concern 19 Eastern box turtle Hooded warbler Cerulean warbler Terrapene carolina Wilsonia citrina Dendroica cerulea Special Concern Special Concern Special Concern 25 Swamp rose-mallow Hibiscus moscheutos Special Concern 30 White false indigo Baptisia lactea Threatened 34 Dwarf-bulrush Hernicarpha micrantha Threatened (All status designations are State of Michigan. No known federally listed species were identified.) City of Battle Creek Comprehensive Plan October 1997 Technical Report Page 2-7 �population information, is obtained from the US Census Bureau, while economic information is obtained from state and local sources. Projections of trends into the future were made by the consultant team, by the State Department of Management and Budget, Office of the State Demographer and by the Battle Creek Area Transportation Study (BCATS) staff. Socio-economic trend data is presented at several levels: the region, which includes the City of Battle Creek and the surrounding townships; the city as a whole and sub-units of the city, such as neighborhoods and census blocks (see figure 2-3). In discussing Battle Creek trends, data for the city is generally combined with that of the former Battle Creek Township. The Township was merged with the City in 1983, more than doubling the area of the city and nearly doubling its population. Population Change During The Twentieth Century Battle Creek experienced rapid population growth in the first half of this century, but population declined after 1950. The population of Battle Creek more than doubled between 1900 and 1930, from 18,563 to 43,573. Slower growth occurred during the next twenty years, which included WW II, with Battle Creek's population reaching 48,666 in 1950. In 1950, the combined population of the city and Battle Creek Township was, 63,771, the highest ever (see Table 2-2 and figure 2-4). The city's population declined by 9,735 persons, or 20%, between 1950 and 1970, when the city-only portion of the population fell to 38,931. The city' s population drop outpaced the township's population rise during the same period. In 1970, the City of Battle Creek Comprehensive Plan October 1997 township population was 21,782, up from 15,105 in 1950, an increase of 6,677 persons. As a result, the combined population of the city and township dropped to 60,713. Following the merger of Battle . Creek Township with the City in 1983, the combined population still continued to drop, to 53,540 in 1990. Much of the change in the city's population since 1950 can be attributed to persons migrating from the city into the ring of surrounding townships. Emmet, Bedford, Pennfield, Leroy and Newton Townships experienced significant increases in population between 1950 and 1970. In that two-decade time period, in which the city lost nearly 10,000 persons, these townships gained about the same amount. In the period between 1970 and 1990, the city population (when combined with Battle Creek Township) lost about 5,000 persons. In the immediately surrounding townships during the same period, the pattern was one of modest growth. There was considerable migration out of Michigan during the 1980s, and much of the decline may be due to the poor economic condition in the state during this period. There also may have been some migration from the ring of jurisdictions immediately surrounding Battle Creek to the next ring of communities outward from Battle Creek. The population of Michigan increased by nearly 400,000 between 1970 and 1980, but increased by only about 33,000 between 1980 and 1990. Smaller Household Size. While there have been recent declines in the population of Battle Creek, there has been no net decline in the number of households. A decline in the number of persons per household accounts for the population decline. Technical Report Page 2-8 �Figure 2-3 Census Blocks of Battle Creek Neighborhoods and Surrounding Communities, 1990 I 1-94 Rural Southwest restlake Prairievrw Pag~ 2-9 �Table 2-2 POPULATION OF BATTLE CREEK AND SURROUNDING COMMUNITIES, 1930-1990 POPULATION ~QMMUIS:IIX l.M TTT,E. C.R.E.E.K C.lTY B8'1'1'LE CREEK IQWNSHW BEDEQBD IQWNSHIP EMMETT IQWNSHIE , PENNFTET ,12 IQWNSHW SPRINGFIELD CITY 19J2 1942 1.J.,S.ZJ. ~.4.il 6 334 1 844 2,861 4.212 3 522 4,225 2 380 3,326 1,000 2,000 12~2 12~2 1272 1282 1222 ~6.6.6. 4J.l6.2 J.8., 'l.J.l J.i 721. i1.,5.l1. l 5 105 2,213 1.362 4.144 3,000 12 OlQ 21182 20,615 10.486 ]Q,811 ]Q 151 2.081 ]Q,88] l ].] 55 6.626 8 220 8143 4,605 3,994 5,917 0* 2 8]Q ]Q 164 8 386 5,582 Source: US Census Bureau • Battle Creek Township incorporated into the City of Battle Creek City of Battle Creek Comprehensive Plan October 1997 Technical Report Page 2-10 �Figure 2-4 Population of Battle Creek and Surrounding Conmunities, 1930-1990 70,000 60,000 = 0 ~ 50,000 40,000 1 £ TOTAL CITY ANDTOWNSIHP BATTLECREEK CITY BATTLE CREEK TOWNSHIP SPRJNGFIELD CITY PENNFIELD TOWNSHIP BEDFORD TOWNSHIP City of Battle Creek Comprehensive Plan October 1997 Technical Report Page 2-11 �Between 1980 and 1990, the number of persons per household declined from 2.53 to 2.5, according to the US Census Bureau, and from 2.6 to 2.4 according to the City of Battle Creek Consolidated Plan for Housing and Community Development. This was a decline of about 8%. According to the 1995 Consolidated Plan for Housing and Development, families made up 46% of households, while persons living alone 'made-up 21 %, and non-families 24%. Nine percent of households were headed by persons 65 years or older. Seventy percent of families were married. Single female heads of households made up 25% of families and 5% were single male heads of households. Figure 2-5 shows a relatively unpopulated core running through the city, along the river. While this area, which includes the downtown, was historically a populated area, there was little housing in 1990 and this trend continues today. All of the communities surrounding Battle Creek also declined in the number of persons per household, with Bedford Township having the largest drop, from 3.13 persons per household in 1980 to 2.84 in 1990 (see table 2-3). b.) Neighborhood Population Distribution. Within the city, the highest populations live in the neighborhoods of Fremont/McKinley/ Verona and Minges Brook/Riverside (see figure 2-5). Together these neighborhoods account for about 35% of the city's population. The next three highest population neighborhoods are Wilson/ Coburn/Roosevelt/Territorial, Westlake/ Prairieview and North Central, which account for almost another 40% of the city's population. The next highest population concentration is in the Post/Franklin neighborhood. (See table 2-4 for a breakdown of population by neighborhood.) City of Battle Creek Comprehensive Plan October 1997 Battle Creek's Aging Population. An increasingly large proportion of the Battle Creek population is 65 years old or older. Fifteen percent of the Battle Creek population was 65 years of age or older in 1990, while it was only 12.6% in 1980. The average for Calhoun County was 14% in 1990 and 11 % in 1980. The 65 years and older population in the State of Michigan was about 12% in 1990 and 9.8% in 1980. (See tables 2-5 and 2-6 and figures 2-6a and Between 1980 and 1990, the under 18 years of age population in Battle Creek declined 8%. The age group between 18 and 64 also declined in Battle Creek between 1980 and 1990, by just over 6%. The under 18 year population also declined at similar rates in Calhoun County and the state, while the population between 18 and 64 years declined 2.1 % in Calhoun County and rose by 3.6% state wide. There is a generation mix, to a degree, in Battle Creek neighborhoods. In comparing figures 2-7 and 2-8, which show the 18 years and under and 64 years and over population concentrations respectively, there was some overlap of these populations in 1990 in the Fremont/McKinleyNerona, Post/Franklin, Wilson/Coburn/Roosevelt/Territorial and Rural Southwest neighborhoods. There was overlap to a lesser degree in the Urbandale, Minges Brook Riverside and North Central Technical Report Page 2-12 �Table 2-3 PERSONS PER HOUSEHOLD OF BATTLE CREEK AND SURROUNDING COMMUNITIES. 1980-1990 Total Change 1980- Percent Change 1980- S::!lMMlll'.::iID: 12~2 1222 1222 1222 Bd,ITLE., C,.REEK (;JTY 2.53 2.5.0 -Q.QJ -1Zz B8IIl,E CBEEK IQWNSHIE BEDEQBD IQWNSHIE EMMEII IQWNSHIE EENNFTRI ,D IQWNSHIE 212 3 13 212 2 82 * 2 84 2 62 2 61 -Q 22 -22''2 -Q IQ -4~ -Q 21 -1~ SPRINGFIELD CITY 2.55 2.46 -0.09 -4% • Battle Creek Township incorporated into the City of Battle Creek Source: US Bureau o_{ Census City of Battle Creek Comprehensive Plan October 1997 Technical Report Page 2-13 �Figure 2-5 Population in Battle Creek and Surrounding Communities, 1990 Population, 1990 ~ 1320 to 3170 ~ 620 to 1320 D Oto 620 Page2-U . �Table 2-4 Population by Neighborhood, City of Battle Creek, 1990 Population 1990 Percent of Total 1990 Wilson Coburn Roosevelt Territorial (Central) 6,396 11.9 Fremont/Verona/McK.inley 9,638 18 Minges/Riverside 9,010 16.8 Post/Franklin 5,963 11.1 Rural Southwest 3,592 6.7 Urbandale 5,248 9.8 North Central (Washington Heights) 6,216 11.6 Westlake/Prairieview 7,395 13.8 Neighborhood Source:City of Battle Creek 1995 Consolidated Plan for Housing and Community Development (Neighborhood names in parentheses are as referenced in the 1995 Consolidated Plan for Housing and Community Development.) City of Battle Creek Comprehensive Plan October 1997 Technical Report Page 2-15 �Table 2-5 Population by Age in Battle Creek, Battle Creek Township, Calhoun County and Michigan, 1970-1990 1980 lQ,288 2Q,445 5,001 Total Change, 1970-1980 -2,482 -SQQ -215 % of ~hange 1970-1980 -}2.4% -2.4% -4.1% 1970 1980 Total Change, 1970-1980 8,081 12,263 1,438 5,112 % of Change 1970-1980 -28.6% l7% CITY OF BATTLE CREEK UNDER 18 18 IQ 64 . 65 ANDQVER 1970 12,77Q 20,245 5,216 BATTLE CREEK TOWNSHIP UNDER 18 18 IQ 64 65ANDQVER 12,112 2,124 -2,3Q~ 456 686 41,1% Battle Creek Township merged with the City of Battle Creek in 1983. CITY OF BATTLE .CREEK (Including Battle Creek Townshil?l UNDER 18 18 TQ 64 65 ANDOVER 1970 1980 (combined (combined 202ulationl 202ulationl 2Q,85] HiMQ 33,208 33,164 6.654 7.125 Total Change, 1970-1980 -4,72] -44 471 % of Change 1970-1980 -23,Q~ -0.1% 7.1 % 4Q,9Q2 84,667 15,225 -8,984 13,348 2,688 -18.Q% 18.1% 2Q.2% CALHOUN COUNTY UNDER 18 18 IQ 64 65 ANDQVER 42,893 71,312 13301 1990 ]4,11Q 31,038 7,706 Total Change, 1980-1990 -122Q -2,126 581 % of Change 1980-1990 -8,Q% -6.4% 8.2% 36,247 82,82Q 18,4Q4 -3,262 -1,711 2,402 -2.7% -2-1% 15.1% ' STATE OF MICHIGAN UNDER 18 ]8 TQ 64 65 ANDQVER 3,354,946 4,286,834 174,212 2,750,831 5,602,4Q2 2Q1,683 -604, 1Q2 6]5,575 132,764 -18% 12.3% 17.1% 2,422,921 5,8Ql,7Q3 ],132,Q32 -25Q,216 192,224 224,356 I -2.)% 3.6% 24.7% Source: US Census Bureau City of Battle Creek Comprehensive Plan October 1997 Technical Report Page 2-16 �Table 2-6 Population by Age in Battle Creek, Calhoun County and Michigan, 1990 COMMUNITY UNDER 5 ST017 · .,,i- 18 25 35 45 55 65 TO TO TO TO TO TO 24 34 44 54 64 74 75 AND OLDER CITY OF BATTLE CREEK 4,373 10,231 4,907 8,883 7,926 4,960 4,516 4,214 3,504 o/olNBATILE CREEK 8.0% 19.0% 9% 17.0% 15.0% 9.0% 8.0% 8% 7.0% %IN CALHOUN COUNTY 7.0% 19.0% 10.0% 15.0% 15% 10.0% 9.0% 8.0% 6.0% o/olNTHE STATE OF MICHIGAN 7.6% 18.9% 10.8% 16.9'% 15.1% 10.2% 8.5% 7.1% 4.9% Source: US Census Bureau I I City of Battle Creek Comprehensive Plan October 1997 Technical Report Page 2-17 �Figure 2-6a Population by Age in Battle Creek, 1990 65 and Over Under 5 15% 8% _..,...,.....,-:-..-:-:-:-,-:-:;:;~ 32% 26% Figure 2-6b Population by Age in Calhoun County, 1990 65 and Over Under5 13% 7% .. •.•···················•· • · Jt*:-it*1~-- . · . · ·'. ·'.<: -: :::.· ..•.•·••·•·••••• : ::-::-::: :-::.-.,.• ~-~~~:zr:::·:·:·:r'.;: :>. •-,- - · : . I I , , ~ 25% City of Battle Creek Comprehensive Plan October 1997 Technical Report Page2-18 �Figure 2-7 Number of Persons 18 Years and Under in Battle Creek and Surrounding Communities, 1990 Age 18 and Under, 1990 ~ 416 to 991 ~ 207 to 416 D Oto 207 Page ]-19 �Figure 2-8 Number of Persons Over 64 Years in Battle Creek Persons Over 64 Years ~ D D 140 to 377 87 to 140 Oto 87 Page l -20 �neighborhoods. There was a small young population in Bedford, Pennfield and Emmett Townships, but greater than average older populations. Bedford and Pennfield Townships just north of the city boundary. Few AfricanAmericans lived in Emmett Township (see figure 2-9). Minority Population. The minority population in Battle Creek increased between 1980 and 1990 (see Table 2-7). While the percentage of increase was high for some minority populations, the actual 'increases were relatively small compared to Battle Creek's overall population. AfricanAmericans numbered 8,972 persons, or about 22% of the city's population in 1990, an increase as a percent of the population of 8% over 1980. Persons of Asian descent numbered 670 in 1990, people of Hispanic origin 978 and those of American Indian, Alaskan Eskimo or Aleut descent numbered 27. The white population portion of the total population declined between 1980 and 1990 by -8%, from 46,952 to 43,096. In Calhoun County, the white population declined -6% and in the state, -2% between 1980 and 1990. In Calhoun County, the American Indian population increased at about the same rate (12%) as in Battle Creek (9%) between 1980 and 1990, while in the state it increased by 25%. The large percentage increase of Asians in Battle Creek also occurred in Calhoun County and the state, but in percentages that were not so dramatic. The increase of Asian people in Calhoun County between 1980 and 1990 was 93% and 67% in the state. There was a 30% increase in Hispanic people in Battle Creek between 1980 and 1990, and a 28% increase in the state during the same period. However, there was no increase in people of Hispanic origin in Calhoun County between 1980 and 1990. . The Asian population in 1990 primarily lived in the outer neighborhoods of the City and in the Townships (see figure 2-10). In 1990, persons of African-American descent lived primarily in the central neighborhoods of the city and in the areas of City of Battle Creek Comprehensive Plan October 1997 Education. In 1990, the educational attainment of Battle Creek's population was as high as the rest of Calhoun County and the state. The percentage of residents in Battle Creek that were high school graduates or had a higher level of education was 78.6% and that of the county and the state was 78.8% in 1990. The percentage of Battle Creek residents with a bachelor's degree or higher college education was 23% in 1990. This was higher than the rest of the county (21 % ) and higher than the State of Michigan (17.4%). (See table 2-8.) School enrollment in Battle Creek has increased dramatically in the period between 1980 and 1990, after a period of nearly no increase between 1970 and 1980. This is due to the merger with Battle Creek Township. According the US Census Bureau, enrollment was 13,892 in 1990, up 51.7% from 9,155 in 1980 and 9,042 in 1970. While the percentage of total enrollment was higher between 1970 and 1980 in both the county and the state, it was lower in the period between 1980 and 1990 for the county and the state. In 1990, county enrollment declined -6.5% and state enrollment declined -5.3%. Statewide, the percentage of public school enrollment remained steady between 1980 and 1990, at about 90% . In Calhoun County and in Battle Creek, the percentage of public enrollment, although higher than the state average, declined slightly between 1980 and Technical Report Page 2-21 �Table 2-7 POPULATION BY RACE IN BATTLE CREEK, CALHOUN COUNTY AND MICHIGAN 1980-1990 1980* 1990 Total Change 1980-1990 460 8 312 932 353 46952 623 8 972 875 342 43 096 538 660 -57 -11 -3 856 117% 8% -6% -3% -8% 552 13 405 2 576 622 125 900 l 003 14105 2452 707 118 847 451 700 -124 85 -7 053 82% 5% -5% 14% -6% 62 982 1,197,586 157,455 44457 7,893,142 104 983 1,291,706 201,596 55 638 7,756,086 42001 94,120 44,141 11 181 -137,056 67% 8% 28% 25% -2% CITY OF BA TILE CREEK ASIAN BLACK HISPANIC INDIAN WHITE Percent Change 1980-1990 CALHOUN COUNTY ASIAN BLACK HISPANIC INDIAN WHITE STATE OF MICHIGAN ASIAN BLACK HISPANIC INDIAN WHITE *Includes Battle Creek Township in 1980. Township merged with City in 1983. Source: US Census Bureau City of Battle Creek Comprehensive Plan October 1997 Technical Report Page 2-22 �Figure 2-9 Number of Persons of African American Descent in Battle Creek and Surrounding Communities, 1990 estlake Prairievi w Rural Southwest African-American Population, 1990 ~ 440 to 1020 ~ 60 to 440 D Oto 60 Page2-13 �Figure 2-10 Number of Persons of Asian Descent in Battle Creek and Surrounding Communities, 1990 Bed EEK R T Rural Southwest estlake Prairie) w Asian Population, 1990 ~ 36 to 111 ~ - 8 to 36 Oto 8 • Pag~1-:U �Table 2-8 EDUCATIONAL ATTAINMENT IN BATTLE CREEK, CALHOUN COUNTY, AND MICHIGAN 1990 COMMUNITY PERCENT PERCENT OF WITH HIGH SCHOOL BACHELOR'S GRADUATES DEGREE OR OR HIGHER HIGHER CITY OF BATTLE ~REEK 76,Q% 2J .Q~ CALHOUN ~Q!.INTY 77 .0 % 21,Q~ STATE OF MI~HIQA:t:! 7fi.8 % 17.4% Source : US Census Bureau City of Battle Creek Comprehensive Plan October 1997 Technical Report Page 2-25 �1990. In Battle Creek, public school enrollment declined from about 94% to 93% between 1980 and 1990. Public school enrollment declined from about 95% to 94% in Calhoun county in the same period. (See table 2-9.) College enrollment doubled in Battle Creek between 1980 and 1990, to 3,164 from 1,518 persons. The increase in Calhoun County 'for the same period was more modest, 37.5% and for the state, there was a 35.3% increase between 1980 and 1990. Population Projections A comprehensive plan should examine the potential for population change. An increase in population means that land for new housing, businesses to employ those people and businesses to supply their needs must be available. The city must also serve the needs of new or redistributed population for roads, sewer, water and other utilities and services such as police and fire. Schools may also be affected. Battle Creek has some control over its future population and how that population affects the operation of the city and the quality of life of its residents. In many cities, land for increases in population comes from the annexation of surrounding communities. Battle Creek is unique in that it has large areas of undeveloped land within the city limits and, if it desires, can guide new development to minimize the negative effect of growth on city financial and infrastructure resources. Battle Creek and the surrounding jurisdictions are expected to increase modestly in population. Projections of future population, completed using four different methods, indicate that the population of Battle Creek will reach City of Battle Creek Comprehensive Plan October 1997 between 55,944 to 68,812 persons by 2020. Table 2-10 presents four population projections for Battle Creek, Bedford Township, Emmett Township, Pennfield Township, the City of Springfield and . Calhoun County. Tables 2-11 and 2-12 present projections by BCATS and the Michigan Department of Management and Budget. The largest future population projection is based on the population trend between 1990 and 1994. While recent, this is a very short period to use to project over twenty years into the future. It does show that recent population growth has accelerated, and the future size of the population may be influenced by the recent surge, especially if it continues. None of the projections suggest a large increase in population. Modest growth will provide the City with time to plan for future development. However, if Battle Creek Unlimited's new employment goals of adding 8,000 to 12,000 jobs by the year 2004 become a reality, these population projections are probably low. The biggest · determinant of population migration is new job growth. Thus, greater in-migration could occur if new job growth is very strong. Because a city serves as a regional hub for many aspects of our society, it is important to examine population trends in a wider area than just the first tier of adjacent communities. People often live in one community, work in another, send their children to schools in a third and shop in a fourth, fifth and sixth, all in the same day! As a result, it is important to look at population change in an entire metropolitan area. Technical Report Page 2-26 �Table 2-9 School Enrollment in Battle Creek, Calhoun County and Michigan, 1970-1990 1970 1980 Total Change, 1970-1980 10,115 9,155 -960 -9.5% 13,892 4,737 21.7% 91 % 24.2% 3% J.2% 9J% -1.2% -l.J% 949 1,218 269 60.0% J,164 1,646 !Q8.4% NIA NIA NIA NIA J98 NIA NIA 38,897 -J,J89 -8.0% 36,371 -2,526 -6.2% 93.0% 95 .1% 2% 2.3% 94% -1.1% -1.2% 4,058 6,258 2,200 61.6% 2,018 2,460 J7.2~ NIA NIA NIA NIA 886 NIA NIA TOTAL ENROLLMENT 2,412,215 2,724,257 309,342 12.8% 2,281,042 -143,515 -5 .3% % OF PUBLIC ENROLLMENT 87% 89.8% 3% 3.2% 89.9% 0.1 % 0.1% TOTAL COLLEGE ENROLLMENT 317 448 531 671 214 223 67.5% 719 289 187 618 35.3% HIGH SCHOOL DROP OUTS 65 563 NIA NIA NIA 56 404 NIA NIA CITY OF BA TILE CREEK TOTAL ENROLLMENT % OF PUBLIC ENRQLLMENT ' TOTAL COLLEGE ENROLLMENT HIGH SCHOOL DROP OUTS % of - ChanGe 1990* Total Change, 1980-1990* % of ChanGe* CALHOUN COUNTY TOTAL ENRQLLMENT % OF PUBLIC ENROLLMENT TOTAL COLLEGE ENROLLMENT HIGH SCHOOL DROP QUTS 42,286 STATE OF MICHIGAN Source: US Census Bureau * Period between 1980 and 1990 reflect the merger of Battle Creek Township with the City of Battle Creek and greatly increased the amount and percentage of change. City of Battle Creek Comprehensive Plan October 1997 Technical Report Page 2-27 �Table 2-10 COMPARISON OF PROJECTIONS OF BATTLE CREEK POPULATION TO 2020 BY FOUR METHODS 2020 !;;;QMMUN[D: ll.1 'JILii. C.B.li.li.K C.lrr. BEI:!EQBI:! IQ~NSl:IIE EMMETT IQ~NSl:llf EEl:::ll:::IEIEl,l:! IQ~NSI:11£ SEBINQEIEl.l:! CID: CALHOUN COUNTY !!!;;;~I~• 2020 based on Percentage 2020 ofDMB Straight Projection line based for County on 19901224 ••• •• 2022 Straight line based on 1980129~ •••• S.S.,2!1.!I. lQ lfi8 l l 35~ 8 fi85 5 2~2 S.UH 10 ~fiJ 11 ~22 8 238 5 222 li:S. 8.lZ. 11 ~22 12 Qfi8 ll 202 fi 880 52.~81 2 815 12 J~fi 8 88~ HQI 145,039 145,039 167,174 136,529 Source:VS Bureau of Census * Projections interpreted from figures reported in BCATS 1995 report ** Projection based on Michigan Department of Management and Budget projections for Calhoun County. Individual community projections based on 1990 proportion of county population. *** Straight line projection by Planning & Zoning Center, Inc. based on US Census and MDMB estimates from 1990 to 1994. **** Straight line projection by Planning & Zoning Center, Inc. based on US Census and MDMB estimates from 1980 to 1994. City of Battle Creek Comprehensive Plan October 1997 Technical Report Page 2-28 �Table 2-11 BCATS PROJECTED POPULATION OF BATTLE CREEK AND SURROUNDING COMMUNITIES. 1990-2020 !,;,;QMMUI::illl Total Change, 1990- Percent Change 1990- 12211 ~!l!l!l ~!ll!l ~!l~!l ~!l~!l ~!l~!l BATTLE CREEK CITY 53,6~9 ~4,410 5.J..,172 5~,944 2,285 47!, BEDEQBD IQWNSHI:e EMMEII IQWNSHI:e EENNFTRI.12 IQWNSHI:e SEBINGEIEI.12 CIIY 2 8Hl ]0 2!i2 8 380 5 551 2 228 Hl 25!i 8 481 5 !il 8 HHl42 l l l 53 8 582 5 !i80 l O l !i8 11 354 8 !i85 5142 358 522 305 185 4~ 5~ 42''2 3~ 135,982 140,725 143,271 145,039 9,057 7% CALHOUN COUNTY Source: US Bureau of Census Projections interpreted from figures reported in BCATS 1995 report Calhoun County projections from Michigan Department of Management and Budget City of Battle Creek Comprehensive Plan October 1997 Technical Report Page 2-29 �Table 2-12 PROJECTION OF BATTLE CREEK POPULATION AS A PERCENTAGE OF COUNTY INCREASE. 1990-2020 Total Change, 1990- Percent Change 1990- 1222 ~222 ~212 ~2~2 ~2~2 ~2~2 BATTLE (REEK CITY 5.J.,65.9 5_5,531 5.~,5J.5. 57,2J.J. 3,574 7~ BE12EQB12 IQWNSHIE EMMETT IQWNSBIE EENNFIEI ,12 IQWNSHIE SEBINGEIEI ,12 CIIY 2 8Hl 10262 8 380 5 55:Z 10 152 11 13:Z 8 6:Z2 5 :Z51 10336 11 332 8 822 5 855 10~63 11 ~:Z2 8 238 5 22:Z 653 :Zl:Z 558 3:ZO 1'1'2 135,982 140,725 143,271 145,039 9,057 7% ~!lMWI~Ill CALHOUN COUNTY :z~ :z~ :Z'I'l Calhoun County projections from Michigan Department of Management and Budget City of Battle Creek Comprehensive Plan October I 997 Technical Report Page 2-30 �Population increase for a 20 to 45 minute driving time was calculated by totaling projected populations for townships, cities and villages within those various drive times from Battle Creek. By 2020, up to 152,000 persons will live within a 20 minute driving radius of Battle Creek, over 435,000 persons will live within a 30 minute drive time and over 737,000 persons within a 45 minute drive time. Although, this is a sizable 'market for Battle Creek culture, business and industry, the market area is also served by the City of Kalamazoo (to the west) and the cities of Marshall and Jackson (to the east). (See tables 2-13a and b and figure 211.) Economic Trends Employment. Battle Creek has a diversified employment base. While widely known as the center of the ready-to-eat cereal industry, with Kellogg Company, Kraft/General Foods (Post) and Ralston Purina based in the city, Battle Creek also has the Kellogg corporate headquarters, the Kellogg Foundation, the headquarters of Nippondenso, Manufacturing USA, the United States Defense Logistics Center, the Battle Creek Health System and Kellogg Community College as major employers. (See table 2-14 for total and retail employment for Battle Creek and surrounding communities and tables 2-15a, b and c for labor force, employment and unemployment figures.) According to the BCATS 1995-2015 LongRange Transportation Plan, there were 36,713 persons employed in the City of Battle Creek in 1990. This includes persons who did not live in the city. The Michigan Employment Security Commission reports that 22,267 persons living in Battle Creek were employed in 1990. MESC estimated that the number was 22,730 in 1995. This City of Battle Creek Comprehensive Plan October 1997 was a 2% increase between 1990 and 1995, or 463 persons. The MESC reports that during the same period, Calhoun County residents with jobs increased by 15%, and jurisdictions surrounding Battle Creek had - the number of residents with jobs increase by7% to 22%. Unemployment averaged only 5.4% during 1996, and reflected a State economic condition of high employment (see table 215c). Late in 1996, it was announced that a Korean firm would build a manufacturing facility in Battle Creek by 2000. Direct and indirect jobs were forecast to number 683. Employment in Battle Creek is expected to increase by the year 2020. BCATS projected an increase of about 20%, or 7,525 jobs, in employment between 1990 and 2020. For the surrounding communities, projected increases were less in terms of total jobs, but greater in terms of percentage increase, ranging from a 32% increase for Pennfield Township to 103% for Emmett Township, between 1990 and 2020 (see table 2-17). A smaller increase of 12%, or 2,778 jobs, in terms of employment by residence, was projected for Battle Creek by the Michigan Employment Security Commission. The base for this projection was an estimated 22,730 jobs held by residents of Battle Creek in 1995 (see table 2-17). BCATS projected the largest employment increases in the services sector (32%) followed by finance, insurance and real estate (22 %) and construction ( 19%) between 1994 and 2015. See table 2-18. An increase of 30% was projected in the agriculture sector. Technical Report Page 2-31 �Table 2-13a EXISTING & PROJECTED POPULATION 1990 - 2020 FOR 20, 30, AND 45 MINUTE DRIVE TIMES FROM BATTLE CREEK DRIVE TIME 20 MINUTE DRIVE TIME 30 MINUTE DRIVE TIME 45 MINUTE DRIVE TIME 1990 2000 2010 2020 Total Change 1990-2020 Percent of Change 1990-2020 142,169 392,414 657,029 143,564 407,004 684,000 144,970 415,015 704,392 146,386 429,626 731,334 4,217 31,300 72,610 3% 8% 11% Straight line projections for communities surrounding Battle Creek, BCATS projection for Battle Creek. Table 2-13b EXISTING & PROJECTED POPULATION 1990 - 2020 FOR 20, 30, AND 45 MINUTE DRIVE TIMES FROM BATTLE CREEK DRIVE TIME 20 MINUTE DRIVE TIME 30 MINUTE DRIVE TIME 45 MINUTE DRIVE TIME 1990 2000 2010 2020 Total Change 1990-2020 Percent of Change 1990-2020 142,136 392,381 656,996 145,435 408,875 685,871 148,750 418,795 708,172 152,083 435,323 737,031 9,947 42,912 80,005 7% 11% 12% BCATS projection for Battle Creek and selected surrounding communities. Straight line projections based on 1980-1990 US Census data for all other communities. City of Battle Creek Comprehensive Plan Ocwber 1997 Technical Report Page 2-32 �Figure 2-11 Projected Population Within 20, 30 and 45 Minute Drive Times of Battle Creek in 2020 r I I I I ' I I D, l I I I d , ., ~ .Ca - r:, !1 -tj li \ i ~ I 10 .,!) D l) J,,_ ':: II ( i D ' ! Q I r I .J h---1 r /r\ . '- I , /2P~IJ-(CL~W----i-J: ~ 1+. . ~~' . + j _,., i _ ~ I 11me 429,626 to 435,323 Persons in 2020 r-c1-f--'='n~l~ir~-+---+-~ I ,)U 1Y1mute urive I ,. / 1 / / C \ a ---c/-/ ili L-, ~~ ~~,--~ :.,+m~-+-----t---t-~' .,-'nL.ri\----i----:-I} I\\ c_..~..l._~ 0 p (( J \ Ll__t-=:-'-~=L_L~ht-1-_L-1--_L.---'-20 Minute Drive Time 146,386 to 152,083 Persons in 2020 Pagt2-33 �Table 2-14 Employment in Battle Creek and Surroundine Comm unities. 1990 Employment Community Citv of Battle Creek Emmett Townsbin Bedford Township Pennfield Townsbin Citv of Sorin1rfield Total Retail 36.7] 3 7 680 2 707 j 994 j 847 2.571 722 ]52 503 403 Source: BCATS 1995 City of Battle Creek Comprehensive Plan October 1997 Technical Report Page 2-34 �Table 2-lSa LABOR FORCE IN BATTLE CREEK AND SURROUNDING COMMUNITIES, 1992-1996 Total Change Percent of Change 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1992-1996 1992-1996 24,22Q 24,82Q 22,l2Q 24,2QQ 24,72Q 20Q 0.8% Bedf2r2Iw12 4,22Q 4,2QQ 4,75Q 4,7QQ 4,672 22 0.2% :Emms.uiw12 2.n2 2,422 2,2QQ 2,422 2,422 l0Q 1.2~ Penfis.lg Iw12 4,:212 4,42Q 4,222 44,772 4,472 100 2.J% City of Springfield 2,850 2,900 2,950 2,925 2,900 50 1.8% CommunitI Cit:i: 2[ !!aUls. ~rs.ek Table 2-lSb EMPLOYMENT IN BATTLE CREEK AND SURROUNDING COMMUNITIES, 1992-1996 CommunitI ~it:i: 2[ !!l!ttls. ~rs.s.k Total Change Percent of Change 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1992-1996 1992-1996 22.422 2J,l22 2J,272 2J,J22 2J.422 250 4.2~ 4,J22 4,42Q 4,422 4,422 172 4.1~ 4.Q% Bs.2f2rd Iwn 4,22Q Emms.ttTwn 4,972 2,122 2,222 2,11s 2,172 200 Penfield Twn 4,172 4,272 4,372 4,J22 4,350 175 4.2% City of Springfield 2,675 2,775 2,825 2,800 2,800 125 4.7% Table 2-lSc UNEMPLOYMENT RA TE IN BATTLE CREEK AND SURROUNDING COMMUNITIES, 1992-1996 CommunitI Cit:i: Qf J;!attls. ~res.k Total Change Percent of Change 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1992-1996 1992-1996 8.2 7 6.J 6.J 2.4 -3. l -J2.2% 6.2 2.4 -3 -32.7% BeQfQrQ Iw12 8.4 2-2 6.2 Emmettiwn 2-1 2-2 2 2 4.J -2.4 -J2 .82'0 Penfis.ld Tw12 City of Springfield 4.8 J.2 4.8 l2 4.3 J .2 4.4 J 3.7 -1.8 -2.2 -Ji.2% -37.3% 5.9 Source: Michigan Employment Security Commission City of Battle Creek Comprehensive Plan October I 997 Technical Report Page 2-35 �Table 2-16 Persons Employed in Battle Creek and Surrounding Communities, 1990-2020 Total Change COMMUNITY CITY OF BAITLE CREEK BEDFORD TOWNSHIP EMMETT TOWNSHIP PENNFIELD TOWNSHIP CITY OF SPRINGFIELD CALHOUN COUNTY * Percent Change 1990 36,713 2015 42,791 2020 44,238 19902020 7,525 1990-2020 20% 1,994 2,707 1,847 2,571 59,650 2,549 4,965 2,319 3,909 81,030 2,681 5,503 2,431 4,228 85,306 687 2,796 584 1,657 25,656 34% 103% 32% 64% 43% Proj ections extended to 2020 based on BCATS projections to 201 5 * Calhoun County Projections from a computer bulletin board provided by the Michigan Employment Security Commission City of Battle Creek Comprehensive Plan October 1997 Technical Report · Page 2-36 �Table 2-17 EMPLOYED PERSONS RESIDING IN BATTLE CREEK AND SURROUNDING COMMUNITIES, 1985-2020 Total Change J9ll~-J92~ l28~·l 99 ~ COMMUNITY 1985 1990 CITY OF BA ITLE CREEK 21,804 22,267 22,730 926 3,970 4,2 14 4,458 4,705 4,929 PENNFIELD TOWNSHIP 3,719 CITY OF SPRINGFIELD BEDFORD TOWNSHIP , EMMETT TOWNSHIP CALHOUN COUNTY 1995 Est. Percent Change Total Change, Percent Change J99n-inin J99n-in2n 2000 2005 2010 2015 2020 4% 23,193 23,656 24, ll9 24,582 25,045 2,778 12% 488 12% 4,702 4,946 5,190 5,434 5,678 1,464 35% 5,153 448 10% 5,377 5,601 5,825 6,049 6,273 1,344 27% 4,127 4,535 816 22% 4,943 5,351 5,759 6,167 6,575 2,448 59% 2,577 2,662 2,747 170 7% 2,832 2,917 3,002 3,087 3,172 510 19% 55,374 59,650 63,926 8,552 15% 68 ,202 72,478 76,754 81 ,030 85,306 25,656 43% NOTE: Tables 2-16 and 2-17 represent different data, with Table 2-16 repmenting jobs in the listed communities, and Tables 2-17 representing the number of employed persons living in the listed communities. THIS DATA COMES FROM A COMPUTER BULLETIN BOARD PROVIDED BY THE MICHIGAN EMPLOYMENT SECURITY COMMISSION City of Battle Creek Comprehensive Plan October 1997 Technical Report Page2-37 �Table 2-18 CALHOUN COUNTY EMPLOYMENT FORECAST, 1994-2015 EMPLOYMENT SECTOR Services Retail Irade Durable~ Manufactyrin~ NQn Dyrabl~ Manufacturin~ , State and, LQ~al GQv~rnment Finan~e, Insuranc~ and Real Estate Federal GQv~rnm~nt - Civilian Tran~J;!S.UlatiQn and, Publi~ Utiliti~~ ~QDS1D!~tiQD WhQl~~ii!l~ Trii!d.~ Faa:D Federal GQvernment - Militar:x: A~ricultyre Services, Forestr:x: and, Fishin~ Mining TOTAL 1994 18,614 l!;?,Q41 8,12Q 1,22J Q,7Q~ 4,~24 J,886. J,1Q7 2,16.J 1.721 1,614 4Q~ 2015 24,422 11,881 J~~ 209 76,203 1,6.17 7,424 1,Q22 ~.~4Q 4,Q62 J.~J1 J,288 2,114 1,117 210 4(j_Q 239 85,274 % CHANGE Jl,Q2% 11.41% -!;?,26% -1,12% ~-88% 22.4!;?% 4,11% IJ,84% 12,QQ% 11,!:?4~ -21,Q8% -JJ,JJ% 22.~8~ 14.35% 11.90% Source: 1995 BCATS Report NOTE: Figures are for employment by workplace, not by residence City of Battle Creek Comprehensive Plan October 1997 Technical Report Page 2-38 �Income. Income for City of Battle Creek residents has increased at a faster rate (87%) than that of Calhoun County (57%) and the State of Michigan (66%). However, the level of median income was lower than either Calhoun County or the state. Median income for Battle Creek was $31,115 in 1990, up $14,486 from 1980. Median income for Calhoun County was $32,567 in 1990 and the state median income was '$36,652 in 1990. The per capita income for Battle Creek was $12,963 in 1990, an increase of $6,605 or 104% above that of 1980. While a high rate of increase, this per capita income was still lower than the state, which had a per capita income of $14, 154 in 1990 (an increase of 84% between 1980 and 1990). Tables 2-19a and b show the percentage of households within different income ranges in Battle Creek and compares these to Calhoun County and the State of Michigan for 1980 and 1990. (See also figures 2-12a and 2-12b.) In both reporting periods, Battle Creek lags behind the county and state in the upper income ranges and equals or leads the county and state in the moderate and lower income ranges. For example, only 1.7% of Battle Creek households reported incomes of $50,000 or higher in 1980 while 2.9% of households in the county were in that range and 5.3% of the state. In 1990, Battle Creek was about equal to the county in the $50,000 or higher income range, with 19% of households earning $50,000 or more compared to 19 .9% of the households in the county. Statewide, 25.5% of households earned $50,000 or higher in 1990. In the income range of $10,000 to $19,999, were 30.1 % of Battle Creek households in 1980, while 26.6% of county households and 26.4% of state households reported this income level. City of Battle Creek Comprehensive Plan October 1997 Poverty. The percentage of families below the poverty level in Battle Creek has been higher than Calhoun County and the State of Michigan for more than two decades (see table 2-20 and figure 2-13). The highest · numbers of persons in poverty in 1990 were in the Urbandale, North Central, Post Franklin and parts of the Wilson/Coburn/Roosevelt/Territorial neighborhoods. Battle Creek has also had a higher percentage of female heads of household families below the poverty level for over a decade. (This information was not gathered by the US Census in 1970.) Figure 2-14 shows that there is a fairly widespread distribution of households with a female head of household with children. There were 1,992 families below the poverty level in Battle Creek in 1990. This represents 14.1 % of all families and was a slight decline (0.5%) from 1980. The percent of families under the poverty level was 11 % in Calhoun County and 10.2% in the state in 1990. These were modest increases in poverty, 2.5% and 2.0% over 1980 for the county and the state, respectively. The percent of female head of household families under the poverty level was 37.5% and 35.8% in 1990 for the county and the state. This represented increases of 6% and 5.1 % over 1980, respectively. As shown in table 2-21 , four Battle Creek neighborhoods have large percentages of low to moderate income populations. These are Washington Heights (62%), Post/Franklin (59%), Central (58%) and Urbandale (47%). Housing. The Battle Creek housing stock is relatively old, of relatively low value and the mix of housing types is dominated by Technical Report Page 2-39 �Table 2-19a HOUSEHOLD INCOME RANGE IN BATTLE CREEK, CALHOUN COUNTY, AND MICHIGAN 1980 LESS COMMUNITY CITY OF BATILE CREEK THAN $10,000 to $20,000 to $30,000 to $40,000 to $50,000 or $10,000 $19,999 $29,999 $39,999 $49,000 OVER 39.1% 30.1% 17.7% 8.5% 2.9% 1.7% CALHOUN COUNTY 28% 26.6% 23.4% 12.6% 4.5% 2.9% STATE OF MICHIGAN 25 .6% 26.4% 23.5% 13.3% 5.9% 5.3% BATILE CREEK TOWNSHIP Table 2-19b HOUSEHOLD INCOME RANGE IN BATTLE CREEK, CALHOUN COUNTY, AND MICHIGAN 1990 COMMUNITY CITY OF BATILE CREEK Less Than $10,000 to $15,000 to $25,000 to $35,000 to $50,000 or Over $14,999 $24,999 $34,9999 $49,999 $10,000 20.5 % 11.1 % 17.7% 16.1% 15.6% 19.0% CALHOUN COUNTY NIA* NIA* 18.5% 16.9% 17.8% 19.9% STATE OF MICHIGAN 15.5 % 8.6% 16.4% 15.3% 18.7% 25.5 % * 1990 County data organized differently: 26.8% less than $15 ,000 in 1990 City of Battle Creek Comprehensive Plan October 1997 Technical Report Page 2-40 �Figure 2-12a Percent of Battle Creek Residents in Different Income Groups, 1980 $40,000 to $30,000 to $49,000 $39,999 3% 9% $50,000 or OVER 2% $20,000 to $29,999 18% LESS THAN $10,000 38% $10,000 to $19,999 30% Figure 2-12b Percent Battle Creek Households in Different Income Groups, 1990 $50,000 or Over 19% Less Than $10,000 20% $10,000 to $14,999 $35,000 to $49,999 16% 11% $25,000 to · $34,9999 16 % City of Battle Creek Comprehensive Plan October 1997 $15,000 to $24,999 18% Technical Report Page 2-41 �Table 2-20 Families Below Poverty Level in Battle Creek, Calhoun County, and Michigan 1970-1990 CITY OF BATTLE CREEK 1970 1980 Total Percent Change, Change 1970, 1970-1980 1980 1990 Total Percent Change, Change 1980· 1980-1990 1990 NUMBER OF FAMil..IES 1,195 2,670 1,475 123.4% 1,992 -678 -25.4% % OFALL FAMILIES 12.2% 14.6% 2.4% 19.7% 14.1% -0.5% -3.4% NIA 39.1% NIA NIA 40.7% 1.6% 4.1% 2,700 3,211 830 25.8% % OF FEMALE HOUSEHOLQER FAMILIES CALHOUN COUNTY NUMBER OF FAMILIES % OFALL FAMILIES % OF FEMALE HOUSEHOLDER FAMILIES 511 18.9% 4,041 7.5% 8.5% 1.0% 13.3% 11.0% 2.5% 29.4% 44.7% 31.5% -13.2% -29.5% 37.5% 6.0% 19.0% 37,752 23.5% 53,296 26.9% STATE OF MICHIGAN NUMBER OF FAMil..IES 160,639 % OFALL FAMILIES % OF FEMALE HOUSEHOLDER FAMILIES 198,391 251,687 7.0% 8.2% 1.2% 17.1% 10.2% 2.0% 24.4% 28.8% 30.7% 1.9% 6.6% 35.8% 5.1% 16.6% Source: US Census Bureau City of Battle Creek Comprehensive Plan Ocwber 1997 Technical Report Page2-42 �Figure 2-13 Number of Persons in Poverty in Battle Creek and Surrounding Communities, 1990 Persons in Poverty, 1990 ~ 232 to 823 D D 75 to 232 Oto 75 Page2-43 �Figure 2-14 Female Head of Household with Children in Battle Creek and Surrounding Communities, 1990 Industrial Park Female Head of Household with Children, 1990 ~ 179 to 472 § D 88 to 179 Oto 88 Pag~2-44 �Table 2-21 Low to Moderate Income Population Percenta2e by Nei2hborhood, City of Battle Creek, 1990 Population 1990 Percentage of Low/Moderate Income Residents by Neighborhood 1990 6,396 58% 9,638 43% Minges/Riverside 9,010 18% Post/Franklin 5,963 59% Rural Southwest 3,592 12% Urbandale 5,248 47% North Central (Washington Heights) 6,216 62% Westlake/Prairieview 7,395 30% Neighborhood Wilson Coburn Roosevelt Territorial (Central) , Fremont/Verona/McKinley Source: City of Bal/le Creek 1995 Consolidated Plan for Housing and Community Development (Neighborhood names in parentheses are as referenced in the /995 Consolidated Plan for Housing and Commun ity Development.) City of Battle Creek Comprehensive Plan October 1997 Technical Report Page 2-45 �single-family houses. Surrounding communities have newer houses, but they are also primarily single-family. There were 13,494 owner-occupied housing units and 7,963 renter-occupied units in Battle Creek in 1990. (See table 2-22 for a comparison of housing units in Battle Creek, Calhoun County and Michigan between 1970 and 1990.) While changes in the number of owner-occupied and renteroccupied housing will have occurred due to demolitions and new construction between 1990 and 1997, the 1990 census data is the most reliable data available at the time of this report. Sixty-nine percent of Battle Creek's housing is single-family detached. Only about 1% of housing units are single-family attached, and over 15% are multi-family, five or more units. Not all Battle Creek residents live in singleor multi-family houses. There were 864 persons in group homes in Battle Creek in 1990. Of these, 539 were in nursing homes and 120 were in emergency shelters or visible in street locations. Nearly 8% of total housing units in Battle Creek were vacant in 1990, while less than 7% were vacant in the county. The state average was 11.1 % in 1990. Battle Creek's housing stock is relatively old. . Over 80% is more than 27 years old. About 33% was built earlier than 1940 compared to the county average of only 30%. The state average is about 21 %. Over half of the houses in the city were built betw~en 1940 and 1970 as compared to 45% in the county and the state. About 11 % was built between 1970 and 1979 in the city but about 17% in the county and over 20% City of Battle Creek Comprehensive Plan October 1997 statewide. About 6% of homes were built between 1980 and 1990 in the city, over 8% in the county and nearly 14% statewide. (See table 2-23 and figures 2-15 and 2-16.) · Housing in Battle Creek is relatively affordable. The median value of houses in Battle Creek, in 1990, was $39,300. The median value of houses in the county was $42,700 and in the state, $60,600. Median gross rent in Battle Creek in 1990 was $391, while it was $389 in the county and $423 statewide (see table 2-22). SEVs. In the four year period from 1992 to 1996, real and personal property has increased in value by 53% and 82% respectively. State Equalized Value (SEV) of total real property, which includes agricultural, commercial, industrial and residential properties increased from $575,499,524 to $697,475,650. Total personal property in the commercial, industrial and utility sectors, increased from $179,380,500 to $234,136,300 between 1992 and 1996. Personal property includes industrial, commercial and utility machinery, vehicles and equipment. (See table 2-24 for a breakdown of SEV by year and category.) Conclusions Battle Creek's population decline between 1980 and 1990 paralleled declines throughout Michigan. Out migration because of poor economic conditions was a major contributor. While this trend has reversed in recent years, the decline in persons per household is a trend that will likely continue. This means that in the future there will be a larger increase in households with smaller increases in population. Technical Report Page 2-46 �Table 2-22 Occupied Housing Units for Battle Creek, Calhoun County and Michigan, 1970-1990 CITY OF BATILE CREEK 1970 1980 Total Change, 1970-1980 OWNER OCCUPIED 9,017 8,319 -698 -7.7% OWNER OCCUPIED MEDIAN VALUE $11,707 $20,700 $8,993 RENTER OCCUPIED 4,746 5,810 MEDIAN GROSS RENT $106 $206 OWNER OCCUPIED NA 6,179 OWNER OCCUPIED MEDIAN VALUE NA $40,900 RENTER OCCUPIED NA 1,403 MEDIAN GROSS RENT NA $221 34,249 % of 1990 Change (Battle Creek Township Annexed in 1983) Total Change, 1980-1990 % of Change 13,599 5,280 38.8% 76.8% $47,813 $18,600 38.9% 1064 22.4% 7,961 2,151 27% 100 94.3% $391 $175 44.8% 37,370 3,121 9.1% 36,806 -564 -1.5% $13,926 $30,000 $16,074 115.4% $50,604 . $12,700 42.3% RENTER OCCUPIED 9,558 13 ,728 4,170 43 .6% 15,006 1,278 9.3% MEDIAN GROSS RENT $111 $223 $112 100.9% $383 $160 71.7% BATILE CREEK TOWNSHIP CALHOUN COUNTY OWNER OCCUPIED OWNER OCCUPIED MEDIAN VALUE City of Battle Creek Comprehensive Plan October 1997 Technical Report Page 2-47 �STATE OF MICffiGAN OWNER OCCUPIED 1,973,872 2,322,919 349,047 17.7% 2,427,643 104,724 4.5% OWNER OCCUPIED MEDIAN VALUE $17,590 $39,000 $21,410 121.7% $60,600 $21,600 55.4% RENTER -OCCUPIED 648,777 873 ,330 224,553 34.6% 991 ,688 118,358 13.6% $118 $250 $132 111.9% $423 $173 69.2% MEDIAN GROSS RENT City of Battle Creek Comprehensive Plan October 1997 Technical Report Page248 �Table 2-23 Ae:e of Housine: in Battle Creek. Calhoun County and Michie:an. 1990. COMMUNITY RENTAL HOUSING CITY QF BATILE ' OWNER OCCUPIED HOUSING CITY OF BATILE CREEK TOTAL RENTAL AND OWNER OCUPIED HOUSING UNITS CITY Q[ llAIILE CREEK RENTAL HOUSING ~ALHQUN ~QUNTY OWNER OCCUPIED HOUSING CALHOUN COUNTY TOTAL RENTAL AND OWNER OCCUPIED HOUSING UNITS CALHQ!.!N CQ!!NIT TOTAL NUMBER OF UNITS 1939 1940 1970 OR EARLIER TO TO TO 1969 1979 1990 7,2!21 1,221 2,4Q 11626 262 13 599 4 578 7 888 754 379 21,S!iil 6.~22 ll,Jill 2.~lil l.J~~ l2,Q06 2,864 2,Q21 1,874 38,806 11 154 18 228 5,013 2 414 SJ,812 lS,018 2J,8ZS 8,6J~ ~.288 J.8~Z.226 8DD,J68 1,ZJ2,26S Z8~.2Z6 S2J,JlZ 2,647' 1980 TOTAL HOUSING UNITS STATE OF MICHIGAJS City of Battle Creek Comprehensive Plan October 1997 Technical Report Page 2-49 �Figure 2-15 Age of Housing in Battle Creek, 1990 8,000 7,000 Cl) ~ C -. 6,000 ::, 5,000 0 4,000 Cl) .c E :::, z Owner Occupied 0 O'I ~ 0 O'I O'I ~ 0 ~ ""' 0 O'I ~ O'I ~ City of Battle Creek Comprehensive Plan October 1997 t-- O'I ~ ~ ~ 0 ·00 O'I ~ Technical Report Page 2-50 �Figure 2-16 Year Housing Built in Battle Creek and Surrounding Communities Average Year Housing Built ~ 1961 to 1981 ~ 1947 to 1961 1939to1947 Page 2-51 �Table 2-24 REAL AND PERSONAL PROPERTY TOTALS, CITY OF BATTLE CREEK 1992-1996 Percent REAL PROPERTY AQRl~l.!I.Il.IB,M.. ~QMM!lB~lt.L !l:illl.!HB.lt.I. RF.S!I!EtIT!AL , REAL PROPERTY TQTAL Total Change Change 1992-1996 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1992-1996 $ $ $ $ $ $ I 84115Q lrni2QQ l2!!22QQ 1m1QQ I 822 Q5Q 54 900 3~ m,l31.25Q 154 222 842 m 78BJ25 l2Hl93QQ l22,m,2QQ 2,468 250 2% 22,QZ8 05Q 58 329 956 21 m,482 25,226,262 65,482,2QQ 8 2Q8,02:! J5% m,156,768 32Q,15Q 475 4~,963,m 435,886 270 461 2Ql 650 IQ3,744 882 29~ 575 499 524 607,2:!2 510 634,011,126 666,176 970 69Z,425,65Q 121,976,126 53% Percent PERSONAL PROPERTY !:,;OMM!lBl!:.:AL lfil!l.!:iIBlt.L !.!IIL[D;'. PERSONAL PROP!lBD'. IQIAL 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 Total Change Change 1992-1996 1992-1996 $ $ $ $ $ $ n,;m6QQ 38,514 IQQ 39 442 IQQ 41 635 3QQ 44'51200 6 9116QQ !2Zl l2:l2l42QQ 142mBQQ l!121128 BQQ m l542QQ l22 322 4QQ 4Hl22QQ 3!1~ 1am1QQ 12,2'5,QQQ 2Q2224QQ 22 122 2QQ 23 55B7QQ 5,2J2 000 29% 129 380 5QQ 2QQm,9QQ 2Q7,3 IQ,3QQ 216 912 2QQ 234,l36,3QQ 54 755 800 82% City of Battle Creek Comprehensive Plan October 1997 Technical Report Page 2-52 �With an aging population in Battle Creek, there will be a larger population with limited income, a greater need for affordable housing and a greater need for services for the aging than in communities with a younger population. Increasing supplies of affordable housing could reverse the trend by making more housing available for families with younger children. 'A relatively old housing stock means that Battle Creek has a good potential supply of affordable housing, but that the City and its residents will have to be diligent in maintaining that housing stock for it to meet the affordable housing needs of the community. Relatively speaking, income levels are not high in Battle Creek and there is a significant portion of the population living in poverty. This increases the need for affordable housing, as well as for jobs and shopping to be located close to residential areas. EXISTING LAND USE The City of Battle Creek occupies over 28,000 acres (44 square miles) of land. Approximately 60% (17,000 acres) of the city's total land area is developed, while 40% (about 11,200 acres) is undeveloped. The generalized pattern of vacant and underutilized land in Battle Creek is shown in figure 2-17. Few cities in Michigan have such a significant land resource available for future development. The challenge is to ensure that this resource is used wisely, so that development choices are maintained for future generations. of aerial photography and limited field investigation. The land use categories illustrated are defined in Table 2-25. Land Use Statistics: Developed Land · Table 2-26 presents a breakdown of land use by existing zoning to illustrate the percentage of developed land area in each zoning and general land use category. Parks and School Sites. Approximately 22% of the city's developed land is devoted to school sites/playing fields and parks. Given Battle Creek's estimated 1991 population of 55,000, approximately 64.6 acres of parks/school playing field space has been provided per 1,000 population. This compares very favorably to the National Park and Recreation Association (NPRA) suggested standard of 10.5 acres per 1,000 population for close-to-home recreation space (mini parks, neighborhood and community parks) and 15.2 acres per 1,000 population for regional open space within a one hour drive. Residential. Approximately 41 % of the developed portion of the city is in residential land use. In 1990, the average density of residential development across the city was 3.2 units per acre (number of dwelling units divided by number of developed residentially zoned acres). Residential development densities vary, with the higher densities located in the older portions of the city and development densities decreasing as the distance from the center of the city increases. Office/Retail. Approximately 8.5% of Battle Creek' s developed land is zoned for office and retail commercial uses. Existing Land Use Patterns Figure 2- 18 illustrates the approximate pattern of existing land use based on a study City of Battle Creek Comprehensive Plan October 1997 Technical Report Page 2-53 �»,§ t) < ~ Q:-:"sj ( ~ :0 ::, ..c ~ z0 t:: I u < Legend - Vacant Land (Industrial Zoning) W}11 Vacant Land (Residential Zoning) Verona Rd. f7Z] .g"' ~ • ' I ~ BL-94 - tJ ~ 1 ' I' ~ Cl) Agricultural Land (Either actively farmed or undeveloped, current agricultural zoning allows 1 du/ac.) Vacant Land (Commercial Zoning) Fort Custer Military Reserve (Zoned Industrial) Former Landfill Underutilized/Vacant Industrial (Previously Developed) I B Drive N © 0 Figure 2-17 Vacant and Underutilized Land 1/2 Mile I Mile 2 Miles I I l Johnson Johnson & Roy/inc Planning and Zoning Center, inc. WJSchroer Company B Drive S A COMPREHENSIVE PLAN FOR THE CITY OF BATTLE CREEK fage1-54 �Legend Pennfield Twp. D D .e, § 0 u B ::E ( Undeveloped Land Golf Courses and Cemeteries Agricultural Rural Residential w Ma nufactured Housing Community D Single Family Detached Resident ial -- High Den ity Multi -Family Residential Strip Commercial/Secondary Business Community Shopping Centers Regional Shopping Center Industrial Institutional B Drive N Figure 2-18 Existing Land Use 0 l/2 Mile I Mile l I B Drive S Johnson Johnson & Roy/inc Planning and Zoning Center, inc. W JSchroer Company ,. A COMPREHENSIVE PLAN FOR THE CITY OF BATTLE CREEK Page 2-55 �Table 2-25 Existing Land Use Categories Land Use Category Comments/Description Parks and Open Space Subcategories include lakes and waterbodies; wetlands; uncultivated open land; wooded areas; parks, golf courses, and cemeteries and former landfills. Agricultural Includes land under cultivation and used for pasture. 'Rural Residential Includes very low density residential development, typically one-acre lots and larger. Single-family Detached Residential Includes varying single-family development densities. High Density Multi-family Residential Includes higher density residential development such as town houses, garden and mid-rise apartments and senior housing. Strip Commercial/Secondary Business Includes a variety of smaller scale office uses and retail goods and services developed separately and fronting on a major thoroughfare. Community Shopping Centers Includes a combination of larger scale "anchor" uses and smaller scale retail goods and services developed as a coordinated entity with shared access and parking; generally serving a larger geographic area (a subarea of the community or entire city). Regional Shopping Centers A concentration of office, retail, entertainment and hotel uses serving a regional market; for example, Lakeview Square Mall and downtown Battle Creek. Industrial Includes research and development functions, warehousing, manufacturing and transportation uses. Vacant and Underutilized Industrial Includes land previously used for industrial, but now vacant and available for reuse. Institutional Includes hospitals, schools and colleges, libraries and government uses . Cuy of Battle Creek Comprehensive Plan October I 997 Technical Report Page 2-56 �Table 2-26 Existing Land Use by Existing Zoning Category: Developed and Undeveloped Land Zonine Cateeorv Agricultural R-IR R-lA R-1B R-IC R-2 R-3A R-3B MDMF HDMF Subtotal (Residential) 0-1 0-2 Subtotal (Office) C-1 C-2 C-3 C-4 C-5 C-6 Subtotal (Commercial) 1-1 1-2 Subtotal (Industrial) Fort Custer School Fields City Parks• Open Space• Subtotal (Parks/Open Space) Abandoned Land Corridor Landfill Total Developed Land Existing Zonine (AC) 168 654 3,495 1,428 630 154 40 137 6 6,712 146 19 165 10 164 589 103 12 286 1,164 269 3,339 3,608 992 2,561.25 1,362 4,915.25 428 91 17,083.25 Percentage or of Total Develoned £AC) 1.0 4.0 21.0 8.6 3.7 1.0 0.2 1.0 Undeveloped Land By Zonin<> 4,204 278 28 1,228 12 37 14 Percentage of Total Undeveloned <An 37.5 2.5 0.2 11.0 0.1 0.3 0.1 399 3.5 6,200 48 55.0 0.4 48 0.4 145 1.29 70 215 2,936 0.6 2.0 26.0 2,936 1,816 26.0 16.0 .Q3 40.83 1.0 0.11 1.11 .06 1.0 4.0 0.6 .07 1.74 7.47 1.63 20.0 20.63 6.03 15.58 8.29 28.77 2.6 0.55 11,215 Total AC Bv Zonine 4,372 932 28 4,723 1,440 661 168 40 536 6 12,912 194 19 213 10 164 734 103 12 356 1,379 3,205 3,339 6,544 1,816 992 2,561.25 1,362 4,915.00 428 91 By Zoning Developed/ Undeveloned <%) 45.6 0.75 4.9 23.12 6.41 3.50 9.05 4.81 17.36 1.51 .32 28,298 44.2Sn.Mi. • The number 1,362 is undefined and currently under investigation: includes Biological Reserve. • City Parks includes Binder Park and Bailey Park. City of Battle Creek Comprehensive Plan October 1997 Technical Report Page 2-57 �Industrial. Approximately 21 % of Battle Creek's developed land is zoned industrial; another 3% is underutilized/vacant industrial land and landfill. Land Use Statistics: Undeveloped Land Table 2-26 also shows undeveloped land (and total land area) by zoning category. Agricultural. Approximately 37.5 % (4,200 'acres) of the undeveloped land area in Battle Creek is zoned for agricultural use. It is important to note, however, that the existing agricultural zoning permits residential development on lots of one acre or larger. Residential. About 17.5 % (2,000 acres) of the undeveloped land in Battle Creek is zoned for residential development at varying densities. Sixty two percent (1,240 acres) is zoned for a maximum density of 6 dwelling units per acre. About 15% (300 acres) of the residentially zoned undeveloped land is zoned for a maximum density of 1 - 3 dwelling units per acre and about 23% (460 acres) is zoned for maximum densities of 9 20 dwelling units per acre. Industrial. Approximately 26% of the city's undeveloped land is zoned for industrial use, not including the Fort Custer Military Reserve; however, further study will be required to determine how much of this acreage is actually suitable for development. About 16% of the undeveloped land in the city (1,816 acres) is included in the Military Reserve. Office/Retail. About 2.4% (263 acres) of the undeveloped land in Battle Creek is zoned for office and retail commercial use. City of Battle Creek Comprehensive Plan October 1997 Comparisons to Population and Job Growth Projections When compared to population and job growth projections to the year 2020, this profile of undeveloped land by zoning - reveals a pattern of "overzoning" in advance of demand. For example, population projections for the City of Battle Creek indicate the potential for increases ranging from a low of 2,300 to a high of 12,300 persons by the year 2020. At the existing average residential density of 3.2 dwelling units per acre, and assuming an average household size of 2.4 persons, approximately 300 acres (or 5% of Battle Creek's undeveloped land zoned for residential and agricultural use) would be required to accommodate a population increase of 2,300. Given the same assumptions on density and household size, approximately 1,600 acres (or 26% of the city's undeveloped land zoned for residential and agricultural use) would be required to accommodate a population increase of 12,300. Similarly, job projections from the Michigan Employment Security Commission (MESC) and the Battle Creek Area Transportation Study (BCATS) for the City of Battle Creek indicate potential for increases ranging from 2,800 to 7,500 jobs by the year 2020. Assuming an average of 15 employees per acre across all employment sectors, approximately 190 acres (or 6% of the undeveloped land zoned for industrial, commercial and office use) would be required to accommodate 2,800 additional jobs. Given the same assumptions on employees per acre, 500 acres (or 16% of the undeveloped land currently zoned for industrial, commercial and office use) would be required to accommodate 7,500 jobs. Technical Report Page 2-58 �Such overzoning commonly results in "leapfrog" development and reduces the community's ability to control growth and the costs associated with it. EXISTING INFRASTRUCTURE Water Supply The City of Battle Creek water system currently serves approximately 55,000 'people in the City of Battle Creek, City of Springfield, Emmett, Bedford and Pennfield Townships and the Fort Custer Military Reserve. Each community owns its own water distribution system which connects to the City of Battle Creek system. Average daily water usage is approximately 12.5 MGD with a peak day water use of 21 MGD. The City of Battle Creek water distribution system is supplied from the Verona wellfield which has a rated aquifer capacity of 42 MGD. The firm pumping capacity of the Verona wellfield is 33.5 MGD; the Columbia wellfield, with a capacity of 4 MGD can be added. The City has acquired additional land surrounding the Verona wellfield sites to ensure wellfield protection. The City's Comprehensive Water Rate Study Update (1987) estimated that future maximum daily demands are expected to match firm pumping capacity of the Verona wellfield (33.5 MGD) by the year 2010. To expand supply capacity it will be necessary to upgrade some of the smaller existing well pumps and increase treatment capacity (which currently matches the firm pumping capacity). The existing water distribution system is shown in figure 2-19. Extensions proposed in the 1996 Water Rate Study (to the year 2000) are also shown. City of Battle Creek Comprehensive Plan October 1997 The water system operated as an enterprise fund; as a result, improvements and extensions are being paid for by tap in and user fees. · Wastewater System The City of Battle Creek wastewater system currently serves approximately 65,000 people in Battle Creek, the City of Springfield and Bedford, Pennfield and Emmett Townships. The wastewater system also serves Fort Custer Military Reserve and major industrial facilities. Four industries, Kellogg, General Foods, Waldorf Paper and Michigan Paper Board are part owners of the wastewater treatment plant. The breakdown of current average daily wastewater treatment plant flow is: Domestic 33 % Major lndustry27 % Other Industry 5% Infiltration/Inflow 26 % Commercial/Gov't. 9% Source: Wastewater Treatment Facility Master Plan (draft; 1994). The last major expansion of the wastewater treatment plant was completed in 1978 at which time design capacities were 27 MGD per average day and 46 MGD per peak hour. The average daily flow is approximately 13 MGD. It is anticipated that the current aggregated contractual limits for the four major industries who are part owners of the system will be increased from approximately 8 MGD to 9 MGD in the near future. Assuming that these increased contractual flow limits are utilized, unallocated flow capacity is estimated to be 9.47 MGD. Technical Report Page 2-59 �Legend: -·-a - - Existing Water Main Existing Wellfield Location • Existing Pumping Station e Existing Reservoir Tank - • City Proposed Extensions (1996-2000) ( 1-9-l n Drive N \ @ 0 1/2 Mile ] t- I Mile n Drive S, A COMPREHENSIVE PLAN FO R THE CITY OF BATTLE CREEK · Figure 2-19 Existing Water Distribution and City Proposed Extensions to 2000 2 Miles l Johnson Johnson & Roy/inc, Planning nnll Zoning Center, inc WJSchroer Company Page2-60 �Based on an intergovernmental agreement signed by all of the communities served by the system, the capacity within the city's system will be distributed on a first come, first served basis, including capacity for the city itself. The wastewater collection/ treatment system is operated as enterprise fund; as a result, extensions and improvements are paid by tap in and user fees. The existing wastewater collection system is shown in figure 2-20. TRANSPORTATION Regional Context/Accessibility 1-94, running east-west across the southern portion of the City of Battle Creek, is a major regional distribution corridor. 1-194 (the north-south connection between 1-94 and downtown and connecting to M-66 to the north and south) and Business Loop 94 (BL-94) (the connection from the westernmost I-94 interchange in Battle Creek north to the Airport and east along the south bank of the Kalamazoo River to East Michigan Avenue) link the traditional core of community to the interstate. I-69, located 6 miles to the east of Battle Creek, is the major north-south interstate linking the community to Lansing and I-75 to northern Michigan and south into Indiana. Rail West of Battle Creek's downtown, rail lines are located to the south of, and roughly parallel to, the Kalamazoo River; the Grand Trunk/CN of North America line curves to the southwest, while the Conrail line follows the south bank of the River to the northwest. To the east of downtown, the Grand Trunk/CN of North America lines curve to the north and east along the southern bank of the Battle Creek River, while the Conrail City of Battle Creek Comprehensive Plan October 1997 lines continue east along the north bank of the Kalamazoo River. Amtrak provides passenger service (using Conrail lines) to Detroit, Chicago and East •Lansing. Conrail and Grand Trunk/CN of North America provide freight service. Grand Trunk, which maintains a large switching yard and maintenance facility west of Raymond Road in northeast Battle Creek, operates approximately 30 through freight trains per day and 25-30 yard movements. Conrail lines serve three to five freight trains per day through Battle Creek on the Detroit/Chicago corridor. At grade rail crossings have been an issue for many years, with east-west lines delaying traffic on high volume north-south roadways. The completion of the Emmett Street overpass will reduce delays and improve access to the northeast. W. K. Kellogg Airport The W. K. Kellogg Airport, owned and operated by the City, is a 1,500-acre facility located on the west side of Battle Creek. The airport is used for corporate and military flights, with 50,000 flights annually. Its primary runway is 10,000 feet in length with a 4,835-foot secondary runway. (Commercial passenger service was discontinued at the W. K. Kellogg Airport in 1987 and is now provided at the Kalamazoo Airport located 23 miles to the west.) Western Michigan University is locating its aviation training facility at the W. K. Kellogg Airport; this project began in 1997 and is expected to be complete by 2002. WMU activity will increase airport use to a total of 90,000 flights annually. The City is also interested in attracting a training school for a major airline which could increase the amount of air traffic to 250,000 flights annually. The airport master plan, Technical Report Page 2-61 �Legend: . Main Interceptor Existing Sewer Line • Waste Water Treatment Plant 1-94 r4.- r4· (·:\ /p·~ ······ S~;; . ·=_.::_.-_·-:·.: .L - =v&:•-:-::: ..:-;·:· i .. 7 .:·.· ·: .. .: . / . .· . . : ~ . . I Deckl~y 0 ~ -.. . .' " ::;; n Drive N ::::: ~ \ \:•: .", ~ @ <-:-:\ Figure 2-20 ~ . Existing Sanitary Sewer I ....... 0 l/2 Mile j l- I Mile ll Drive S; A COMPREHENSIVE PLAN FOR THE CITY OF BATTLE CREEK 2 Miles l Johnson Johnson & Roy/inc, Pl.inning nnll Zoning Center, Inc WJSchrocr Company - l'agel-61 �completed in 1995, predicts that no land acquisition, runway expansion or airfield improvements will be needed to accommodate all of the above users. A new tower, renovated hangars and new hangars may be needed, however. The airport master plan delineates existing noise contours and those projected flight increases through the year 2010 (see figure '2-18). These noise contours indicate the potential for conflicts with the expansion of residential development further west toward the airport. As a result, future land use patterns (and zoning) should minimize the potential for conflicts between airport operation and development patterns in adjacent areas. Roadways The City of Battle Creek has approximately 300 miles of streets classified in the following categories (see figure 2-21). Interstate. Designed to handle large volumes of traffic traveling at high speed over long distances between states and urban areas; includes grade separated intersections and limited points of entrance and exit. State Trunkline. Designed to handle large volumes of traffic, usually traveling at speeds of 45 to 55 miles per hour (with reduced speeds within city limits); under state jurisdiction and serving trips between communities and other major activity centers throughout the region. Access points may be controlled and grade separated intersections may be provided, but usually are not within urban areas. Major Arterial. Designed for the movement of large volumes of through traffic and connecting the city with surrounding townships, cities and major activity centers. CiJy of Battle Creek Comprehensive Plan October 1997 Major arterials also provide access to abutting property and intersecting streets, but some access controls (minimum curb cuts, parallel frontage roads) are desirable to optimize through traffic movement and · safety. Right-of-way (R.O.W.) is usually at least 120 feet in width to allow for eventual expansion to five lanes (four through traffic lanes with a center tum lane). Typical speeds may vary from 30 to 50 miles per hour. Minor Arterial. Designed to interconnect with major arterial streets and to permit movement from one section of the city to another; accommodates trips of moderate length at somewhat lower speeds than major arterials. R.O.W. is generally 80 or more feet in width to permit two travel lanes with a center tum lane; on-street parking may or may not be included. Collector. Designed to provide property access and traffic circulation within residential neighborhoods and commercial or industrial areas. Collects traffic from local streets and distributes it to local destinations or arterials. Usually local in nature, but may include some uses that generate significant traffic. R.O.W. is 60 feet in width or greater to permit two travel lanes and the possible addition of left-tum lanes at busy intersections; on-street parking may or may not be included. Typical speeds are a minimum of 30 miles per hour. Local Street. Designed to provide access to adjacent property/land. Streets in this classification make up a large percentage of the total street mileage, but carry a small portion of the total vehicle miles traveled. Through traffic is discouraged. R.O.W. is generally 50 to 60 feet in width. One 12foot travel lane and two 7-foot parking lanes Technical Report Page 2-63 �I ( • • •• • Morgan • • • • Legend ==== Interstate - - - State Trunkline • • • • Principal Arterial - - - - Minor Arterial • • • • • • • Collector Local Street ( 21,000 t I I ... b() Reserve .....::, 4) E C) 0 ::: :r: 0 ci:i Average Daily Traffic Volume Gethings Figure 2-21 .£ -- ::E N :::: '° Existing Roadway Functional Classification and Travel Flow Q' 0 1/2 Mile -1 ·r I Mile 2 Miles r l B Drive S Johnson Johnson & Roy/inc Planning and Zoning Center, inc. WJSchroer Company Page2-M �may be provided or two travel lanes with onstreet parking on one or both sides. Typical speeds are 20 to 30 miles per hour. Current and Projected Volume Deficiencies. The 1995 Battle Creek Area Transportation Study (BCATS) 2015 Long Range Transportation Plan identified current (1990) and projected (2015) volume deficiencies in the Battle Creek metropolitan area (including the City of Battle Creek, City of Springfield, and Bedford, Pennfield, Emmett, Newton and Leroy Townships). These volume deficiencies (shown in figure 2-22) serve as one factor in recommending long-range transportation improvements. (These recommended improvements serve as the basis for the preparation of BCATS Transportation Improvement Plans (TIPs) which are prepared annually to allow for actual project implementation.) It should be noted that BCATS traffic projections were based on existing zoning and the best information available on development plans at the time of the study' s preparation. (Projected volume deficiencies based on the future land use plan may differ from those based on BCATS assumptions.) The BCATS plan will be updated every three years. Since 1988, Battle Creek has been working to connect the eastern and western portions of Business Loop 94 (BL-94) from South Avenue (just east of 1-194) to Raymond Road through the Post/Franklin neighborhood and extending into Emmett Township. The goal of this project is to encourage economic development by linking east side residents and the Post and Kellogg factories (currently switching from rail to truck transport) with Fort Custer Industrial Park and 1-94. While the right-of-way for the new roadway connection has been City of Battle Creek Comprehensive Plan October 1997 acquired by the Michigan Department of Transportation, the project was put on hold in 1995 because state funding for road construction (an estimated $12 million) was not available. This project remains · unfunded at this time. In the future, as new development occurs in the southwestern portion of the City, additional north-south and east-west collector roads will be needed to facilitate traffic movement and to provide relief to Helmer Road. Transit Battle Creek's transit system currently operates on nine routes (see figure 2-23) serving an estimated 80-85% of the city's major traffic generators. Service is provided from 6:15 a.m. to 6:15 p.m. Monday through Friday with 9:15 a.m. to 5:15 p.m. service on Saturdays (no service on Sundays). A "pulse system" design is used with all buses converging on a central transfer point, the Intermodal Station, located downtown. Demand response service is also available to seniors and the disabled. Representatives of Battle Creek Transit estimate that 3% of the city's population uses transit on a daily basis. There are approximately 2,700 passenger trips per day serving approximately 1,500 riders per day. The most heavily used routes serve the Main-Post area (Route 3E) and the KendallGoodale area (Route 3W). BCATS recommended project list includes 24 transit projects with a total cost of $8.25 million. Of the total transit expenditures, 76.4% are for the acquisition of new large buses for fixed route service and 19 .1% are for small buses and vans for demandresponsive service. The remaining funds are Technical Report Page 2-65 �Legend il 5 ~-~\ ( .. c,:, 1,,./ ._,_._. ~i .. , .g ,... •• Morgan ©~•-. {-( .. ,,..;i (:.) 6 - - - • 1990 Deficiencies 0 ••, 'I <> vi - C<l . r·· tJ.J - - Projected Deficiencies to 2015 II Verona Rd . ... ........ 1 I r ... bQ ..., 0 ;:I Reserve E C) 0 c:: ::c: 0 c?i Gethlngs I I B Drive N Figure 2-22 BCATS 2015 Long Range Transportation Plan, Current and Projected Volume Deficiencies 0 1/2 Mile I Mile I I ✓--s··, ._.... · B Drive S 2 Miles l Johnson Johnson & Roy/inc Planning and Zoning Center, inc. WJSchroer Company A COMPREHENSIVE PLAN FOR THE CITY OF BATTLE CREEK Page.1-66 �d > < "€0 z Legend Existing Bus Route Verona Rd. lW West Michigan Avenue 2E Emmett St/East Avenue 2W Territorial/Goguac 3E Main/Post 3W Kendall/Goodale 4N Capital Avenue NE 4S Capital Avenue SW SW Fort CusterNAMC 5S Columbia Avenue • Intermodal/Tranfer Station 1 • ....0 t:I) Reserve .....::, E ;g 0 C s Cl'.) Gethings Watkins 1-94 Beckley ... Q <!J B Drive N "' 0 01) C ~ Figure 2-23 Current Public Transit Service 0 1/2 Mile I l Mile 2 Miles I l Johnson Johnson & Roy/inc Planning and Zoning Center, inc. WJSchroer Company B Drive S ✓-7..::·, .. ).-.: A COMPREHENSIVE PLAN FOR THE CITY OF BATTLE CREEK . J>agel-67 �for miscellaneous projects including service vehicles, bus stop amenities and maintenance equipment. Representatives of Battle Creek Transit report that low density residential development and the dispersion of major activity concentrations have negatively impacted their ability to provide efficient, cost effective service. In addition, it has been noted that public transit access from lower income neighborhoods (where rates of car ownership are relatively low) to job centers (for example, Fort Custer Industrial Park) should be improved. This may require a reconsideration of the balance between fixed route and demand response service. PUBLIC FACILITIES/SERVICES The City provides many services, such as police and fire, to its residents and contracts with private companies to provide others, such as garbage pick-up and ambulance response. Provision of these services enables residents to live in comfort, safety and security. Associated with these services are the facilities that house staff and equipment. Some facilities, such as a library or hospital, need to have a substantial portion of its facility centrally located in order to provide service effectively and. A public service such as fire protection, requires dispersed stations in order to respond rapidly at any location within the city. Following is a brief description of key public services provided in Battle Creek and, where pertinent, a discussion of any needs to improve those services. City of Battle Creek Comprehensive Plan October 1997 Police Department The Battle Creek Police Department operates primarily out of its one, downtown headquarters adjacent to City Hall. In addition, the Department leases evidence -storage space in an adjacent building. This space will be lost when that building is torn down in 1997. No formal discussions have identified plans for additional space or expansion as of spring, 1997. The Police Department does utilize other facilities . These include a leased location for the covert drug enforcement unit, six spaces (storefronts, apartments, etc.) donated by members of the community so that the department can have greater visibility in the neighborhoods, a leased space in Fort Custer for the Traffic Unit and animal storage and disposal through an agreement with the Humane Society. There is insufficient parking at Police Headquarters. This problem may be alleviated when the four story adjacent building is torn down; however, the trade off will be a need to find space for evidence storage. Impounded vehicles are stored in private facilities. Fire Department The Battle Creek Fire Department provides fire fighting response to all property within the City of Battle Creek. Aid agreements with other communities were being explored in 1997. The City maintains fire stations in locations throughout Battle Creek (see figure 2-24). This enables a timely response in the event of a fire. If one draws a circle around each station representing a distance of about one and one half miles, locations within those Technical Report Page 2-68 �Legend 0 Existing Fire Station with 1 3/4 Mile Recommended Response Radius Verona Rd. I I (. -( I Reserve .4 ~-. L (···\ . . .,. ... . :.t .• .... :~~; 0 .:_,~ :..'_'-: .:•:u .:·. .··:... / :':, ;trw:, ·.:::.. :-; ·.: ... B Drive N 4 ~ \:•: .:,. ~ ~ Figure2-24 ..., .... Existing Battle Creek Fire Station Locations ~'(,; : c..,'tf ""'- ••• ,_ _ _ _ _-4-....__ _ _ __ l, 0 1/2 Mile I Mile 2 Miles 7 t r B Drive S r~:-.. A COMPREHENSIVE PLAN FOR THE CITY OF BATTLE CREEK Johnson Johnson & Roy/inc Planning and Zoning Center, inc. WJSchroer Company Page 2-69 �circles should expect a fire department response within just a few minutes. In locating fire stations in the past, the City had to contend with barriers to rapid response times. The rivers, with few bridge crossings, are a barrier. The railroad ·p roved to be the most difficult barrier, since a long train would effectively require rerouting fire trucks a considerable distance. Therefore, fire stations were built to compensate for those historic barriers. As railroad crossings are eliminated as a barrier, some fire stations are now too close together. No new fire -stations have been built since before the merger with Battle Creek Township in 1983. Those located in the former township now serve that portion of the city. An evaluation of Fire Department space or facility needs was on hold in 1997 due to a change in personnel in the position of Fire Chief. The Fire Department anticipated that road reconstruction in the city center could result in alterations or demolition of fire stations adjacent to those projects. As of the spring of 1997, the Fire Service Rating ISO (Insurance Services Office) in the City is 3. The rating was being evaluated in the summer of 1997 but was expected to remain the same. An ISO rating of 3 is as high as any city in Michigan. A rating cannot be higher and improve fire insurance premium rates. The ISO is a complex rating system, performed every ten years, that evaluates the City's water supply, age of equipment, age of schools, dispatch communications and many other factors. Ambulance Service Emergency and transport ambulance service is provided by Life Care Ambulance Service which is sponsored by the Battle Creek City of Battle Creek Comprehensive Plan October 1997 Health System. The Battle Creek Fire Department has state licensed medical first response staff and equipment in every fire . station. This provides rapid response to any emergency medical situation. The Fire Department does not provide advanced life support nor transport. Solid Waste and Recycling Solid waste pick up services (garbage, recycling and yard waste) are provided under contract with a private hauling company. In 1997, the sole provider contract was with Waste Management Inc. Waste ••Management provides pick-up services for all sectors of the City. Solid waste is landfilled at the 103 acre C&C Landfill in Convis Township north of Marshall, west ofl-69. The 1992 Calhoun County Solid Waste Management Plan targets 26 acres of adjacent land for additional landfill sites projected to be needed by 2002. To satisfy a longer term need for landfill space, the Solid Waste Plan assumes the remaining portion of a 125-acre parcel owned by Browning Ferris, Inc., of which the 26 acres mentioned above is a portion, will be used. Currently, the existing landfill receives all the County and a portion of neighboring counties' solid waste. This landfill receives approximately 2,500 to 3,000 cubic yards of solid waste per day. Calhoun County contri~utes 70 percent of this volume. Waste Management has a facility at the Fort Custer Industrial Park. This facility provides on-site vehicle storage, a material recovery and sorting facility for recyclables, and drop-of{ containers for recyclables. There is no yard waste drop-off facility. Yard waste is composted outside of the County. Technical Report Page 2-70 �~ .c:: t:! 0 ( z KEY 1 Public Services Equipment Center 2 · Ft. Custer Customs Cargo Facility Bldg. . 3 Waste Water Treatment Plant 4 Verona Pumping Station S Kellogg Arena Parking 6 Old Hall of Justice 7 CityHall 8 · Public Safety Building 9 Transit Ad.min. Office & Garage 10 Full Blast Youth Center 11 WK Kellogg Regional Airport 12 Parking Ramp 13 Fire department Maintenance Bldg. 14 Irving Park Building 15 Willard Beach Bath House & Picnic Shelter · 16 C.O. Brown Stadium 17 Binder Park Golf Course Pro .Shop/Binder Park Z 18 Water Tank (3.8 million·gallon) 19 Water Jank (1 million gallon) 20 Water Tower (1 million gallon) 21 Glenurban Shelter 22 BCHS Kids Campus Day Care 23 Fell Park Building ' 24 Salt Storage Shed . 25 Intermodal Facility 26 Franklin Neighborhood Center 27 Public Services Building 28 TheRink 29 Riverwalk Two-Tier Parking 30 Reservoir (1.5 million gallon) 31 Water Tower (Two million gallon) 32 Reservoir (Five million gallon) · & Pumping Station 33 Bailey Park Concession Bldg. (Flannery) 34 Bailey Park Concession Bldg, (Convis) 35 Pump House #5 · · 36 Pump House #6 . 37 Toeller Building (Information System) · 38 Bailey Park Framed Bldg. (2 Story) 39 FAA Hanger at WK Kellogg Regional Airport •I I • ( ... 01) I C1) -.::I E C1) 0 :i:: C: 0 .... Cl) Gethings ~ Cl) Beckley: BDriveN Figure2-25 0 Battle Creek City Government Facilities 1/2 Mile I Mile 2 Miles I r i B Drive S r-----i-:·,. ) _. ·: A COMPREHENSIVE PLAN FOR THE CITY OF BATTLE CREEK Johnson Johnson & Roy/inc Planning and Zoning Center, inc. WJSchroer Company Page 2-71 �Many of the markets for recyclables are in Battle Creek and include the cereal companies. City Government The City owns numerous facilities, such as parking lots, parking ramps, public works facilities and garages. The most visible is City Hall. Figure 2-25 locates downtown city and other governmental facilities. City Hall provides office space for city departments and is the place for citizens to go to access the offices of the Clerk, Assessor, City Manager, Mayor, Treasurer, Planning and Community Development Department, Engineering and Water Billing. The equipment garage is five blocks west of City Hall. The City provides parking for downtown offices, agencies and businesses in lots and ramps. A parking study, under way in 1997, was intended to make recommendations concerning parking shortages. Other Government County. Although the Calhoun County seat is located in the City of Marshall, located about ten miles east of Battle Creek, the - County maintains a number of facilities and provides services in Battle Creek. These include the Calhoun County Health Department, offices of the 10th District Court, Circuit Court offices, Friend of the Court and an office of the MSU Extension Service. Most of these facilities are located in the County Building on Michigan Avenue close to Battle Creek City Hall. The County had no plans for facility expansion in Battle Creek as of the summer 1997. The Secretary of State provides a drivers license and plate office in Battle Creek. The Michigan Department of Transportation has a highway construction field office and maintenance garage on North Street. The Family Independence Agency has an office in the County Building on Michigan A venue. The Employment Security Commission is located on Hamblin Street. The Michigan Air National Guard has an office on Dickman Road near W. K. Kellogg Airport. Federal. The Federal government has a strong presence in Battle Creek, especially the military. Fort Custer, which is located outside of, but adjacent to, Battle Creek (largely in the Kalamazoo County) was a major regional employer during World War I II. While military activity has waned at Fort Custer in recent years, the Defense Department has leased space downtown for several thousand workers in the old Kellogg Sanitarium complex. The Federal government is the third largest employer in Battle Creek. There are Federal facilities associated with W. K. Kellogg Airport. The Federal Aviation Administration of the Department of Transportation operates the Air Traffic Control Tower and the Air National Guard is located at the airport. the United States Customs Service has an international arrivals office at the airport. Several military branch recruiting offices are located at Fort Custer. Additional federal facilities and services include the Post Office downtown, a US Department of Agriculture Soil Conservation Service office in Battle Creek, State. The State of Michigan maintains a limited number of facilities in Battle Creek. City of Battle Creek Comprehensive Plan October 1997 Technical Report Page 2-72 �the Federal Emergency Management Agency, Health and Human Services and the Labor Pepartment. Community Parks. These are parcels of 20 acres or more providing a variety of recreational facilities and programs. The Federal government also operates a Veterans Hospital, which is located outside of the Battle Creek City limits, in Bedford Township, near Fort Custer. Neighborhood Parks. These are parcels of 5 to 15 acres servicing a 12 to 15 block radius. Post Office The Federal government operates a main Post Office in downtown Battle Creek. There were no branch locations in 1997, although at that time a Post Office store was anticipated for the Lakeview Square MalL Stamp sales were provided in area Meijers and Felpaucsh stores. Recreation The City of Battle Creek has long held recreation as an important aspect of quality of life for its residents and, as a result, has one of the most comprehensive recreation programs in the state. Battle Creek's recreational system includes 3,553 acres of which 992 acres are school grounds and playing fields, 2,561 acres are parks and 1,362 acres are open space, including the 245-acre biological preserve. The City has worked in partnership with the school . districts and surrounding jurisdictions to establish a comprehensive regional recreation system and program Battle Creek'.s park system includes 26 parks as outlined in table 2-27 and illustrated in figure 2-26. These parks fall into four categories. Metropolitan Parks. These are large parcels, 50 acres or more. At least 50% of the park users come from a radius of several miles. City of Battle Creek Comprehensive Plan October 1997 Mini Parks. These are parcels of 2 acres or less located in neighborhoods with higher residential densities. Although the Parks and Recreation Department is currently undertaking the ._preparation of an update master plan, a number of need improvement projects have been identified over the past several years. These include: • • • • The need for a community park (or parks) of 50 to 100 acres on the south side of the city, north of 1-94 Mill Pond improvement as an urban recreational amenity Continued improvement of neighborhood parks Extension of the linear park system, especially on the south side of the city and into the townships Seniors Burnham Brook Center, privately owned and operated senior center, provides programs· and services·for its 5,000 members and also offers certain programs and services to the general public. Burnham Brook Center is located just west of downtown on Michigan A venue and is the only facility in Battle Creek with complete facilities and programs for persons 50 years and older. Technical Report Page 2-73 �Table 2-27 Battle Creek Parks Park Size Condition Comments Metropolitan Park Bailey Park 80 ac. Good Adult baseball/softball emphasis; volleyball; play equipment Golf course; zoo; winter park Charles Binder Park Community Parks Irving Park 670 ac . Good 53 ac. Good Leila Arboretum 71 ac. Fair Willard Beach Park Fell Park Nei~hborhood Parks Claude Evans Park McCrea Park 16 ac. 80 ac. Good Fair lOac. 19 ac. Post Park Hamilton Park Piper Park Stellrecht Park 7.5 ac. Good Renovation underway Good Fair/Poor Fair Renovation underway Sasketball; other sports; passive use; restrooms Youth baseball/softball; passive use playground; pavillion Playground; pavillion; pathway Baseball; play equipment Play areas; play equipment Indoor recreation center; playground; basketball Poor Fair Poor Poor Excellent New Poor Excellent New NA Poor Excellent New Excellent New Good Excellent Undeveloped Excellent New Play equipment; passive use Passive use Play equipment; passive use Play equipment Play equipment; basketball; passive use; play area Passive use Play equipment; passive use; basketball Mini Parks Cliff Street McCamly Park Hamblin Park Lincoln School Greenwood 7 ac. 4 ac. 1 ac. 2 ac . 1 ac. 3 ac. 10 ac. Prospect Meachem 2 ac. Rose Garden Handicaooed Quaker 1 ac. 1 ac. 5 ac. Julia V. Milner 1 ac. Riverfront Friendship Park Mineral Park Monument Park 2 ac. 1.5 ac. 3 ac. City of Battle Creek Comprehensive Plan October 1997 . Passive recreation; indoor recreation center; linear park component; playground Passive recreation; environmental education; Kin_gman Museum Water recreation; playground; pavillion Tennis; baseball; playground; restrooms Passive use Play equipment; passive use Play equipment; passive use I I Play equipment Passive use; linear pathway Passive use; amphitheater Passive Passive Technical Report Page 2-74 �Legend ~ Cemetery mm Golf Course ----, Linear Park Park 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19 . 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. ( Reserve Gethings •• Bailey Park Piper Park Quaker Park Handicap Park Irving Park Claude Park Greenwood Park Lincoln Park Julia V. Milner Park Leila Arboretum Fell Park McCamly Park Riverfront Park Friendship Park Monument Park Stellrecht Park CliffPark Post Park Hamilton Park Prospect Park Meachem Park Hamblin Park McCrea Park Mineral Park Willard Beach Charles Binder Park Figure 2-26 Parks and Open Space 0 l/2 Mile I Mile l t ( B Drive S :r---Z···,. "'J:.- A COMPREHENSIVE PLAN FOR THE CITY OF BATTLE CREEK 2 Miles Johnson Johnson & Roy/inc Planning and Zoning Center, inc. WJSchroer Company Page 2- 75 �Members enjoy a pool, exercise facilities, classes and leisure activities. The general public can use the cafeteria, meeting rooms and participate in programs offered to the public. Youth The Full Blast Center offers exercise opportunities and programs for the public. While it was designed for, and caters to, youth, it is open to residents of any age. This city-owned facility has a running track, gymnasiums and exercise rooms. It is located in the downtown area, which helps serve persons living near the center of the city. The private, non-profit YMCA operates the Y Center on Capital A venue which provides exercise facilities and programs for youth, seniors and general age groups. Library The Willard Library is located just north of the downtown, near Battle Creek Central High School and St. Phillip School. The library was built in 1967. It contains 300,000 volumes and circulates 500,000 items each year. There are no branch locations as part of the system. Library service to outlying areas is offered through a bookmobile. Building and parking space is inadequate at the Library. The library began considering plans for building expansion at its present location in 1997. Patrons and staff share a city parking lot with the Battle Creek Schools. The lot also has a large number of monthly permit-only spaces which are unsold, and these are unavailable for use by library patrons. City of Battle Creek Comprehensive Plarr October 1997 Public Schools There are five public school systems serving the combined area of the City of Battle Creek, the City of Springfield and portions of Bedford Township. The northern and western portions of the area are served by the Battle Creek Schools. A very small area in the northeast portion of the city lies within the Pennfield school district. The central, southern area is served by the Lakeview Schools. A small portion 'of the city's southeast comer is served by the Harper Creek school district and the far southwest by the Climax-Scotts school • •district. Each system includes multiple elementary schools, a junior high (middle) school in the Lakeview system and multiple junior high schools in the Battle Creek system and one high school in each system. (See figure 2-27 .) Battle Creek Schools also owns/operates an outdoor education center and school farm at Clear Lake, the Kingman Museum of Natural History at Leila Arboretum, the McQuiston Leaming Center, the Calhoun County Area Technology Center and the Adult Education Center. There are no current plans for school expansion in either system. The Calhoun County Area Technology Center has programs for high school juniors and seniors, and adults, in the following subjects: business; construction; manufacturing, personal services; health careers; agriculture; lawn and garden; marketing; child care and transportation. Private Schools About seven percent of Battle Creek children attend private schools. St. Philip's Catholic Church operates an early childhood education center and elementary, middle and . Technical Report Page2-76 �••• 36 35 ,34 I KEY Battle Creek Schools Morgan Pennfield School District ---L-- 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 · 20 21 22 Battle Creek Central mgh School Northwestern Jr. High School Southeastern Jr. High School Southwestern Jr. High School Springfield Middle School W.K. Kellogg Jr. High School Ann J. KeUogg Elementary School Coburn Elementary School Dudley Elementary School Franklin Elementary School Fremont Elementary School LaMora Elementary Schooi Level Park Elementary School Lincoln Elementary School McKinley Elementary School Post Elementary School Roosevelt Elementary School Urbandale Elementary School Valley View Elementary School Verona Elementary School Washington Elementary School Wilson Elementary School Lakeview Schools 23 24 2S 26 Lakeview High School Lakeview Jr. High School Minges Brook Elementary School Prairleview Elementary School r7 Riverside Elementary School 28 Territorial Elementary School 29 Westlake Elementary School Climax-Scotts Schools • • • Fort Custer Military Reserve Climax-Scotts High School Climax-Scotts Middle School Climax-Scotts Elementary School Harper Creek Schools 30 31 32 • 33 Gethings Harper Creek Senior IDgh School Harper Creek Jr. High School Beadle Lake Elementary School Sonoma Elementary School . Wattle Park Elementary School Pennfield Schools 34 35 36 37 • Pennfield IDgh School Dunlap Middle School Central Elementary School Purdy Elementary School North Pennfield Elementary School • Not Withio Map Area B DriveN Figure2-27 Existing Schools and School Districts Serving Battle Creek 0 1/2 Mile 1 Mile 2 Miles 5 B Drive S A COMPREHENSIVE PLAN FOR THE CITY OF BATTLE CREEK Johnson Johnson & Roy/ inc Planning and Zoning Center, inc. WJSchroer Company Page 1- 7 �high schools. St. Joseph Catholic Church also provides elementary and middle schools and a pre-school program. Total school enrollment in public and private schools was nearly 14,000 students in 1991. Colleges Kellogg Community College. Kellogg Community College (KCC) has an enrollment of over 9,500 students at its three campuses in Battle Creek, Hastings and Coldwater. The Battle Creek location is on North Street south of Roosevelt Avenue. KCC offers degree programs in a number of academic and technical areas as well as continuing education opportunities. The Mawby Center provides conference facilities. Spring Arbor College. Spring Arbor College offers Bachelors Degree completion programs to over 2,200 students, systemwide. The Battle Creek location provides instruction to local residents and administrative oversight for other Spring Arbor facilities in the southwestern part of Michigan. park and is anticipated to lease its first floor to a child care facility. It will have its own parking lot. Enrollment is about 300 students. -Health The Battle Creek Health System operated two hospitals in 1997 but planned at that time to combine them by 1999 through new construction, demolition and rehabilitation of existing buildings at the former Leila and Community Hospital sites. In 1997, plans for expansion and new facilities included a new 103,000 square foot outpatient center, a 50,000 square foot medical office building and rehabilitation of a 1970's building as a 180 bed in-patient tower, Obstetrics and Critical Care Units. In 1997, other Battle Creek Health System health facilities included an occupational medical center at Fort Custer, a psychiatric hospital, Fieldstone Center, six blocks from the main campus, and Health Net, an employee assistance center on Columbia Avenue. The Battle Creek location is on Beckley Road, and the College shares the building with other tenants. There are no plans for expansion or relocation as of spring 1997. Davenport College. Davenport College is part of the 20-campus system affiliated with the Detroit College of Business. It is the largest private college system in Michigan. Davenport College expected, as of spring 1997_, to occupy a new, 11,000 square foot facility on Van Buren Street adjacent to the Burnham Brook Center and the Federal Center. The new building is on the linear City of Battle Creek Comprehensive Plan October 1997 Technical Report Page 2-78 �Chapter Three Vision VISION STATEMENT Introduction The vision statement presented below describes Battle Creek as residents in 1996 would like it to be in the year 2020. This 'vision is written as if the year is 2020. References "back" to the 1990' s are intended to give a clearer sense of the desired future. The vision statement is based on citizen input received at four Visioning Town Meetings and a survey of local leaders conducted in 1996; it was reviewed and approved by citizens, the Advisory Committee, and the Planning Commission. The vision statement served as the basis for developing the goals, objectives and policies presented in Chapter 4 and the plan recommendations presented in Chapter 5. Twenty-First Century Battle Creek Satisfying the diverse needs, desires and dreams of residents and businesses is a big challenge for any community. Undaunted by the migration of people from urban to rural areas and industry shifts occurring throughout the State, the City of Battle Creek has moved into the 21st century as one of the most desirable places to live, learn, work and play within Michigan. Residents and businesses in Battle Creek enjoy a rich quality of life and are reaping the benefits of commitments made years ago. Alluring characteristics that initially attracted residents to Battle Creek have not only been maintained over time, but enhanced. These include high quality schools, Binder Park Zoo, festivals, the linear park, the Leila Arboretum, well City of Battle Creek Comprehensive Plan October 1997 maintained neighborhoods, attractive . commercial districts and the small city feel in a large city. While the City continues to recognize and celebrate its different and distinct neighborhoods, Battle Creek residents, businesses and neighborhoods have achieved a united identity and image. The land and people that make up Battle Creek function physically, socially and economically as one city. This unity has greatly strengthened the City's ability to meet the challenges of change and for everyone to benefit from its successes. Beginning in 1997, proactive initiatives were undertaken which went well beyond common practice of the day in order to retain and attract people and business to the community. Much of Battle Creek's success can be attributed to broad consensus on a common vision of the future; a positive, collaborative attitude by citizens, government and business leaders and a commitment to education which became a driving force in achieving the vision. The City, businesses, schools and citizens all began to plan with greater attention to the effect of decisions on future generations. This concern for the future was rooted in an important planning concept that emerged in the 1990' s. "Sustainability" as it was called, focuses on meeting the needs of the present generation without compromising the ability of future generations to meet their own needs. The City of Battle Creek has become a true model of sustainability. Businesses, neighborhoods, parks, schools, local government and the natural environment are healthy and self-sustaining in 2020. Technical Report Page 3-1 �Quality of Life: Impressions, Standards and Visual Character When asked about Battle Creek, residents use terms like "friendly," "nurturing," "healthy", "diverse," "historic," "stimulating" and "beautiful". Residents are also quick to say that Battle Creek is a safe city. Use of drugs and both the amount and severity of crime have been greatly reduced as a result of collaborative strategies 'involving neighborhood groups, businesses and the police department. Citizens feel safe to walk at night in any part of the city. Parents are confident their children can use sidewalks, trails and pathways without always being accompanied by an adult. Battle Creek is a productive city. Strategies begun in the 1990' s to attack poverty and to retain and attract jobs that support families have been successful. Everyone who can work, is working in a meaningful job for a decent wage. This is a source of great pride for the people of Battle Creek. Improved quality of education is one of the most significant achievements since the 1990's and is credited with major contributions in improving job opportunities and quality of life. The public and private school systems provide excellent educational opportunities through high school and beyond. Parents are active in schools and local businesses offer a wide range of mentoring programs. Citizens can obtain technical, job-related training, advanced degrees, and can enjoy adult enrichment courses in a wide variety of subjects. Cooperative efforts ensure all public schools achieve high academic standards , while individual schools continue to respond to the needs of surrounding neighborhoods. City of Battle Creek Comprehensive Plan October 1997 New growth and redevelopment have occurred in various forms and locations throughout the City, reinforcing its positive visual character rather than detracting from it. The visual character of a community is . set by the style, size and upkeep of its homes, businesses and civic places such as parks, plazas, schools and government buildings. It is also set by the presence or absence of water and vegetation, hills and highways. Large-scale changes to the landscape (especially of views, open spaces, vegetation, and along the waters edge), have been minimized by the consensus decision of community leaders to accommodate growth by encouraging thoughtfully integrated new development and redevelopment. This philosophy has been applied equally to both residential and nonresidential development. Avoiding crowding and traffic congestion while maintaining the physical and visual integrity of the neighborhoods and downtown has been an important objective in achieving the City's proactive development strategy. A key aspect of community character has been the conscious effort to maintain and enhance transportation links throughout the city. New developments have been designed to complement existing transportation systems and serve the needs of pedestrians, cyclists, bus riders and automobile drivers safely and efficiently. Residential redevelopment has occurred at higher density along key bus routes to help provide more alternatives for persons without automobiles. Commercial and industrial developments continue planned expansion as the need and opportunity exist. Where the visual character, sounds, dust, smells and level of activity of commercial and industrial Technical Report Page 3-2 �development would not be compatible with residential neighborhoods, they are separated or buffered to minimize conflicts. Where neighborhood-scale commercial development can serve residential needs, it is encouraged to locate appropriately adjacent to residential neighborhoods, with architectural design and layout that fits the neighborhood character. Walking, biking or 'taking the bus to work, to school or to shop have become safe, attractive, and low cost alternatives to automobile circulation because links have been established between residential neighborhoods and commercial and industrial development. Downtown - The City's Heart Downtown has been revitalized as the major center for community and business activity. City officials long ago recognized that for a downtown to remain vital and "alive", it must be a place where citizens and businesses want to be. In achieving that end, city leaders recognized they had a solid historical heritage on which to build. Using that heritage as the foundation, a number of successful initiatives were undertaken. Many new residences have been constructed downtown, once again making it a center of activity both in the day and evening. Complementing and supporting the physical and functional renewal of the central city has been the growth in cultural and educational experiences available to residents and visitors. A diverse mix of shopping and entertainment businesses, physical improvements and customer convenience have all contributed to the vibrancy of the downtown. The enchantment of visiting the core of this city is a result of the preservation of its architectural heritage and provision of interesting and attractive places for people. Structures and places of City of Battle Creek Comprehensive Plan October 1997 historical and architectural significance have been renewed and serve as reinforcing elements to the downtown's central character. The downtown today is a vital, exciting and active place where sidewalks . are lined with shops and full of people. Convenient, easy and inexpensive transportation shuttles people from neighborhoods to the downtown and parking is plentiful and convenient. Parks, plazas and streets lined with stately trees welcome visitors and residents alike, while public art is evident in all public spaces. The urban setting of downtown has become a focal point on the linear park system, creating a dramatic destination for people using the trail. Community events make the downtown the place to be on a regular basis. A City of Neighborhoods - Diversity is Celebrated City leaders long ago recognized that accommodating a diversity of people and life styles was critical to the long term vibrancy and strength of the city. They realized that variety in housing choices and living environments would strengthen the city over time. New single family homes have developed within the city, meeting the needs of younger families, while condominiums and cluster housing offer choices for older residents. Revitalized older neighborhoods have also provided an affordable housing opportunity for families of all sizes, races and ages. Common open space is an element in all large, residential projects both in older residential neighborhoods and newly developing areas of the city. The City's goal that all neighborhoods be viable has been achieved. The biggest success and the largest ongoing effort is the rejuvenation of the city's older Technical Report Page 3-3 �neighborhoods. Significant reinvestment in enhancing neighborhood environments block by block (not simply lot by lot) and strict enforcement of zoning, building, housing and rental codes have been the keys to success. Working with local residents, the City has developed programs which encourage property owners to reinvest in their homes and to take pride in their neighborhoods. The result has been 'dramatic as programs such as Neighborhood Watch and Neighborhood Pride are flourishing throughout the city. Efforts to rehabilitate existing homes and to build new affordable housing through groups such as Neighborhood Inc. and Habitat for Humanity have been very successful. Many older neighborhoods have become some of the most popular for first time home buyers and all neighborhoods offer quality housing in a good environment.. Quality of Life - A City of Recreational Options The City has long held recreational opportunity as an important aspect of quality of life. Battle Creek residents, and those of surrounding communities enjoy the linear park, Binder Park Zoo, Leila Arboretum, C.O. Brown Stadium and the Battle Cats, Bailey Park, the River Walk and other green spaces. The linear park extends to all neighborhoods, connecting them to the downtown and important recreational facilities. Users of the linear park enjoy the many miles of trails that pass through natural areas, as well as those that utilize street right-of-ways. The rivers' improved water quality has allowed their use for recreational boating as well as fishing. Buildings now reorient their "front doors" to the river to take advantage of the new opportunities presented by cleaner water. City of Battle Creek Comprehensive Plan October 1997 A walk along the Battle Creek or Kalamazoo Rivers continues to be one of the most popular pastimes in the City, with the unique opportunity to shop or relax . Throughout the city, information centers can be found . featuring data on Battle Creek area attractions as well as maps to help the visitor find their way. Festivals continue to provide entertainment for all generations of Battle Creek citizens. Recognizing that one of its greatest assets lies in the health of its people, the City has established one of the most diverse and comprehensive recreational programs found in the State. Battle Creek takes pride in its indoor recreation centers, such as Burnham Brook for seniors and a recreation center for youth. Effectively meeting the needs of youth growing up in an ever-changing society has been a constant challenge, but also a special source of pride in successful new initiatives. The City has joined forces with the schools and surrounding jurisdictions to establish one of the most comprehensive regional recreation programs found in the state. A wide range of facilities are located throughout the metropolitan area, both on school property and on sites managed by the Recreation Department, sometimes in cooperation with other units of local government. Battle Creek's emphasis on health extends far beyond recreation. Well coordinated, high quality mental and physical health services are available to everyone. However, success with prevention initiatives is the most important reason the community has such a healthy citizenry. Technical Report Page 3-4 �Economic Development - A City of Opportunity Battle Creek continues an aggressive economic development program aimed at retention, expansion and attraction of business and industry within the city. The result is a healthy, growing and diversified economy that benefits the entire metropolitan Battle Creek community. To appreciate the success of this initiative, one 'need only visit the city's industrial districts. Over 1,000 acres have been developed or redeveloped for industry since 1996, during a period when scattered, rural greenfield development has dominated the landscape throughout the rest of the state. The airport has become both an anchor and magnet for new jobs. Opportunities for additional growth and expansion of the airport continue to be found. Strong community values and the quality of life offered in Battle Creek have certainly been part of the reason why over ten thousand new jobs have been attracted to the city since 1990. Of special significance however, has been the City's foresight in setting the stage for sustained economic growth and expansion. Reuse of older industrial sites within the city has been highly successful as a result of land assembly, site clean-up and physical renewal of underutilized industrial properties. The creation of flexible development options, in geographic location, parcel size and incentive packages, have also been key ingredients of the job creation strategy. The City's marketing program, which proactively solicits business and industry, has also been a significant factor in Battle Creek's success in keeping and attracting a diversity of businesses. City of Battle Creek Comprehensive Plan October 1997 The Michigan Jobs Commission has been using Battle Creek's program as a model for other communities throughout the state. Advertising, direct mail, face-to-face visits and trade show participation have all been . components of the program. The single most significant factor in achieving success, however, has been the City's ambassador program. Business executives who already have invested in the community work with the City in promoting the unique benefits and advantages of locating in the supportive working environment of Battle Creek. Also of significance has been the City's ability to satisfy the basic infrastructure requirements of today's business and industry. By continually reinvesting in sewer and water systems, utilities and transportation, the City has demonstrated its ability to satisfy basic industry needs and provide a quality of life on par with any community in southwestern Michigan. Planned Growth Growth in the south and southwestern parts of the city has been carefully staged to maximize the development potential of the land and to create well designed, convenient places with both an urban density and an open space character. Utility extensions and road improvements have been implemented to encourage cost effective, quality development and to discourage leap-frog development that underutilizes land development potential. Beckley Road at I-94 has grown to be the major activity center for retail and highway services. Through careful planning and targeted redevelopment, the area continues to renew itself and attract the kinds of Technical Report Page 3-5 �reinvestments necessary to meet changing shopping demands. It is an anchor for southside and metropolitan shopping needs and is the focal point for residential development in the area. Growth at the other metro area interchanges on 1-94 has been carefully staged to coincide with public infrastructure investments. This has prevented premature, expensive 'development and improved the competitive ability of existing business areas. Redevelopment efforts downtown, in older neighborhoods and industrial areas have been linked to planned infrastructure improvements that provide benefits well beyond the improvement area. A variety of public and private financial resources have been used wherever possible to fund redevelopment efforts. Intergovernmental Cooperation/Coordination An agreement between the City of Battle Creek, the City of Springfield, Fort Custer Military Reservation and Emmett, Bedford, Leroy, Newton and Pennfield Townships is a model which is being duplicated statewide. The basis for this agreement is a shared set of policies structured around a common vision of the future which serves as a framework for decision-making between governmental entities. Coordination of costs, timetables, responsibilities and resources to continue upgrading all public services and facilities are integral parts of these cooperative policies. State and private participation has . added significantly to the coordination process. While local land use decisions are guided by local zoning standards, issues of greater than local concern are subject to input from surrounding local governments before a final decision is made. Special ad hoc committees are established to aid communication among local governments in this process and to ensure adequate public participation. This program has significantly contribute~ not only to the success exhibited by the City over the years in achieving its long-term goals, but also to that of the entire metropolitan area as one of the highest quality living, working and recreating areas in the entire State. The common vision recognizes the autonomy of each unit of government but establishes a mechanism for dealing with issues of greater than local concern. It is founded on the dual principles of respect and cooperation on issues of mutual interest. Parochialism no longer prevents achievement of area-wide interests, yet the individuality and uniqueness of each jurisdiction is retained. City of Battle Creek Comprehensive Plan October 1997 Technical Report Page 3-6 �Chapter Four Goals, Objectives and Policies INTRODUCTION Goals, objectives and policies play a fundamental role in the Battle Creek Comprehensive Plan. The goals and objectives chart the Plan's direction and 'form, and the policies present key implementation strategies to assure the Plan's direction is followed. The relationship between goals, objectives and policies is as follows: A GOAL is a destination, a final condition which a community seeks to attain. A goal is the most general level of policy and, by itself, is often not very helpful to decision makers. It needs further refinement to assist decision makers to reach their selected destination. At the individual level, a goal is like saying, " I want to take a vacation once each year." An OBJECTIVE is a benchmark which specifies in general terms the way (or route) by which the goal (or destination) can be reached. An objective indicates the kinds of actions that should be taken to achieve the goal. It is like deciding to set aside "$X" by "Y date" to travel to "Z." A POLICY is a course of action which, if followed, will achieve an objective. A policy is more detailed than an objective and can be readily translated into specific action recommendations or design proposals. It is like saving $100 extra dollars a month by reducing spending on non-essentials and entertainment in order to afford the vacation. City of Battle Creek Comprehensive Plan October 1997 The Policies are structured for future use by . those who will be responsible for implementing them. This is primarily the Planning Commission and Planning Department. There are two types of redundancy and some cross-referencing: • Key issues are addressed under more than one heading when they do not fit neatly under only one heading (this occurs often with items in the Land Use category--which also appear under Industrial Development, Downtown, etc.). • Every objective has at least one policy. In some cases, the policy differs from the objective only in terms of who is assigned some responsibility to act. This is most obvious in those areas in which the City of Battle Creek has little authority to act (e.g. Health and Education). The redundancy and cross-referencing are intended to make it easier to put these goals, objectives and policies to use once the Plan is adopted. ECONOMY Goal 1: Battle Creek has a sustainable, growing and diversified economy, providing full employment at sufficient wages to support a family. Objectives: • Create new jobs through the retention and expansion of existing employers and the attraction of new companies. Technical Report Page 4-1 �• • • • Target the manufacturing sector of the economy as the primary focus of new job creation (including research, design, engineering, administration and production). Continue to upgrade and enhance the city's transportation, communications and utilities infrastructure systems to meet the needs of business and industry. Coordinate economic development activities with the City of Springfield, neighboring townships, Calhoun County and Region 3 to promote a positive, world class image for the Greater Battle Creek Area. Create an advanced business climate to maximize employment opportunities for residents and meet the future technology requirements of business and industry. Capitalize on assets like the W. K. Kellogg Airport and the Fort Custer Industrial Park. Policies: 1. The Planning Commission and City Commission will continue to support and promote the efforts of Battle Creek Unlimited, the Battle Creek Tax Increment Finance Authority (BCTIFA), and the Downtown Development Authority (DDA) in their individual and combined efforts to retain and expand jobs in Battle Creek. 2. The Planning Commission will seek to ensure that economic development and expansion plans are prepared with their input and are consistent with the adopted Comprehensive Plan. 3. The Planning Commission and City Commission will give high priority to expansion and improvement of infrastructure needed to accommodate new jobs generally and new industries particularly, as long as they are located in areas planned for those uses and City of Battle Creek Comprehensive Plan October 1997 designed to meet zoning standards. Special priority will be given in capital improvement programming to sewer, water, road and related infrastructure improvements in and adjacent to: • the Fort Custer Industrial Park, the W. K. Kellogg Airport and the western leg of the 1-94 business loop from Fort Custer to the 1-94 interchange; • the existing Post and Kellogg manufacturing plants; • downtown. 4. The Planning Commission and City Commission will continue to support an advanced business climate and city and metropolitan marketing efforts that promote Battle Creek as a world class community. 5. The City will assist with job-producing infrastructure improvements in adjoining units of government consistent with existing sewer and water contracts and agreements, when there are a significant number of good paying jobs involved, and adequate land is not available to meet the need within City boundaries. 6. The City will support the installation and improvement of new communication technology, including fiber optics, needed to meet the needs of business and industry. Goal 2: Battle Creek has a skilled work force large enough to help attract new economic development. Objectives: • Support the training and retraining of a work force able to secure and maintain employment, work productively and earn a wage sufficient to support families in a changing economy. • Promote the establishment of technical and educational support programs which Technical Report Page4-2 �• • match residents with business and industry needs. Promote adequate, safe day care for children of working families. Ensure adequate public transportation so that workers without automobiles can get to jobs. Policies: 1. The City will give greatest support to those State and regional job training and retraining efforts which address the existing and projected needs of workers in the metropolitan area. 2. The City will work with the Kellogg Community College, Western Michigan University, Davenport College, and other higher education institutions and the Calhoun Intermediate School District, as well as with area economic development authorities to establish and maintain technical and educational support programs which match residents' skills with business and industry needs. 3. The City will review, and revise if necessary, its zoning regulations to ensure adequate opportunities for safe and convenient day care and other workforce support services near residential and high job-producing areas. 4. The City will plan for new residential development near (but buffered from) major job areas and encourage siting new employers along major corridors to facilitate cost-effective public transportation. 5. The City will identify and pursue opportunities for public/private partnerships in achievement of these goals, objectives and policies. LA:ND USE Goal: Battle Creek manages growth to prevent sprawl at the edge of the City's City of Battle Creek Comprehensive Plan October 1997 developed areas, to promote new development at urban densities and to encourage reinvestment in older areas of the City. - Objectives: • Encourage compact development that uses land and infrastructure efficiently. • Protect environmentally sensitive areas and agricultural land until it is needed for development. • Promote distinctly different development patterns/densities to maintain a clear definition of urban, suburban and rural areas within the city. • Encourage highest densities around key activity centers and along major transportation routes. • Provide a linked system of planned open space that connects newly developing and existing neighborhoods. • Promote relationships between jobs, housing and transportation that are convenient, efficient, healthy and mutually supportive. • Prepare more detailed subarea and functional plans that are consistent with this Comprehensive Plan. • Provide many opportunities, at well publicized meetings, for public and stakeholder input on refinements and amendments to this Plan and functional or subarea plans based upon it. Policies: 1. The Planning Commission will encourage a balance of land uses that provides the full breadth of development opportunity, without favoring a particular area (like the southern part of the city) at the exclusion of another part of the City (like the older northern neighborhoods). 2. The Planning Commission will prepare, with the assistance of appropriate city Technical Report Page4-3 �departments, Battle Creek Unlimited, Neighborhoods, Inc. and other nonprofit organizations, a plan for the redevelopment and reuse of contaminated sites in the city. Once such plans are complete, or where such plans are already in place or such sites have been addressed in other existing plans, the Planning Commission will support their implementation with appropriate zoning changes and inclusion of capital improvements in the annual capital improvements program. New redevelopment plans shall: • identify sites for cleanup; • prioritize sites for redevelopment based on assets and a targeted number of jobs to be created; • identify infrastructure improvement needs and options; • identify costs of cleanup, infrastructure improvements, and sources of financing; • include a phasing plan and • assign implementation responsibility and propose enhancements (if any) to the authority of the entity responsible for implementing the plan. 3. The Planning Commission will develop and adopt subarea plans for each neighborhood in the city and for each major road corridor that are consistent with this Comprehensive Plan. Subarea plans will be developed with input received at well publicized public meetings and involve interested citizens, Neighborhood Planning Councils, businesses and nonprofit organizations. 4 . The Planning Commission will develop, adopt and promote design guidelines for new development that: _ • encourage compact development in planned neighborhoods with a common open space network that both preserves existing natural City of Battle Creek Comprehensive Plan October 1997 features (e.g. streams, wetlands, floodplains, woodlots) and enhances easy access (both visual and physical) to open space from all new residential developments; • includes a mix of residential development types and densities, adequate space for neighborhood business and important public facilities (like schools) in close proximity in order to reduce the total number of vehicular trips needed each day and that • result over time in new development that links jobs, housing, transportation and open space in ways that are convenient, efficient, healthy and mutually supportive. 5. The Planning Commission will develop, adopt and promote design guidelines for redevelopment and adaptive reuse in older neighborhoods and older nonresidential areas that: • enhance the character of already established areas generally, and specifically preserve the historic character of areas classified as such; • promote compatible reuse of lands that are contaminated following cleanup to a reasonable level, in light of feasible future uses and that • result over time in redevelopment that links jobs, housing , transportation and open space in ways that are convenient, efficient, healthy and mutually supportive. 6. The City Planning Commission will develop for adoption by the City Commission, new zoning regulations that implement the Comprehensive Plan and: • encourage new development in most undeveloped areas of the City at densities sufficient to support t_h e cost-effective extension of public Technical Report Page4-4 �• • • • • • sewer and water, transit, police, fire, ambulance, and other services already provided to developed areas of the City according to the schedule for the phased extension of infrastructure and services established in this Plan; provide incentives (such as increased density), as appropriate, for development and redevelopment consistent with this Plan and adopted design guidelines; provide enhanced protection to sensitive environmental areas including floodplains, wetlands, stream banks, lakes, and woodlots, and wherever feasible, incorporate these assets as open space features in new development and redevelopment designs, thereby linking new development to other established areas nearby; maintain the wide range of development densities that already exist in the city and ensure that new densities are both consistent with this Plan, and developed with adequate transitions (or buffer areas) to protect the investment in abutting property; zone land for the highest densities around key activity centers and along major transportation routes; zone agricultural land to protect its use for agricultural purposes until adequate public facilities are available to permit its use for urban density development; zone agricultural land to prevent premature conversion to another use that would preclude eventual development at urban densities, but still permit interim low density residential use; City of Battle Creek Comprehensive Plan October 1997 • zone new commercial development in planned clusters, rather than in strips along major thoroughfares; • prevent congestion of roads by ensuring that before, or at the same time that adjacent land is developed, adequate road improvements are made; • expand application of planned unit development (PUD) and special land use techniques where useful in achieving the goals and objectives of this Plan; • increase buffer area protection for sensitive natural features and to implement greenbelts along waterways; • incorporate broader use of conservation easements in future zoning approvals when sensitive natural features are involved; • incorporate purchase of development rights, transfer of development rights and development agreements authority into the Zoning Ordinance once the Legislature adopts appropriate enabling legislation; • incorporate incentives for the construction of affordable housing; • incorporate use of environmental, traffic and fiscal impact analysis in review of large scale development proposals; • adopt new standards to permit adaptive reuse of large older residences in some areas, and to discourage conversion to multiple family use in others, according to subarea plans and • enlarge protection of historic structures in areas not presently protected. 7. The Planning Commission will not propose any rezoning or support the issuance of any special permit or PURD Technical Report Page4-5 �that is not consistent with this adopted Comprehensive Plan. If review of the proposal justifies a change to this Plan, then the Planning Commission will first process a change to this Plan before taking final action on the zoning request. 8. The Planning Commission shall thoroughly review this Plan at least once each five years and make such updates as a necessary to meet the changing needs of the City. Accompanying changes to zoning, subdivision, condominium and related regulations as well as to capital improvement programs shall be proposed by the Planning Commission following any changes to this Plan. DOWNTOWN Goal 1: Enhance the competitive advantages of Battle Creek's downtown as an office, financial and retail center and as the metropolitan area's major focus for cultural, entertainment and civic celebrations. Objectives: • Reinforce the viability of the central business district (CBD) through continued physical improvements, including improved vehicular and pedestrian access, parking and new open space links from the Riverwalk and linear park to other areas of the city. • Identify and protect structures and places of historical and/or architectural significance to support/reinforce the special identity and character of downtown. • Develop new and improved tourist destinations and supporting services. • Redevelop vacant lands. • Develop a new landmark in the downtown to help serve as a tourist City of Battle Creek Comprehensive Plan October 1997 • destination and focal point for community identity. Work to retain existing major employers in downtown. -Policies: 1. The Cereal City Development Corporation (CCDC) will review, at regular intervals, the physical environment of the downtown, and update plans for improved access, parking, beautification, open space and links to the linear park. Where needed improvements to infrastructure are identified, they shall be included in the annual capital improvement program. 2. The CCDC will identify key vacant lands, work with property owners to find appropriate uses, and provide assistance and incentives, where feasible and appropriate, for development or redevelopment of those parcels. 3. The Historic District Commission will complete, and periodically update, an inventory of historic and landmark buildings, spaces, sculptures or other artifacts of architectural and visual significance and will work for their protection and continued maintenance. 4. The City will establish and/or promote the use of incentives to encourage the preservation of historic character or historic buildings in both new development and redevelopment projects, where such historic character and/or buildings have been identified as important. 5. The City will maintain existing street zoning on Michigan Avenue downtown to promote continuous retail use at street level. 6. The CCDC and Downtown Development Authority (DDA) will continue to meet with major employers Technical Report Page 4-6 �downtown to discuss retention and enhancement of downtown jobs. 7. The CCDC will maintain an inventory of building capacity and features in the downtown, and will continue to actively market the use of those buildings should downtown employers relocate. 8. The City will initiate an innovative process to explore development of a new landmark downtown, such as a large sculpture by a world famous artist, that will serve as a focal point for community identity. 9. The CCDC will advise the Planning Commission on changes needed to the Zoning Ordinance to facilitate improved land use downtown, consistent with adopted plans. 10. The City will help ensure the CCDC has adequate authority and resources to plan for and implement downtown improvements consistent with this and other adopted plans. 11. The City will pilot test various traffic calming techniques downtown including permitting on-street parking. 12. See policy in Transportation section on improved Amtrak rail service and establishment of a high speed rail line between Detroit and Chicago. Goal 2: Downtown Battle Creek has a significant resident population and serves as an activity center for surrounding neighborhoods. . Objectives: • Support revitalization of neighborhoods surrounding downtown through housing rehabilitation and residential infill development. • Encourage residential re-use of the upper floors of downtown buildings. • Encourage the development of new downtown housing at appropriate densities. Policies: 1. The City will revise its Zoning Ordinance to better encourage residences to be located above commercial uses in the downtown. 2. The City will make rehabilitation of housing surrounding the downtown a top priority. 3. The City will promote the use of appropriately sited vacant land in the downtown for high density residential development. INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT Goal: Battle Creek has an ample supply of competitively located and appropriately sized industrial sites. Objectives: • Encourage job development on the remaining acres in the Fort Custer Industrial Park; target this area as the primary focus for new and expanding and manufacturing development. City of Battle Creek Comprehensive Plan October 1997 Technical Report Page4- 7 �• • • • • Provide a full range of support activities within the Fort Custer Industrial Park to increase business opportunities and to provide a rich working environment for employees. • Make full use of transportation serving the site including rail service and the W. K. Kellogg Airport. Identify and reserve land for future industrial growth in planned business park settings with excellent access and appropriate buffering from residential uses . Ensure that development occurs in such a way that undue environmental harm does not result. Redevelop older industrial sites for land uses compatible with surrounding properties. Coordinate airport and industrial development planning. Policies: See policies under Economy, Goal 1. 1. The City will encourage additional industrial development and use of the W. K. Kellogg Airport as part of broader efforts to attract new industry. Development compatible with a location within airport noise contours will be encouraged and development incompatible with airport noise contours will be prevented by new zoning regulations. 2. The City will support Battle Creek Unlimited, and/or other nonprofit economic development interests, in the acquisition of land uniquely suited for industrial development in advance of a demonstrated need for that land, and will assist if necessary with measures to hold that land in reserve. Such land shall have good access, be serviceable with public utilities, have sufficient space to accommodate effective buffers from any City of Battle Creek Comprehensive Plan October 1997 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. nearby residential uses, and be consistent with this Plan. The Planning Commission will review existing zoning standards, and standards in related ordinances to determine if they are adequate to prevent air, water or other environmental harm from industrial operations. If they are not adequate, the Planning Commission will recommend ordinance changes for action by the City Commission. Following adoption of the Comprehensive Plan, and periodically thereafter, the Planning Commission will review zoning of land for industrial use and where necessary, propose changes to ensure an adequate supply of well located, properly zoned land parcels of different sizes, with adequate available public services to meet a wide range of industrial needs consistent with this Plan. The City will target industrial sites with known environmental contamination located in or near the downtown, or in other areas that have historically been used for industrial purposes, for cleanup and reuse. The City will use all federal, state and local resources available to clean up sites of environmental contamination, whether or not of industrial origin. Battle Creek Unlimited will ensure that development within the Fort Custer Industrial Park complies to the maximum extent possible with protective covenants in place to maintain high development standards. Technical Report Page4-8 �COMMERCIAL DEVELOPMENT Goal 1: Battle Creek has clearly defined nodes of commercial activity, appropriately distributed and scaled to serve regional, community and neighborhood needs. Objectives: • Discourage strip commercial development. • Encourage commercial development in compact clusters/planned centers. • Develop zoning regulations and design guidelines consistent with neighborhood plans prepared and adopted with the support of Neighborhood Planning Councils, that permit neighborhoodscaled commercial uses adjacent to residential areas. • Promote new commercial development downtown that meets the needs of existing workers and a growing resident population. • Ensure commercial development in the Beckley Road corridor along 1-94 occurs at a pace that meets (but does not exceed) market needs of the city and the region it serves while protecting the economic viability of other commercial areas in the city, especially downtown, by preventing premature commercial expansion in the Beckley Road corridor. • Ensure new commercial development along the freeway does not consume lands better suited for other purposes. • Ensure new commercial development is designed to give the same consideration to the needs of pedestrians, bicyclists and bus riders as to the needs of motorists and trucks . City of Battle Creek Comprehensive Plan October 1997 Policies: See Policy on Design Guidelines under Land Use. 1. Following adoption of the Comprehensive Plan, and periodically thereafter, the Planning Commission will review zoning of land for commercial use and where necessary, propose zoning changes to the City Commission to ensure an adequate supply of well located, properly zoned parcels of different sizes, with adequate available public services to meet a wide range of commercial and office needs. In so doing, the Planning Commission shall: • keep commercial land uses within areas currently used for commercial purposes or planned for future commercial use (once all required public services are available); • prevent encroachment on commercial areas from incompatible land uses and prevent encroachment of commercial areas on abutting land uses, especially residential uses; • ensure zoning standards for buffering commercial uses from adjacent uses are adequate; • prevent the creation of new strip commercial development; • develop procedures for citizen input into design of planned commercial development and neighborhood support service centers scaled to meet the needs of the neighborhoods in which they are located. Such planned centers shall include limited commercial and noncommercial neighborhood uses like churches, schools, fire stations, etc. Incentives to attract the types of desired Technical Report Page 4-9 �commercial use to these planned centers shall be developed, as well as measures to mitigate negative impacts on abutting residential properties. Design guidelines shall be prepared and PUD regulations adopted to ensure development occurs consistent with the design guidelines; • develop zoning standards to ensure that site plans for new and redeveloped commercial land adequately provide for pedestrians, bicyclists, and bus riders, while also accommodating the needs of motorists and trucks; • examine options for changing commercial zoning regulations downtown to enhance opportunities for new commercial development, protect existing commercial uses that conform with zoning regulations and, where desirable, promote compatible mixes of first floor commercial development with second floor development of residential or office uses; • closely monitor national changes in how consumer needs for retail products and services are met so as to be prepared to accommodate shifting business space and location needs and adapt obsolete sites to different uses through appropriate zoning changes, as necessary; • encourage revitalization of certain commercial nodes as neighborhoodserving commercial centers in older parts of the city; • prevent rezoning of land along 1-94 for commercial uses except where consistent with this Comprehensive Plan; City of Battle Creek Comprehensive Plan October 1997 • maintain existing commercial zoning on the north side of Beckley Road west to Minges Road; • maintain the existing commercial zoning on Helmer Road north and south of of 1-94, and create an institutional zone between the existing commercial zoning and Beckley Road; development will occur consistent with the future land use plan, only when all necessary utilities and other public services are available (see policy on infrastructure extensions), and not prior to a demonstrated need for the additional land; • create an overlay zone for areas zoned for commercial use south of 194 at the time of adoption of this Plan. The overlay zone would include a subset of the uses permitted in the underlying commercial zone that do not require public sewer and water due to the lesser intensity of uses permitted. The full range of uses and intensity of use permitted in the underlying zone would then be permitted once public sewer and water were available to the site. At that point the overlay zone would be removed and • maintain a file of the commercially zoned and available property in the major commercial parts of the City as a basis for evaluating proposed commercial rezonings and preventing the premature conversion of land for additional commercial use (which has, in the past, resulted in substantial shifts in commercial employment, but little net gain). Technical Report Page 4-10 �Goal 2: Battle Creek's existing commercial corridors such as Beckley Road, Columbia, West Michigan and Capital A venues continue to serve as viable business and office locations. Objectives: • Undertake rezoning, and promote land acquisition and assembly to encourage businesses to concentrate in planned centers at defined locations. • Upgrade the functioning and visual appearance of these commercial corridors. • Provide incentives and guidelines for reinvesting in and upgrading older commercial structures/centers. • Maintain downtown as the major office center in the community, but provide land zoned for office use in other appropriate locations to accommodate office functions that are not well suited for a downtown location. • Buffer commercial, service and office development from abutting residential uses wherever necessary. Policies: 1. The Planning Commission will prepare design guidelines to promote improvements to existing commercial areas based on the scale of commercial service that the area provides, for example: • Beckley Road corridor -- regional commercial • Columbia Avenue and Dickman Road (near downtown) -- city-wide commercial • Urbandale, West Michigan Avenue, SW Capital, Emmett at NE Capital and Roosevelt at North Avenue -neighborhood commercial areas. 2. The City will identify and map geographic limits to expansion of City of Battle Creek Comprehensive Plan October 1997 commercial and office development in every established commercial area in the city and adopt zoning regulations consistent with these limits. 3. The City will help to develop commercial, service and office renewal and redevelopment plans for older commercial areas (both within neighborhoods and along major road corridors, including but not limited to Columbia, Capital, Dickman, and West Michigan A venues west of downtown) which include: • identification of techniques to improve the physical appearance, parking sufficiency, safe ingress and egress, and pedestrian friendliness of each area; • methods to assemble sites large enough for redevelopment including demolition of obsolete buildings; • needed improvements to public infrastructure within the area; • identification of effective incentives and guidelines for reinvesting in and upgrading of older commercial structures/centers and redeveloping sites for new commercial, service or office development; • landscaping, fencing and related improvements to buffer negative impacts on abutting residential (or other) properties and • assignment of responsibility to, and identification of funding to support, an existing organization (or a consolidation of organizations) with the expertise to lead/coordinate redevelopment efforts. 4. The City will amend the Zoning Ordinance to provide the necessary incentives and regulatory standa,rds to be consistent with this Plan and any adopted commercial, service or office area renewal and redevelopment plans. Technical Report Page 4-11 �5. The City will amend the Zoning Ordinance to improve standards related to the physical appearance and landscaping of parking and loading areas with special attention to breaking up large expanses of parking with green areas. 6. The City will identify and pursue opportunities for public/private partnerships in achievement of these goals, objectives and policies. 7. See Policies #4 and #5 under "Land Use". • RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENT/NEIGHBORHOODS Policies: 1. The City, in cooperation with the appropriate school districts, will identify potential school (especially elementary) and park sites ahead of need and work with the appropriate entities to acquire them. Wherever the opportunity exists, new elementary school and park sites will be included in new and updated neighborhood plans. 2. The City will work with the Neighborhood Planning Councils to update and implement neighborhood plans. These plans should identify needed public improvements, appropriate locations and characteristics of infill housing, targeted areas for rehabilitation and/or redevelopment, and areas where conservation of the existing housing stock should be the principal objective. 3. The City will work with Neighborhoods, Inc., other nonprofit organizations, homeowners, landlords and developers to stabilize housing conditions in targeted neighborhoods. 4. The City and various nonprofit housing organizations (including Neighborhoods, Inc., Habitat for Humanity, and the Housing Commission) will coordinate their efforts in reinvestment, land · Goal 1: Battle Creek has revitalized neighborhoods providing a range of housing choices in a safe and attractive environment that has rising property values. Objectives: • Encourage a variety of housing choices in neighborhoods through a balance of preservation, rehabilitation and new construction of both affordable and upper end housing. • Update/revise and implement the neighborhood plans begun in the 1970s and 1980s with the assistance of the Neighborhood Planning Councils. • Continue to define target areas within which demolition and redevelopment, housing rehabilitation and neighborhood improvement resources of many groups can be concentrated for maximum impact. City of Battle Creek Comprehensive Plan October 1997 • • • Strengthen the livability of existing neighborhoods through improved safety, reinvestment and community involvement. Preserve historic structures, and neighborhoods where feasible. Encourage planning for neighborhood improvement that considers multiple blocks, rather than individual sites. Effectively coordinate public, private and nonprofit organization efforts to improve neighborhoods and housing in Battle Creek. Technical Report Page4-12 �management, demolition, infrastructure maintenance and redevelopment in Battle Creek's neighborhoods. 5. The City will place a high priority on housing rehabilitation projects and new housing projects that incorporate multiblock areas. 6. The City will refine the Zoning Map and Zoning Ordinance to encourage infill and provide for a variety of densities compatible with existing development within old and new neighborhoods, with assistance from Neighborhood Planning Councils and citizens. 7. The City and various nonprofit housing organizations will target neighborhood revitalization efforts around existing schools in neighborhoods experiencing a decline in housing quality in order to attract more families looking for affordable housing options. Goal 2: Battle Creek's newly developed neighborhoods expand the range of lifestyle choices within the City. Objectives: • Encourage housing development which capitalizes on the amenity of riverfront/river view sites. • Encourage new residential development to create cohesive neighborhood units by including a mix of housing types and other neighborhood compatible uses to promote resident interaction and neighborhood identity. • Zone land to offer a variety of density and housing options to optimize choice. City of Battle Creek Comprehensive Plan October 1997 Policies: 1. The City will encourage, through zoning and other incentives, housing development and redevelopment projects to provide a variety of housing types, (from multi-family, to single family, from affordable to upper end housing) at densities compatible with existing neighborhood uses. 2. Battle Creek will promote new housing along the river and stream corridors, but outside of floodplains and flood prone areas, in designs that retain space for extension of the linear park while also protecting water quality. 3. The City will identify and make available to developers, with assistance from Neighborhood Planning Councils and citizens, a catalogue of housing types and other neighborhood compatible uses that could serve as models for infill, new housing development and redevelopment projects. Goal 3: All of Battle Creek's neighborhoods are free of violence, have a reduced incidence of crime and are empowered to advocate for and help meet the needs of their residents. Objectives: • Promote active local neighborhood organizations by helping them tap into resource programs such as Neighborhood Watch in all areas of the city. • Continue to encourage close working relationships between residents and police. • Encourage public participation in neighborhood organizations. Technical Report Page4-13 �Policies: I. The City will actively seek citizen involvement from multi-block areas when planning housing development and redevelopment, and when considering development/redevelopment/rehabilitatio n proposals. 2. The City will continue to actively participate in neighborhood organizations and to promote and support programs such as Neighborhood Watch. 3. Battle Creek Police will continue to interact with neighborhood organizations and further implement community-based policing. ENVIRONMENT Goal: Battle Creek protects its important natural resources and environmentally sensitive areas including groundwater, wetlands, rivers, lakes, floodplains, the natural drainage network, woodlands and wildlife and, where feasible, incorporates them as part of an integrated greenway system. Objectives: • Develop/modify ordinances to promote the protection of valuable natural resource areas. • Identify ways in which property development and management can protect environmental quality. • Promote land acquisition by public or conservation organizations as a method to ensure the long term protection of environmentally sensitive lands, such as shorelands, riverbanks, wetlands, floodplains, woodlands and groundwater recharge areas. • Encourage land owners/developers to dedicate important natural resource areas as permanent open space. City of Battle Creek Comprehensive Plan October 1997 • • • Promote stormwater management and groundwater protection best management practices. Integrate protection of environmentally sensitive areas in a linked open space system throughout the city as opportunities are presented. Enhance the community's image and quality of life by increasing the visibility and passive recreational use of natural areas. Policies: 1. The City will evaluate and refine existing ordinances and adopt, where necessary, new ordinances to protect natural resources such as ground and surface water, air, land, vegetation and wildlife. (See first policy under "Infrastructure, Utilities", concerning wellhead protection.) 2. The City will adopt new regulations that target prevention of future soil and groundwater contamination by land use types that deal with potentially hazardous materials. 3. Battle Creek will require the use of upto-date stormwater and groundwater protection best management practices in future private and public development and will provide incentives for the retrofitting of best management practices in existing development. 4. Where lawful, feasible, and consistent with this Plan, the City will provide regulatory and nonregulatory incentives to developers for the set-aside and protection of natural resource areas, such as shorelands, riverbanks, wetlands, floodplains , woodlands and groundwater recharge areas. 5. The City will identify and prioritize the acquisition of those lands that should be preserved as permanent open space and for natural resource protection purposes, Technical Report Page4-14 �with a priority on high visibility areas, such as the rivers, the lakes, along major road corridors and areas adjacent to population centers. 6. The City will work cooperatively with public and private conservation groups dedicated to the acquisition of priority natural resource lands. 7. The City will incorporate sensitive natural resource lands into its open space and recreation system, in a manner that protects natural resource values while providing citizens with educational opportunities and open space enjoyment. 8. The City will promote land use in the Harts Lake area which is consistent with protection of lake water quality and the scenic character of the lake, and which provides some recreational use of the land. 9. The City will promote wetland banking within the city and region, especially utilizing wetland resources at the Fort Custer Industrial Park. 10. The City will vigorously pursue the clean up and safe redevelopment of previously contaminated or "brownfield sites." 11. The City will prepare design guidelines for the protection of environmentally sensitive areas and natural resources for use by municipal agencies and property owners. 12. The City will promote the education of citizens, local officials, other public agencies and private developers on available guidelines and techniques for development and redevelopment that protect natural resources and environmental quality. 13. The City will encourage partnerships between businesses, neighborhood residents, non-profit and school groups to clean up the environment and/or City of Battle Creek Comprehensive Plan October 1997 promote other environmental improvement programs. 14. The City will support the Leila Arboretum and other organizations with similar goals in their efforts to improve tree and plant growth in the city. 15. A lake watershed management plan will be prepared for Goguac Lake by the City with input from lakefront property owners to present strategies for the long term protection of water quality, use of fertilizers, weed control, surface uses, noise and related issues, and the role of various entities in implementation of those strategies. OPEN SPACE, PARKS AND RECREATION Goal 1: Battle Creek offers a wide variety of indoor and outdoor recreation, cultural and environmental education opportunities in proximity to all residents of the City. Objectives: • Maintain existing neighborhood parks and develop additional neighborhood and community parks within new residential neighborhoods as they are developed. • Continue to work in partnership with the schools to meet community recreation and cultural needs. • Provide park-like landscaping and passive recreation uses, as well as active recreation, at school sites. • Maintain, improve and market present and future regional recreational and cultural attractions (Binder Park Zoo, Binder Park Golf Course, Leila Arboretum, Bailey Park, Kellogg's Cereal City USA, theaters, etc.) • Base recreational planning/programming decisions on regularly updated Technical Report Page 4-15 �• • • evaluations of resident needs and preferences. Promote environmental education programs offering opportunities to learn about the natural and built environment within the linear park system. Encourage private sector involvement in providing open space and recreation opportunities to the residents of Battle Creek. Promote and encourage local efforts to coordinate, and where mutually beneficial, consolidate, a wide range of cultural activities, facilities and attractions. Policies: 1. At least every five years, Battle Creek will evaluate the extent to which the recreational needs of city residents are being met, through the use of surveys, public meetings, interviews with residents and analysis against national and state recreation standards. 2. Every five years, the City will prepare and update an MDNR-approved recreation plan to qualify the City for recreation grants through available state and federal funds. This plan will list proposed capital improvements aimed at keeping current with City recreation needs, new facility construction and upkeep on old facilities. 3. The City will coordinate efforts with neighboring jurisdictions in a regional effort to provide recreation and open space for city and regional populations. 4. The City will work cooperatively with the Battle Creek Chamber of Commerce, the Visitor and Convention Bureau, other civic organizations, the County and other regional authorities, as well as the State to provide maximum exposure to the tourism opportunities of the greater Battle Creek area. City of Battle Creek Comprehensive Plan October 1997 5. The City will work cooperatively with the school systems to provide, wherever possible, recreational facilities and open space at the schools. Special efforts will be made as new schools are established in and around Gethings Road and Stone Jug Road; Helmer Road and Watkins Road and Beckley Road and Helmer Road. 6. The City will coordinate park, river and open space clean-up efforts with those targeted at neighborhoods in order to maximize participation and efficiency, as well as focusing greater attention on these natural resources, such as restoration of the Millpond area. 7. The City will encourage citizen and private sector participation in the provision of open space and recreation opportunities to the residents of Battle Creek. Goal 2: Battle Creek's linear park (greenway) system links recreational facilities and natural resource protection areas to create a distinctive open space structure for the community and a unique recreational resource for its residents. Objectives: • Enhance the community's image, quality of life and environmental awareness by increasing the visibility, accessibility and passive recreational use of its natural areas. • Use the linear park to link all types of open space (parks, school sites, active recreation facilities, cultural facilities, preservation areas and natural features) into one, city-wide network. • Expand the linear park using both onstreet and off-street connections to create the linked open space system. • Foster inclusion of the linear park within the regional transportation network, Technical Report Page 4-16 �• including links with open space in adjacent jurisdictions. Incorporate expansion of the greenway system in new developments and existing neighborhoods as the opportunity occurs. Policies: 1. The City will adopt incentives in the Zoning Ordinance to encourage private sector provision of open space and recreation areas, neighborhood parks and linear park extensions within new development and redevelopment projects. 2. The City will pursue the inclusion of sensitive environments, such as wetlands, floodplains and woodlands into a network of linked open space through targeted acquisition, donation and development design that protects these areas. Whether the area is designated for pubic access or use, and the forms of permitted recreation, will be established at the time acquired or donated, or approved as part of a development site plan. 3. The City will improve access to existing and future recreation facilities through the pursuit of an expanded, linked open space and trail system (such as the linear park), by siting new recreation lands close to existing and future primary population and job centers (such as the Helmer Road, Gethings Road, Watkins Road, Columbia Avenue areas, the Battle Creek and Kalamazoo Rivers, Goguac Lake, Harts Lake and the Fort · Custer Recreation Area) and by facilitating movement to and within recreation facilities for motorists, bicyclists, pedestrians and the physically disabled. INFRASTRUCTURE City of Battle Creek Comprehensive Plan October 1997 Capital Improvements Goal: Establish an annually updated capital improvement program (CIP). Objectives: • Annually prepare and adopt as a part of the budget cycle, a schedule of capital improvements for the next six years. • Prepare, adopt and periodically update an official map of future public facility improvements. Policies: 1. The City Manager and Planning Commission will seek to incorporate over time, infrastructure improvements in the CIP that are balanced in terms of their geographic distribution throughout the city and that support a balanced approach to city growth and revitalization. 2. The City Manager will annually prepare and the Planning Commission will annually review and comment upon a draft capital improvement program which includes those capital facilities to be constructed in the city in the next six years along with their proposed location, cost, means of financing and staging. 3. The City Commission will adopt the capital improvements program as a part of the City budget process following comments from the Planning Commission as to consistency of the draft CIP with the adopted Comprehensive Plan. The first year of the CIP shall be a part of the City budget for the following fiscal year. The remaining years will identify prioritized improvements which may be modified if conditions or financial resources change. 4. The City Manager will prepare a uniform process for preparation of a CIP that Technical Report Page4-17 �involves input from all city departments and interested citizens. 5. The Planning Commission will prepare and adopt guidelines for review of proposed capital improvements for consistency with this Plan. 6. The Planning Commission will prepare an official map of proposed public facility improvements including improvements by all public entities operating within the city for at least the period covered by the current CIP. If new state enabling legislation is passed (as was pending when this Plan was adopted), the official map contents, and process for adoption and application shall be modified as necessary. Transportation Goal 1: Battle Creek continually maintains and upgrades its roadway infrastructure to provide safe, convenient access and to complement balanced, orderly growth. Objectives: • Balance the preservation of neighborhood quality with communitywide access needs. • Alleviate traffic congestion problems. • Provide improved north-south and eastwest arterial routes. City of Battle Creek Comprehensive Plan October 1997 • • Complete major transportation improvements identified by BCATS and included in the City capital improvement program. Continu_e to maintain street surfaces in good condition. Policies: 1. The City will keep the public informed about the status of transportation problems and the alternatives under consideration to address those problems; 2. The City will identify, prepare and consistently implement plans for road improvements in Battle Creek, based on priorities included in the capital improvement plan and metropolitan priorities included in periodic BCATS reports. 3. The Planning Commission will prepare corridor improvement plans for the following corridors: Columbia A venue, Michigan Avenue, Beckley A venue, Helmer Road, Dickman Road, North A venue and Bedford Road. 4. The City will work to promote the following major transportation improvements: • Complete BL I-94 Relocation/Extension to East Michigan A venue as the most important road improvement priority. • Incrementally improve Helmer Road north of I-94, and the interchange itself, concurrent with the planned expansion of sewer and water in the area. • Improve interchange 92 on I-94 at the western entrance to the city concurrent with expanded industrial development in the area. • Repave Martin Luther King Highway from Columbia Road to I-94. Technical Report Page 4-18 �• In the near future, improve M-89 from Augusta Drive to M-37, 20th Street north from Jackson Street to M-37, and Columbia Avenue from 20th Street to M-66/1-94 to alleviate congestion, improve traffic safety and flow. • Reconstruct the Angell Street and Kendall Street bridges over the Kalamazoo River. • At the appropriate time, upgrade Renton Road for trucks and improve the rail crossing, extend GlenCross Road east to 6 Mile, and extend South Minges from 48th (in Kalamazoo County) to 6 Mile. 5. The City Public Works Department will establish and maintain level of service standards for road extension , improvement or modification, and for access from public or private roads to abutting property, to ensure that quality" roads meeting minimum standards will be available throughout the City. 6. The Planning Commission will prepare and the City Commission will adopt amendments to the Zoning Ordinance which incorporate level of service standards for road extensions and modifications, access, and for creation of new roads that are constructed as a part of new development. Where pertinent, standards to ensure that new development does not precede, but occurs concurrent with, needed road improvements will also be developed. 7. The City should pilot test various traffic calming techniques in neighborhoods with significant traffic problems and in City of Battle Creek Comprehensive Plan October 1997 parts of downtown by permitting on street parking, where possible, eliminating one-way streets and/or providing stop signs or other measures to slow traffic, while continuing to practice sound traffic engineering judgment. Goal 2: Battle Creek provides local travel alternatives to automobile use including bikes, walking, and transit. Objectives: • Provide an efficient and pleasant bicycle and pedestrian system that safely connects residential areas with most desired destinations. • Encourage transit use and improve transit opportunities. Policies: 1. The Planning Commission will prepare incentives and regulations for inclusion in the Zoning Ordinance to achieve pedestrian and bicycle friendly designs in new development which link residential areas to the most desired destinations. 2. The Planning Commission will also prepare design guidelines to illustrate options for integrating bicycle and pedestrian systems into new developments. 3. The City will continue to support improvement of mass transit service along major thoroughfares and between high use activity centers and neighborhoods. 4. The City will zone land, and where feasible, offer other incentives to increase residential density along key transit routes. Technical Report Page 4-19 �Goal 3: Battle Creek has excellent rail service with minimum raiVstreet conflicts. Goal 4: Maintain and enhance the W. K. Kellogg Airport. Objectives: • Expand Amtrak service and encourage the development of a high speed rail line between Chicago and Detroit with a stop in Battle Creek. • Provide railroad crossing improvements (overpasses and/or rail abandonment) to eliminate traffic tie-ups, barriers to neighborhood and CBD integration, and to improve truck access. Objectives: • Expand the uses of the airport. · • Improve airport facilities as needed in order to expand the service opportunities to businesses and citizens in the community. Policies: 1. The City Commission will continue to lobby in support of improved Amtrak service and a high speed rail line between Chicago and Detroit with a stop in Battle Creek. 2. The City will continue to work with railroad companies in the identification and implementation of improvements that better serve existing and potential businesses in the Battle Creek area without impeding the orderly development and maintenance of desirable neighborhoods in the city. 3. The City will continue to make improvements on major thoroughfares to alleviate traffic tie-ups caused by atgrade rail crossings. This may involve construction of overpasses, underpasses, rail abandonment, or rail relocation where feasible and desirable. City of Battle Creek Comprehensive Plan October 1997 Policies: 1. The City will continue to work closely with Battle Creek Unlimited and the Airport Authority in the planning and implementation of airport improvements. 2. The Planning Commission will examine the zoning of lands on and around the W. K. Kellogg Airport to ensure flexibility in siting appropriate uses and compatibility with abutting uses, to prevent development on land adjacent to the airport that is incompatible with airport noise contours, and to promote development and use consistent with the recommendations of the adopted W. K. Kellogg Airport Master Plan. Utilities Goal: The City's sewer and water systems are upgraded and extended to support balanced, orderly growth. Objectives: • Maintain the quality of water supply wells by establishing protection zones around each wellhead. Technical Report Page 4-20 �• • Expand sewer and water lines in planned increments that are consistent with this Comprehensive Plan. Coordinate utility construction with road construction. Policies: 1. The City will complete and implement the recommendations of a wellhead protection plan around all water wells owned and operated by the City in cooperation with the municipalities in which the wellhead protection area is located. This will include the posting of signs along streets in the area informing drivers and pedestrians that they are in (or entering or leaving) a wellhead protection area. Abutting jurisdictions within a wellhead protection area will be urged to adopt measures similar to those adopted by the City to prevent contamination of the surface soils or groundwater supply. 2. The Planning Commission will prepare zoning amendments that incorporate groundwater protection into its site plan review standards, and restrict incompatible land uses from locating near wellhead protection areas. 3. The City will plan and implement future utility construction consistent with priorities established in an annual capital improvement program. Where both road and utility work are planned for the same roadway over the next few years, the utility work will be scheduled first. 4. Sanitary sewer, storm water and water line extension shall be made in increments according to the stages established in this Plan (as depicted on fi gure 5-10) and implemented according to the annually updated capital improvement program. Extension of utility lines or enlargement of the service area sooner than provided in this Plan City of Battle Creek Comprehensive Plan October 1997 will occur only when the full costs thereof are borne by the benefiting property owners and/or some great public benefit would result (such as major permanent net job creation) by providing service to an area earlier than planned. Great public benefit will include the creation of a proportionate number of new jobs as it relates to the public investment required for these jobs. It will not include the relocation of existing jobs from one site to another within the city limits. Initially there shall be areas of the city with full urban services and other areas with partial urban services. It is anticipated that all undeveloped areas of the city (as its boundaries existed in 1997) will have main line sewer and water nearby by the year 2022. Full urban services are expected to shortly follow sewer and water into an area. 5. The City Public Works Department will establish and maintain level of service standards for water, sanitary sewer and storm sewer line extension or modification, in order to ensure that total quality service meeting minimum standards will be available throughout the city and in all areas serviced by agreement outside the city. Where pertinent, standards to ensure that new development does not precede, but occurs concurrent with, needed utility improvements will also be developed. 6. The Planning Commission will prepare and the City Commission will adopt amendments to the Zoning Ordinance which incorporate level of service standards for sanitary sewer, storm sewer and water into requirements for new development. Technical Report Page 4-21 �PUBLIC SERVICES Goal 1: The City of Battle Creek provides high quality, rapid response, cost effective and appreciated public safety services. Objectives: • Provide comprehensive and cost effective police protection, fire protection and emergency medical first response services. • Cooperate regionally in the provision of public safety facilities and programs. Policies: 1. The City will ensure that the quality of police, fire and emergency medical first response services remains high. 2. The City will provide for an annual review of police, fire and emergency medical response service performance, and will actively work with these agencies to improve service where needed. 3. The City will seek the most up-to-date, cost-effective equipment and training for police and fire workers. 4. The City will continue to emphasize and promote fire prevention through educational efforts and periodic inspection of high risk facilities. 5. The City will work with surrounding jurisdictions to coordinate and provide public safety sub-stations, personnel and response administration in nonduplicative ways. 6. The City will plan and build new police and fire stations in newly developing parts of the City as needed to ensure response times do not result in a lowered insurance rating anywhere in the city. Goal 2: Preserve the City's ability to satisfy long-term solid waste needs. City of Battle Creek Comprehensive Plan October 1997 Objectives: • Ensure agreements are in place to meet estimated 10-year needs. • Provide cost effective recycling programs and expand recycling education. Policies: 1. The City will include public safety and solid waste management facilities on an official map of future public facility improvements. 2. The City will work with the State and jurisdictions within the region to ensure that solid waste disposal needs are met for the next 10 years, and that future needs are met prior to the expiration of existing agreements. 3. The City will continue its recycling program and will expand the list of materials accepted as markets become available. 4. The City will actively seek markets for additional recyclable materials. 5. The City will actively promote recycling and will expand recycling education for all age levels. HEALTH Goal: Battle Creek provides high quality, affordable health care to all citizens. Objectives: • Promote health education programs to improve health outcomes at the lowest cost. • Encourage comprehensive and cost effective hospital services available to all. • Support affordable, high quality mental health services available to all who need them. Technical Report Page4-22 �• Promote drug prevention education and drug abuse treatment services adequate to serve the community. Policies: 1. The City will promote health and disease prevention education for all age groups. 2. The City will seek the most comprehensive and cost-effective health care for its employees. '3. The City will work to maintain and enhance hospital and related health care facilitates in Battle Creek. 4. The City will support the provision of affordable, quality mental health programs available to all Battle Creek residents who need them. 5. The City will promote drug prevention education to city employees, school children and city residents. 6. The City will support the provision of adequate drug abuse treatment services for community residents who need them. EDUCATION Goal: Battle Creek has a wide range of public and private educational opportunities and students who meet or exceed State standards of excellence. Objectives: • Promote quality education as essential in achieving a sustainable community. • Encourage cooperation among schools to provide a uniform high quality of educational opportunity throughout the community. • Encourage the development of programs to involve parents in promoting high educational achievement. • Encourage the development of programs to involve local businesses in promoting high educational achievement by City of Battle Creek Comprehensive Plan October 1997 • • sponsoring stay-in-school and mentoring programs. Promote the availability of lifelong learning opportunities. Encourage continued collaboration and active exploration of strengths, weaknesses and areas of mutual interest facing local school districts, including but not limited to the costs and benefits of school district consolidation. Policies: 1. The City will promote high educational standards for all citizens. 2. The City will insist on equal opportunities for access to a superior education for all citizens of Battle Creek. 3. The City will encourage the schools to develop programs that actively involve parents in the education of their children and in high educational achievement. 4. The City will encourage the schools to develop programs that actively involve community business persons in the education of the community's children and in high educational achievement. 5. The City will work with area schools and Kellogg Community College, Western Michigan University and other institutions of highe·r education to promote lifelong learning opportunities for all Battle Creek citizens. 6. The City will support area-wide efforts to promote the rational consolidation of area school districts so that public tax dollars are wisely spent, all children receive an equal quality education, and duplicate provision of services and facilities is avoided. Technical Report Page 4-23 �VISUAL CHARACTER Goal 1: Battle Creek is a beautiful and well maintained city. Objectives: • Promote a high standard of building, landscape and other property maintenance citywide. • Maintain a consistent enforcement program for building, housing and property maintenance codes. • Through continued coordination with nonprofits and other agencies, encourage and develop incentive programs for exterior renovation. • Ensure that all city-financed infrastructure repairs are of high quality. Policies: 1. The City will work with neighborhood and business organizations to expand paint-up fix-up programs in its residential neighborhoods and commercial areas. 2. The City will continue to enforce building codes and property maintenance ordinances, with periodic review to ensure that the codes can be adequately enforced and that they perform the intended function. 3. The City will periodically review the performance of the building code and zoning enforcement officials, and where needed, provide the support to make improvements. 4. The City will ensure that the standards of work on infrastructure repairs made by the City or on behalf of the City are of the highest quality. City of Battle Creek Comprehensive Plan October 1997 The City will maintain the Sojourner Truth Parkway in an unspoiled condition to reflect its role as a parkway and to provide an attractive, green entrance to the city. Goal 2: Distinct visual characters are maintained in Battle Creek's urban, suburban and rural areas. Objectives: • Develop design guidelines for important districts, corridors, gateways and nodes to maintain their attractiveness and unique character and illustrate their differences as urban, suburban or rural settings. • Encourage property owners and businesses to make improvements consistent with adopted design guidelines. • Develop a city-wide comprehensive signage program that is both functional and visually attractive. Policies: 1. The City Planning Commission will develop and promote design guidelines as part of special area plans and as part of a citywide visual character improvement program to illustrate effective ways for the City and private property owners to improve the appearance of property, especially at gateways to the city. 2. The City Planning Commission will develop design guidelines for new development and redevelopment that illustrate how property owners can improve the visual character of their properties in keeping with neighborhood character and promote beautification of the city. 3. The City will provide incentives in the Zoning Ordinance for new development, Technical Report Page4-24 �redevelopment and rehabilitation projects that complement the significant architectural and open space character of the surrounding neighborhood. 4. The City will provide incentives in the Zoning Ordinance for new development, redevelopment and rehabilitation projects that fit harmoniously with existing natural features, such as wetlands, floodplains and woodlands and provide connections to the linear park. Goal 3: All new development and redevelopment is visually attractive. Objectives: • Use open spaces, landmark structures, streetscapes, natural land forms and stream courses to create a clear development structure and a high quality visual environment. • Carefully integrate new development with the design guidelines prepared for the area, and with the scale, architecture and design of adjacent quality buildings and landscaping to ensure compatibility and harmony in appearance. Policies: 1. The City will widely promote the Beautiful Battle Creek Awards Program .. 2. The City will promote a "greening" of existing, older commercial corridors (such as Columbia Avenue, SW Capital, West and East Michigan Avenue, etc.) through tree planting and other new landscaping, lighting and improvement of walking and biking paths. City of Battle Creek Comprehensive Plan October 1997 3. The City will improve its identity and "green up" key gateways to the City and important districts (through signs, lighting, landscaping, tree planting and creating or preserving open space and landmark buildings where feasible). 4. The City will develop an attractive, comprehensive signage program using a consistent design that makes all of the city's pathways and attractions easier and safer to find while reducing unnecessary clutter and redundant signs wherever feasible. CITIZEN ATTITUDES/OPPORTUNITY Goal 1: Battle Creek is a diverse community showing respect for racial, cultural, religious and individual differences and providing equal opportunity and access to services. Objectives: • Encourage programs that recognize and publicize the accomplishment of people from diverse backgrounds, especially those who contribute their time and talents on a volunteer basis. • Celebrate the benefits of diversity in the community. Policies: 1. The City will actively celebrate the voluntary contributions of civic and special interest groups in community projects through publicity, commendations and awards. 2. The City will provide opportunities for civic and special interest groups to contribute to community betterment. Technical Report Page 4-25 �Goal 2: Battle Creek benefits from the cooperation and contributions of all groups within the community. • Objective: • Civic and special interest groups contribute and cooperate in almost all community projects. • Policies: 1. The City of Battle Creek will promote enhanced understanding and tolerance among people of diverse backgrounds. 2. The City will actively celebrate the efforts of residents who promote enhanced understanding and tolerance among people of diverse backgrounds. 3. The City will actively celebrate the accomplishments of residents from diverse backgrounds. INTERGOVERNMENTAL COOPERATION Goal: Battle Creek cooperates with surrounding communities to achieve mutual benefit in the provision of services, in interjurisdictional planning and in the coordination of development regulations. Objectives: • Promote opportunities for metropolitan improvement through existing county, city, business and other organizations such as AMSA. • Develop a shared set of policies as a framework for decision making between governmental entities. • Jointly develop a metropolitan plan for planned infrastructure and utility service expansion. City of Battle Creek Comprehensive Plan October 1997 • Coordinate costs, timetables, responsibilities and resources to continue upgrading all other public services and facilities. Review existing mechanisms for dealing with issues of greater than local concern and, if inadequate, revise them or establish new ones with the support of municipalities within the metropolitan area. Establish special ad hoc committees to aid communication among local governments and to ensure adequate public participation. Policies: 1. Following adoption of this Plan, the City Commission will first explore with AMSA, and then, invite representatives of all abutting jurisdictions to participate in preparation of a coordinated land use and infrastructure plan for the metropolitan area. The plan will focus on: • a shared set of policies as a framework for decision-making between jurisdictions; • the physical location of and policies related to the planned expansion of infrastructure and public services; coordinating costs, timetables, • responsibilities and resources to continue upgrading major public services and facilities; • compatibility between land uses along the borders of each jurisdiction; • establishing procedures for dealing with issues of greater than local concern (e.g. regional job development, regional transportation or other infrastructure improvements, Technical Report Page 4-26 �coordinated preservation of open space and regional parks/trails initiatives, significant threats to water or air quality, etc.); • the pros and cons and feasibility of additional consolidation of governmental units and school districts in the metropolitan area; • mutually supportive measures to enhance new job formation in the metropolitan area; • establishing more effective means for communication between and among local governments along with adequate opportunities for public input and • identifying opportunities for improvement through new partnerships that also involve business and other nonprofit organizations. 2. The City will explore use of AMSA as a vehicle to provide a continuing forum on metropolitan land use and infrastructure issues. If changes to the structure, role and function of AMSA are needed to accomplish this purpose, they will be proposed for action by AMSA. 3. The City will continue to actively participate in BCATS planning for metropolitan road improvements and support BCATS in its efforts to secure additional road funds from the state and federal government. 4. The City will encourage BCATS to begin planning for a major new east-west arterial north of Battle Creek with connections to an improved north-south arterial east of Battle Creek in the vicinity of or along 11 Mile Road, which would be built after 2020. City of Battle Creek Comprehensive Plan October 1997 BALANCING CONFLICTING POLICIES Goal: Preserve the integrity of long-term strategies for growth and redevelopment of Battle Creek inherent in the policies of -this Plan. Objectives: • Prepare a set of procedures and guidelines to achieve consistent resolution of conflicts between policies in this Plan and other policies in place in the city. • Periodically review the goals, objectives, policies and land use arrangements proposed in this Plan to ensure they remain appropriate to guide future land use and infrastructure change in the city. Policies: 1. The Planning Commission and Planning Department shall, within three months of the adoption of this Plan, prepare a set of procedures and guidelines to follow in resolving conflicts between policies in this Plan, other policies in place in the City and future land use decisions. To the maximum extent feasible, these procedures and guidelines shall attempt to resolve: • conflicts between policies in favor of solutions that promote the long-term interests of the City over short-term considerations. • conflicts between policies in favor of solutions that promote preservation of the integrity of this Plan as an instrument to guide land use and infrastructure change consistent with the Technical Report Page 4-2 7 �common vision of the future inherent herein. This may mean favoring consistent application of policies,-prepared with broad citizen input, over the narrow interests of proposals which fail to address broader citywide interests. 2. The Planning Commission and Planning Department shall thoroughly review and update this Plan (if necessary), at least once each five years. City of Battle Creek Comprehensive Plan October 1997 Technical Report Page 4-28 �Chapter Five Plan Recommendations INTRODUCTION This chapter presents future land use and infrastructure maps designed to implement the goals, objectives and policies presented in Chapter 4 and to anticipate community 'land use arrangements for 20 to 30 years. These plan recommendations have been formulated based on information in the preceding chapters, including: • • • • • • An analysis of existing conditions An evaluation of the impact of city and regional trends A vision for the future developed from community input Projected future land use needs if current trends continue The characteristics of vacant land and Community desire for a strong employment base Alternative 1: Zoning-based Future. This - alternative future (see figure 5-1) illustrates what Battle Creek would look like at full build out if no changes were made in the existing zoning. This alternative is based largely on planning principles that are one to three decades old and which probably did not take the combined resources of the city and the former Battle Creek Township into consideration. This "baseline" future would result in: • • • • • FUTURE LAND USE Alternative Land Use Futures The process of developing a future land use plan began with the preparation of three alternative future scenarios for the buildout of the entire City of Battle Creek, beyond the year 2020. These alternative futures were presented to the Advisory Committee, the Planning Commission, the City Commission and the public in a series of meetings and focus groups. The three alternatives are described below. A more quantitative comparison of the alternative futures is provided in table 5-1. City of Battle Creek Comprehensive Plan October 1997 • • Large, single use zones A largely auto-dependent community Housing segregated by type and cost, with new housing in independent subdivisions, rather than cohesive neighborhoods A limited number of large suburban commercial corridors and nodes A limited number of large job concentrations (including the ultimate development of the Fort Custer Military Reserve) Scattered and unconnected parks and minimal open space preservation Infrastructure extensions which are driven by demand, rather than used to shape growth and serve new development cost effectively Alternative 2: Trends-based Future. This alternative future (see figure 5-2) illustrates what Battle Creek would look like if there were no strong policy framework and zoning were modified in response to development demand to maximize short-term Technical Report Page 5-1 �( ( Table 5-1 Comparison of Three Alternative Futures Jobs Neighborhoods Shopping Parks and Open Space Assumptions Zoning-based Future 5,000 acres new industrial, office and commercial land. About 40,000 new jobs. Over 76,00 total jobs. 13,000 new housing units (6,200 acres) . 31,000 new residents. 86,000 total population. Enough new population to support 2 new grocery store/shopping. centers 18% of total city land area at build out Trends-based Future 3,800 acres new industrial, office and commercial land. About 30,000 new jobs. Over 60,000 total jobs. 5,300 new housing units (3,600 acres). 13,000 new residents. 68,000 total population. Not enough population to support a new shopping center. 25% of total city land at build out Vision-based Future 5,000 acres new industrial, office and commercial land. About 40,000 new jobs. Over 76,000 total jobs. 13,000 - 15,000 new housing units (5,000 acres). 31,000 - 35,000 new residents. 86,000 - 90,000 total population. Enough new population to support two new grocery store/shopping centers. 30% of total city land at build out Fort Custer Military Reserve developed for industrial use. All future residential development at maximum permitted densities. All agriculturally zoned land developed as ) -acre residential lots. No new major parks/open space. Fort Custer Military Reserve remains undeveloped. New industrial development along I-94 on the west side. Continuous office/commercial development along I-94 corridor. I-94 overbuilding leads to disinvestment in other already developed commercial areas. New residential development at decreasing densities. Some new park/open space development. Fort Custer Military Reserve remains undeveloped. New industrial development along BL-94 on west side. New development more compact; jobs and commercial opportunities more evenly distributed. Variety of housing types in new neighborhoods with easy access to schools, open space. Greater preservation of environmental resources; linked open space system City of Battle Creek Comprehe11sive Pla11 October 1997 Tech11ical Report PageS-2 �Legend •• • •D Pennfield Twp. M-96 • Industrial Office, Commercial Multi-Family (R3A-HDMF) (over 6 du/acre) Sin gle Fi,mily Residen tial (R1C-R2) (4-6 du/acre) Single Family R esidential (Rt 8 ) (2-4 du/acre) Single Family Residential (RI A, Rl R) (t-2 du/acre) Agricultural (AG) •• • (1 du/acre) Schools Parks Open Space ll Drin N . ' ..... . 0 1/2 Mile I Mile 2 Miles Land Use Alternative 1 - Existing Zoning ~ I_J I Figure 5-1 B Dri\'c S oon 9/96) -----+-- - -- - - - - - - Johnson Johnson & Roy/inc Planning and Zoning Center, inc. WJSchroer Company_ A COMPREHENSIVE PLAN FOR THE CITY OF BATTLE CREEK Page 5-3 �,...; < ;: e z J ' Legend • ~ • Pennfield Twp. M-96 ~ • Industrial Declining Industrial Office/ Commercial Declining Commercial Multi-Family (over 6 du/acre) Declining Neighborhoods Single Family Rcsidcntinl (4-6 du/acre) ~ C = 0 u • • • 0 0 N ( = e -= c,s l-9-1 ~ B Drin N 1/2 Mile I M ile 2 Miles Single Family Residential (1-2 du/acre) Single Family Residential (0.2 - 0.5 du/acre) ~ Schools • Parks • 0 Single Family Residential (2-4 du/acre) Open Space Figure 5-2 Land Use Alternative 2 - "Trends - Based" 11 llrin• S (1 0/29/96) Johnson Johnson & Roy/inc Planning and Zoning Center, inc. WJSchroer Company A COMPREHENSIVE PLAN FOR THE CITY OF BATTLE CREEK PageS-4 �marketability and profitability. This more reactive planning approach would likely result in many of the same characteristics which the Zoning-based Future would produce (largely because of the existing "over zoning" of land) as well as: • • • • • Decreases in development density with increased land consumption and sprawl Increased costs to provide infrastructure and public services An accelerated "siphoning" of public and private investment from older, developed areas to new growth areas (especially along 1-94) Increased traffic congestion and reduced ability to provide efficient transit alternatives Increased isolation/decreased accessibility to jobs and shopping for lower income neighborhoods Alternative 3: Vision-based Future. The third alternative (see figure 5-3) illustrates what Battle Creek would look like if the community could craft a policy and regulatory framework that translates the Vision Statement and the goals and objectives into reality. This alternative would likely be quite different that the two preceding "futures." • • • Growth would be more compact, with incremental expansion of already developed areas guided through planned infrastructure extensions. While a range of housing densities and costs could be provided in newly developing areas, housing densities would be somewhat higher on average (than in the other alternative futures). With appropriate incentives and regulations, extensive open space could be preserved to protect the functioning of important environmental systems; City of Battle Creek Comprehensive Plan October 1997 • • • • • • these open spaces would also define and link groups of neighborhoods and employment centers. Housing, jobs and shopping would be more evenly distributed throughout the city and would be more closely integrated with one another; the scale of any given single use zone would be smaller. The cost of providing infrastructure and services to new development would be lower as a result of more compact, denser development patterns and smaller increments of infrastructure expansion. The value of existing infrastructure investments could be maximized by guiding new development and promoting reinvestment in older, already developed areas. Downtown's viability would be protected and enhanced to benefit the entire community and to help to increase the attractiveness of near-downtown neighborhoods. Mobility/accessibility would be increased for those who do not drive because land use patterns support walking, biking and transit; all residents would be less auto dependent. Battle Creek would be able to offer a distinctive alternative to typical urban and suburban development and gain a competitive edge by offering an enhanced quality of life and a wider range of housing/lifestyle choices. The alternative futures were reviewed in two Town Meetings, by the Planning Commission, the City Commission and in seven focus groups. There was a high level of agreement among all groups that the vision-based future represented the best overall land use approach for the City of Technical Report Page 5-5 �Legend Pennfield Twp. • • • I n<lustrial Office / Comme rchll M ulti-Fa mily (ove r 6 du /1,cre) Sin gle Fa mily Residentia l (4-6 <lu/acre) D • • S in gle Family Res ident ia l (2-4 du/acre) Single Family Res idential (1-2 du/acre) S ingle Family Residentia l (0.2 - 0.5 du/acre) Schools ( • • i.: ~{:. , . ,, P~lrks (New + E xisting) Open Space (Wetlands, Woods , Riparian Corridors) 'Special Land Use' at Harts Lake I! Dri l'c N Figure 5-3 0 1/2 Mile I M ile ll Dril'C S ::? Milrs Land Use Alternative 3 - "Vision - Based" (10/29/96) Johnson Johnson & Roy/inc Planning and Zoning Center, inc. WJSchroer Company A COMPREHENSIVE PLAN FOR THE CITY OF BATTLE CREEK Page 5-6 �Battle Creek. As the preliminary land use plan was developed, certain modifications were made to the vision-based alternative to reflect comments received from Planning Commissioners, City Commissioners and Town Meeting participants. Planning Principles The future land use arrangements shown in figure 5-4 were determined based on 'technical considerations -- such as compatibility with surrounding land uses, natural capacity of the land to accommodate particular uses and the practical provision of necessary infrastructure and services -- and community-specific considerations, including consistency with the vision, goals, objectives and policies. The following planning principles are the technical foundation in support of the future land use plan. The planning principles listed below will be implemented primarily through infrastructure improvements and zoning regulations and applied during the site plan review process. • • • • • • • Protection of public health and safety Conservation of sensitive natural resources Environmental protection Minimizing public service costs Efficiency and convenience in meeting land use needs Insuring compatibility between land uses (nuisance prevention) Sustaining a job base adequate to support families Often a land use decision based on one principle also advances another. For example, prevention of filling or construction on floodplains protects public health and safety, conserves natural resources, protects the environment and City of Battle Creek Comprehensive Plan October 1997 minimizes public service costs (especially for relief efforts). It may also create a valuable buffer or open space between uses and help to insure compatibility. · Protection of Public Health and Safety Key situations in which this principle is applied include: • A voiding construction in areas which present natural hazards. In Battle Creek these include areas at high risk from flooding, saturated soils and wetlands; soils not well suited for support of foundations and steep slopes. • A voiding construction in areas with soils contaminated by hazardous and/or toxic waste until they have been cleaned up and certified for reuse. Conservation of Sensitive Natural Resources Failure to consciously protect sensitive natural resources exposes a community to the risk of destruction of those resources which are often the foundation for an area's character and quality of life. Sensitive natural resources include wetlands, areas supporting an abundance and diversity of wildlife and unique wooded lands. Poorly planned development in or near these areas can not only destroy the resource and the natural character of the area, but can also result in higher public service costs and gradual degradation of an area's development potential. Environmental Protection This principle aims at preventing pollution, impairment or destruction of the environment. While there is considerable overlap with natural resource conservation issues, environmental protection measures focus primarily on air and water quality, and Technical Report Page 5- 7 �( Legend Pennfield Twp. • • • •~ •• Industrial Use Downtown M ixed Use Office/Com mcrcin l Mixed Use C orridor Neighborhood Support Uses Hi toric Re- use O,•erlay M ulti- Fa m ily Resi dential (O,·er 6 dwellings per acre) Single Fnmily Residential (4-6 dwelli ng units/ncre) • • • ® • • ~ ::E ( 1-9 4 •- Si ngle Fa mily Residentinl (2-4 dwelling u nits/sere) ingle Family Residentin l (1-2 dwelli ng units/acre) Ingle Fn mily Residential (Less th 11n 1 d welling /acre) ew Residen tia l I nfill iles In stl rutionaVSchonls Parlif, Cemeteries, Golf Courses New Schoo l and Pa r k Sites Propo ed Pnrks/Prcsen-cs Open pace (Wetla nds, Woodlands, Ripa_r ia n Cor ridors) Lin ear P11rk Ex pansion Specia l Use al Harts Lake • • • • 8 Or ivc N ~ Urba n Sen·ices Boundary 10 Yea r 2020 Agricultura l Zo ne to Year 2020 Figure 5-4 0 1/2 1ilc 8 Orh e S A COMPREHENSIVE PLAN FOR THE CITY OF BATTLE CREEK lilc 2 M il(•S Future Land Use Map Johnson Johnson & Roy/inc Planning and Zoning Center, inc. WJSchroer Company Page 5-8 �the impact of activities where the water meets the land. Environmental quality is best preserved by planning for appropriate land use activities along streams and rivers, and preventing contamination of air, soil and water. This usually means conducting environmental impact assessments before undertaking certain projects and insuring conformance with all applicable federal, state and local environmental regulations as 'new development or redevelopment occurs. Minimizing Public Service Costs Public service costs may be minimized by encouraging new land uses where existing infrastructure is not used to capacity and where utility extensions can be most economically provided. This also results in compact development patterns, prevents sprawl and is usually favored by taxpayers because it results in the lowest public service costs both for construction and maintenance. Efficiency and Convenience in Meeting Land Use Needs To be efficient in meeting future land use needs, existing infrastructure must be optimally used and infrastructure extension must occur in a manner which keeps the costs low. It also means locating future land uses so that travel between activity centers is minimized, for example, building schools, neighborhood commercial development, and day care facilities near the residential areas they serve. This saves municipal costs on initial facility and road construction as well as on future maintenance. Because trips are shorter, everyone's gasoline expenditures are reduced and fossil fuel supplies are conserved for future use. Travel times are also reduced and, if auto, pedestrian and bicy~le travel are planned for, modal opportunities are increased. City of Battle Creek Comprehensive Plan October 1997 · Ensuring Compatibility Between Land Uses A ·central objective of land use planning is to locate future land uses so that they are compatible with one another. This prevents -future nuisance situations between adjacent land uses, such as loud sounds, ground vibrations, dust, bright lights, restricted air flow, shadows, odors, traffic and similar impacts. A few obvious examples of incompatible land uses include factories, drive-in establishments or auto repair facilities adjacent to single-family homes. With proper planning, land uses can be tiered to buffer impacts and orderly development can occur. Examples include: commercial service establishments on highway frontage with backlot wholesale, storage or office uses abutting a residential area, or single-family residential uses adjacent to park and recreation areas. Sustaining a Job Base Adequate to Support Families A community that has a safe, quality environment, efficient services and compatible land uses may not remain a good place to live without a job base that offers sufficient wages to support families. Not all jobs that support families living in Battle Creek need to be located within the city because excellent transportation facilities connect to other job locations. Nevertheless, without an expanding job base in the city, the cost of public services will be increasingly borne homeowners in the future. New jobs in abutting townships will help meet this need, and may help pay for certain direct public service costs (like sewer and water, if provided by the City), but will not help to pay for broader public service costs unless located within the city. Technical Report Page 5-9 �Future Land Use The future land use plan (figure 5-4) illustrates the proposed pattern of development in Battle Creek at full build-out using the vision-based alternative as a starting point. However, the future land use plan also illustrates an urban services boundary (the geographic area within which full urban services will be provided) to the year 2020 and the staging of development 'after that target year. The future land use plan is a pictorial extension of the Comprehensive Plan's goals and policies. Together, the map, goals and policies are designed to promote orderly development and ensure that appropriate areas are available for all classes of land use anticipated to be needed within the City of Battle Creek during the planning period (roughly 20 to 30 years) based on existing population and job growth trends. The Comprehensive Plan promotes orderly development in a number of other ways. Home owners can invest in their properties with protection from the intrusion and impact of incompatible uses in the neighborhood. Development that overextends services, or that places a financial burden on existing residents and businesses can be avoided. The City and utility companies can adequately plan for the services needed in developing areas and ensure that adequate land has been anticipated for all necessary uses. Each of the major classes of future land use is described below. Specific locations are discussed to illustrate a concept or to explain the land use arrangement as it applies differently to different areas within the city. Parks and Open Space. This category includes existing parks and recreational resources, environmentally sensitive or City of Battle Creek Comprehensive Plan October 1997 "natural resource" areas and rivers. Natural resource areas include wetlands, floodplains, woodlands, creeks and drains. Some of these areas present severe limitations for development. However, these areas also • offer the opportunity for Battle Creek residents to enjoy the outdoors if these places are preserved and made accessible through planned corridors linking to existing parks and open spaces. Natural resource areas provide other public benefits, such as wetlands filtering and storing storm water, streams and creeks draining storm water from land and woodlands improving storm water infiltration and providing habitat for a wide range of plants and animals. The future land use map shows a network of open space corridors weaving through the city. Not only does this place designated open space relatively close to all residents, it provides a potential for environmental educational and routes for linear recreational experiences such as jogging, walking and bike riding. Where possible, these open space and natural resource corridors should link with existing and proposed "standalone" parks and schools. Within the parks and the open space network, buffers for sensitive environments (such as wetlands, drains and woodlands and greenbelts along rivers, lakes and drains) should be provided on city-owned lands (or easements where they can be obtained) and encouraged on private lands. If water quality and habitat protection concerns become critical, the City should adopt setback and greenbelt ordinances. Before lands are proposed for extensive development in an area, future school and park sites should be acquired. Two combined school/park sites are shown on the future land use map. These are located near Technical Report Page 5-10 �Gethings and Stone Jug Roads and north of Watkins Road east of Helmer Road. Six proposed park/preserve sites are identified for future development. • Near downtown • North of Goodale Road • At the west end of Goguac Lake • West of Helmer Road north of Watkins Road • At Harts Lake • In the far southwest comer of the city These proposed parks and school/park sites will improve access to recreation for residents of some already developed neighborhoods and provide parks for future residents as new neighborhoods are developed. Battle Creek has long utilized school sites to expand access to park experiences for residents. This approach should continue in the future because new park site acquisition and development is costly, especially in already developed neighborhoods. Nevertheless, expansion of the linear park and acquisition of rights to natural resourcerelated corridors are also important. Residential Neighborhoods. In the future, the majority of Battle Creek's land area will be devoted to residential land use. The future land use plan promotes residential densities that will support a full complement of urban services, such as sewer, water, transit, police, fire and infrastructure maintenance. The plan does not promote wasteful sprawl. As shown on the future land use map, residential land use should occur in higher densities around the downtown, near major intersections and commercial clusters and along major corridors. This will help to reduce traffic congestion because more people will have a City of Battle Creek Comprehensive Plan October 1997 shorter distance to drive to work and shopping, or can walk, bike or take advantage of transit services. The lighter tone residential areas represent · areas of moderate to lower densities. Many of these areas are already built at densities under four units per acre. Because a residential density of less than four units per acre is not economical to service with sewer and water, these low densities should only continue to be built in limited areas that are not easily serviced by utilities, or which have already been partially developed at this low density. Allowing extensive development without sewer and water service will squander the city's valuable land resources and foreclose options for future generations. Large lot, low-density residential development options are widely available in other jurisdictions outside of Battle Creek. Figure 5-5 illustrates a model for the development of new residential neighborhoods in Battle Creek. This model suggests the development of neighborhoodscale service and civic uses (shopping, daycare, school, church) as an activity focus at the heart of the neighborhood where major streets intersect. Higher density residential development is located within and immediately adjacent to this neighborhood core with lower density residential development at the neighborhood edges. Open space corridors help to define the neighborhood's boundaries and link it to other parts of the city; green space linkages tie the neighborhood core to residential developments and to major open space corridors. Technical Report Page 5-11 �Figure 5-5 New Neighborhood Model M~joy- ?t,ee--r/ C;,o//e,e,,"ll)y- A COMPREHENSIVE PLAN FOR THE CITY OF BATTLE CREEK Page 5-12 �Older neighborhoods should have help from the City and housing non-profits in the form of technical assistance, code enforcement and housing improvement incentives in a joint effort with the Neighborhood Councils. Many of these areas provide valuable stock of affordable houses. A diagram of recommended neighborhood preservation strategies is presented in figure '5-6. In this diagram, the following number and letter key is used. Neighborhood Types 1. Stable neighborhoods 2. Neighborhoods in transition 3. Declining neighborhoods 4. Deteriorated neighborhoods 5. Residential conversion to nonresidential use Improvement Strategy Phasing A. Begin within the next 1 to 3 years B. Begin within the next 3 to 5 years C. Begin beyond 5 years D. Ongoing efforts The defining characteristics of each neighborhood type and the strategies suggested for preservation and improvement are summarized in table 5-2. Design guidelines should be prepared for all areas being developed (and especially newly developing areas) to address issues of visual quality, community character and environmental protection. Design guidelines would provide a range of approaches to development that enhance property values and residents' quality of life and support broader public purposes such as linked open space, natural resource City of Battle Creek Comprehensive Plan October 1997 protection, efficient provision of public services, high visual quality and other public interests. Mixed with the existing neighborhood · residential areas in the future land use map are seven proposed residential infill sites. The City should encourage housing construction in these undeveloped areas within existing residential neighborhoods. Residential infill development should reflect the character of the surrounding homes. As infill and rehabilitation projects are mounted, the City should work with the developers and Neighborhood Councils to consider whole blocks, and not just individual sites so that neighborhood character, parks, linear park links, day care, neighborhood commercial and other factors that contribute to the vitality and viability of the neighborhood are incorporated. While it is important that there is a mix of housing, from the affordable end of the range to the high end, the City should provide incentives so that a portion of the infill or rehabilitation projects can be structured to provide affordable housing. One historic re-use overlay area is identified on the map. In this area, historic homes are used for other purposes, such as group homes and professional offices. The City should ensure that the historic character of these buildings is preserved and that new uses do not conflict with the residential character of the neighborhood. It will be important for the City to begin developing subarea or neighborhood plans that refine the general concepts in this future land use plan. These subarea plans can adapt the future land use plan concepts to Technical Report Page 5-13 �, -~ Legend 1. Maintain Stable Neighborhoods • • • Protect from encroachment Maintain Infrastructure Provide links to parks, open space 2. Restabilize Neighborhoods • • • • C All of the above, plus: Expand low interest Joans Promote home purchase Restrict conversions 3. Revitalize Neighborhoods • • • • ( All of the above (1-2), plus: Promote housing rehab, incremental infill Consider tax freeze, abatements, reverse mortgages Maintain, improve parks, organize spring clean-ups 4. Redevelop Neighborhoods 1-94 • • • • All of the above (1-3), plus: Clear vacant homes Acquire/assemble vacant sites for new housing redevelopment/infill Improve infrastructure S. Convert to Non-Residential Use (4 /:; ·:·.._· ~,• .... (-:\ 1-i<: : l" , •• · ~.: .. :- .. :: ~ .:,.,\·>.-·>::) : . / . ·. .J - ~~ : :~/-.:::•{~ i ... ~ . . .,. ·.· ,-· ,• : • • • n Drive N ~ •, -~ .. «.'\ '""'. '•. ~ _1 ____ I I \ . .. '--... .. . ~-0' I I_J Acquire/assemble lots Provide resident relocation if necessary Improve infrastructure Figure 5-6 0 1/2 M ile I Mile ] 2 Miles l Neighborhood Preservation Strategies D Drives~ Johnson Johnson & Roy/inc Planning and Zoning Center, inc. WJSchroer Company A COMPREHENSIVE PLAN FOR THE CITY OF BATTLE CREEK Page 5-14 �Table 5-2 Existing Neighborhood Characteristics and Preservation Strategies Defining characteristics Stable Neighborhoods High owner occupancy. High construction quality. High housing value; desirable location .. Neighborhoods in Transition High owner occupancy. 'Moderate to high quality construction/maintenance. Stable to slightly decreasing values. Losing ground as a desirable neighborhood. Declining Neighborhoods Decline in owner and long-term occupancy. Increasing rental. Conversion of single to multifamily. Moderate/poor quality construction/maintenance Declining values. Deteriorated structures. Not a first choice neighborhood. Deteriorated Neighborhoods More rental than ownership. Poor quality construction/maintenance. Many deteriorated structures, vacant homes and lots. Lowest property values. Neighborhood of last choice. Conversion to Non-Residential Use As above. City of Battle Creek Comprehensive Plan October 1997 Strategies Protect from non-compatible uses . Provide/enforce effective maintenance codes. Maintain infrastructure. Provide links to parks/open space system. All of the above strategies, plus: Expand low interest loan programs. Enforce building codes. Promote home purchase. Restrict conversions to multifamily. Register/regularly inspect of rental units. Organize/reinforce block clubs. All of the above, plus: Tax freeze/abatement on renovation/improvements. Bring tax delinquent homes to non-profits more quickly. Consider reverse equity program for seniors. Acquire key sites/lots for rehab, or demo and infill. Repair/resurface streets, sidewalks, lighting. Maintain/improve parks. All of the above, plus: More aggressive clearing of vacant Jots/structures. Strategic assembly of blocks for redevelopment. City-sponsored clean-up efforts. Consolidate or remove encroaching non-residential uses . Provide infrastructure improvements coordinated with redevelopment Clearance and assembly for redevelopment. Infrastructure improvements coordinated with redevelopment. Technical Report Page 5-15 �the specific development opportunities and constraints and the particular needs and existing character of the individual neighborhoods. Industrial. Industry should remain an important sector of the Battle Creek economy. The future land use plan allocates a substantial land area to industrial use to help ensure a viable industrial setting. 'Industrial uses include manufacturing production as well as research, design, engineering, administration and transport. The future land use plan fosters both new industrial development in or near established industrial parks, such as Fort Custer, and redevelopment of abandoned, brownfield sites, such as those just to the west and east of downtown. Industrial land uses are located in three primary areas on the future land use map. • • • East of the downtown between Business Loop 1-94 and Verona Road West of downtown, through the City of Springfield past Bedford Road The west portion of the city from the river on the north through the Interstate 94/Business Loop 94 (West Columbia Avenue) interchange on the south (known as the Fort Custer expansion area). These areas are suitable for industrial development because of existing railroad access, highway and airport access to the west portion of the city and availability of undeveloped land or previously developed industrial land for which municipal services are already in place. quality and to provide public access to the river banks. Other buffering corridors separate industrial areas from proposed and existing residential areas, such as south of Columbia Avenue west of Helmer Road. Industry is proposed as a suitable land use surrounding the airport due to the high noise levels associated with the flight patterns and because many industries benefit from a location close to airport facilities. The existing residential and commercial area located just north of 1-94 on West Columbia A venue has been retained on the future land use map. Depending on the timing and nature of new industrial development in the surrounding area, however, future review and re-evaluation of land use in this area may be warranted. The amount of land area illustrated on the future land use map for industrial use should be adequate well beyond 2020. A portion of the industrial area along Interstate 94 at the western edge of the city would not be eligible for extension of full urban services until industrial sites already served by urban services, or closer to them, are developed. Within the industrial areas, the City will seek to ensure the protection of air, soil and water quality. Where contamination already exists, the City will work in partnership with industry, state and federal agencies, Battle Creek Unlimited, Neighborhoods, Inc. and other nonprofits to prepare plans for cleanup and redevelopment. Redevelopment plans should include the identification and prioritization of sites for cleanup, needed infrastructure improvements, phasing of the The industrial areas nearest downtown are buffered from the river to protect water City of Battle Creek Comprehensive Plan October 1997 Technical Report Page 5-16 �steps and costs and responsibility for completion of the cleanup. The Planning Commission can support the redevelopment of these areas through appropriate zoning changes and capital improvements once redevelopment plans are in place. Commercial. Future commercial development should occur in compact clusters or planned centers throughout the 'city. On the Beckley Road corridor and along I-94, new commercial development is desired to capitalize on the strong regional market created by the interstate corridor, but only in defined locations. This will ensure that new development along I-94 does not undermine the viability of existing commercial areas, or commercial reinvestment, in other parts of the city or compromise the integrity of existing residential neighborhoods south of Beckley Road. Some of the city's commercial corridors are in decline either because there is not a sufficient number of nearby residents to support those businesses, or due to competition from new development elsewhere. Battle Creek wishes to encourage the redevelopment of those declining areas at the same time it capitalizes on the development potential of greenfield sites. The City will examine ways to encourage viable commercial redevelopment in declining commercial areas, including facade, sign, lighting and streetscape improvement programs; revision of the zoning code to permit a mix of uses, such as small commercial, neighborhood support, office and residential development in close proximity and by focusing infrastructure repairs and improvements in those areas. City of Battle Creek Comprehensive Plan October 1997 A diagram of existing commercial corridors classified by type (A - D) is presented in figure 5-7. Table 5-3 describes the typical conditions in each corridor classification and presents recommended strategies for · improvement. The City of Battle Creek can work with other business development agencies to assist property owners in other commercial areas in the city (such as Roosevelt and North Avenue, Dickman Road, and East Michigan Avenue near Union Street), to help maintain the commercial viability of those properties as necessary in the long term. The City should develop design guidelines for the different scales of commercial development, such as regional shopping centers, city-serving shopping clusters and neighborhood commercial service nodes. Design guidelines provide direction and ideas for property owners in fixing up their businesses to better attract customers and to contribute to an attractive cityscape. The City should also provide incentives and support for property owners to apply the guidelines. Mixed Use. While some mix of land uses is important to the vitality of the city and the viability of businesses, the City will need to examine its zoning ordinance to ensure that permitted uses do not encroach on another in a negative manner. The future land use map displays three areas that include residential and commercial land uses. These are: • Downtown Mixed Use. This area would continue to include restaurants, stores, hotels, private and public offices, educational institutions, entertainment, parking and open spaces. Residential development, especially above commercial/office uses is encouraged. Technical Report Page 5-17 �Figure 5-7 Older Commercial Corridors - Revitalization Strategies ~l ~0 ~ O -~ - ._I Morgan . .lf0 ~ J .. Gclhings A COMPREHENSIVE PLAN FOR THE CITY OF BATTLE CREEK Page 5-18 �Table 5-3 Older Commercial Corridor Types and Improvement Strategies Corridor Type/Characteristics Improvement Strate2ies All corridors Encourage coordinated parking and shared drives. Improve parking area screening. Screen/buffer adjacent residential. Improve visual appearance (facade, sign, streetscape improvements). Provide technical/financial assistance for facade and sign renovation. Establish agency responsible for coordinated marketing/business recruitment. Support formation of area business groups to coordinate public/private improvements. Type A (SW Capital, NE Capital at Emmet, W. Michigan) Limited parcel depth. Limited/insufficient off-street parking. Narrow building to curb dimension. Buildings in need of renovation mixed with housing. Type B (Urbandale) Newer construction; more rehab ; some renovation needed. Some converted residential units . Some limited depth parcels. Some insufficient off-street parking. Varied building to curb setbacks. Type C (Columbia Avenue) More generous parcel size; some smaller parcels. More consistent commercial use. More off-street parking; some parcels lack adequate parking. Larger building to ·curb setbacks. Difficult pedestrian access. Older buildings need updating. Uncoordinated signage and visual appearance. Redevelopment/land use compatibility issues near Goguac Lake. Type D (NE Capita/Avenue) Concentration of historic homes , churches. Large lots, deep setbacks. Limited off-street parking; parking conflicts with historic character. Conversions to non-residential use. Historic rehab and signage issues. City of Battle Creek Comprehensive Plan October 1997 Consolidate parcels, as needed, to improve redevelopment opportunities. Acquire/clear select properties to provide off-street parking. Consolidate parcels to improve redevelopment opportunities, as needed. Improve pedestrian crossing safety. Encourage shared parking. Improve pedestrian crossing safety. Encourage mixed-use redevelopment at Goguac Lake. Develop overlay zone for appropriate re-use of historic buildings. Technical Report Page 5-19 �• • Mixed-Use Corridor. A mixed-use corridor contains commercial, office and residential (most likely multi-family or high density residential) uses. Neighborhood Support Uses. These include convenience stores, gas stations, groceries, hardware, cafes, doctors, dentists and other small-sized facilities. _Where commercial land uses abut residential uses, adequate buffering standards should be adopted. It will be important that commercial uses not be permitted to incrementally expand into residential areas, diminishing the buffering effect or the integrity of the other uses. Between the Fort Custer Military Reserve and the Industrial Park, is the special area surrounding Harts Lake. This area should be developed as a mix of uses that includes recreational, entertainment, possibly a conference/training center and, if feasible, limited specialty retail and restaurant uses. The area is environmentally sensitive and has natural beauty. The City should ensure that those qualities are maintained. Agricultural. The agricultural area is located in the southwest portion of the City. In the 1990s, fallow undeveloped and actively farmed land still existed. Most of this area was not served by municipal sewer and water. Farming should continue to be permitted and encouraged until sewer, water and improved roads are available to accommodate more intensive land use. The agricultural area should serve as a type of land bank for the city into the future . At the projected rate of population growth, only a small part of the city's undeveloped land should be needed by the year 2020. The balance of the undeveloped southwest portion of the city should serve as the land City of Battle Creek Comprehensive Plan October 1997 resource beyond 2020. If it is developed according to trends in the 1990s, it could be developed in a piecemeal fashion, at low density and long before 2020. If that were to occur, the city would run out of developable land, and would face the prospect of stagnation or costly redevelopment. It would also miss the opportunity to provide new urban living opportunities to thousands of new residents. The City should not provide sewer and water service to this agricultural area until land adjacent to already developed areas is utilized for new residential, and to a small extent, for new commercial and industrial purposes. In the meantime, the land should continue to be used for agriculture and very low density residential use (about one dwelling unit per 40 acres). Some portion (but not all) of the agricultural zone could be permitted to be developed as low density residential, with one to two dwelling units per acre (see figure 5-8). This should occur only in areas suitable for septic systems and wells and not easily serviced by sewer and water. This density is insufficient to support extension of sewer and water without a subsidy by other City residents. The City should obtain the development rights to open space corridors and sensitive environmental lands within this area as soon as feasible, so that when future development does occur, it will be possible to create extensions of the linear park cost effectively to link recreation features. Technical Report Page 5-20 �Figure 5-8 Cluster Residential Development Option in Proposed Agricultural Zone Cluster Residential - - - - - - - . . 10 dwelling units on 1 acre lots ,.,. Remainder of Land Available for Future Development I t ------·--- 100 Acre Parcel • 2.5 Dwelling Units Allowable with Proposed Agricultural Zoning (1 dwelling unit/40 acres) · • Up to 10 Dwelling Units Allowed as Cluster Residential Development, with Special Use Permit (1 dwelling unit/10 acres, clustered on one acre lots) A COMPREHENSNE PLAN FOR THE CITY OF BATTLE CREEK Page 5-1 ! �More Detailed Planning and Plan Revisions The future land use map and plan recommendations provide a conceptual level of detail. It is important for citizens to understand them at a general level to see the relationship of the parts to the whole, without getting sidetracked in the details of one neighborhood, street or block. However, more detailed subarea and 'functional plans should be prepared that expand upon this Comprehensive Plan and are consistent with it, so that various approaches to implementation can be proposed and evaluated. The process of developing refinements to the Comprehensive Plan should be open to different stakeholder groups and the general citizenry, so that an understanding of proposals can be developed and the refinements can be molded to fit citizen needs. Given different population and job growth projections, application of the same principles and concepts which are the foundation of this Plan could lead to different land use arrangements. However, these differences would relate more to the extent of particular land uses rather than to their location or relationships to adjoining uses. For example, if a large mixed-use development (e.g., 400 single-family dwelling units plus some commercial) were built near the city or if a large single employer (e.g., an auto manufacturing facility) decided to locate in or near Battle Creek, it would be necessary to re-examine the land use arrangements in this plan. Similarly, the plan would require reexamination if the City of Springfield and one or more adjacent townships wanted to develop a joint, regional plan. Likewise, because of changing conditions, it is crucial City of Battle Creek Comprehensive Plan October 1997 that the plan be reviewed and updated at least once each five years to insure its continued relevance in planning for future land use needs. · ZONING PLAN The Battle Creek Zoning Ordinance has and will continue to serve as the principal dayto-day regulatory tool in guiding land use change. However, this Plan will serve as the new legal basis for an updated Zoning Ordinance. This section outlines changes to the Zoning Ordinance needed to implement the goals, objectives, policies and future land use map. In addition, more specific neighborhood, park and recreation, commercial corridor and capital improvement plans will be prepared over time and adopted as Plan refinements. These refinements should also be reflected in future modifications to the Zoning Ordinance. Relationship of the Comprehensive Plan to the Zoning Ordinance A zoning map typically reflects the existing arrangement of land uses in a community. In contrast, the Comprehensive Plan focuses on the desired land use pattern for 20-30 years into the future. The zoning map should be based on the Plan and amended incrementally to achieve the recommended future pattern of land use. The timing of zoning change is dictated by the characteristics defined by the Plan's policies as prerequisites. These usually relate to the availability of utilities and the adequacy of road conditions in the area. Zoning maps do not always recognize or support the continuance of every existing land use in a community. Differences between an existing land use and a zoning district are usually the result of one oftwo Technical Report Page 5-22 �reasons. If the present use of a property is incompatible with other uses in the vicinity, the community can use zoning, to prevent additional incompatible development. In undeveloped areas and areas planned for, or in need of, redevelopment, communities sometimes zone land for the desired future use as an incentive to encourage that use to be established. Sometimes, this approach _can result in overzoning an area. "Overzoning" means more vacant or undeveloped land is provided in a zoning classification than can be developed within a reasonable time frame. Overzoning usually leads to scattered development and demands for services which cannot be met cost effectively because development is too spread out. Industrial Use. The current Battle Creek zoning map arguably overzones for industrial uses. The practical effect, however, has not been negative because the utilities necessary to serve this large area on the city's west side are not available-although they are planned to be provided. This extensive industrial zone has also served notice as to the City's plan for this area. There has long been broad public support for extensive industrial use on the west side. Moreover, it is anticipated that the job needs of the entire metropolitan area (not just those of Battle Creek) will be met in this area. Thus, overzoning of land for industrial purposes in this area has been a prudent and rational public policy which this Plan supports. Agricultural Use. In contrast, allowing a large number of low density single-family homes in an agricultural zone is another form of overzoning that usually has negative impacts. It allows residential development in an area whose principal permitted use City of Battle Creek Comprehensive Plan October 1997 (agricultural operations) is often incompatible with the quiet use and enjoyment of residences. This type of overzoning also results in the premature conversion of farmland into lots too small to - farm, but too big to be served cost effectively by public sewer and water lines (unless those costs are disproportionately carried by existing residents, rather than the benefiting land owners). In addition, the total number of dwellings that can be developed in an area is reduced and an inefficient land use pattern typically results. This drives up the cost of housing and often lowers potential tax revenues from this land. Staging Strategy In order for a zoning map (which focuses on the present) to be linked to a Comprehensive Plan (which focuses on the future), a strategy for the staging of land use change must be described. The mapable dimensions of this strategy have already been presented in figure 5-4. The goals, objectives and policies on which this land use plan is based have also been presented in Chapter 4. The basic dimensions of the staging strategy are summarized below. The staging strategy focuses on land use changes in the rural southwest part of the City over the next 20 to 25 years. (Although improvements for older neighborhoods, commercial corridors and downtown will also be implemented over time, most of these improvements are not tied to major infrastructure investments as the infrastructure is already in place.) This strategy the incremental expansion of public utilities and other urban services to facilitate private real estate development at densities that can be served cost effectively. Stated another way, the strategy seeks to avoid the negative impacts of scattered rural Technical Report Page 5-23 �residential development on large lots which, if extensive, would preclude the highest and best use of large parts of this area for decades to come and prevent orderly growth to accommodate a wide range of new job and housing opportunities. The staging strategy is based on the following policies: • Encourage new development in most undeveloped areas of the city at densities sufficient to support the cost-effective extension of public sewer and water, transit, police, fire, ambulance, and other services already provided to developed areas of the city. • Sanitary sewer, storm water and water line extensions shall be made in increments according to the stages established in this Plan (as depicted in figure 5-4) and implemented according to the annually updated capital improvement program. Extension of utility lines or enlargement of the service area sooner than provided in this Plan will occur only when the full costs thereof are borne by the benefiting property owners and/or some great public benefit would result (like major permanent net job creation) by providing service to an area earlier than planned. Great public benefit will include the creation of a proportionate number of new jobs as it relates to the public investment required for those jobs. It will not include the relocation of existing jobs from one site to another within the city limits. Initially there City of Battle Creek Comprehensive Plan October 1997 • • shall be areas of the city with full urban services and other areas with partial urban services. It is anticipated that all undeveloped areas of the city (as its boundaries existed in 1997) will have main line sewer and water nearby by the year 2022. The City Public Works Department will establish and maintain level of service standards for water, sanitary sewer and storm sewer line extension or modification, in order to ensure that total quality service meeting minimum standards will be available throughout the city and in all areas serviced by agreement outside the city. The City Public Works Department will establish and maintain level of service standards for road extension, improvement or modification, and for access from public or private roads to abutting property, to ensure that quality roads meeting minimum standards will be available throughout the city. Once these level of service standards have been prepared, the Zoning Ordinance should be amended to include them. The zoning map should also be amended incrementally to accommodate the planned expansion of the urbanized portion of the City of Battle Creek. In the first phase, to the year 2020, public water and sewer will be extended down Stone Jug Road to Gethings Road, then east to Helmer Road, then south on Helmer to Watkins Road and east on Watkins Road Technical Report PageS-24 �(see figures 5-10 and 5-11). Future phases would extend service west on Watkins Road and south on Stone Jug Road, south on Helmer to Beckley Road and then west on Beckley to the western city limits. The actual timing of infrastructure improvements will depend on many factors, including the robustness of the economy, rate of population increase, market demand for new homes and businesses, financing availability, 'and whether the City pays for all of the costs involved or whether the private sector pays for most of the costs in order to speed the process. It is likely, given the economic track record of Michigan, that the staging will occur in spurts, rather than as a smooth progression. Also, unusual opportunities, such as a state grant, or major private financing of improvements in a particular area may result in extensions in some areas sooner than anticipated in this Plan. The City will use a six-year capital improvement programming process, with annual updates, to program more precisely the extension of utilities, roadway improvements and other public services into these areas. It is expected that all the undeveloped land in the southwestern part of the city will ultimately be made more valuable by the implementation of this Plan, but it is also recognized that some areas will be limited to less intensive uses for a longer time period than others. For that reason, some of the changes to the Zoning Ordinance described in this section (such as cluster development in the agricultural zone) will permit a more intensive use of a limited amount of land earlier than would be most cost effective to service, in order to provide those landowners with an opportunity to City of Battle Creek Comprehensive Plan October 1997 capture significant development value earlier than if they had to wait until full urban services were available. Persons living in the rural southwestern part · of the City of Battle Creek today can expect to enjoy that rural character for some time. However, they should be aware that the eventual expansion of public utilities and full urban services into this area will ultimately result in the conversion of most of the agricultural land into urban development. However, this Plan recommends that extensive linked open spaces and sensitive natural areas be preserved as new development occurs. Agricultural and Rural Residential. The following agricultural and rural residential zoning recommendations relate to implementing the staging plan in the rural southwestern part of the City: 1. Retain areas currently zoned and used as agricultural for agricultural purposes and prevent premature conversion to other uses that would preclude eventual development at urban densities when adequate public services are made available. 2. Parcels that are currently under 15 acres in size within the agricultural zone should be placed into a new R-lRL zoning district. This new district would have a 10-acre minimum lot size to recognize the present size and shape of these parcels and their limited utility for agricultural purposes. 3. Drop the current "by right" minimum lot size of 1 dwelling unit per acre in the Agricultural Zone and replace it with a minimum lot size of 1 dwelling unit per 40 acres. This land should be incrementally rezoned into a more Technical Report Page 5-25 �intensive use district consistent with the future land use plan, once public sewer and water are available to the area. 4. Permit clustered residential development by special use permit in the Agricultural Zone at a gross density of one dwelling unit per 10 acres of the parent parcel (see figure 5-8). The actual size of the lots created would be set by the minimum allowable by the Public Health Department in order to accommodate a septic system, but would not be permitted to be greater than 1 acre. This will allow the land owner some greater development value than one dwelling unit per 40 acres, while retaining the bulk of the parcel for later development (at densities as high as an average of 4 dwelling units/acre) once sewer and water are available. 5. The Single-Family Rural Zone (R-lR) should not be expanded in the rural southwest except to include existing lots already fitting its dimensional characteristics. Commercial. The following zoning recommendations relate to expanded commercial use on Helmer Road both north and south I-94: 1. Do not rezone additional land along I-94 for commercial uses except where consistent with this Comprehensive Plan. 2. Areas zoned for commercial use (C-6 Highway Interchange) south of I-94 at the time of adoption of this Plan are recognized to have been prematurely zoned for intensive business use since no public sewer or water is now available to the area and connecting streets are inadequate to accommodate the level of traffic associated with commercial uses permitted in the C-6 (or related) business zones. However, in order to permit City of Battle Creek Comprehensive Plan October 1997 some business use of these lands prior to the provision of public sewer and water, consideration should be given to creation of an overlay zone which would permit development of a subset of the uses allowed in the underlying zone that do not require public sewer and water and improved roads. The full range of business uses and intensity of use permitted in the underlying commercial zone would be permitted once public sewer and water were available to the site. At that point, the overlay zone would be removed. It may not be necessary to create the overlay zone, since the absence of public water and sewer is already having the effect of limiting more intensive business use in this area. However, if too many low intensity business uses are developed prior to the availability of public water and sewer service, the economic potential of the area will be underutilized and important additions to the tax base will be lost. The adoption of an overlay zone will make a clearer public statement of intent. The following are zoning recommendations related to expanded commercial use on Beckley Road: 1. Prevent rezoning of additional land along I-94 for commercial uses except where consistent with this Comprehensive Plan. 2. Expand development within the existing commercial zoning west on the Beckley Road corridor, only when all necessary utilities and other public services are available and not prior to a demonstrated need for the additional commercial land. (Underutilized retail space in the Lakeview Square Mall and the number of vacant storefronts on older commercial corridors suggest that the Technical Report Page 5-26 �possibility exists for overdevelopment of retail use on the Beckley Road corridor in 1997. As a result, further extension of commercial zoning on Beckley Road is not recommended at this time.) • Schedule of Regulations: Height, area, bulk and related dimensional regulations Table 5-4 depicts the current dimensional requirements of all existing zones in the 'Battle Creek Zoning Ordinance. With the exception of the proposed change to the minimum lot size in Agricultural Zone (AG) described above and the addition of the RlRL zone, no additional changes are proposed. However, it may be desirable to consolidate some of the residential zones if doing so will not create a large number of nonconforming uses. None of the important qualifying footnotes found in the Zoning Ordinance for the dimensional standards listed in table 5-4 are included with the table. Thus, the Ordinance should be consulted for additional detail. In addition, text with strikethrough are standards proposed to be deleted and text in italics are new standards (or zones) to be added. Other Techniques and Relationship to Zoning A variety of techniques not currently used, or only used in a limited capacity in the Battle Creek Zoning Ordinance may have value in the implementation of various strategies in this Plan. The Planning Department will examine each of these techniques and propose their use where appropriate as part of a comprehensive update to the Zoning Ordinance. • Overlay zones to implement detailed subarea plans (corridor, neighborhoods, etc.) • Use of floor area ratio' s (FAR) to preserve more open space in commercial, office multi-family and open space development • • • City of Battle Creek Comprehensive Plan October 1997 • • • • • • • • Extended buffer area provisions along streams, creeks and drainage ways Conservation easements Purchase of development rights (of key farm and wooded land for permanent open space protection) Woodlot protection regulations Affordable housing incentives Incentives to encourage compatible adaptive reuse of older structures Historic preservation districts Access controls Impact analysis methodologies Infrastructure service districts (urban and partial services) Infrastructure level of service standards Any of the following techniques if authorized by the Legislature: • Full concurrency regulations • Transfer of development rights • Official maps • Development agreements • Interjurisdictional project impact review on large scale projects Other techniques that involve local regulations, but which are not a part of zoning regulations may also be of value to update and/or adopt, these include: enhanced housing code enforcement, property maintenance regulations and the preparation of design guidelines. It is also important to note that this Plan includes the following key policy regarding the relationship of this Plan to the Zoning Ordinance: Technical Report Page 5-27 �r ( ( Table 5-4 City of Battle Creek Schedule of Regulations District Minimum Lot Area Wtft± Width of Lot Front Yard (ft.) (ft.) Maximum Percent of Side Yard (ft.) Rear Yard (ft.) Building Coverage Maximum Stories Maximum Height (ft.) AG Agricultural -8-;56640acres -l-50300 35 to dwelling only No limitations 2-ln 35 R-IRL Single -Family Rural Large Lot JO acres 300 35 to dwelling only No limitations 2-112 35 R-IR Single-Family Rural 30,000 sq. ft. 120 35 15 35 No limitations 2-1/2 35 R-IA Single-Family 15,000 sq. ft. 100 40 10 35 30 2-1/2 35 R-IB Single-Family 1,500 sq. ft. 60 30 8 35 30 2-1/2 35 30 2-1n 35 2-1/2 R-IC Single-Family 5,000 sq . .ft. 50 25 6 30 R-2 Two-Family 5,000 sq. ft. 60 25 5 25 25 R-3A Multiple Dwelling 5,000 sq. ft. 60 25 5 25 25 R-3B 60 Multiple Dwelling 2,900 sq. ft. 25 5 25 25 MDMF Medium Density Multiple 4,356 sq. ft. 35 20 20 30 HDMF High Density Multiple 2,170 sq. ft. 30 20 35 85 85 4 45 20 30 4 45 0-1 Office Same as in R-3A District 30 20 40 2 30 C-1 Neighborhood Commercial Same as in R-3A District 25 20 40 2 30 C-2 General Business Same as in R-3A District 20 15 No limitations 3 45 C-3 Intensive Business Same as in R-3B District 20 15 No limitations 3 45 Same as in R-3A District C-4 Central Business No limitations No limitation C-5 Planned Shopping See Chapter 1268 35 20 20 No limitations 2 50 C-6 Highway Interchange See Chapter 1270 35 20 20 No limitations 3 45 1-1 Light Industrial Same as in R-3A District 25 25 No limitations No limitation 1-2 Heavy Industrial Same as in R-3A District 25 25 No limitations No limitation City of Battle Creek Comprehensive Pla11 October 1997 No limitations Tech11ical Report Page 5-28 �• The Planning Commission will not propose any rezoning or support the issuance of any special permit or PURD that is not consistent with this adopted Comprehensive Plan. If review of the proposal justifies a change to this Plan, then the Planning Commission will first process a change to this Plan before taking final action on the zoning request. FUTURE INFRASTRUCTURE PLAN The investment decisions made concerning new and improved infrastructure are one of the City's greatest responsibilities and its most effective tool in guiding future private development to achieve the vision underlying the Comprehensive Plan. Safe and healthy drinking water and sewage disposal, as well as safe and convenient transportation access, are core elements of the city's infrastructure. Transit, police and fire protection, and solid waste disposal are other essential services that protect the public health, safety and general welfare. This section summarizes the key recommendations of the Comprehensive Plan concerning public infrastructure and other key public services. (See Chapter 2 for background information on the current status of each of the infrastructure and public services elements.) Because the character and feasibility of land development is directly impacted by the extent to which urban public services are available, the future infrastructure plan works hand-in-hand with the future land use plan and is a critical element of the Comprehensive Plan. The future infrastructure plan is based on the principle that new development should occur concurrent with or after the public services necessary to serve it are in place. It is the specific intent of the future infrastructure City of Battle Creek Comprehensive Plan October 1997 plan to minimize premature development on land that lacks adequate infrastructure. Stated another way, land outside the defined urban services area cannot accommodate intensive commercial or industrial development, or significant high density residential development, before the year 2020 because public water and sewer, improved roads and better police, fire and ambulance service are not planned to be available before then. If those services are available earlier, then more intensive development of those lands would be feasible earlier. Two levels of public service currently exist: 1) the older established part of the city where a full range of urban services is available (i.e., the Urban Services District) and 2) an area, largely in the undeveloped southwest part of the city, where only partial urban services are presently available. Full urban services means that public sewer, water and storm drains are accessible to most property; that paved major roads are nearby and of sufficient size and capacity to meet the demand of adjacent land uses, that police, fire and ambulance response times are as quick, and that other public services (e.g. solid waste disposal, park and recreation facilities, etc.) are as readily available, in the newly developed parts of the city in 2020 as they are in the older urbanized parts of the city in 1997. Private services like electricity, natural gas, telephone, cable TV and other utilities are also presumed to be available concurrent with the introduction of full public services in an area. A full understanding of the following descriptions of proposed infrastructure improvements requires an understanding of the relevant goals, objectives and policies in Chapter 4, as well as reference to the map Technical Report Page 5-29 �illustrations in this chapter. The need for many of these improvements originates in future land use changes illustrated in figure 5-4. Transportation The roads, streets and bridges component of the future infrastructure plan seeks to assure that land development does not occur prematurely or in a manner which will sacrifice the public health, safety, and welfare due to inadequate roadway infrastructure. It is also intended to meet long-standing improvement needs and facilitate planned economic development. Improvements to pedestrian, nonmotorized, rail and air services are also described in this section. Each type of transportation improvement is intended to complement the others in helping to realize the vision underlying this plan. Roads, Streets and Bridges. The current system of roads and streets .in the city has evolved over more than 100 years into a complex web of interconnected elements. In the older, denser parts of the city, this web is more complete and provides a wider range of options for reaching any given destination than in the newer, generally less dense portions of the city. Many points of congestion and some areas presenting safety issues are the focus of current improvement projects. The Business Loop 94 improvement project is one which will significantly improve safe and convenient access to and through downtown from I-94 while also eliminating several key points of congestion. Although property acquisition for this project is complete, state funding for construction is not available as of this writing. Figure 5-9 illustrates road, street and bridge improvement projects on the Battle Creek City of Battle Creek Comprehensive Plan October 1997 Area Transportation Study (BCATS) list of priority projects to the year 2015 (and not already underway or completed). While these projects are generally consistent with the future land use plan, it is important to -note that the anticipated BCATS update should consider changes in land use, development density and phasing proposed in this Plan in forecasting future traffic volumes and improvement needs. Many of these changes are necessary to address the generally poor north/south circulation west of the central area. In addition, as new development occurs, new roadway construction will be required, especially in the southwest portion of the community. As proposed improvement projects are completed, the functional classification of a number of roadways will be modified (see figure 5-10). The following functional reclassifications of roadways and roadway improvements are proposed. • Once the BL-94/Dickman Road Extension is completed, E. Michigan A venue from Division to the new Dickman Road/BL 94 intersection will be downgraded from a state trunkline to minor arterial. • Hubbard will be redesignated as a collector to handle additional traffic from Morgan Road and north side Townships to downtown/I-94. • North Washington (north of Goodale) will also be designated as a collector for the same reason. • Michigan Avenue downtown will be redesignated as a collector. • West Columbia Avenue will be reclassified as a major arterial from Helmer Road to Skyline. Technical Report Page 5-30 �t) ~ ..c:: t: 0 z 0 '•. 'I ~ vi "' Legend : r·· u.l Improvements to Existing Roads - - - Proposed Roads, Phase I .. _____ __ Verona Rd. Proposed Roads, Phase II 0 e © 1 --,._..I I ... ~ \ Gethi (additional turn lanes, etc.) Bridge Repairs/Improvements Improvements to 1-94 Overpasses .JJ· ' -0 I Intersection Improvements s •• B Drive N •• • =o0 Figure 5-9 --~ '"""\. ~ -------- G .J Proposed Transportation Improvements .i:::Q J 0 1/2 Mile I Mile i'il!liiCIL-jfi-JIDSI r-·1.-:·, .. _ B Drive S 2 Miles 1 Johnson Johnson & Roy/inc Planning and Zoning Center, inc. WJSchroer Company J ... A COMPREHENSIVE PLAN FOR THE CITY OF BATTLE CREEK Page 5-31 �~~ c,.:, r OF ,. •• c.i ~ • .c • • • •• • t:: 0 z Legend === Interstate - - - State Trunkline • • • • Principal Arterial - - - - Minor Arterial • • • • • • • Collector - - - Local Street 1 • I Fort Custer Military Reserve - - @ -:!' -.... Proposed Roads Road Improvements and/or Classification Beyond 2020 C\ ' Note: Existing (1997) road classifications are shown for Rights of Way outside of current City Limits. Future re-classification of these roads may be necessary. :=zl.✓2 O)& Mile 1 M.illlle:!l:il~~2~Mil~ B Drive S l~ ~ Figure 5-10 Proposed Thoroughfare Plan Johnson Johnson & Roy/inc Planning and Zoning Center, inc. WJSchroer Company A COMPREHENSIVE PLAN FOR THE CITY OF BATTLE CREEK PageS-31 �• • • • • • • • • Beckley Road will be reclassified as a major arterial from Capital A venue to the eastern city limits. Helmer Road will remain a minor arterial until upgraded (about 2007) when it is reclassified as a major arterial. Consideration should be given to a boulevard design with extensive trees planting to compensate for mature trees which are likely to be lost to accommodate a wider roadway. Improvement of Helmer Road should be scheduled concurrent with the extension of public sewer and water into the area. I-94 interchange improvements at Helmer Road will also be needed before improvements on Helmer Road south to Beckley occur (see figure 5-8). Interchange 92 on I-94 at the western entrance to the City will require improvement concurrent with expanded industrial development in the area. Renton Road will ultimately need to be upgraded to a minor arterial to serve future industrial uses in this area; both the rail crossing and the intersection with West Columbia Avenue will also need improvement. Watkins Road will require upgrading to serve as a collector from Renton to Minges (and connecting to SW Capital via the existing road/service drive parallel to I-94). Minges Road (south of I-94) will be upgraded to a collector from Helmer to Sonoma. Stone Jug and Gethings Roads will be upgraded to collectors (north of I-94). In the longer-term future, new local streets will need to be constructed in the southwest part of the City (both north and south of I-94). A generalized pattern is shown on figure 5- 9. The actual design should be defined as additional development takes place in the area and City of Battle Creek Comprehensive Plan October 1997 • • • the necessary location of future water and sewer lines is better known. Helmer Road south of Beckley to the southern city limits will need to be improved once significant development west of Helmer occurs. Ultimately, GlenCross Road should be extended east to 6 Mile as more development occurs in this area. South Minges should be extended from 48th (in Kalamazoo County) to 6 Mile (and connecting to Carver Road) as development occurs in this area. Additional new major arterials (perhaps to become a part of the State trunk.line system) might be needed in the longer term future a few miles from the north, south and east sides of the city. These future roadways (not illustrated in figure 5-9) should be the focus of interjurisdictional planning efforts within the next decade to identify the most appropriate route locations and record them on an official map, even if no right-of-way acquisition occurs. Otherwise, it is likely that development will occur on property needed for a future road corridor. The City may want to actively support right-of-way preservation legislation being prepared (as this Plan was written) by the Michigan Department of Transportation in order to facilitate long-range planning and right-ofway acquisition of this sort. Separate corridor plans, prepared subsequent to the adoption of the Comprehensive Plan, should be prepared to evaluate road and street improvements in greater detail as they relate to particular land use changes and properties along key corridors. Once Technical Report Page 5-33 �prepared and adopted by the Planning Commission, these corridor plans will become a part of this Comprehensive Plan. area where existing roads are inadequate to accommodate the new traffic that would be generated. Affected property owners in the corridor, neighborhood groups and all appropriate city departments (and adjoining units of government in some cases) should be involved in the preparation of the corridor _plans. These corridor plans should include recommendations for improvements to enhance safety (such as closing unnecessary driveways), reduce congestion, improve traffic flow, improve pedestrian and bicycle movement, improve the safety and convenience of transit stops and enhance the visual quality of the corridor (through landscaping and related design changes). Where the corridor serves as a gateway to the city, visual character improvements should receive additional attention. At a minimum, corridor plans should be prepared for Columbia Road, Michigan A venue, Beckley Road, Helmer Road, Dickman Road, North Avenue and Bedford Road. Pedestrian and Non-Motorized. As road - improvement projects and new developments are planned and approved, every effort should be made to continue to ensure an efficient and pleasant bicycle and pedestrian system is provided that safely connects residential areas with most desired destinations. A separate effort should be initiated to plan an integrated bicycle and pedestrian path system that links major activity areas to the existing 16-mile linear park system. Once a trail plan is prepared and adopted by the Planning Commission, it will become a part of the Comprehensive Plan. Each year, specific road improvements consistent with the Comprehensive Plan should be included in the annual capital budget, along with other priority infrastructure improvements proposed for the following five years. The City Public Works Department should establish and maintain level of service standards for road extension, improvement or modification, and for access from public or private roads to abutting property, to ensure that quality roads meeting minimum standards will be available throughout the city. These standards should be used in all corridor plans, and applied to any improvement project proposed for inclusion in the capital improvement program. A concurrency standard should also be adopted that precludes intensive new development in any City of Battle Creek Comprehensive Plan October 1997 Linear park connections south to Beckley Road should receive priority. As the opportunity is presented, links to the KalHaven Trail and to the County bike route system (currently under study) should also be implemented. The future land use pattern (figure 5-4) and policies related to nonmotorized transportation options and the linear park should be used to guide future pedestrian and nonmotorized improvements. Transit. While only a small proportion of the population utilizes Battle Creek's existing mass transit system, the current riders (approximately 1,500 a day) are dependent on the service -- often with no other transportation alternative. Future road improvements on main corridors should anticipate transit needs and, where feasible, make special provisions for them (e.g. spaces for buses to stop outside of traffic lanes). Efforts should continue to encourage transit use and improve transit opportunities. Technical Report Page 5.34 �One of the greatest contributions the land use plan can make towards that goal is to encourage higher density development along the major arterials. Accordingly, zoning regulations should be periodically reviewed to identify what changes could be made to help achieve this goal. Rail. Passenger and freight rail service are expected to continue to play an important role in the future of the City of Battle Creek. The City should continue to strongly support the provision of high speed rail service between Chicago and Detroit (with a stop in Battle Creek) and place a high priority on improvements necessary to accommodate it (such as station upgrades and both at-grade crossing and grade separated crossing upgrades). The City should also continue to make improvements on major thoroughfares to alleviate existing traffic tie-ups caused by at-grade rail crossings. This may involve construction of overpasses, underpasses, rail abandonment, or rail relocation, where feasible and desirable. Grade-separated crossings related to high speed passenger rail have been recommended for 20th Street, Helmer Road/S. Bedford Road, and Clark Road/Custer Drive. The timing and necessity for these improvements will depend on how quickly high speed rail becomes a reality, exactly where the line will run, and the cost. Other improvements will likely be necessary related to rail freight service including: ensuring bridges have adequate double-stack car clearance, coexistence of freight with high speed passenger service and abandonment of spurs and existing lines. These and related issues should be addressed through the preparation of a rail plan. Once prepared and adopted by the Planning Commission, the rail plan will become a part of this Comprehensive Plan. City of Battle Creek Comprehensive Plan October 1997 Air. The City should continue to work closely with Battle Creek Unlimited and the Airport Authority in the planning and implementation of airport improvements. These are currently embodied in the Airport · Master Plan, which is periodically updated. The Planning Commission should review the Airport Master Plan, and as long as it remains consistent with the Comprehensive Plan, adopt it as a part of this Comprehensive Plan. For its part, the Planning Commission will periodically examine the zoning of lands on and around the W. K. Kellogg Airport to ensure flexibility in siting appropriate uses and compatibility with abutting uses, to prevent development on land adjacent to the airport that is incompatible with airport noise contours, and to promote development and use consistent with the recommendations of the adopted Airport Master Plan. Sewer and Water The sewer and water component of the future infrastructure plan provides guidance on the provision of public sewer and water facilities in conformance with the future land use plan and in the interest of the community's health, safety, and public welfare. Since most vacant land in the city (and on abutting lands) are characterized by soils which present limitations to septic systems, or which pose threats of groundwater contamination if intensively used for septic waste, high density development of these lands will require public sewer and water. Sewer. Figure 5-11 illustrates the location of proposed future sewer lines in the city. Expansion is proposed as a phased process. The first phase, to the year 2020, includes extending sewer lines down Stone Jug Road to Gethings Road, then east to Helmer Road; then south on Helmer Road to Watkins Road Technical Report Page 5-35 �··-··7 Legend: Main Interceptor ~1] I, /!>-41 ~ .• i :>_. ..... (?.''~ , Existing Sewer Line • ___ _ ••••• uI I 8" Waste Water Treatment Plant Proposed Sewer Extensions to Year 2020 Urban Services ·Boundary to Year2020 C0 0 ,J 'I ,JI 1-94 n Drive N ·. ...... <-:-:"\ ~ j "' ,-::-~- \ @ = . '' 0 1/2 M ile I Mile j lB Dri ve S, A COMP REHEN SIVE PLAN FO R ::-HE CITY OF BATTLE CREEK Figure 5-11 Proposed Sanitary Sewer Extensions to 2020 2 Miles l Johnson Johnson & Roy/inc, Planning and Zoning Cente r, inc WJSchroer Cornp,111y Page 5-36 �and then east on Watkins Road. Future phases would extend service west on Watkins Road and south on Stone Jug Road, south on Helmer Road to Beckley Road and then west on Beckley to the western city limits. Various small spurs will also be extended off each of these major lines to connect new subdivisions and commercial developments. Generally speaking, in order for sewer and water lines to be economically extended into an area (without existing users subsidizing the cost of new users), the majority of development must average at least four residential tap-ins per acre. This requires staging the improvements so that the City and existing users do not have to underwrite large expenses in advance of demand. It also ensures that adequate user fees will be available to pay for maintenance. It is not anticipated that any new sewer lagoons will be needed at the wastewater treatment plant during the planning period. If they are, it will likely be because of additional industrial demand to process heavy loads of organic waste. New lagoons do not pose an engineering problem as adequate space is available. However, the addition of larger mains (or replacement of existing lines with larger capacity mains) to service current major sewer users may pose greater difficulties. Water. Figure 5-12 illustrates the location of proposed water line extensions. The phasing of water line extensions will parallel that of the sewer lines described above, although the actual alignments are somewhat different. No new wells, water towers or other water storage devices are anticipated to be needed within the planning period. If they are City of Battle Creek Comprehensive Plan October 1997 needed, it will most likely be to replace a contaminated water well. There is adequate groundwater availability to meet future needs even if some additional water wells are closed. Current cleanup efforts may · result in the ability at some time to reopen some wells that are presently off-line. Stormwater Management As the permeable soils and vegetated landscape which absorb and slow storm runoff are removed and land surface is covered by buildings, parking lots and other impermeable surfaces, the quantity of stormwater runoff increases. Unless specific preventive measures are taken, these changes in surface conditions encourage increases in runoff flow, flood risk, soil erosion, sedimentation and pollution of area water resources. Although these conditions originate from site-specific circumstances, their impact can extend to the entire community (and communities beyond, if within the same watershed), threatening the public health, safety, and welfare. Effective stormwater management programs can, on the other hand, minimize flood and erosion risk and ensure that the quality of runoff which is collected and ultimately discharged into the watershed system (streams, rivers, wetlands, lakes, etc.) is satisfactory. Though stormwater management should be a concern of all communities (and increasingly is because of Federal and State regulations), the extensive river, creek and wetland system in Battle Creek presents important opportunities for natural system accommodation of stormwater, if floodplains. wetlands, streams and stream bank vegetation are preserved. As new development occurs, it will be very important to preserve floodplains, wetlands, natural drainageways and existing Technical Report Page 5-37 �1i ~012" Legend: -·a ' Existing Water Main Existing Wellfield Location • Existing Pumping Station ---- Existing Reservoir Tank • a•<t•o Proposed Water Main Extensions to Year 2020 Urban Services Boundary to Year 2020 ( ,, .JJ 1-9-1 Il Drive N \ Figure 5-12 Proposed Water Extensions to 2020 I ........ 0 1/2 Mile I Mile ] ( l B Drive S, A COMP REHENSIVE PLAN FOR THE CITY OF BATTLE CREEK 2 Mi les Johnson Johnson & Roy/inc, Planning Rnd Zoning Center, Inc WJSchrocr Company Page 5-38 �vegetation to minimize the volume of stormwater which must be accommodated in storm sewer lines. In addition, the following guidelines can assist in adequately controlling the quality and quantity of stormwater runoff associated with the introduction of new development. • Proposed new development should not be permitted if and where the level of service currently provided by existing stormwater management infrastructure and/or existing drainage patterns would be decreased, unless necessary improvements to such infrastructure or natural drainage are first made. • The current level of service may vary from one site to another but will be generally defined as the rate, quantity, and quality of predevelopment stormwater runoff. • All new and existing land uses must comply with all City, County, State, and Federal regulations regarding stormwater management and soil erosion. • All proposed and existing land uses located on sites with slopes of 12% or greater shall take and maintain aggressive measures to inhibit the erosion of soils and sedimentation. FUTURE PUBLIC FACILITIES/SERVICES Other public services, such as police and fire protection and general government services (for example, tax assessment, code administration and governance services) are also important to overall quality of life. As the community grows, so does the need to extend police, fire protection to more individuals, families, and properties. City of Battle Creek Comprehensive Plan October 1997 Similarly, as the demand for these services increase, so does the need for services administration and the need for property and buildings from which these services are administered. Police Department The Battle Creek Police Department operates primarily out of its downtown headquarters adjacent to City Hall. Deficiencies exist in parking and evidence storage space at this facility. The Police Department will lose its storage space in 1997 when a building adjacent to the headquarters is torn down. This site may be used to expand public parking. A plan to provide both adequate parking and evidence storage should be developed, however. Satellite police facilities are located throughout the city at leased or donated locations. These satellite facilities enable the Police Department to have a greater presence in the neighborhoods. The construction of new satellite police facilities has not been formally proposed. Fire Department The City maintains fire stations in locations throughout Battle Creek. The desirable spacing of these facilities is one and one-half miles apart, depending upon natural or manmade barriers. A planned evaluation of Fire Department space and facility needs was on hold in 1997 due to a change in personnel in the position of Fire Chief. Road improvements through the center of the city (which would require alterations or demolition of buildings) is the primary factor likely to require a change in facilities. While new development would likely lead to a need for a new fires stations, removing long-time barriers, such as at-grade rail crossings, could also result in redundancy in Technical Report Page 5-39 �older parts of the City. (See figure 5-13 for potential fire station service areas where new residential development occur in areas not yet densely developed.) There are no improvements the Battle Creek Fire Department could make that would improve its ISO Fire Service Rating of 3. Ambulance Service The Battle Creek Fire Department has state licensed medical first response staff and equipment in every fire station. As new fire stations are built or old ones demolished, a revised network of rapid response capacity would serve Battle Creek. This would not likely require facilities other than those proposed as new fire stations are built. The Fire department does not provide advanced life support nor transport. Agency consolidation will create an increase in the work force at this Battle Creek facility. Post Office In 1997, a Post Office store at the Lakeview Square Mall was being planned. Recreation The City Parks and Recreation Department is currently undertaking the preparation of an updated master plan for programs and facilities. This plan is expected to be complete in 1998. A number of needed improvement projects have been identified over the past several years, including: • • Solid Waste and Recycling The 1992 Calhoun County Solid Waste Management Plan targets adjacent land for additional landfill sites needed in increments by 2002 and beyond. To satisfy a longer term need for landfill space, the Solid Waste Plan assumes a 125-acre parcel owned by Browning Ferris, Inc., will be used for both mid-term needs beyond. City Government No study has been developed to address City needs for building space. A parking study under way in 1997 was looking at resolving parking conflicts. Other Government The County had no plans for facility expansion in Battle Creek as of the summer 1997. Neither have any state or federal building plans been proposed. The General Services Administration is just completing a $30 million renovation of the Federal Center. The recent Defense Logistics City of Battle Creek Comprehensive Plan October 1997 • • The need for a community park (or parks) of 50 to 100 acres on the south side of the city, north of 1-94 Improvement of the Mill Pond as an urban recreational amenity Continued improvement of neighborhood parks Extension of the linear park system, especially on the south side of the city and into the townships In addition, the future land use plan (see figure 5-14) illustrates an extensive network of open space corridors throughout the city. This "greenway system" is designed to preserve natural resource corridors (stream channels, wetlands, wooded areas), provide open space relatively close to all residents, link existing and proposed parks and school sites and offer linear recreational opportunities (walking and biking). With the addition of improved sidewalks and bike trails following existing street alignments, a Technical Report Page 5-40 �Legend 0 ,--, Verona Rd. ~ , I __ tt_,, \ I Existing Fire Station with 1 3/4 Mile Recommended Response Radius Fire Stations Needed to Serve Future Development (Locations are approximate) B Drive N Figure 5-13 North Proposed Battle Creek Fire Station Locations 0 1/2 Mik I Mile ( B Drive S A COMPREHENSIVE PLAN FOR THE CITY OF BATTLE CREEK 2 Miles Johnson Johnson & Roy/inc Planning and Zoning Center, inc. WJSchroer Company Page 5--JI �-~ ~ , · Legend Existing l\fajor Park or Golf Course ---· Existing Linear Park Route 0 Proposed New Park or Open Space Preserve ..,.~ Proposed Off-Street Linear Park Extension Proposed On-Street Linear Park Extension ,. ., ~• " ~ Water Connection (boat) to Proposed Park/Preserve ( Proposed Linear Park Entrance (Signage plus parking) r \Vest Lake 1-94 L oop Gcthings @ Alternatives for 1'ew SO to 100 acre Community Park on South Side D Dr ive N ® ' ...... r 0 'l 1/2 Mile ] 1 Mile l Figure 5-14 2 Mi les t n s _I_ ---- ----------..;.J [)ril·c A COMPREHENSIVE PLAN FOR THE CITY OF BATTLE CREEK Open Space, Parks and Recreation, and Linear Park Johnson Johnson & Roy/inc Planning and Zoning Center, inc. WJSchroer Company Page 5-42 �comprehensive open space system can be created which gives structure and amenity to the community, as well as offering an alternative to motorized vehicles for transportation. The future land use plan proposes a three new combined school/park sites located in the southwest portion of the community, as well as six park preserves. These proposed 'park preserves are located at Harts Lake, to the south of I-94 near the western city limit, west of Helmer and south of Gethings Roads, at the southwest edge of Goguac lake, at the Mill Pond south of downtown and north of Goodale Road. Library The Willard Library is located just north of the downtown, near the Central High School and St. Phillips School. Because building and parking space are inadequate, the Library began considering plans for building expansion at its current location in 1997. The Library would like to use an adjacent parking lot for its patrons, a large portion of which is now underutilized. City of Battle Creek Comprehensive Plan October 1997 Public Schools There were no plans for school expansion in 1997. However, residential development in the southwest portion of the City would necessitate additional school construction . . Proposed school and park site locations are shown in figure 5-4. College expansion is not planned as of 1997 for either Kellogg Community College or Spring Arbor College. Davenport College is building a new facility on Van Buren Street, east of the Burnham Brook Center. Health In 1997, plans for expansion and new facilities of the Battle Creek Health System included a new 103,000 square foot outpatient center, a 50,000 square foot medical office building and rehabilitation of a 1970's building as a 180 bed in-patient tower, Obstetrics and Critical Care Units. Those plans are expected to be completed by 1999. Technical Report Page 5-43 �Chapter 6 Implementation PRIMARY IMPLEMENTATION TOOLS Relationship to Zoning The City of Battle Creek has a zoning ordinance adopted pursuant to the CityVillage Rural Zoning Act, PA 207 of 1921. The intent of this ordinance is to regulate the use of land to provide for orderly growth and development and allow the integration of land uses without creating nuisances. The zoning ordinance defines land use districts and regulates height, bulk, use, area of lot to be covered and open space to be preserved within each district. Michigan enabling legislation and case law require that zoning be based upon a comprehensive plan prepared to guide future land use decisions by the Planning Commission, the zoning ordinance should be revised to reflect this Comprehensive Plan's new goals, objectives, policies and future land use proposals. The zoning plan within this Comprehensive Plan (see Chapter 5) provides direction in making these changes. However, the zoning district map and the future land use map (see figure 5-4) will not be identical. The zoning map reflects existing land use (where it should be continued) and areas where more intensive use that currently exists can be accommodated by public facilities. In contrast, the future land use map reflects desired land use arrangements 20-30 years in the future . (See Section 10.10, p. 245-250, Michigan Zoning & Planning, 3rd Ed., by Clan Crawford, ICLE, Ann Arbor, 1988). City of Battle Creek Comprehensive Plan October 1997 . The zoning map will require periodic revision, especially as the availability of public sewer and water make agriculturally zoned land available for more intensive use. Relationship to Land Division, Subdivision and Condominium Regulations The City of Battle Creek should adopt land division regulations and update existing subdivision regulations following (or concurrent with) zoning changes to implement recommendations in this Plan. The enabling legislation that permits the enactment of such regulations is Public Act 288 of 1967, also known as the Land Division Act. This Act allows a community to set requirements and design standards for lot splits, as well as for streets, blocks, lots, curbs, sidewalks, open spaces, easements, public utilities, and other associated subdivision improvements. Condominium regulations should also be updated pursuant to the Condominium Act. Building and Property Maintenance Codes BOCA (Building Officials and Code Administrators International, Inc., the latest version) is the basic building code adopted by the City to regulate construction methods and materials. The adoption and enforcement of a building code is important in maintaining safe, high quality housing and in minimizing deteriorating housing conditions. Technical Report Page 6-1 �The City should continue its utilization of the BOCA Basic Housing - Property Maintenance Code to limit and control the negative influences which result from failure to properly maintain property and structures. The Housing and Rental Code should. continue to be updated. The City has decriminalized zoning, building, housing, rental and similar code violations; they are now all varying levels of civil infractions. Relationship to Capital Improvements Program In its basic form, a capital improvement program (CIP) is a complete list of all proposed public improvements planned for a six-year period including costs, sources of funding, location and priority. The CIP outlines the projects that will replace or improve existing facilities, or that will be necessary to serve current and projected development within a community. Advanced planning for public works through the use of a CIP assures more effective and economical capital expenditures, as well as the provision of public works in a timely manner. The use of capital improvements programming can be an effective tool for implementing a comprehensive plan by giving priority to those projects which have been identified in the plan as being most important to the future development and well being of the community. The Planning Commission should annually review the capital improvement program proposed by the City Manager before the City Council approves it as part of the annual budgeting process. Planning Commission review is City of Battle Creek Comprehensive Plan October 1997 intended to ensure consistency of proposed capital improvements with the Comprehensive Plan. Public Works Financing In addition to using general fund monies, it is often necessary for a community to bond to raise sufficient funds to implement substantial public improvements. Bonding offers a method of financing for improvements such as water and sewer lines, street construction, sidewalks and public parking facilities. Common municipal bond types include: • General Obligation Bonds - require full faith and credit pledges; the principal amount borrowed plus interest must be repaid from general tax revenues. • Revenue Bonds - require that the principal amount borrowed plus interest be repaid through revenues produced from the public works project the bonds were used to finance (often a water or sewer system). • Special Assessment Bonds - require that the principal amount borrowed plus interest be repaid through special assessments on the property owners in a special assessment district for whatever public purpose the property owners have agreed (by petition or voting) to be assessed. These traditional financing tools will continue to carry the burden for implementing capital improvements and efforts to preserve City bonding capacity should be maintained. Technical Report Page 6-2 �RELATIONSHIP OF COMPREHENSIVE PLAN TO OTHER PLANS Downtown Development Authority The Downtown Development Authority will continue to play an important role in planning for implementing improvements downtown. However, the success of these 'efforts will be enhanced if they are coordinated with other improvements recommended in this Plan. The best way to accomplish this is by having the Planning Commission adopt the current (or better, the updated) Downtown Development Plan as a formal part of the Comprehensive Plan. (This would require that it is first found to be consistent with the Comprehensive Plan.) With diminished TIFA funds due to the effect of Proposal A., alternative means of financing downtown projects should be sought. One avenue worth pursuing is establishment of a "principal shopping area" under the Redevelopment of Shopping Areas Act, PA 120 of 1961. This technique may only be applied in cities with a master plan for the physical development of the city which also includes the redevelopment of a principal shopping area. Many physical improvements are covered and a wide range of financing options, including special assessments may be used. The Act can be used to cover "soft costs" like planning, as well as "hard costs" like street improvements. Its flexibility makes it worthy of serious consideration as an implementation tool. City of Battle Creek Comprehensive Plan October 1997 Local Development Financing Authority (LDFA) The use of the LDFA to finance industrial park improvements has been evaluated but - has not been implemented in favor of expanding use of existing TIF A funds. Nonetheless, consideration should be given to LDFA as a financing mechanism in the future. Other Plans Elements from other master plans such as the W. K. Kellogg Airport Master Plan and Battle Creek Unlimited's Economic Development Plan have been used as guides to help formulate this Comprehensive Plan. The W. K. Kellogg Airport Master Plan can be obtained from the City of Battle Creek Planning and Community Development Department, as a further reference to accompany this plan. Copies of the Economic Development Plan for the City of Battle Creek can be obtained through Battle Creek Unlimited. ADDITIONAL IMPLEMENTATION METHODS Other Planning and Economic Development Assistance The Planning Commission through the City Economic Development Director should maintain regular communication with the County and Regional Commissions on issues of mutual interest. These organizations should be encouraged to expand their County and region-wide planning and economic development efforts and to share relevant materials with the City. Likewise a copy of this Plan should be forwarded to these agencies when adopted or amended. Technical Report Page 6-3 �Managing Growth and Change Revision of Ordinances The key to successfully managing future growth and community change is integrating planning into day-to-day decision making and establishing a continuing planning process. The only way to get out of a reactionary mode (or crisis decision-making) is by planning to ensure that the tools needed to meet a broad 'range of issues are current and at hand. For that reason it will be especially important that the recommendations of this Plan be implemented as the opportunity presents itself (or revised as circumstances dictate). If pending legislation is enacted, many new tools may be made available to local governments over the next few years to manage the process of growth and change. It will be important for City officials to select and use those tools that will provide greater choice over local destiny and quality of life. A list of these tools includes: • transfer of development rights • broader applicability of purchase of development rights • infrastructure concurrency requirements • official maps • new utility extension/boundary authority • regional impact coordination regulations • changes to special assessment district law • development agreements. Periodic Updating and Revisions As additional studies are undertaken special neighborhood and corridor plans are prepared and land use change occurs, the Comprehensive Plan should be updated to reflect the new information. At a minimum the Plan should be comprehensively reviewed and updated at least once every fi ve years. City of Battle Creek Comprehensive Plan October 1997 The Zoning Ordinance and related land use regulations should be reviewed and made . consistent with this plan to ensure that the legal support for future zoning decisions will be undermined. The Zoning Ordinance should also be thoroughly reviewed and updated at least once each five years. INTERGOVERNMENTAL COOPERATION Throughout the planning process, participants have noted the importance of working cooperatively with adjacent jurisdictions to achieve mutual benefits in providing public services and in coordinating land use and development plans and policies. In addition, focus group respondents commented on the need to consider possible future consolidation of government units, particularly the City of Battle Creek and the City of Springfield. Policy recommendations addressing this issue are presented in Chapter 4 under the heading Intergovernmental Cooperation. CITIZEN EDUCATION Although this planning process has been structured to encourage and invite public participation at each phase (and in a variety of ways), many citizens do not have a clear picture of the important land use and development choices facing the community or the implications of alternative policy directions. Because this Comprehensive Plan presents a vision for the future that represents a substantial departure from the "status quo," it is important that efforts to educate citizens concerning the content of the Plan and the rationale underlying its recommendations be continued -- even after Technical Report Page 6-4 �the Plan has been adopted. The success of Plan implementation will depend, to a large degree, on broad understanding of, and support for, its objectives and policies within the community. BARRIERS TO IMPLEMENTATION The primary role of the Planning Commission is to advise on proposed infrastructure, land use and related policy changes that contribute to an improved quality of life in the community. A comprehensive plan is developed to provide the decision-making framework and specific guidance needed to achieve a consensus vision of the future. Many local regulations and other implementation tools (listed earlier) contribute incrementally in achieving the plan recommendations. However, the Planning Commission as an advisory body, does not have principal implementation authority. It must rely on staff, the City Commission and other nonprofit organizations working in concert with the private sector for the plan to become a reality. There are some obvious potential barriers to plan implementation that deserve identification, in the hope that by recognizing them, they can be avoided. of the school districts serving city residents may be the only long term solution; but even if other less drastic measures would have the desired effect, discussion and action on this issue must be undertaken promptly. Other cities, like Lansing, are taking the lead in partnership with schools, to address this problem. Battle Creek could follow this example. Immediate Steps to Update Zoning Another potential barrier will occur if the City does not move quickly to update zoning and related land use regulations in a manner consistent with the plan. Delays will result in an increasing number of potential nonconforming uses which could dramatically reduce the feasibility of implementing Plan recommendations. Immediate Steps to Implement a New CIP Procedure Planned extension of public sewer and water and incremental road improvements are critical to the phased expansion of the urbanized portion of the city. Delays in implementing a new capital improvement programming process could severely undermine the integrity of this plan and the vision it represents. Schools Singing from Same Hymnal Local public schools, an important public service that is outside municipal control, are perhaps the most significant existing barrier to Plan implementation. As long as racial prejudice and/or racial fear continue to drive location decisions for a significant part of the citizenry, the city will continue to f~ce out-migration of many people and find it difficult to attract younger families to available older, affordable housing surrounding the city center. Consolidation City of Battle Creek Comprehensive Plan October 1997 A significant effort was made to involve key stakeholder groups representing public, private and non-profit sectors in the development of this Plan. If these groups do not embrace and support the Plan, and assist with its implementation and defense (when needed), the vision it presents will not be fully realized. Successful Plan implementation will require a large chorus singing from the same hymnal. This is most Technical Report Page 6-5 �important for the first few challenges to proposals in the Plan. Careful, close and continued coordination with all the major stakeholder groups will be required as the Plan is implemented and updated. Lack of a Metropolitan Area Plan No matter what Battle Creek does within its own boundaries, the community can never ' be immune to the land use and development impacts created by neighboring jurisdictions -- and vice versa. Metropolitan areas that work cooperatively in establishing and implementing a common plan are most successful at improving quality of life. The City should take the lead in encouraging and facilitating the creation of such a metropolitan area plan, even though the task may result in some changes to this Comprehensive Plan. City of Battle Creek Comprehensive Plan October 1997 Technical Report Page 6-6 �CITY OF BATTLE CREEK MASTER PLAN APPENDIX A MANAGEMENT SUMMARY RECOMMENDATIONS Background The City of Battle Creek is updating its Master Plan to better prepare the City for the future. The last time the City's Master Plan was updated was in the 1960s and no new Master Plan has been prepared since the City and township merged in 1983. As a result, the Planning Commission, City Commission, City Manager and leaders of the community needed an updated document to serve as a guide to growth and development. The revised Master Plan will establish policies for land use, roadways and utilities, and other city services. The City and its planners have been consulting with residents over the past 12 months to establish ideas and priorities on the kinds of lifestyles and outcomes the citizens of our City would like to see in the year 2020. Situation As part of a dedicated research effort to qualify and quantify the development of the criteria for the future plan and to validate the plan with residents, City management and the consultant team desired to expose the planned City outcomes and alternative futures to different groups of selected residents in a controlled research environment. This enabled planners to generate reactions, gauge support for the proposals, identify areas of confusion or disagreement and determine whether changes are needed prior to exposing the recommended plan to the broader community. · Recommendation • The planners recommended a series of three focus group discussions with City residents. Respondents were selected to represent the north side residents, south side residents and business managers/owners of the community. These groups were invited to review outcomes established in previous public meetings. The research groups were also asked to consider the appropriateness of three alternative "futures" and to comment on how each alternative related desired outcomes. Subsequently, four additional focus groups of seniors, minorities, young adults and lenders/developers were added to the research schedule to provide additional information and confirm trends identified in the first groups. All research was designed/conducted by W. J. Schroer Co., the research arm of the Master Plan consultant team, headed by JJR and including The Planning and Zoning Center. �Respondents in every group commented on the lack of a possible planned consolidation of governmental units. While residents did not doubt there would be difficult issues (and, in one case, the respondent knew the history of the prior consolidation attempt with Springfield) they were still surprised to see the geo-political divisions still existing several generations out and were, largely, disappointed. Respondents may not have to take the heat for bringing up a politically incorrect or sensitive subject. But they continued to point out the common sense problems with future planning while different governmental units are located almost within the City and operating with different or even conflicting goals. The business group and especially the lender/developer group were emphatic on this point. It is recommended the City leaders consider strategies leading to future consolidation or significantly higher levels of intergovernmental cooperation. Reactions to the alternative futures were very similar across all three groups: The majority of each group preferred the Vision-Based future as the best, fairest plan. Respondents from the North and South sides cited "Balance" as a key reason for support. Senior suggested "fairness of resource allocations" and "balance". Minorities supported this future because: ... it does the best job of supporting the downtown ... it works to bring the community together Lenders/developers supported this concept because of balance, better downtown and the future development of the community. Young adults support this future because of balance, although this group suggested additional modifications to make it ideal. There was also equivalent widespread concern, however, that this plan may be the most difficult to achieve. Respondents worry about whether the political will and public support could be generated for a plan that may be seen as too restrictive or limiting on the performance of the market. Lenders/developers suggested other actions must be taken first, such as intergovernmental cooperation and/or school consolidation before this plan will work. A recommended plan, incorporating the Vision-Based alternative, will need to have a high level of tactical support for the "how to" piece to persuade the community this alternative is achievable. Further, political leaders must recognize the critical role they play in enabling the community to see how the recommended vision could be brought to fruition. �Respondents were either frightened, angered or completely alienated by the Trends-Based Plan. Even worse, of the three plans, this plan generated the most divisiveness and lack of accommodation within each of the groups. For the minority who supported this alternative, the ideology of "free markets" seemed supremely important, while the majority worried about a relaxation of zoning and the implications that the only criteria for development would be financial in nature. The future plan will need to ensure the balance of rights between free market movement and the overriding good of the community. While specific solutions were not addressed, respondents in each of the groups exhibited higher levels of discomfort and tension resulting from a stated or unstated need for a monitoring/reconciling mechanism to ensure the balance (between free market and community good) would be protected. Reactions to the Existing Zoning future reflected a perception of group respondents that this future represented more of the present state of development than any real plan for the future. That interpretation left respondents seeking a more thoughtful and decisive view and plan for the future. Respondents tended feeLthis approach in effect maintained the status quo without effecting any real change or clear direction for the future. ,o A City Master Plan is important to these. respondents. Respondents endorse identifying clear outcomes and planning strategies to achieve those outcomes. Their acceptance (and, in some cases, praise) for the progress made in the City so far should not suggest that the idea of continuing along the same course for the long term is a viable alternative. � Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Wyckoff Planning and Zoning Collection Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Planning & Zoning Center (Lansing, Mich.) (Organization) Wyckoff, Mark A. Description An account of the resource Municipal master plans and zoning ordinances from across the state of Michigan, spanning from the 1960s to the early 2020s. The bulk of the collection was compiled by urban planner Mark Wyckoff over the course of his career as the founder and principal planner of the Planning and Zoning Center in Lansing, Michigan. Some additions have been made to the collection by municipalities since it was transferred to Grand Valley State University. Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant Michigan Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1960/2023 Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/870">Planning and Zoning Center Collection (RHC-240)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/NoC-US/1.0/">No Copyright - United States</a> Subject The topic of the resource Michigan Comprehensive plan publications Master plan reports Zoning--Michigan Zoning--Maps Maps Land use--planning Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Special Collections & University Archives Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context RHC-240 Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf Type The nature or genre of the resource Text Language A language of the resource eng Text A resource consisting primarily of words for reading. Examples include books, letters, dissertations, poems, newspapers, articles, archives of mailing lists. Note that facsimiles or images of texts are still of the genre Text. Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context Battle-Creek_Comprehensive-Plan_1997 Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource JJR Incorporated Planning & Zoning Center, Inc. WJ Schroer Company Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1997-10 Title A name given to the resource City of Battle Creek Comprehensive Plan Technical Report Description An account of the resource City of Battle Creek Comprehensive Plan Technical Report prepared by JJR Incorporated Planning & Zoning Center, Inc. WJ Schroer Company, adopted October 1997. Subject The topic of the resource Comprehensive plan publications Battle Creek (Mich.) Calhoun County (Mich.) Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/870">Planning and Zoning Center Collection (RHC-240)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/NoC-US/1.0/">No Copyright - United States</a> Type The nature or genre of the resource Text Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf Language A language of the resource eng Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Lemmen Library and Archives https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/8ca9213f210cde644dcf36f80960278b.mp4 4eefa220177af47f1b46f38372f55826 https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/8c89a64aaf9ce37b914ffcdcce412fc7.pdf f36420e1d4f9c6090acb8509733155a7 PDF Text Text William James College Interviews GV016-16 Interviewer: Barbara Roos Interviewee: Richard Joanisse Date: 1984 Part: 1 of 2 [Barbara] So, I don't know if this is something someone can answer off the top of their head. If you were trying to prioritize what was the most… the most valuable thing that James was? If you are prioritizing… is there a way you can prioritize or was it such a unity one could not draw out? [Joanisse] Well, I think maybe there were two or three things… I may end up only saying one or two. I think the commitment to teaching… and you know everybody says they're committed to teaching, but I mean teaching is a way of life at the expense of everything else. And I guess at that point it would be if you did research, if you were interested in furthering your career, you really were going to put that on the side. I remember my adviser telling me when I came from Chicago, he said: "Richard, they'll eat you up there and you'll never be big league." And I think, you know, it took me a couple years to understand what he meant, but I think that in the first three or four years I was here, I certainly was working fifteen hours a day and loving every minute of it. And it's like you immersed yourself in it and I think after a while when you didn't have to work as hard… when you weren't building the institution, the commitment to teaching, it seems to me, was still there. But it wasn't a commitment at the individual level alone, and that's the real distinction we have to keep bringing up. You can only create that kind of commitment by institutionalizing it. You do that by having colleagues who are equally committed and motivated, by rewarding them for that and for creating those conditions that we talked about before that allow people to participate and to help to evolve what a college is all about and commit themselves to a particular kind of philosophies. All of that meshed together, allows commitment to keep on going. If you go to the institution I'm in now, they say: "You always have good teachers." And what they're saying is there's always individual people. Like cream rises to the top who will always be there, and the rest of the people are sort of like, you know, they're mediocre or they won't do it. And I think at William James we just said that's baloney. We can bring people in who might, in some sense be individually motivated, who might have the kind of characteristics that were looking for. But it was a gamble with most people we hired. But if we got them in William James, we believed that what we were doing at William James would transform the person. [Barbara] That sounds religious! �[Joanisse] Well, there was a religious kind of experience at William James, I think. In the sense that, especially in the notion, it seems to me, of community. But I think that when you come to the place where I'm at now, it's always back to individuals. It’s always back to some people are motivated, some more highly motivated, and you rewarded that person for being motivated. [Joanisse] You don't create a kind of sense that maybe what you ought to be doing, you ought to be doing together. In fact, what you do in this institution is you created just the adverse. What you create here is the condition for the separation of individuals, who begin to see themselves as in a deeply atomized situation where whatever they're going to do, they're going to do solely for themselves. And they'll be paid for that either through money, or prestige, power, or influence, whatever it is. And they have no connection to anyone else. And I think that implicitly or explicitly the institution has, in some sense, agreed to that. I think it's more a kind of implicit contract. Where at William James we invited people in and said: "Look what we want from you is openness, a receptivity or something, to what we're trying to do. If you don't like it then you certainly are free to leave, but what we do here we do together. And, you know, we do try to create committees, and we can try to create organization, and we do try to structure the college in a certain way. But you are in the person, it seems to me, through a lengthy conversation that we've had over the years in which continually evolves and change. You are part of that." And I think for most people, an example of someone coming in later would be like Deanna Morris or somebody like that. That's real… that was a really important experience and those people were able to change, and accept what we were trying to do, and accept, it seems to me, willingly. It wasn't, I don't think, coercion on people. There's a coerced notion of community. What we used to call, remember, jokingly people would say: "Did you want to do this?" And we would say: "This is called voluntary coercion," or something. And I think that at some point… that happens a lot in what you might call religious communities. People are constantly being coerced. I don't think that was true, necessarily, at William James. I think that we actually could see that worked. And worked hard to create those kind of conditions that would continue to make it work. And I think that we did end up producing something, we did have a student who is intelligent… we did have students, as some people have said to us on the outside, who are inquisitive and creative. Our students seemed, at least as teachers, to be good. And I think I always measured my students from what they came to me as and what they left us as. And I always thought that they left us better persons and better students. [Barbara] Who was this adviser and how could he sense this was going to happen to you? I don't understand. Remember you had this adviser that said they were going to eat you alive? [Joanisse] Well my adviser was at a research institute, University of Chicago, and at that �time when I was at Chicago it was rated number one, I think. He just thought that if you go to a small school, and you just spend so much time teaching, that you really can't produce the research that would be essential for you to make your name. And that in a very hard, highly competitive academic situation like that, you would start falling further and further behind. Of course, that wasn't a concern of ours then and it wasn't a concern of the college. And that's what I mean by the college never produced any pressure on us. And never saw us as trying; in some sense, in this case we were very close to Marx. In some ways both in Rousseau, and Hegel, and Marx there's a notion that there's no distinction between the state and the individual. We came as close, in some points in the college, to really believe that we were William James College. And therefore, the decisions we made were not being made by somebody else and I think that was very important for us. And certainly, some people can think that we fooled ourselves and I think I can be critical… I can come back and say “wait a minute.” But I think for certain moments in the college, I think that we really didn't only believe that – I think it was true. And I think that makes an incredible difference in what you're doing. There's no separation then from what was administrative and what was teaching. They were both, in some sense, they were as close as you could possibly get them. That doesn't mean to say there weren't tense situations or disagreements and it certainly wasn't true the council ran smoothly all the time. But I think, on the whole, I think that the feeling that this was a college that was whole in some sense, at least that's what we’ve just been talking about. I think for some of us that there was a real strong feeling that that was the case. [Barbara] [Clapping] Beautiful sound… that was good. [Joanisse] I didn't think of that until just now, but I was thinking – Marx tries to make this point and so does Rousseau - that when you're talking about… how can you have a state have power and you know what Marx says, “Well, the state is you,” you know, I mean there is no alienation. If the state were to represent the working class, blah blah blah, all that stuff like that. Then you figure at some moments at William James, if you move away from individuals and make the connection between the institutional processes, like committee work, and governance documents, and the collective kind of representation that we had. You put all of that together… you come as close as you possibly can but there wasn't any separation. And you get into the unit that we’re in now and that's all you feel is separation. It's very difficult then to turn to somebody and say: "What kind of experience did you have?" Because the experience, you see, was not existential alone. It was both a socially produced phenomenon and an existential kind of commitment brought together. �[Joanisse] That was the real thing about William James… that it created through structural arrangements, through its committees, through its working with the Dean, through its understanding of what it was trying to be – I mean its pedagogical statements, it's philosophical purposes – and through the council a set of relationships that solidified the motivational and existential commitments that were perhaps already there. And if they weren't there, this certainly brought them out. And it’s that connection, it seems to me, that we always have to understand at William James. I think – and I'm trying to reflect back – I think that's an important thing. You know it's one thing to say you have good people, it's another thing to say that, you know, that you don't need… there's no place for that to be collectively representative. We did have a collective place that things could be represented. And we have damn near committees for everything; I mean we weren't left off. And I think, in the end, that thing we talked about before – that the belief that what we did in these committees and in this council were actually what we were. I mean, there was a product produced. And the product, in some sense, it's a product of a set of ideas, or a matter of policy, or changing understanding of the relationships between students and faculty. That was it! It wasn't going to be something going to somebody else. This is very important because if it did, it wasn't our fault. And this is a very important point to understand about why, perhaps, William James, was so close. Once we had made these decisions collectively, if the central administration decided not to accept them, then fuck them, you see! They weren't us anyhow. So, we had this enormous protection, it was wonderful. I mean, if you think of it in those terms there was an internal dialectic but also an external dialectic in away. So, we could really come up feeling wonderful even when we were defeated. And sometimes I've always wondered – when I'm in very pessimistic moods – whether our success was not condition on the fact that this outside world outside Grand Valley and that they were always sort of out there and they were different than us; they were our enemy and “they just didn't understand us.” And that certainly - it seemed to me in some sense, just in structural terms – helped us to be what we were. But I don't think it's what we… I don't want to get creative as well, but it certainly lend, you know, a little push for us to keep that kind of closeness in. But my point was that when we collectively agree upon something, and decision was made, it went out. And then the Central Administration could say: "We don't accept this." But see, what we had done is… we had made a decision as a college… had agreed on it. So, we could come back and mourn, collectively, as a college for their stupidity, for misunderstanding, or the fact that they were conservative, or whatever. And it's a wonderful situation because we could never lose. [Barbara] Until we lost. �[Joanisse] Until we lost! Lost almost everything. I didn't like William James the last two or three years, though. [Barbara] I was going to ask you about that because Rose said you were talking about that. [Joanisse] I didn't think that… I lost my spirit really. You think back to the old days, you know, Bob Carow's office down the corner. Man would come and went by like a bird, you know. You'd say: "Hey Bob! Want to talk for a minute?" He'd say: "Oh sure." You'd start talking, he'd say: "Oooohhhh too heavy, Joanisse, too heavy. I'm not into that. See you later!" But the real distinction, I think, was when some of us started to see that the Dean was a dean, in the sort of a classic sense of the word, and whose interest we're certainly not the same as ours. And his interests on very few occasions even overlap with ours. Then it became apparent, I think to substantial numbers in the college, that we had lost everything. And at that point, just began to see it really as a kind of a job. And I really had mixed feelings about the closing then because I didn't think it was going to be able to stay the same; I don't think we could've gotten anybody in after having this person. And I'm not suggesting he's a bad dean or anything. I'm just say his understanding – with the Central Administration – as to what to college should be, was no longer the understanding of what the college was. And at that point it seemed to me the last two- or three-years William James was not the college that it used to be. And that may seem like a minor point, but if the point we were talking about before has any meaning at all… that in a sense wemost of us believed that we were collectively doing something. The minute that was there was that cleavage… the minute there was that separation and that distance, then I think there was an enormous amount of distrust. And that was the first time we began to see real factualism in William James. People, for instance, who began to do things on their own, or who wanted to leave William James, or who wanted to go into the College of Arts and Sciences, or people who saw that the Dean's decisions were more important or more pragmatic, or in the long run were better than the decisions of other people. And so, you begin to feel some real open animosity and… [Barbara] [Inaudible] [Joanisse] But I think once that it happened, I was… [Radio turns on from off screen] [Barbara] This will not do. [Joanisse] We should be close to finished though. [Barbara] Yeah, we are. This is not reasonable. This is not reasonable! [Speaking off �screen to another person] [Unknown] Where did that radio come from? [Barbara] But you're right, we are almost done. That was just brilliant. If, see… if you have an answer to this, and if we don't – we’ll stop. If you were going to do it all over again, one of those stupid questions… not the last few years, the good ten years… [Joanisse] You mean at my age, right now? [Barbara] Nay. I don't mean it literally. Is there something that you can see that was like a critical lack or critical imbalance? Something, with hindsight, that should have been in James that wasn't? [Joanisse] Jeez, that's a hard question. In William James… no, I think we did very well. I don't think we were perfect, by any stretch of the imagination. I could go, you know, do an hour of criticism and stuff like that. But I think, given the kind of students we had, given the kind of location that we were at… [Barbara] What kind of student…? [Joanisse] We had, basically, lower middle class and working-class students. We do not have students who go to Grinnell or to Oberland. We don't have schools like at the new School for Social Research, which is very much like what we are, but who students are perhaps, score-wise and that, hundreds of points beyond ours, who don't have problems in writing and conceptualization who are, you know… and who have the support state-wise of the institution. I don't think from the very beginning of this college… � Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource William James College Interviews Description An account of the resource Videotaped interviews of William James College faculty, students and administrators by Barbara Roos. William James College opened in 1971 as the third baccalaureate degree granting college for Grand Valley. It was originally designed to be an interdisciplinary, non-departmentalized college consisting of concentration programs, rather than majors. Curriculum was organized around three concentrations that were meant to be interdisciplinary career preparation offerings: Social Relations, Administration and Information Management, and Environmental Studies. The college was discontinued in 1983 during a reorganization of Grand Valley. Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1984 Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/69">William James College faculty and student interviews (GV016-16)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/page/InC/1.0/?language=en">In Copyright</a> Subject The topic of the resource Grand Valley State University Michigan Universities and colleges Oral histories Alternative education Interdisciplinary approach in education Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Special Collections & University Archives Contributor An entity responsible for making contributions to the resource Roos, Barbara (Interviewer) Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context GV016-16 Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource video/mp4 application/pdf Type The nature or genre of the resource Moving Image Text Language A language of the resource eng Oral History A resource containing historical information obtained in interviews with persons having firsthand knowledge. Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context GV016-16_GVSU_37_Joanisse Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Joanisse, Richard Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1984 Title A name given to the resource Richard Joanisse interview (1 of 2, video and transcript) Description An account of the resource Interview with Richard Joanisse by Barbara Roos, documenting the history of Grand Valley State's William James College. William James College was the third baccalaureate degree granting college for Grand Valley. It was originally designed to be an interdisciplinary, non-departmentalized college consisting of concentration programs, rather than majors. The college opened in 1971 and was discontinued in 1983 during a reorganization of Grand Valley State. Richard Joanisse was one of the founding faculty of William James College and an associate professor of Sociology. In this interview, Richard discusses his experience being immersed in William James College and its transformative power within the WJC community, in addition to his impression of the college's final years. This interview is part 1 of 2 for Richard Joanisse. Contributor An entity responsible for making contributions to the resource Roos, Barbara (Interviewer) Subject The topic of the resource Grand Valley State University Michigan Universities and colleges Oral histories Alternative education Interdisciplinary approach in education Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/69">William James College faculty and student interviews (GV016-16)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/page/InC/1.0/?language=en">In Copyright</a> Type The nature or genre of the resource Moving Image Text Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource video/mp4 application/pdf Language A language of the resource eng Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Lemmen Library and Archives https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/b85e0e93fa57554afc0dd956d7e4784b.mp4 226d6e3dc82a57ccf93a72d912f22b88 https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/2a98ed2bf41924851efb2814cd89a29f.pdf 440278631a4925a5e6ac299bd15ea24a PDF Text Text William James College Interviews GV016-16 Interviewer: Barbara Roos Interviewee: Richard Joanisse Date: 1984 Part: 2 of 2 [Barbara] We have everything. Don't you think Gerb? [Unknown] Yeah. We're pretty sure. [Barbara] When I say, "Don't you think Gerb," you know what that means? [Joanisse] Check the damn thing over. [Barbara] Make sure it doesn't screw up. [Joanisse] You are what is called the sous chef. That means he's just, what, a little guy in this thing right? [Barbara] No, no, no. He is wonderful. [Unknown] Alright now we're not talking about me. [Joanisse] We're not talking about him, were talking about his position. Don't confuse Gerb and his position. [Barbara] Anyway, Richard, we're going to start talking. What is the differences in teaching in the current system and teaching at James? [Joanisse] Well, I think that when I first came to the new college I was sort of, I think, catered to a little bit. I was made the chairperson of the senate and put on a lot of committees and things. And I said, "Well if I'm in the new system, what I should really try to do is to get acquainted with everyone and to try to involve people in the governance of the college." And at the Dean 's request, I went and met most of the faculty and I sent them a memo and I had him send a memo out – a threatening memo – the second time around. Because the first time nobody showed up for any meetings. The most we ever had of a faculty of something between seventy and eighty was fifteen people who turned out. So, I went around and I started to talk to people and asked them why. And most people feel in the division, I think, that you shouldn't really involve yourself in any of those kind of things. They're not seen as a chance to involve yourself or to have a say in how colleges ought to be governed. They're always seen as obstacles to your �freedom, in some ways. They're a pain in the ass to do them, they don't bring anything back, it's all a farce anyhow, nothing really happens, it's a waste of energy. [Joanisse] The key, I think, to understanding how they feel is that in some sense they’re never really included. There is an invitation for them to attend things, but the decisions that are made are never their decisions. And that was so true when I went over there. The Social Thought and Public Affairs, which I'm a part of, picked a particular person to represent them, overwhelmingly, and then submitted first and second name. The second person I believe got three votes, the first person, I think, got twelve. The Dean overturned the decision, and when someone asked him why he said: "I didn't say that these proceedings meant anything." And so, somebody who was leaving turned to me and said: "You think I'm going to go to one of your stupid meetings? This is the way things work over here." I think the real difference there is I think that William James, for the very first year that I arrived and we were building up the college, we made it clear to everyone, as well as to ourselves, that the college would be governed by us. I think we created the structural conditions for participation of everyone. And so that everyone had a voice and everyone was listening. And I think that's what is embodied in the council itself. And the Dean certainly, as the head of the college, can always overturn the decision. But if you remember that we had a particular way of making the Dean… if a Dean wanted to overturn a decision, remember what we would do is say to her… she had to say that it was… a what? A great event or something or other. And, I don't know, it was forcing her again to say that something that happened was extraordinaire and therefore she was going to intervene. I can only think maybe two or three times in at least the first ten years of the college where such an occurrence to place. [Barbara] Do you remember any? [Joanisse] I think the decision of Burt Brower was sort of a bad decision and the Dean used her power there in appointing people, I think more than anything else. And some policy decisions… Adrian felt that she knew more information and she would work on people on a very intimate level. Which is, I think, the way that William James worked. And I'm not suggesting William James wasn't coercive at that level either. You couldn't, you know, use people intimately as well as you can use them sometimes bureaucratically. But I think that what William James did have, and something which this place lacks, is that people got used to the notion that they actually have an input and that they, in some sense, were not required to participate, but that participating was, in effect, one of the responsibilities that we had. And it was a responsibility that most people and William James accepted. And that most of the major decisions of the college took place in the council, openly, where people could say anything they wanted to say. I've been in this �unit a year and a half and nobody says anything in public. So, there is no public discourse whatsoever here. There are private statements made about people behind their backs, but people will not say in front of anyone. So, when we have had meetings, the meetings have come to naught. I never felt that kind of cynicism at William James. And I never felt that in William James, even at the end when William James was changing drastically, it seems to me, and the council wasn't as representative as it was in the past, it was nothing compared to the situation that I'm in now. [Barbara] So what can you as an individual really do when you're put in a structure that doesn't give you any opportunity to be responsible? What do you do? [Joanisse] Well, very little. I think that I've tried to have an effect on this college. I mean, my metric at William James is to bring people together. And I'm now with the Dean on a book club and… [Barbara] What's that? [Joanisse] A book club is where people come together who are interested in reading something. I'm also the person who invites guests so we have a committee for intellectual ideas and I invite various faculty people to give speeches. But the sense of the community is not there. These are all individual endeavors. At some institutional level, we're trying to create a sense of community, but the experience isn't there. What we're trying to do is to create an experience, but I'm very skeptical of what's happening here. [Barbara] Teaching, how is teaching different? [Joanisse] Well, there are grades. I mean, you have more students and the students are no better or worse. I think that the students are not in there because they want to be. Let’s start there. The caliber of the students are not that different, but students in William James took a course because they wanted to take it. Very seldom did they feel coerced, in some ways, to have to take a course. Most of the things that I teach now almost, without exception, are to meet general education requirements. Out of a hundred students I taught in social problems last year, not one of those students is a student majoring in sociology. Not one. So that means that in effect I'm teaching students because they have been told they have to take something. And I think that makes an enormous difference. I never have a student come to my office unless there's a question about a grade. My office has never been used; I've never been used by a student. [Barbara] Never? [Joanisse] No, not in the general education. I'm not talking about students who might be in �sociological theory or something like that. But of these students, I can't name any student who's come to me and simply said: "I'd like to talk to you about sociology." I think part of the problem there is that general education courses are considered, by most students, to be irrelevant anyhow. But that experience you would've gotten at William James… you would have gotten the curious student who might've been interested in what you were talking about, or in ideas, and that you don't get. I'm not suggesting that these students are interested in that in their own field, but by the time, you know, when we get them, they're not interested in those things. [Barbara] You said that you were thinking of writing a paper but didn't tell me what about. [Joanisse] Well, the one thing that I find impossible to explain to anybody is what William James was. And I always had this sort of paper on the phenomenology of William James. In other words, phenomenology is always after the question of meaning. And I was trying to say to people: "What does it mean to be in William James? And what was William James?" But I was asking the question from the fact that nobody I've ever talked to who is not a member of William James ever understood what William James is. Now that's terrifying because that's almost like being in a cult and trying to tell people who don't understand what a cult is experiencing. And I don't think we were a cult. I don't think there was anything hidden or mysterious about what we did and therefore it's scary to me. I can understand why people who are on communes, who want to hide from the outside world, and whose experience it seems to me and the kind of beliefs they have may be, in some sense, different from the outside world. But we were offering a traditional state institution in the same environment, no more than ten feet from anybody else; we publicized what we were doing and yet I have never met an outsider… let me give you an example. Jock Bliss and I were in a meeting – Jock Bliss is the director of public relations Grand Valley. When the demise of William James was imminent, he said to me: "I don't understand why you're so upset Richard, if you are such a good teacher you should be able to be a good teacher any place. Isn't William James just really a matter of style." And now, I wasn't offended. I just… something clicked again. I said: "My God here it is again." I mean we were a school about, in some sense, communication; a substantial part of what we do and nobody understands what it is that we're doing. So, it was at that point I said I should write a paper really titled something like "The Phenomenology of William James; or Distortions of Communication" and try and see what is it about what we were doing that was distorted? Why did people perceive… I'll give you a second example. Carl [inaudible]… don't ever use these names… [?] said to me one day: "I never could understand why you people work so damn hard, but now I figured it out." He said, "you had,"… "because, Christ, if you didn't you weren't going to survive." And I says: "That’s what it was all about, Carl." I said: "I mean we really… we had to do it." He said: "Yep, I just had to do it." You know, so everybody had some kind of sense of it. �And even Chris, one time, said to me: "You people really couldn't do all the things you claimed. You really didn't teach all the stuff and know that stuff, did you?" And I said: "You know, if you do one thing for ten years, you can be the best at it." But I said: "For ten years, what your reward is, is to do things with other people and to learn what other people are doing." I said: "You can be very good at that." And I said that… so I stood back: There's another miss… but these are… this person's my friend. This person taught at a school that was, presumably, in some sense, alternative too. But the bottom line of coming for Chris was: "I just don't really believe you people were about what you claimed you were about." And so, it was from that misunderstanding… and I'm not saying in effect that we were what we said we were, in the sense of what we were publicly to people print. But the point is – in some sense – whatever we thought we were, and what we are to each other when we speak to each other about what we were, no outsiders have ever understood. And so, there’s something wrong someplace. And I thought it would be marvelous to write a paper about what it was. [Barbara] What do you think it was? [Joanisse] Well, I think in part – if I start with the negatives from our own side – I think in some sense in order to be successful, we had to isolate ourselves in some ways. To immerse ourselves in our own interpersonal relation, we have no friends outside of William James… most of us. As a good example, all of our intimate relationships were with people [?]… that's still true for most of us even now after two years. If we had a party, most of us would’ve invited people from that college. So, it was very difficult for us to know, in some sense, what was going on outside. I think at an institutional level, we were very open about what we were doing. I think that at an interpersonal level, we were very close and we liked each other a lot and we had no energy leftover for anybody else. At an institutional level, we were just willing to please anyone about what we were doing and publicize anything. I think what we thought is that people would actually be concerned and read about it and understand it. And I don't think most people read it and I don't think most people perceived exactly what we were doing. And I don't think the problem, necessarily, was the way we were saying it. [Barbara] Do you think that part of it could be so much of the thing was experience – experiential – and then we put an intellectual, verbal gloss on it for other people. But what James was really about… which is why we would throw students into it, and they would flounder for a while, and then they would start experiencing and being active, and then they would understand. But it was an experience that they had to go through. So, when you just write the stuff down or verbalize it to other people, that experiment component is missing and they're never going to understand it. �[Joanisse] These are people who don't hold much to these kinds of experiences. And certainly, these are people who have not had the kind of experience that you're trying to articulate. [Barbara] I know… that's what I'm saying. They can't understand. It's interesting, the Jacque Barzun book on James that I'm reading now says there was a certain group of people, always, you could count on year after year that just didn't understand James. Could not understand the English words that he was writing down. Did not know what he was talking about. [Joanisse] I also, I just didn't want to leave this out. I do think that in the first ten years of the college… I want to make some distinctions: certainly, all the time Adrian Tinsley was the Dean, I think, most of us had an incredible commitment to teaching. And lots of the evidence indicates that schools are different. The thing that makes him different is the kind of commitment and motivation you have in your faculty. The real keys is to try and figure out how that commitment and motivation was tied to structural variables. What did the college do, in some sense, to enhance that commitment, to reward people for being highly motivated? And it seems to me that goes back to what we started with and most people felt it was their institution. And that the experiences that they had had, in the institution, had some kind of effect on the outcome of what they were doing. So, one was talking about pedagogical interest or one's philosophical concerns. One could go to one's colleagues and talk about these kind of things, and raise them as an issue in the council. And we did that, it seems to me, constantly. And realized that what one was talking about was not bullshit; that it would have an effect. That some decision would come out of this. That some policy, it seems to me, would be initiated. That's not true at a place where we're at now and think only a fool would think it is. [Barbara] It's not true for us and it's not true for the students. [Joanisse] No. [Barbara] Similarly, yeah, I asked you this before. I phrased it badly but were we responsible for the closing of James or how were we responsible? [Joanisse] No, I don't think we were responsible. If you look across the country, there are no alternative schools that are still open. Evergreen would be an exception, but you know Santa Cruz is no longer an alternative. None of the other schools that were alternative when we started exist. I think that in some ways we are as much a victim of the changing economic situation and the changing historical understanding of education. And as a broader thing, at a more local level, I think Grand Valley simply got to the point where it no longer felt that it could deal with the confusion that the alternative colleges produced. So, you're looking here �more, it seems to me, at public… an attempt to develop a public image where people would no longer be confused about Grand Valley. I never met anybody who ever understood at the administration or in admissions what Grand Valley was about. So I think that there had been enormous pressure in the last four or five years before the closing of the colleges to get one college. Both from the faculty in a large unit and from the administration. And with the closing of Thomas Jefferson, I just think that it was inevitable that William James would close. So, whether or not William James was successful or not I think is irrelevant. The only way that it could've been… there was no way I think it could have remained open, regardless of how successful it was. If it had more students, if its students had been successful outside. I don't think it was any criteria that one could use to point to and say: "Oh it's a successful institution, let's keep it." That's why I said before, I don't think it was failing. It wasn't on the basis of its failure that it was closed. It was on the basis, it seems to me, of outside forces. And certain kinds of the inside forces that felt this is an excellent opportunity to get rid of this cluster that seemed to drive everybody mad. And the minute it closed everyone came up to me who worked in admissions – because I was a Representative of Admissions at William James – and said: "Boy! Now it's going to be easy to explain what this is all about." So, I think there were a lot of people who wanted the colleges closed, who had no animosity towards the colleges. And lots of people who wanted the colleges closed because they never understood with the colleges were about. [Barbara] Interesting. Interesting. Why don't we stop and check, okay? That's also interesting when you're talking about the whole notion of pluralism. � Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource William James College Interviews Description An account of the resource Videotaped interviews of William James College faculty, students and administrators by Barbara Roos. William James College opened in 1971 as the third baccalaureate degree granting college for Grand Valley. It was originally designed to be an interdisciplinary, non-departmentalized college consisting of concentration programs, rather than majors. Curriculum was organized around three concentrations that were meant to be interdisciplinary career preparation offerings: Social Relations, Administration and Information Management, and Environmental Studies. The college was discontinued in 1983 during a reorganization of Grand Valley. Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1984 Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/69">William James College faculty and student interviews (GV016-16)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/page/InC/1.0/?language=en">In Copyright</a> Subject The topic of the resource Grand Valley State University Michigan Universities and colleges Oral histories Alternative education Interdisciplinary approach in education Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Special Collections & University Archives Contributor An entity responsible for making contributions to the resource Roos, Barbara (Interviewer) Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context GV016-16 Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource video/mp4 application/pdf Type The nature or genre of the resource Moving Image Text Language A language of the resource eng Oral History A resource containing historical information obtained in interviews with persons having firsthand knowledge. Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context GV016-16_GVSU_38_Joanisse Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Joanisse, Richard Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1984 Title A name given to the resource Richard Joanisse interview (2 of 2, video and transcript) Description An account of the resource Interview with Richard Joanisse by Barbara Roos, documenting the history of Grand Valley State's William James College. William James College was the third baccalaureate degree granting college for Grand Valley. It was originally designed to be an interdisciplinary, non-departmentalized college consisting of concentration programs, rather than majors. The college opened in 1971 and was discontinued in 1983 during a reorganization of Grand Valley State. Richard Joanisse was one of the founding faculty of William James College and an associate professor of Sociology. In this interview, Richard discusses the differences in teaching at William James College and the phenomenology of William James, in addition to the college's eventual closing. This interview is part 2 of 2 for Richard Joanisse. Contributor An entity responsible for making contributions to the resource Roos, Barbara (Interviewer) Subject The topic of the resource Grand Valley State University Michigan Universities and colleges Oral histories Alternative education Interdisciplinary approach in education Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/69">William James College faculty and student interviews (GV016-16)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/page/InC/1.0/?language=en">In Copyright</a> Type The nature or genre of the resource Moving Image Text Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource video/mp4 application/pdf Language A language of the resource eng Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Lemmen Library and Archives https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/f5226560f3829ce3ed21ec829bf36de5.m4v 73f97170a2d1a87c828ac8ee22608368 https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/a5e04c105fa679f4dd6951cb3f746f30.pdf fd7cbcd2fa95f2861fb64b196870c57a PDF Text Text ORAL HISTORY INTERVIEW BETSY JOCHUM Women in Baseball Born: Cincinnati, Ohio 1921 Resides: South Band, Indiana Interviewed by: James Smither, PhD, GVSU Veterans History Project, August 4, 2010, Detroit, MI at the All American Girls Professional Baseball League reunion. Transcribed by: Joan Raymer, October 26, 2010 Interviewer: “Betsy, can you start by giving us some background on yourself? Beginning with where and when were you born?” I was born in Cincinnati, Ohio. Interviewer: “In what year?” 1921, and when we were kids we use to play on the corner lot with an old beat up ball and when the cover came off we would just put friction tape on it and keep on playing. That’s how I started out playing and eventually I played on the local softball teams and went to the national tournaments in Chicago and Detroit and then P.K. Wrigley sent his club scout to Cincinnati for tryouts and I made that and we were sent to Chicago to try out at Wrigley Field and I played for the South Bend Blue Sox. Interviewer: “Ok, back up a little and we will fill out some more of the pieces of the story as we go forward. So, you’re talking about playing sandlot ball with balls you knocked the covers off of. What did your family do for a living in those days?” My dad was a carpenter and my mother stayed home. Interviewer: “And growing up there you’re getting—by the time you’re nine or ten years old the depression is starting and things like that. Was it hard for him to make a living?” 1 �The great depression, yes, and according to Tom Brokaw were “The Greatest Generation” right? 4:52 Interviewer: “Did your father have a hard time getting enough work to keep the family fed?” During the depression he didn’t have a job for quite a while, but then things picked up. Interviewer: “So, there wasn’t a lot of money to go buy bats and ball s with or things like that?” No, we just played with any old thing and friction tape to fix anything. Interviewer: “Now did you have school sports that you could play or teams?” Not for the girls, we just had intramurals maybe once a year. Interviewer: “Now you talked about getting involved with an organized softball league, and how was that run or what was the set-up for that?” They got a sponsor and they bought the uniforms and we couldn’t get anything paid, we were armatures and I played on a team in Covington, Kentucky and Cincinnati and then we went to the national tournaments in Chicago and Detroit and we ended up in second place I think at one time. 6:02 Interviewer: “That’s sort of how you came to the attention of the Cubs scout when they were looking for people to go build this league with. Did they come to Cincinnati to scout you and how did that work did they just watch a game?” No, they hit fly balls and you ran this way and ran that way and run back and batting etc. Interviewer: “And were there a lot of women they were looking at or just a few of you?” I think there were about six and they took four for the same team. 2 �Interviewer: “So, a pretty small group that they had identified already as the ones they want. Alright, then how did they get you up to Chicago?” On the James Whitcomb Riley train and we stayed at the Belmont Hotel in Chicago and P.K. Wrigley game us free food, free shoes, free glove, everything. 6:59 Interviewer: “Now you were born in 1921 and the league starts in 1943, so you’re a little older than some of the women that were getting involved in the league.” I was twenty-one and we had some players that were fifteen and sixteen, Dot Schroeder and Lois Florreich and a few after that. Interviewer: “Right, now did you have a job then before you went up?” I was working in Cincinnati as a Comptometer operator; they’re out of existence now, Comptometers. Interviewer: “What is a Comptometer?” Added, multiply, divide, subtract. Interviewer: “Sort of an adding machine?” A glorified adding machine really. Interviewer: “So, at that point you didn’t really have a whole lot of exciting job prospects or whatever at that point?” No, I think I had to pay to get that job, it was during the depression and then I started playing ball. Getting paid to play a game, that was nice. Interviewer: “That’s a good deal. All right, so you go up and this is your first season in it, so they bring you up to Chicago and what happens when you get there?” 8:09 3 �We had tryouts again and they ran us all over the outfield, batting practice and all that, but the big thing was, we tried out at Wrigley field and women were never on that field. We were the first ones to play under our temporary license, our league. Interviewer: “Did you have any sense, of the women that tried out, how many actually made the teams? Did most of them get assigned to teams or did a lot of them get sent home?” A lot of them got sent home. There were only four teams and I think there were sixteen or seventeen players on each team and there were, I think, five hundred trying out. I don’t know, I forgot. There were quite a few there that didn’t make it. They put just a poster up in the hotel, not like in the movie, it was in the hotel the next morning and if your name was on it, you made it. 9:08 Interviewer: “All right, What team were you assigned to?” South Bend, and the four managers had to set up the teams not knowing which teams they were going to coach or manage of the four original teams, Kenosha, Rockford, South Bend and Racine. Interviewer: “You said the four managers set up the teams.” There were four teams, but they didn’t know which team they were going to manage at that time, until later. Interviewer: “What was the logic of that? Why did they do it that way?” Well, they could set up a good team for themselves, otherwise, like anybody else would do. Interviewer: ‘So this gave them some balance, they had to create teams?” They always tried to keep the teams evenly balanced as far as skills. 4 �Interviewer: “All right, now, at least in the movie version of things, there’s a pretty big production made out of efforts to teach all of these girls how to be like ladies; how to dress and how to act and that kind of thing. How much of that did you get and how much do you remember about that?” 10:08 The first one was Helena Rubenstein and she taught us how to put on a coat and how to go up and down the stairs and we each got a make-up kit, that was put away, but it was good and worthwhile and it was a good thing to do. Interviewer: “What other rules and regulations stood out at that point?” We always had to wear a skirt, and we were not allowed to wear shorts in public and of course and for the four or five years we had the North Shore and the South Shores and each team had their own bus and when you were on the bus you could wear shorts and when you got off the bus you had to put a skirt on. Those were the strict rules and no smoking or drinking. Interviewer: “Did they try to control dating and things like that?” You had to see the chaperone, each team had their own chaperone and you had to be checked out with her. Interviewer: “And who was the girls’ chaperone when you started?” It was Rose Way from Tennessee and she had to wear the players’ uniform and the next was Helen Moore from Milwaukee and they had like an airline hostess outfit and the one after that was Lucille Moore and she was from South Bend and that was through 1948 and after that some of the players became chaperones when they ran out of money. 11:32 Interviewer: “What did you think of the chaperones?” 5 �Well, they weren’t nerds like they were in the movie. They were very nice and they were our first aid people and if you got a strawberry they patched you up. They were really nice I thought, and they looked really nice in their uniform, those airline hostess uniforms. Interviewer: “Did they look after the younger players particularly?” If they got homesick they would kind of talk to them. Interviewer: “What kind of living accommodations did you have?” Well, in the movie it showed like a boarding house. We didn’t—it wasn’t true, we lived in private homes and we had a room in private homes of people who were usually fans of the team and that’s the way it was, not in a big dorm. It was usually close enough to the ballpark, so you could walk to the ballpark. 12:26 Interviewer: “How much did they pay you when you started playing?” Fifty dollars plus expenses when we were out of town and that was a lot of money because coffee was only five cents then. Interviewer: “Was that a month?” A week Interviewer: “That was pretty good money then at that time.” I made more money than my dad made. Interviewer: “What did you do with your money when you made it?” I tried to save it for later on and I bought myself some nice clothes every once in a while Interviewer: “What position did you play?” 6 �I started out playing left field and I played center field and some first base when the first baseman was injured. Then when they pitched over hand I pitched and when I wasn’t pitching I played in the outfield and substitute batting. 13:18 Interviewer: “Were you a good hitter?” Yeah, except in 1948 I got tired I think and we didn’t have any days off. We played every day and traveled. We got in Southfield sometimes at five o’clock in the morning and played that evening and it was really tiring sometimes. Interviewer: “Now, were you a power hitter or a singles hitter?” No, I hit a lot of doubles and sometimes the people in South Bend would give us silver dollars for hitting doubles or triples or whatever. I just hit a few home runs. Interviewer: “Did the field have outfield fences like modern parks do or did some of them have open ends?” They all had fences. Now, in Racine it was a humongous field and if you hit to center field it would roll a mile after that, but most of them weren’t that large. Kenosha had a small field and the fog would roll in off of Lake Michigan and in the outfield you couldn’t see the ball sometimes. 14:23 They moved the field to a different location later on. In South Bend we played at Bendix Field first and then moved over to Playland Park which was an amusement park with a race track and the ball field was inside the racetrack and home plate was on a cinder track, so if you slid home it was kind of ouchie. Interviewer: “What was the fan response to women playing baseball, particularly in that first season? How were you received in South bend and other places?” 7 �When the league first started we were playing softball and they didn’t believe that we could play until they came out and saw us play and then they came out all the time and watched us. 15:15 Interviewer: “What kind of people were your fans? Were they kids or older people, men, women?” They were family people, professional people, doctors, lawyers and bankers and everything. You know I always thought they didn’t wear those hats until they showed old movies and everyone wore hats to the ball game, those big gangster type hats. When Penny Marshall made the movie they all had those hats on and I thought they didn’t wear hats, but they did. We went and watched the movie being made and Penny Marshall really talks that way all the time, but they were real nice to us down there, the whole bunch. Gretsky’s wife, he’s the ice hockey player, the big tall blond that pitched a few times, but we had a real nice time and they treated us like stars. 16:08 Interviewer: “Now, are there particular games that stand out in your memory or things that happened in individual games?” Yes, when I hit a foul ball and it hit me up in the eye and I went flat on my back, I remember that, a stupid thing. Interviewer: “All right, how about good things?” When I caught a ball bare handed. My glove was over here and I caught it bare handed over there, I remember that. Interviewer: “Now, the time you played with the Blue Sox did they win the league championship any of those years?” 8 �Not while I was playing. They came in second, but they never really won anything until later on in the fifties I think it was. Interviewer: “Who do you thing were some of the best players you played alongside of on that team?” On our team or the other team? Interviewer: “Your team?” 17:06 Jean Faut, Schroeder, Liz Mahon, Worth Interviewer: “What made them stand out from the other players?” They made everything look easy instead of making it look hard. Interviewer: “Were there particular pitchers that you didn’t like to go up against?” The slow pitchers, the faster they threw it the better I liked it. I couldn’t hit slow pitching. Interviewer: “So, did you like it, in terms of hitting, as they began to move away from the softball style and did the ball stay the same size during the time you were playing or did the ball get smaller?” We were lucky, the ones that started out, we started out with a softball and as we kept playing the balls got small and the bases got longer and the pitchers moved back, underhand, sidearm to overhand, so we were kind of eased into it, the older players. Interviewer: “But, if you like to have faster pitches and they started to move in that direction from sidearm to overhand, did the pitchers get faster or could they pitch just as fast underhand?” 18:13 I would say underhand was a lot faster because they were a lot closer. They were only about forty feet away and they could zing it in there. 9 �Interviewer: “So, you actually got a little more time to wait on the pitch if it’s fiftysix feet out or whatever they got it to.” I think we did--too long Interviewer: “Now tell me a little bit more about the traveling, you mentioned you were out—“ It started out we rode the South Shore, North Shore electric trains from Chicago to Racine and South Bend and then in 1945 each team had their own bus, which was nice. They weren’t air conditioned, but no more suitcases to lug around from station to station and it was so hard and it was so hot to carry that suitcase with your uniform in it and on the bus the uniforms were put in the back and we wouldn’t have to mess with all that. 19:08 Interviewer: “How would you get to Rockford then? Was there a train that went that way too or would you?” I really don’t remember. Interviewer: “Kenosha, Racine and South Bend are conveniently on rail lines that go out of Chicago.” I remember when they had a team out in Minneapolis and we rode the train out there and it seemed to last forever out there, but that didn’t last very long and Milwaukee either. I don’t remember how we got to Rockford the first few years. It must have been by train or bus or taxi I don’t know. Interviewer: “ I guess it was the Milwaukee team about one year and then it went to Grand Rapids.” Yes, and Minneapolis went to Fort Wayne. 10 �Interviewer: “Right, so you got that. Which team do think was probably the best team that you played against?” I thought the Grand Rapids and Rockford teams were the best while I was playing. 20:02 Interviewer: “Who did you have as a manager while you were playing?” We had Bert Niehoff first, all major-league players, Marty McManus, Chet Grant, he was a football man really, and then Marty came back again. Interviewer: “Alright, and how effective were they as managers do you think?” I liked Marty McManus he was my favorite. He would take more chances and we had more hit and run and things like that and the other ones wouldn’t do too much of that. Interviewer: “Did they do much coaching in terms of teaching you to do better or did they just send you on out there?” Oh no, they taught us how to bat and where to throw the ball and things like that. Hit and run or stealing bases and things like that. Interviewer: “What did you do in the off season? You played in the summer and then what?” 21:06 I was lucky, I went back to French Barr as a comptometer operator in the winter. Other people had to find a new job, but I didn’t. Interviewer: “So, they held your job for you basically and you could go back and do it?” Yes, but I always took a month off after the season and then went back to work. Interviewer: “Why did you stop playing ball?” I was traded to Peoria and I didn’t want to go and they said my choice was to either go or quit, so I quit. 11 �Interviewer: “Once you quit what did you do?” I worked at Bendix Products as a comptometer and eventually I went to college and became a teacher. Interviewer: “Where did you go to college?” Illinois State and I was thirty-six years old when I graduated. Interviewer: “What did you get your degree in?” What else, phys ed Interviewer: “There you go… and what did you do with that degree once you had it?” I taught grades three through eight at Miesel School in South Bend and I was there was twenty-seven years and then I retired. 22:17 Interviewer: “Now, did the people know that you were a baseball player?” No, we never talked about it until the movie came out. They wouldn’t have believed us. Interviewer: “So, the people in South Bend didn’t necessarily even remember that there was a team?” They didn’t even know we played until the movie came out. Interviewer: “Now, were you involved with the league organization before that?” No, not really, do you mean our league? No, P.K. Wrigley did all that organizing. Interviewer: “No, I meant the organization of the players, the one that’s now— we’re having the reunion of/” Do you mean the AAGPBL? Interviewer: “Yes” No, I wasn’t involved in that. 12 �Interviewer: “Did you know about making the movie when they started it, did you get involved in that?” We went down and watched them make the movie in Evansville. 23:10 Interviewer: “So, you must have had enough of a connection that they could invite you. Did they go and research and find the players or what did they do?” No, we just went down on our own and watched. Interviewer: “OK” They hired Karen Kunkel to kind of help them out with the movie and latter on I think, Pepper Paire was down there too. We just went down as spectators. Interviewer: “OK” Very interesting how they faked on a lot of stuff Interviewer: “Which parts of the movie do you think were the most authentic or realistic?” The base running I guess, the batting was all faked out. They had a machine behind home plate and the batter would swing and the machine would throw the ball out in the outfield. Interviewer: “So, you swung the bat better than Madonna did then?” Yes, but she tried. 24:06 Interviewer: “Which pieces of the movie struck you as being the most really out of character from what really went on or the most Hollywoodish?” When they showed the chaperone. She was horrible, that chaperone in the movie, but the games, actually, were pretty authentic. They made it look authentic anyway and they did a good job. It put us on the map, really.. 13 �Interviewer: “When you were playing, did you think that you were doing something really distinctive or unusual?” Not really, until later on. Interviewer: “You were just playing ball, so that was a good idea.” We were having fun and getting paid to play a game. It was a very unusual league for that time. Interviewer: “I can’t think of anything else like that and that could have been equivalent, you had women athletes, but—“ 25:10 Not team sports, not professional team sports. Interviewer: “Golf and tennis, but not a whole lot else.” Mostly golf with Babe Zaharias at that time I think and Patty—what was that golfers name, Patty Burg? Interviewer: “As we kind of got into the seventies and eighties etc. and had Title IX come in, you had a lot of efforts to actually get women involved in sports—“ That was real good, that Title Nine and women got scholarships and everything and we had nothing before that really. Interviewer: “Have you gotten much of a chance to meet or talk to the women athletes of the younger generation? Ones who play softball now or college sports?” Not really, some of the ball players did, but I didn’t really do that. Interviewer: “If you look at it now, how do you think your experience in the league affected you? What did you take out of that?” It changed everybody’s life I think; I met a lot of people, bankers, lawyers, doctors, plus players for all over Cuba, the USA and Canada. 26:27 14 �Interviewer: “Now, did you get down to Cuba for the spring training they did there?” Yes, my first flight Interviewer: “What was that like? What do you remember about that?” It was wild; we went to the ballpark in a taxicab. They didn’t have traffic lights and when you got to a corner whoever beeped their horn first had the right away and we didn’t have any water to drink, it was always Coca Cola. We had our practices at the stadium out there and the Brooklyn Dodgers were there at the same time in a different park and they came to watch us play and not them. Interviewer: “So, why were people watching you and not the Dodgers?” Women in skirts playing ball Interviewer: “So people came to watch you play and how did the fans in Puerto Rico [Cuba] behave?” 27:23 They were wild and we weren’t allowed to walk down the streets alone, we had to go in groups. They had real good cocoanut ice cream and fresh pineapple they sold on the streets. It was a real experience and this one man that made movie shorts, I can’t think of his name, walking down the stairway of the Havana University, all the teams and I have a snapshot of that, but he made a movie shorts and it got lost somehow and I still can’t think of his name. He was very popular at that time, making shorts. Interviewer: “Were these like newsreel movie?” Yes, newsreel things Interviewer: “Now, what year did you do that?” 1947 in Cuba 15 �Interviewer: “Of course for the first year for 1943 you went to Wrigley Field and everybody got together there?” We practiced in South Bend I think and we went down to Opa-Locka, Florida one year at an old naval station I think it was. 28:30 Interviewer: “What was that experience like?” We swam in the swimming pool and had a good time when we weren’t practicing. It was nice and I liked it, but Pascagoula was roach heaven. The roaches were that big and got in our suitcases and everything. Interviewer: “Was that a different year at Pascagoula?’ Yes, and I would like to forget that year. We were in the army barracks and it was horrible and hot and filthy. Interviewer: “When you went to those places did you play games that people would come and attend or were you just working out?” 29:10 We would get two teams together and after practice we would travel throughout the south and shared a bus for about a week and played every night and travel all day and play the next night with no days off. Then we would fly back to South Bend Interviewer: “What kind of response did you get when you were doing that kind of barnstorming?” Oh, they loved us and we had real good attendance there. Interviewer: “Would you sometimes recruit players as you went through that way?” I guess so, once in a while, that’s how we got the Cubans. 16 �Interviewer: “Some of the players we have talked to, like Sue Kidd was from Arkansas and that kind of thing. You come through and they sign on and join them and just go on along. Were the audiences all white when you were in the south or did you play for black audiences too?” 30:02 I think they were all white. We were in Charlotte, was it South Carolina? Interviewer: “North Carolina has the large town of Charlotte.” Anyway, we had a room that had these large bowls with a pitcher of water; an old hotel and you would take a bath in the bowl. I remember that, I don’t know why, but we stayed in nice hotels really most of the time. Tampa Terrace, I have some old postcards from some of them. Interviewer: “When you were playing against the teams in the league, were there certain towns you liked to go to better than others?” In the league, I didn’t like Peoria, it was so hot and I didn’t like the hotel there. Kenosha, there was a nice hotel there, it was a small town and Racine was nice. Peoria is the place I didn’t like because it was so hot there and there was no place to eat there that was good. 31:03 We played in Racine and we went to this bar to get something to eat after the game and there was a piano player there and a singer and it was Patti Page. Interviewer: “Well, that’s pretty good.” We asked if we could request a song and she was very nice. That was before she became popular and that was quite an experience meeting her then. 31:30 Interviewer: “Once the movie came out and the league got more attention, have you done anything in terms of helping with museums or anything like that?” 17 �We went down to the museum in South Bend and identified hundreds of pictures for the museum. Interviewer: “All right, you’re also involved with a bigger museum than that. Who has your uniform?” The Smithsonian. Iin 1983 I donated my uniform to the Smithsonian. It had been in Japan and all over the U.S for two years on its tour. Interviewer: “How did you wind up giving your uniform to the Smithsonian?” One of the players said they wanted our uniforms and I said, “I’ve got one down in the cellar”, and it was all rumpled up and dirty, so I cleaned it up and ironed it real nice and put it on this statue. They had a nice display of my uniform with my picture there. 32:30 Interviewer: “All right, and did they get anymore of your stuff?” My hat and my cap, my socks, my belt and my glove. Interviewer: “At the time you were donating that stuff, did you think much of it or did you think that if they wanted it that was fine?” They might as well have it, it’s down in my basement and somebody else can see it there at the Smithsonian. Interviewer: “You didn’t know it was that important yet?” No, not really. They were glad they got it and I got a lot of letters thanking me. Interviewer: “Did you get to go there and see them present it?” This Audi automobile club had a big todo about the traveling display and they had this big rotunda and the ice skater Nancy Kerrigan was there and Bill Russell and they had these old-fashioned popcorn machines and they had cotton candy and free drinks and free 18 �food. It was really an experience and it was the grand opening of the display that was going to be traveling for two years and sponsored by Audi. 33:36 Interviewer: “Now, if you think back to your playing days and things, are there any individual events or memories or things that stand out in your mind that you haven’t brought up here yet?” Yes, when I was batting in Rockford, I hit a foul ball that came up and hit me in the face and I landed flat on my back on home plate. Another time I was going to run down first base and I stepped on that liquid whitewash and fell down. Interviewer: “What was the liquid whitewash from, or was that what they painted the lines with?” They painted the lines with that liquid stuff and if you stepped on that it was slippery and I happened to step on it after I hit the ball—one step and down. 34:21 Interviewer: “Did they have you wearing cleats?” We had regular steel spikes and they were long ones, not the short ones like softball, they were long. Interviewer: “But that didn’t stop the whitewash from tripping you up?” No, not me Interviewer: “All,right, there were a lot of experiences there and thank you for coming in and telling them to us. Thank you for having me. 34:44 19 � Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource All-American Girls Professional Baseball League Interviews Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Grand Valley State University. History Department Description An account of the resource The All-American Girls Professional Baseball League was started by Philip Wrigley, owner of the Chicago Cubs, during World War II to fill the void left by the departure of most of the best male baseball players for military service. Players were recruited from across the country, and the league was successful enough to be able to continue on after the war. The league had teams based in Wisconsin, Illinois, Indiana and Michigan, and operated between 1943 and 1954. The 1954 season ended with only the Fort Wayne, South Bend, Grand Rapids, Kalamazoo, and Rockford teams remaining. The League gave over 600 women athletes the opportunity to play professional baseball. Many of the players went on to successful careers, and the league itself provided an important precedent for later efforts to promote women's sports. Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/484">All-American Girls Professional Baseball League Collection, (RHC-58)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/page/InC/1.0/?language=en">In Copyright</a> Subject The topic of the resource Sports for women World War, 1939-1945--Personal narratives, American All-American Girls Professional Baseball League--Personal narratives Oral history Baseball players--Minnesota Baseball players--Indiana Baseball players--Wisconsin Baseball players--Michigan Baseball players--Illinois Baseball for women--United States Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University Libraries, Special Collections and University Archives, 1 Campus Drive, Allendale, MI, 49401 Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context RHC-58 Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource video/mp4 application/pdf Type The nature or genre of the resource Moving Image Text Language A language of the resource eng Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 2017-10-02 Contributor An entity responsible for making contributions to the resource Smither, James Boring, Frank Relation A related resource Veterans History Project (U.S.) Oral History A resource containing historical information obtained in interviews with persons having firsthand knowledge. Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context RHC-58_BJochum Title A name given to the resource Jochum, Betsy (Interview transcript and video), 2010 Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Jochum, Betsy Description An account of the resource Betsy Jochum was born in Cincinnati, Ohio, in 1921. She grew up playing ball with neighborhood kids, and was playing in a local women's softball league in 1943 when she was recruited to play in the All American league during its first season. She played until 1948 with the South Bend Blue Sox, and went on the league's spring training trip to Cuba. She later became a physical education teacher, and donated her glove and uniform to the Smithsonian. Contributor An entity responsible for making contributions to the resource Smither, James (Interviewer) Subject The topic of the resource Oral history Veterans History Project (U.S.) Video recordings All-American Girls Professional Baseball League--Personal narratives Baseball for women--United States Baseball Sports for women World War, 1939-1945 Baseball players--Indiana Women Language A language of the resource eng Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/page/InC/1.0/?language=en">In Copyright</a> Type The nature or genre of the resource Moving Image Text Relation A related resource Veterans History Project (U.S.) Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 2010-08-04 Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/484">All-American Girls Professional Baseball League Collection, (RHC-55)</a> Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf video/mp4 Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Lemmen Library and Archives https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/f632e0ea8bf3c27cc372b9c4b345c520.pdf e05e4c5f27f5af8657d3d3a48e50c7f8 PDF Text Text � Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Incunabula Description An account of the resource The term incunabula refers to books printed between 1450 and 1500, approximately the first fifty years following the invention, by Johann Gutenberg of Mainz, of printing from moveable type. Our collection includes over 200 volumes and numerous unbound leaves from books printed during this period. Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant 1450/1500 Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived Incunabula Collection (DC-03) Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/page/NoC-US/1.0/?language=en">No Copyright - United </a> Subject The topic of the resource Incunabula Printing 1450-1500 Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Special Collections & University Archives Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context DC-03 Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf Type The nature or genre of the resource text Language A language of the resource eng it la nl de Still Image A static visual representation. Examples include paintings, drawings, graphic designs, plans and maps. Recommended best practice is to assign the type Text to images of textual materials. Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Summa confessorum [folium 57] Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context DC-03_057Friburgenis1478 Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Johannes, von Freiburg, -1314 Description An account of the resource One leaf of Summa confessorum by Johannes Friburgensis. Printed in Augsburg by Johann Bämler on June 20, 1478. [GW M13596; ISTC ij00318000] Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Augsburg: Johann Bämler Subject The topic of the resource Incunabula Printing 1450-1500 Johannes, von Freiburg, -1314 Language A language of the resource de Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/page/NoC-US/1.0/?language=en">No Copyright - United States</a> Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1478 Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived Seidman Rare Books Collection Type The nature or genre of the resource Text https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/381247f0f8cdb3453f238f369c0bbd10.pdf ae0b9b228c216ff47a05ece09dba4a89 PDF Text Text � Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Incunabula Description An account of the resource The term incunabula refers to books printed between 1450 and 1500, approximately the first fifty years following the invention, by Johann Gutenberg of Mainz, of printing from moveable type. Our collection includes over 200 volumes and numerous unbound leaves from books printed during this period. Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant 1450/1500 Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived Incunabula Collection (DC-03) Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/page/NoC-US/1.0/?language=en">No Copyright - United </a> Subject The topic of the resource Incunabula Printing 1450-1500 Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Special Collections & University Archives Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context DC-03 Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf Type The nature or genre of the resource text Language A language of the resource eng it la nl de Still Image A static visual representation. Examples include paintings, drawings, graphic designs, plans and maps. Recommended best practice is to assign the type Text to images of textual materials. Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Summa confessorum [German] [folium 203] Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context DC-03_203Friburgensis1492 Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Johannes, von Freiburg, -1314 Description An account of the resource One leaf from Summa confessorum [German] by Johannes Friburgensis and translated by Berchtold, O P. Printed in Ulm by Conrad Dinckmut on November 12, 1484. Typed identification on recto. [GW M13606; ISTC ij00321000] Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Ulm: Conrad Dinckmut Subject The topic of the resource Incunabula Printing 1450-1500 Language A language of the resource de Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/page/NoC-US/1.0/?language=en">No Copyright - United States</a> Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1484 Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived Seidman Rare Books Collection Contributor An entity responsible for making contributions to the resource Berchtold, O P. (translator) Type The nature or genre of the resource Text https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/17e5f3d3dcc9480f9dcaec6e50eec214.pdf 9f0b9cf324a6b2940ba30509b2a0e642 PDF Text Text July 1, 1998 Mr. and Mrs. Brian Friedt 4267 Four Mile Road NE Grand Rapids, MI 49525 Capital C a mpaign C hairpersons Dear Mr. and Mrs. Friedt: Don & Barb Molhoek Jim & Susie Sebastion Exec u tiv e Campaign Cabinet Cathy Bisse ll John Boyles Tom Fox On behalf of the leadership of the John Ball Zoological Society, we thank you for your wonderful $250.00 donation made on 07/01/1998 to our Growing Wild Campaign in recognition of Pieter Termaat. The Zoo Society and the Growing Wild Committee truly appreciate your patronage of the Zoo, and your belief in the future of the Zoo as represented by your gift. We welcome you to the John Ball Zoo as a stockholder in Wild Futures. Lorry Fred ricks Bob & Ann Koeze JC Huize n ga John Lewis It is only through the support and hard work of our community that the Zoo can make a difference in education, recreation, and conservation. Again, thank you for investing in our Wild Futures and for helping to make a great zoo even better. Zoo Director Mork McAleenon Jim McKay Chris McKinn e y Gory Milligan Jim Sebastian Co-Chairman, Growing Wild Julie Rid e nour Anne Rothwell Rick Smolldon Co-Chairman, Growing Wild Brenda Stringer Zoo Society Executive Director Steve VonAnde l Joan Wilson ***Please Note: The John Ball Zoological Society is an JR.C. Section 501 (c)(3) non-profit corporation. No goods or services were provided to the taxpayer in consideration of the taxpayer's contribution. Advisory Committee John Canepa William Co le Peter Cook Honorary Chairman David Frey Gene Gil m o re Mike Jondernoo Dorothy A. Johnson Fred Meijer Pot Quin n Steve VonAndel Peter Wege John B a ll Zoo So ciety • B ox 2 506 • Grand Rap i ds , Ml 49501-2506 • Ph . 336 - 4301 ��N~~ on Recognition Pl~ _t:_1 d-e- c bl . Ie f -1 \ ma o:r d?-! I am enclosing a check for $ 2 60::::::io invest in Wild Futures for-: .. . ) Under $25 - Penguin ) $25-49 Octopus ) $50-100 - Bald Eagle ( ) $100-249 - Zebra - -::J:>,...$250-349 - Great Ape ( ) $350-500 - Elephant ,.. I'm a member of the John Ball Zoo Society . fu ___---~ ~ . . Make check payable to: . John Ball Zoo Society · -Box1133 Grand Rapids, M~ 49501 . . • I �J o ·H N B A L L THIS Z ·o o S TO c L o G· 1 c A L · G A R ·o E N K CERTIFI ·E ·s THAT··· --------~TER N. TElW-AA~.t ---¼----·- GREiA..1>A,PE · HAS INVESTED IN ONE SHARE OE . . - FUTURES AT JOHN BALL ZOO. . ·. July 1, 1998 ·. . . Witnessed this day . ByZooRepresentativeyk ?~ This investment in the future of John Ball ,Zoo represents a donation to the "Growing Wili" capital campaign: Stock Certificate is honoring that don.at ion and does not -represent real or negotiable stock. � Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Adriana B. and Peter N. Termaat collection Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Termaat, Adriana B. (Schuurman) Termaat, Peter N. Description An account of the resource Collection contains genealogical, personal, and family papers and photographs documenting the lives and interests of Adriana and Peter Termaat. The bulk of the materials are related to family history and genealogical research carried out by the Termaats, including research notes and materials about places in the Netherlands that were significant to the Termaat and Schuurman families, such as the city of Alkmaar. Other materials in the collection are related to the Termaats' experiences on the eve of and during the Second World War, especially the German occupation of the Netherlands and the Termaats' participation in organized resistance to the Nazis. Also included are materials that document the family's post-war life in the United States, including their public efforts to recognize, commemorate, and honor people and events significant to World War II. Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1869 - 2012 Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/719">Adriana B. and Peter N. Termaat collection, RHC-144</a> Subject The topic of the resource Netherlands Netherlands--History--German occupation, 1940-1945 World War, 1939-1945 World War, 1939-1945 -- Underground movements -- Netherlands Dutch Dutch Americans Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Special Collections & University Archives Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context RHC-144 Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource Text Image Type The nature or genre of the resource application/pdf image/jpeg Language A language of the resource eng nl Text A resource consisting primarily of words for reading. Examples include books, letters, dissertations, poems, newspapers, articles, archives of mailing lists. Note that facsimiles or images of texts are still of the genre Text. Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context RHC-144_Termaat_COR_1998-07-01-John-Ball-Zoo-to-Friedts-honorary-donation Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource John Ball Zoo Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1998 Title A name given to the resource John Ball Zoo honorary donation Description An account of the resource Donation to John Ball Zoo by Barbara Termaat, Debi Williams, and Chris Freidt in honor of Pieter N. Termaat. Subject The topic of the resource Dutch Americans Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/719">Adriana B. and Peter N. Termaat collection (RHC-144)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/InC/1.0/">In Copyright</a> Type The nature or genre of the resource Text Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf Language A language of the resource eng Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Lemmen Library and Archives https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/dad4a91c24ae4a6bf95511f92fdbb0b0.pdf 8131124ce4963eb0071fb91984bc9287 PDF Text Text �DEC City of _Boyne City · 1986 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN FROM THE LIBRARY OF flanning & Zon ing Center, Inc. Prepared by Johnson Johnson & Roy/inc . .Planning/ Landscape Architecture/ Urban Design May 1980 •• I / / �• • ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS TECHNICAL ADVISORY COMMITTEE Timothy J. Clifton, City Manager Keith Fitzpatrick, Mayor Thomas Garlock, City Clerk John Hess, Planner, County of Charlevoix Catherine Jessup, City Commissioner Marvin Lading, Planning Commission Donald Toffolo, Chairman, Boyne City Planning Commission BOYNE CITY PLANNING COMMISSION Donald Toffolo, Chairman Dorian Adgate Florida Bowman Bruce Janssen Marvin Lading Dale Parsons Kate Schaf er Richard Sharer Lewis Upton This document was prepared by: Johnson, Johnson & Roy/inc. 303 North Main Street, Ann Arbor, Michigan 48104 2 �ill • • • • • • - TABLE OF CONTENTS TITLE PAGE ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS 2 TABLE OF CONTENTS 3 LIST OF FIGURES 7 LIST OF TABLES 8 PARTI. PLAN DEVELOPMENT INTRODUCTION 10 HOW YOUR PLAN IS ORGANIZED II HOW THIS PLAN WILL HELP BOYNE CITY 12 HOW YOUR PLAN WAS PREPARED 14 COMMUNITY SETTING 15 REGIONAL INFLUENCES ON BOYNE CITY 16 BOYNE CITY'S CURRENT SITUATION 19 COMMUNITY ISSUES AND OPPORTUNITIES 25 COMMUNITY ISSUES AND OPPORTUNITIES 26 BOYNE CITY'S SOCIO-ECONOMIC SITUATION Your Community's Population Boyne City's Economy YOUR COMMUNITY'S PHYSICAL FEATURES 26 26 27 Boyne City's Public Utilities Circulation 28 28 29 31 31 32 32 Natural F ea tu res 33 Boyne City's Neighborhoods Boyne City's Businesses Boyne City's Industries Parks and Open Spaces 3 �• • • • • • • • • GROWTH OPPORTUNITIES Land Use Projections Where Can Growth Occur? 33 34 37 BOYNE CITY'S LAND USE PLAN 40 YOUR COMMUNITY'S LAND USE PLAN 41 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY 41 YOUR NEIGHBORHOODS AND HOMES 43 43 46 50 50 53 57 57 58 60 60 61 66 66 67 69 69 70 Goals, Objectives, Policies, Programs Area Recommendations YOUR COMMUNITY'S BUSINESSES Goals, Objectives, Policies, Programs Area Recommendations BOYNE CITY'S INDUSTRIES Goals, Objectives, Policies, Programs Area Recommendations BOYNE CITY'S NATURAL FEATURES Goals, Objectives, Policies, Programs Area Recommendations BOYNE CITY'S UTILITIES Goals, Objectives, Policies, Programs Specific Recommendations CIRCULATION IN BOYNE CITY Goals, Objectives, Policies, Programs Specific Recommendations IMPLEMENTATION STRATEGIES 75 INTRODUCTION THE PLANNING PROGRAM PLANNING AND CITY GOVERNMENT City Administration Planning Commission Goal Application Annexation 4 75 76 77 77 78 79 79 �• • • • • • • • • CODES AND ORDINANCES Zoning 80 80 Subdivision Regulations 82 Site Plan Review 83 Building Code 83 CAPITAL IMPROVEMENTS 83 Relationship with the Comprehensive Plan 84 Preparation of the Capital Improvement Program Monitoring the Program 84 85 Importance of the CIP for Boyne City 85 FEDERAL AND STA TE FUNDING PROGRAMS 86 PART II. BASIS OF THE PLAN PROFILES 94 POPULATION 95 GROWTH TRENDS 95 FORECASTS 97 GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS 99 ECONOMY 101 GENERAL ECONOMIC CONDITIONS MANUF ACTURlNG 104 RETAIL/SERVICE SECTORS 106 EMPLOYMENT PROJECTIONS 107 EXISTING LAND USE IOI I 11 RESIDENTIAL LAND USE 114 COMMERCIAL LAND USE 115 INDUSTRIAL LAND USE 116 PUBLIC/SEMI-PUBLIC LAND USE PARKS AND OPEN SP ACES 117 117 UNDEVELOPED LAND 121 5 �• • • NATURAL FEATURES 122 GEOLOGY 122 TOPOGRAPHY 123 SOILS 125 WATER RESOURCES 125 PUBLIC UTILITIES 127 SANITARY SEWER 127 STORM WATER SEWER SYSTEM WATER SYSTEM 129 SOLID WASTE CIRCULATION " I 130 133 134 ROADWAYS 134 RAIL FACILITIES 135 AIRPORT 135 APPENDIX 138 FOOTNOTES 139 REFERENCES 141 6 �LIST OF FIGURES FIGURE Regional Context 17 2 The Role of Your Community 22 3 Expected Land Use Change 36 4 Growth Opportunities 38 5 Generalized Land Use - 2000 42 6 Linking the CBD with the Boyne River 54 7 Lake Street Shopping Center Site Improvements 56 8 Waterfront Concept Plan 63 9 Enhancing the Pedestrian Character at Veteran's Memorial Park 65 IO Street Classification System 71 II Roadway Standards 74 I2 Existing Land Use I 12 13 Public Properties 118 I4 Development Constraints 124 15 Sanitary Sewer Syst em 128 I6 Stormwater Sewer System 131 I7 Water Line System 132 • • 7 �LIST OF TABLES TABLE Land Use Projections - 2000 35 2 Housing Programs 87 3 Commercial/Industrial Programs 90 4 Recreation Programs 92 5 Population Trends for Selected Areas, 1910 - l 970 96 6 Population Projections for Selected Areas, 1980 - 2000 98 7 Employment Patterns for Selected Areas, 1970 I 03 8 Income Distribution, 1970 I 05 9 labor Force Projections, Boyne City 108 IO II 12 13 Employment Projections, Boyne City 109 Land Use Breakdown for Boyne City, 1979 113 Inventory of Parks and Open Spaces 119 Airport Operation Forecasts 137 • 8 �E 0 ING 5 25 BO E ITY LANDUSE PLA 40 �INTRODUCTION �HOW YOUR PLAN IS ORGANIZED This Comprehensive Plan is organized into two major parts. Part I, called "Plan Development," covers all introductory and analytical material required to develop the Generalized Land Use - 2000 map. Also included in Part I is a description of the Plan according to major land use categories. For each category, guidelines and recommendations are provided that outline ways future change and growth should be managed. Recommendations concerned with implementation strategies conclude this section. Part II is called the "Basis of the Plan" and covers all technical information that supports the Plan's recommendations. Because it is not essential to wade through this material to understand the document's recommendations, it has been placed in its own section and can be used for reference purposes. Please bear in mind, though, that the information in Part 11 serves as the cornerstone of your Comprehensive Plan. II �HOW THIS PLAN WILL HELP BOYNE CITY All communities are faced with change. Some are being forced to grow, to become urbanized, while others are struggling to stay alive. Even those communities which are neither growing significantly nor gradually fading from the urban scene must cope with pressures that threaten to make them something else than what they are or want to be. Your community is no different than any other. Changes are occurring constantly, as a quick drive around Boyne City will prove. develop in your community are more Just as importantly, pressures to intense than ever. Several major developments are being talked about by investors, an indication that additional change of significant magnitude is imminent. The people of Boyne City want to have a say in how these changes occur, and well they should. As residents of the community, they have a vested interest in Boyne City's future. Currently, though, few devices are available that will help ensure change occurs as desired. This Plan will help to change this unsatisfactory situation in two basic ways. I. As a Comprehensive Plan, this document will serve as a long term growth management guide on which decisions affecting land use can be based. Guidance is provided in the form of written goals, objectives, and policies as wel I as graphic plans. Although these elements have individual value when addressing various land use concerns, their combined significance must not be overlooked. Together they represent a style of thinking that should be used to govern future land management decisions. 2. This Plan will serve implementation strategies. as a basis for developing appropriate The recommendations it contains describe what needs to be done, and how it should be accomplished. For example, it provides a sound basis for spending your tax dollars once the physical improvement recommendations are plugged into a capital improvements program. 12 �Of course, this Plan will have little value unless it is used effectively. The challenge before the Planning and City Commissions and residents of Boyne City, then, is clear. Every effort must be taken to ensure the recommendations contained in this Comprehensive Plan become realities, and not just ideals. It is now your charge to use this Plan as envisioned, and guide the destiny of Boyne City to your satisfaction • • • 13 �HOW YOUR PLAN WAS PREPARED· Several different planning activities were undertaken to prepare your Comprehensive Plan. Initial efforts focused on gathering information from various sources. Census materials, and studies prepared by State, Regional, County and City agencies were collected and reviewed. Information also was gathered by interviewing al I City Department Heads, local interest group representatives, many of the City's merchants, and members of the Planning and City Commissions. Input from community residents was solicited during three public workshops. Extensive field observations by the project team supplemented the data gathering activities. Close liaison was maintained with the City Manager during these initial activities, as wel I as throughout the project. Following these activities, all information was evaluated to identify issues and concerns facing your community, as well as resources available for improving existing conditions. Based on these evaluations, goals and objectives were developed that respond to the needs of your City. This set of statements was reviewed by City officials and citizens alike, and revised accordingly. This step was significant as these goals and objectives formed the basis for preparing policies regarding land use conditions in Boyne City. To help ensure that the findings of the project team were reviewed by a variety of individuals, a Technical Advisory Committee was formed and public meetings were held. The Committee, comprised of several agency and City representatives, met four times during the Plan's preparation. Three separate public workshops also were held. Discussions generated during these sessions centered on reports made by the consulting team as successive phases of the work program were completed. Input received from the participants of these sessions proved invaluable during the formulation of this document. The sum total of all these efforts is this Comprehensive Plan. It should be viewed as a starting point in a continuous land use planning process. Changes in its content or intent may be required as events or the residents of your community demand it. When viewed in this manner, this Plan will provide a suitable basis from which the City of Boyne City can successfully meet the challenges of tomorrow. 14 �COMMUNITY SETTING �REGIONAL INFLUENCES ON BOYNE CITY As shown in Figure I (p. 17) Boyne City is located in Charlevoix County at the southeastern tip of Lake Charlevoix. While only half an hour's driving time from the larger communities of Charlevoix and Petoskey, Boyne City is isolated enough from these urban centers to have remained relatively small. Also, because your community is not on a major State roadway, the visibility of Boyne City is not as great as it might be otherwise. The old adage of "out of sight, out of mind" somewhat applies, then, as your community has experienced less growth in tourism and less demand for second homes than more highly visible communities. This situation is changing, though, and Boyne City is beginning to catch up. The lure of the Northwest Region is simply so strong that growth is virtually inevitable for most communities, particularly ones like yours where the amenities are so appealing and diverse. Land available for development in the traditional tourist centers, most notably Charlevoix and Petoskey, is becomming scarce and what's left is expensive. Places like Boyne City offer suitable alternatives because the natural features enjoyed by residents of the larger areas are just as avai Iable, and of ten at cheaper prices. The beauty of the Northwest Region goes uncontested, but many other factors have also contributed to the growth and vitality of the Region. For example, increased leisure time and larger disposable incomes in the average American family have encouraged people to travel more frequently. • • • Many have found the Northwest Region to be a desirable destination because the activities offered are both diverse and appealing to all. Senior citizens, young families with children, and others seem equally enthusiastic about traveling in your area • 16 �Regional Context Figure I alloon Lak Boyne City ·\8oyne Falls } us 131 (Gaylord 1-75 f }]}( -----,__ M-72 City of Boyne City Charlevoix County Michigan 17 Johnson Johnson & Roy in c Planning Landscape Architecture Urban Design �~------------------=-· = - -= ·-= - -:--:=-=-=-=-=- ---=------=--- - The Region's proximity to several major population centers also has helped. With Detroit, Chicago, Grand Rapids and other urbanized areas within a half day's drive, it's been natural for persons of all income levels in these Cities to migrate northward. Ironically, the energy situation is expected to help as well. While some persons travel fewer times, and shorter distances due to rising gas prices, most tourists have begun looking for alternative vacation spots that are closer to home. Many people residing within nearby metropolitan areas are selecting the Northwest Region as a result. The long term impact of the energy situation on the Region, then, is expected to be far less adverse than was initially expected. Your area, it is felt, will be in a very desirable position after new travel habits are established. Let's not forget that the Northwest Region has year-round appeal. Several communities, like Charle~oix and Harbor Springs, originally were favored because of their fantastic summer recreation opportunities, like sailing and swimming. Now these same areas also have winter time appeal, because both downhill and crosscountry skiing have become so popular. The impact of summer and winter recreation opportunities on a City's economy is no more significant than in your own case. With Lake Charlevoix at your doorstep, and the Boyne Mountain ski and golf resort a stone's throw away, the point is obvious. Just how significant these factors are to your community is immeasurable, but it's clear that without them your economic situation would be quite different. Years ago, before the real value of the Northwest Region was recognized, a generally depressed economy was evident in al I but the largest communities. That condition has changed, and thankfully so. Optimism about the Region's future now runs high. In an address on the future of Northern Michigan, the Governor of Michigan stated that "unique challenges and opportunities face Northern Michigan 1 communities as a result of projected population growth." It's essential that your community be prepared to meet these challenges, and capitalize on each opportunity as it arises. 18 �: - BOYNE CITY'S CURRENT SITUATION The regional pressures experienced by Boyne City are significant. They pose a dilemma for your community that can be understood easiest by asking a question. How can the changes usually associated with these pressures be accommodated without altering the community's character? The answer won't come easily but, as explained earlier, this Plan provides the framework required to formulate a response. What kinds of changes are expected? Perhaps more importantly, what is the "character" of Boyne City? Let's address the second question first. The residents of Boyne City are very proud of their community and they are anxious to let you know that. When asked to describe the one quality they like most about Boyne City, most residents talk about the community's small town character. Not surprisingly, the phrase "small town character" has a slightly different meaning for each person asked, but several similarities tend to run through each individual's description. These qualities, plus some others identified from field observations, include the fol lowing: I. Boyne City has a very intimate feeling. Everyone knows everyone else, and frequently friends run into one another while traveling around town. Store owners know many of their customers. A very strong "sense of community," an allegiance to Boyne City, prevails. The intimacy that .. exists perhaps is most obvious when community-wide events are held • Everyone participates, as evidenced by your annual Fourth of July celebration. 2. Your downtown is typical of a small town. Highly compact, with basically one "Main Street," it has a character all its own. People enjoy it, and while they feel improvements should be made, care must be taken not to go too far. For example, the historic buildings like the Oddfellow's Hall, create a character for the downtown most people '!1/0uld Iike to preserve. 19 �• • • • • • 3. The size of Boyne City as a whole helps to reinforce the small town feeling. You can drive across town in a few short minutes and see the heart of Boyne City, including your neighborhoods, shopping areas, and industries • 4. Many distinctive features exist that everyone readily identifies with. Veteran's Memorial Park, Sunset Park, the Boyne River, Lake Charlevoix, and Avalanche Preserve are examples. 5. Many less significant features also contribute to Boyne City's smal I town character. Examples include roads without curbs, old narrow stone bridges, the Chamber's log cabin, tree Iined neighborhood streets, and few traffic lights. These kinds of features make Boyne City what it is today. Further, these are the qualities of your community most residents are concerned about. Recommendations put forth in this Plan must be sensitive to these concerns, as wel I as reflect an understanding of the changes occurring in Boyne City that are affecting these qualities. Signs of change are everywhere in your community. For example: I. Major housing developments, like the Landings and the new subdivision bordering Lac Vue Drive, are obvious indications of seasonal and year round population growth. 2. Other development proposals are being considered, Iike for the Tannery property and the land at the base of West Water Street on Lake Charlevoix, that promise to capitalize on the increasing demand for seasonal homes and the growth in tourism. 3. Within the past year, Lakewood Savings and Loan has located within Boyne City. A second bank, First National Bank and Trust of Petoskey has been built just beyond your community's eastern border. Few signs are as convincing that growth is imminent than when financial institutions are established in an area. 20 �• • 4. Recently, the residents of Boyne City supported the issuance of general obligation bonds to buy the new City Hall. This decision symbolizes the forward thinking spirit of your community, and suggests residents are willing to accept, and promote, change that improves their City. 5. Quite recently, Top-a-Michigan built a new storage facility and headquarters within Boyne City. This commitment is a positive statement on your community's future economic health. 6. Recognizing the need to maintain a competitive edge, the downtown merchants have banded together to subsidize the preparation of a facade improvement plan. Some business owners have already made improvements based on the preliminary results of this plan. 7. A major population change is occurring. As long term residents get older, their degree of influence on community affairs is weakening. Younger people, some of whom are not native to Boyne City, are assuming control over the City's future. Along with these younger persons are new ideas and aspirations, new sources of wealth, and a general belief that prosperity comes with growth. The character of Boyne City, and the kinds of changes your community experiences suggest that your City fulfills several "roles." As shown in Figure 2 (p. 22), these roles correspond with four progressively larger geographic areas. To understand the nature of these roles is to understand why Boyne City exists, and recognize how your community can ensure its long term viability. I. First and foremost, Boyne City fulfills a "local" role by satisfying the needs of its own residents. Recreational facilities, schools, utilities, and roadways are some of the amenities provided and maintained. Because your community is intent on maintaining an environment residents are pleased with, feedback received is used to tailor programs and improvements that make the City even more livable. This commitment to upgrading Boyne City for the sake of its residents is one primary reason why your community will remain as a preferred place to live. 21 �- -------------- The Role of Your Community Figure 2 3 • Midland • Flint •Grand Rapids •L ansing . Detroit •Kalamazoo .. '-•. - - ~ - ---- --· ,- City of Boyne City Charlevoix County Michigan 22 = -- --- / __ o.--- -::_/ ,(/; Johnson Johnson & Roy in c Planning Landscape Architecture Urban Design �2. An "area-wide" role is evident because Boyne City caters to the residents of nearby communities like Ironton, Boyne Falls, Horton's Bay, and Advance. The link in this case is primarily economic. Whereas years ago persons visited Boyne City to buy farming supplies, people from these same communities now visit your City to take advantage of your full-service retail district. Quite likely, people also visit to share your recreational opportunities. Because the area-wide market is sizable, the retai I needs of these people must be carefully monitored. If different kinds of goods and services are desired, Boyne City merchants must respond to take advantage of this growing market and make sure these potential customers don't begin shopping elsewhere. 3. Boyne City fulfills a "regional" role because of its special qualities that contribute to the overal I attractiveness of the Northwest Region. Your community strengthens the drawing power of the Region; in turn, Boyne City benefits by its location within the Region. The tie between these two is economic in nature. As previously discussed, the similarity between Boyne City and the Region regarding economic base matters is great. As changes occur within the Region, they also occur in your City. As tourism increases or decreases in the Region, so goes it in Boyne City. This suggests Regional trends should be carefully monitored so that area business owners can prepare for slowdowns, and capitalize on growth periods. 4. The "State-wide" role played by Boyne City is very significant. As the demand for seasonal homes increases, the attractiveness of your community as a place to build increases. Your location within the highly regarded Northwest Region, the availability of land at reasonable prices, and the increasing scarcity of prime land in nearby resort communities are largely responsible for this. Also, Boyne City is conveniently located relative to numerous recreation opportunities and tourist attractions. For example, Boyne Mountain, Wal loon Lake, Petoskey and Torch Lake are within easy driving distance. 23 �If Boyne City is to survive, your community must work to strengthen the roles it plays. With a 50% increase in population expected for your City by 2000, an obligation exists to reinforce your local role in every way possible. The needs of current and future residents must be met successfully. Population increases expected for nearby communities also suggest that Boyne City's area-wide role can be readily strengthened. Finally, rising tourist rates, and an increasing demand for second homes provides an opportunity for strengthening your regional and Statewide roles. The need to reinforce these roles, and the methods available for achieving this objective, are implicit throughout this Plan's recommendations. 24 ��• • COMMUNITY ISSUES AND OPPORTUNITIES Before you can cope successfully with change and strengthen Boyne City's roles, you must understand: I) what socio-economic and physical issues and opportunities face your community; 2) what implications these have for future land use; and 3) what resources and growth opportunities are available to you for dealing with these existing conditions. BOYNE CITY'S SOCIO-ECONOMIC SITUATION Several social and economic conditions exist in Boyne City that have a direct bearing on your community's future land use. These statements summarize the data provided on these subjects found in the Basis of the Plan section. Your Community's Population I. Overall, Boyne City's population is expected to increase by roughly 50% (about 1,500 persons) by the year 2000. Accompanying this growth will be an increase in demand for City services, housing, employment opportunities, and commercial services. The City must be prepared to meet this demand by determining where development should occur, what form it should take, and what public services will be required to accommodate the anticipated growth. 2. The age structure of Boyne City is changing. Persons over the age of 65 are increasing in number, while young families with children are decreasing in number. relative to: This shift in population mix has implications I) housing needs, given that the average household size in Boyne City is decreasing; 2) school facility needs; 3) recreational needs; and 4) consumer buying habits. To encourage the maintenance of a more balanced population, additional employment opportunities must be brought to Boyne City so that younger wage earners can reside in your community. 26 �3. Expected increases in the number of seasonal residents in your community during the next two decades will have a significant impact • on Boyne City. In particular, residential and commercial growth is anticipated to accommodate the demands of these new residents. Guidelines are needed that determine where and how this growth should occur. Further, plans must be established that outline how public utilities and services should be provided in these growth areas. Boyne City's Economy I. While employment in your community represents a relatively balanced economy (when compared with State employment distributions), employment growth in the retail trade and services categories is expected to surpass manufacturing employment growth. If Boyne City hopes to maintain a balanced economy, it must continue to seek and encourage growth in the manufacturing fields. Land must be made available that will accommodate growth that is sought. 2. Unemployment rates in your community tend to exceed those for the State. Although employment rates are affected by many factors (I ike education levels and social characteristics), the seasonal and somewhat unpredictable nature of jobs associated with tourism is primarily responsible for your community's excessive rates. By pursuing a balanced economy, and working towards establishing a year round tourist trade, these rates should stabilize. Plans for future land use must reflect this objective. 3. Costs associated with operating and maintaining public services and utilities for the current population of Boyne City are increasing yearly. Of course, as the community's population increases, these same costs will rise further. Regardless of whether or not growth occurs, the burden of these increasing costs wil I become the responsibi Iity of the community in the form of higher taxes. To lessen the weight of this burden, major tax dot lar contributors in business and industry must be • • attracted to Boyne City. Otherwise, City residents may be faced with a tax rate that eventually exceeds their ability to pay • 27 �4. Roughly 40% of all retail sales in your community result from tourism. Improvements in the central business district must aim to capitalize on this market while simultaneously meeting the needs of the local and area-wide markets. By seeking to fulfill this dual role, the potential for maintaining a competitive edge in terms of retail services will be greatest. YOUR COMMUNITY'S PHYSICAL FEATURES An evaluation of the issues and opportunities associated with each of Boyne City's major physical features follows. Again, this information summarizes the detailed sections found in the Basis of the Plan. Boyne City's Neighborhoods I. Structurally, the quality of housing ranges from excellent to dilapidated. A recent survey conducted by the County indicated that only 65% of Boyne City's housing was sound. Problems are diverse, ranging from sagging roofs and cracked foundations to collapsing porches. Minor problems like broken windows, unshingled roofs and missing gutters and downspouts are encountered frequently. Garbage, discarded household items, and junk cars strewn about yards contribute to the visual blight. These problems tend to be scattered throughout the community. These blighted conditions must be improved. If a mechanism is not developed to encourage improvements, physical conditions will probably • worsen. Not only will this undermine the integrity of your neighborhoods and the desire of persons who work hard to upgrade them, it will discourage new residents and businesses from locating in Boyne City. 28 �2. for multiple-family development. Because additional demand for multiple-family housing is expected, but at a level less than suggested "Ill II Major portions of the City's single-family residential areas are zoned by current zoning patterns, care must be taken to permit these developments in areas where the impacts on existing and proposed single-family neighborhoods will be minimized. 3. The City's Housing Authority has successfully developed a program that satisfies part of the demand for low income housing. The expansion of this program should be considered as a way of narrowing the gap between supply and demand. 4. Seasonal housing accounts for 15% of al I your community's dwelling units, and this figure is expected to increase. Areas suitable for seasonal home development must be identified that wil I permit the strengthening of Boyne City's State-wide role. 5. New subdivision development has occurred in several areas of the City, and more is expected. Controls are lacking that govern site improvements for new subdivisions, a situation that must be rectified to assure the appropriateness of future development. 6. Because your community's population is forecasted to increase, demand for single-family residential dwellings will continue. Single-family detached units and mobile homes are expected to be in greatest demand. Areas that are appropriate for the developmemt of these kinds of residential structures must be identified. Boyne City's Businesses I. Historically, your central business community's primary retail center. district has served as your Its compactness, central location, and diversity of shops and services have helped guarantee the area's long term viability. The strength of this core shopping area, though, is being undermined. Several new businesses have been established outside the CBD during recent years. Rather than strengthening the attraction 29 �of the CBD, these new opportunities have begun to diffuse the market strength of the downtown. II Steps should be taken that prohibit this trend from continuing. 2. As your community's population increases, so will the demand for commercial services. Not only is the market for comparison shopping goods and convenience items expected to increase, the growth of tourism is expected to create a viable market for specialty shops, new motels and other tourist related services. Areas well suited for retail, service and automobile-oriented commercial development must be identified and reserved to meet the demands of residents and tourists alike. 3. Although the economic strength of the CBD is favorable, it does have many shortcomings. For example, the CBD is dominated by the automobile, and its visual character is less pleasing than it could be. Ways of improving this situation must be identified to ensure the downtown maintains its competitive edge. 4. Although centrally located, few physical ties are evident between the downtown and Boyne River or lake Charlevoix. This separation limits the ability of the CBD to capitalize on the presence of these natural II features. An appropriate change in this situation would encourage persons to think of the CBD and the adjacent features as resources that complement one another. 5. Site improvement guidelines pertaining to commercial development are inadequate. As evidenced by the Lake Street shopping center, problems associated with access and on-site circulation can result which create an unsafe situation for motorists and pedestrians as well. Site planning guidelines must be adopted that help ensure problems like these don't result again. 30 �Boyne City's Industries I. Good locations for the accommodation of new industry are severely limited in Boyne City. Large, relatively flat properties readily servicable by major roadways and utilities are used or zoned for other types of development. An evaluation of undeveloped property must be conducted, and result in the selection of a site that can accommodate forecasted industrial growth. 2. Existing industry is severely constrained relative to room for expansion and parking. Ways of alleviating these problems should be reviewed in the event growth of these industries is possible. 3. Site development guidelines for industry are lacking. This situation must be rectified to help ensure new development is visually and physically compatible with its surroundings. These same guide! ines also could be used to encourage the improvement of existing industrial property. Parks and Open Spaces I. Several parks within your community, like Old City Park and Veteran's Memorial, are not used to full advantage. Individual site evaluations should be conducted and improvements recommended to make these resources more responsive to your City's recreational needs. 2. Opportunities exist for capitalizing on significant natural features by developing new parks on existing public properties. For example, areas that should receive special consideration include the storage area next to the Boyne River, Avalanche Preserve, and the road ends leading to Lake Charlevoix. 31 �Boyne City's Public Utilities I. While your community's sanitary sewer treatment plant is in excellent condition, your delivery system is badly antiquated. The physical condition of the sewer lines is so poor that infiltration, reduced capacity and backup plague the system. Repairs are required constantly to keep the system functional. Before major new development occurs, new or improved lines will be required. Clearly, this situation wil l need to be rectified to ensure the community is properly serviced in the future, and able to take advantage of growth opportunities as they occur. 2. Boyne City's water system also is outdated. The delivery system often requires repair, as the lines are unable to handle high pressures without rupturing. Again, improvements must be made to ensure appropriate levels of service can be offered to both current and future residents and businesses. 3. Open drainage ditches are used to handle stormwater runoff throughout most of your community. In areas where runoff is substantial, roadbed erosion causes regular maintenance problems. As growth occurs, runoff will increase in amount which suggests the City's limited underground system wil I need to be extended as required. Circulation I• Roughly one-fourth of Boyne City's roadways are unpaved. Although most of these roads are not heavily traveled, future development in the neighborhoods where these unimproved roads are found will result in higher maintenance costs. Stormwater runoff also will increase with development, causing more roadbed erosion. 2. Roadway improvement standards are lacking in your community. As roads are upgraded, no basis exists for determining the level of improvement required. Specifications regarding roadway purpose, function and design should be established to ensure continuity exists among all improved roads. 32 �Ill 3. use, may be a luxury the community can ill afford. • 11111 • The Boyne City Airport, because of its high operating costs and Iimited This facility is subsidized by the entire community, but benefits just a few individuals • Further, the airport rests on land that represents a major piece of property that could be used for tax generating development. Whether this foci Iity should be maintained in the future given these considerations is a question that should be answered soon. 4• The Boyne Valley Railroad contributes significantly to is a the unique tourist attraction community's overall that character. Troubled with financial problems, a program must be developed that wit I ensure the Rai !road's longevity. Natural Features I. Although most of the soil types in Boyne City don't restrict development, some have limited usefulness as building sites. High water tables, limited support strength, and septic system limitations are typical of these soils. Care must be taken to monitor these areas to make sure development problems don't result. 2. Steep slopes add to Boyne City's attractiveness, yet impose Iimitations on the direction and intensity of future growth. To help ensure the integrity of these features are not compromised, regulations should be established that restrict development where slopes are excessive. 3. Surface water areas, Iike Boyne River and Lake Charlevoix, are important natural resources in the City. As development continues, care must be taken to preserve these features, as wel I as the fragile environments associated with them. GROWTH OPPORTUNITIES Before determining where growth can occur, an important question must be answered. How much land will be required to accommodate anticipated growth for each major land use? 33 �• : • Land Use Projections Based on the forecast that the population of Boyne City will increase by 50% between 1980 and 2000, land use projections were prepared. The results of this evaluation, as shown in Table I (p. 35), are summarized as follows: I. Of the City's 2,240 acres, roughly 58% presently is developed. By 2000, developed land will amount to roughly 69%, representing a n 11 % increase over the next 20 years (see Figure 3, p. 36). By the year 2000, then, just over 30% of your entire community is forecasted to remain undeveloped. Please note that acreage for parks and open spaces is not included in this estimate for undeveloped property. 2. In terms of total acreage, the largest increase wil I occur for residential property. Roughly 47% of the City is expected to be developed for homes, by the year 2000, an increase of about 7% over current distributions. Relative to the change expected between 1980 and 2000, residential development will account for almost 70% of the total acreage developed. 3. Relatively speaking, significant acreage increases also are expected for business and industry. A I 0-acre increase for business represents a 23% increase over the current al location; 40 acres more for industry represents a I00% increase. When evaluated in Iight of the entire community, though, these two categories only will account for 6% of Boyne City's entire acreage by the year 2000. 34 �I I TABLE I - LAND USE PROJECTIONS - 2000 .. I Ex1stmg (Acres) Land Use Percent of Total Residential 880 39.3% Commercial 43 Industrial Projecteci2 (Acres) Total 3 Acres Percent of Total Percent of Change +171 1,051 1.9 +10 53 2.4 + .5 40 1.8 +40 80 3.6 + 1.8 Publ ic/Sem i-Publ ic 160 7.1 +35 195 8.6 + 1.5 Parks and Open Space 165 7.4 --- 165 7.4 0 Undeveloped 952 42.5 -256 696 31.1 -11.4 0 2,240 Total 2,240 100.0% 46.9% 100.0% w V, I. As of July, 1979 2. Includes acreage expected to be developed between 1980 and 2000 based on forecasted population and Urban Land lnstitute's Community Builder's Handbook standards. 3. Derived by adding Existing (Acres) and Projected (Acres). 4. Between years 1979 (existing) and 2000 (proposed). Source: Johnson, Johnson & Roy/inc. +7.6% 0 �Expected Land Use Change Figure 3 Undeveloped Circle represents Total Land Area of Boyne City- 2240 acres Johnson Johnson & Roy inc Planning Landscape Architecture Urban Design City of Boyne City Charlevoix County Michigan 36 �4. A slight increase of roughly 1.5% is expected for public/semi-public properties. Churches and community facilities are examples of developments expected in this category. 5. Because your community has far more acreage in parks and open spaces than is normally required, negligible increases are expected in this category. 6. Of course, because over 250 acres of land is expected to be developed between 1980 and 2000, a comparable decrease in the amount of remaining undeveloped land also will occur. Where Can Growth Occur? Opportunities for growth exist throughout your community. Not surprisingly, some areas are better suited for certain types of development than others. Factors that affect where different land uses should be located include existing land use, natural features, like slopes and soils, and the availability of utilities. Based on these considerations, a development strategy for Boyne City can be illustrated (see Figure 4, p. 38). Reflected in this drawing is the rationale that under Iies the recommended land use plan described in the next section. Two basic types of growth opportunities exist: I) that which involves improving existing areas, and filling in the "gaps" where vacant properties are found in largely developed areas; and 2) new development in predominately undeveloped areas. Based on this dichotomy, and the factors that affect future land use, the acreage needs for the major land use categories can be met as follows: I. Acreage required for residential development is available: I) within the three predominately residential areas where vacant tracts and single lots are avai Iable for development (out Iined with a sol id black Iine and marked "R"); 2) within several major vacant areas located towards the City's periphery that are appropriate because limited residential development already has occurred, and the natural features of these sites are too constraining for other types of development (dashed Iine and marked "R" or "MR"). 37 �• Growth Opportunities Figure 4 •E] • • Lake Charlevoix Improvement/Infill New Development [fil Residential - SF ~ Residential - Mixed @] Commercial [TI Industrial ~ Parks and Open Spaces l!J Public/Semi-Public City of Boyne _C_ity Charlevoix County Michigan Updated based on information provided by the City of Boyne City Johnson Johnson & Roy/ inc. Planni,m/ L;andscape Architecture/ Urban Design July1979 38 �2. The IO acres of land projected for commercial development are available: • I) within the central business district, where some infill development and reuse can occur that will strengthen this core area (linear area outlined with black line and marked "C"); 2) north along Lake Street where several properties can accommodate infil I and reuse opportunities (linear area outlined in black and marked "C"); 3) near the lakefront, where redevelopment could be promoted to establish new businesses adjacent to the CBD (outlined with a dashed line and marked "C"); and 4) adjacent to M-75, where some expansion, infill and new development are possible (solidly lined area marked "C"). 3. A new site for industrial development must be found because no room for growth is available near the existing lakeside plants. One site seems most appropriate, located near the City's eastern edge where the land is relatively flat and development could occur without conflicting with adjacent activities (out Iined with dashed Iine and marked "I"). 4. Several areas in Figure 4 (p. 38) are marked as parks and open spaces. Those outlined in solid black presently are used as parks, but could benefit from improvements of one kind or another. The remaining two areas, outlining Boyne River and Avalanche Preserve, offer significant recreational promise once they have been improved. ; I l 39 ��1111 YOUR COMMUNITY'S LAND USE PLAN An overview of the Generalized Land Use - 2000 map is provided before reviewing the specific recommendations prepared for each land use category (see Figure 5, p. 42). COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY The recommended land use map is based on several community-wide goals: To preserve the community's heritage and small town character while accommodating change that meets the needs of Boyne City. To create a better living environment for the residents of Boyne City. To ensure your community's resources ore beneficially used to satisfy the current and future needs of Boyne City residents. To promote the economic role of Boyne City through the use of growth management strategies aimed at estobl ishing a favorable base of business and industry. The general community development strategy reflected in Figure 5 has several basic elements. I. Historically, the further away from the CBD you get, the more sparse development becomes. Sprawl has been limited, primarily because utilities have not been over extended. It is recommended that development still be kept tight so that overly burdensome capital improvement costs can be avoided. This policy is particularly relevant for the City's northern, northeastern, and southern properties. 2. Development that occurs in established areas must be compatible with the character of that area. Scaling, architectural styling and intensity must be respected to ensure the character of these areas is preserved. Of particular concern here are Boyne City's neighborhoods and the central business district. 41 �,,,, - ____________________ Generalized Land Use-2000 Figure 5 Residential - SF Residential - MF • . . Commercial ~ Industrial • Public/Semi-Public Parks and Open Space Lake Charlevoix City of Boyne _C_ity Charlevoix County M 1ch1gan Updated based on information provided by t he City of Boyne City Johnson Johnson & Roy/ inc. Planni11g/~ndscape ArchitectUre / Urban Design July1979 42 �3. New construction in certain undeveloped areas can afford to pursue new development strategies like mixed use development. Again, however, a sensitivity to development the is scaling and essential to architectural ensure styling of community-wide existing design compatibility. 4. The image of Boyne City is very important. If strengthened, it wil I serve to enhance your community's economic situation by improving your tourist trade as we! I as by increasing the pride residents have for their community. Elements that contribute to the City's image, like the Boyne River, Lake Charlevoix, and the downtown must be respected and improvements made wherever possible. 5. The recommendations in this Plan are intended to be realistic in terms of their economics. It is foolish to think that drastic changes involving redevelopment can be promoted because they probably won't ever occur. It makes more sense to be sensitive to your community's problems, work within Boyne City's land use pattern, and encourage change that is achievable. YOUR NEIGHBORHOODS AND HOMES Goals, Objectives, Policies, Programs I. Preserve ond enhance your community's established neighborhoods. A. Maintain and improve the housing stock of Boyne City. I. Develop and implement conservation strategies to help ensure your higher quality homes remain in excellent condition. a) Establish land use controls which permit compatible development in existing neighborhoods. b) Establish housing programs that encourage upkeep and maintenance of the City's housing stock. 43 �2. Develop and implement rehabilitation strategies in neighborhoods that show signs of deterioration. a) Sponsor a pub Iic information network about housing repair and maintenance programs. b) Implement federal and state rehabilitation programs that focus on home improvements. 3. Encourage the removal of structures that have deteriorated beyond repair and pose a safety and health hazard to your community. 4. a) Survey housing stock to identify problem structures. b) Develop and enforce a rigorous housing code. Develop the organizational capability required to implement a comprehensive housing program. a) Seek involvement from voluntary organizations, and form neighborhood groups that can provide information to homeowners. b) Expand the role of the Housing Authority as a strategy for providing homeowner assistance. B. Maintain and improve the quality and character of your community's n ei g hbo rhoods. I. Ensure compatible development between your neighborhoods and adjacent sites. a) Establish land use controls which reserve adjacent properties for compatible uses. b) 2. Require edge improvements that buffer incompatible areas. Require that new development within your existing neighborhoods be of a style and density similar to existing homes. a) Rezone isolated areas that are inconsistent with existing development. b) Establish site development guidelines that ensure compatible improvements. 3. Upgrade the physical appearance of your neighborhoods. · a) Require strict enforcement of the housing code and zoning ordinance. b) Establish and enforce an ordinance on yard maintenance. 44 �4. Ensure all neighborhoods have appropriate public utilities and facilities. a) Develop a capital improvements program that establishes priorities for the provision of services like sewer, water and lighting. b) Seek to establish a balance for improvements in the capital improvements program between existing developed areas and expected growth areas. c) Encourage the use of publ ical ly owned properties within your neighborhoods for recreational activities. II. Ensure the availability of land within your City to accommodate mticipated residential development. A. Identify and reserve properties appropriate for your community's new housing projects. I. Select properties that are readily buildable in terms of soils, slopes and other natural features. a) Establish land use controls which ensure density is compatible with site characteristics. b) Delineate natural features that should be retained in their natural state. 2. Select properties where public utilities exist or are scheduled for construct ion. a) Identify areas where line condition and capacity can be readily upgraded to serve new development. b) Provide inducements to developers for utility extension into new growth areas. 3. Select properties where aesthetic, noise, and circulation impacts will be minimized. a) Require that buffers be established between mixed uses. b) Eliminate uses that are inconsistent with the dominant use of an area. 45 -- - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- �4. Select properties that can accommodate a range of housing developments. a) Establish land use controls which ensure infill development is compatible with housing found on adjacent properties. b) Delineate areas that are suitable for new development of varying housing types. B. Encourage the development of residential projects that are creative and comprehensive. I. Encourage projects that are uniquely designed relative to permitted uses and overall character. a) Develop and adopt a planned unit development district that permits flexibility in design and use. b) 2. Identify areas suited for mixed use developments. Ensure that al I site improvements are provided as part of the developer's construction package. a) Update the site plan specifications of the zoning and subdivision control ordinances. b) Incorporate guide! ines which encourage buffers, preservation of open space and landscaping improvements. 3. Establish guidelines regarding densities that respect your community's needs and natural features. a) Encourage densities that complement adjacent land uses. b) Establish density ranges that reflect the community's economic character and existing land use needs. Area Recommendations Based on the preceeding statements, recommendations specific to designated residential areas are proposed. The labels that fol low correspond with those found on the Generalized Land Use map (see Figure 5, p. 42). R-1 The areas marked R-1 represent Boyne City's established neighborhoods. In rough terms, the boundaries of these areas approximate your community's platted districts: I) south of Ridge and Court Streets, east 46 �from the City's western limit to Line Street; 2) east of Line to Jefferson, and south of Groveland and Col Iins Streets to the Boyne River; 3) south from the Boyne River to Ann Street, west of Leroy to Kunert Road; and 4) the smal I area forming the pie-shaped wedge between Lakeshore and Marshal I. As the community's primary residential areas, their integrity must be respected. Mixed land uses must be discouraged from intruding on these neighborhoods. By and large, people have purchased homes in these areas with the understanding that similar uses will exist next door. This belief should be upheld whenever possible. As existing nonconforming uses die or move from these areas, more compatible residential uses should replace them. Further, it rehabi Ii tation is recommended program be a comprehensive undertaken in conservation each of these and areas. Conservation efforts are necessary to help ensure housing in good condition remains so. Rehabilitation programs must focus on minimizing the frequency of major and minor structural problems among homes so that residents can remain proud of their neighborhoods. Similarly, programs aimed at eliminating junk and debris in front, side and rear yards must be established. The use of federal, state, and local housing programs, and the establishment and implementation of appropriate local codes and ordinances will help to solve these problems. Because vacant lots exist throughout these areas, opportunities for widespread infill development exist. These lots should be developed only for single family detached housing, similar to the residential type that dominates these areas. The small size of these lots, ranging around 7,000 square feet, will permit the construction of moderately priced homes, thereby helping to meet the housing needs of middle income groups. Also, because these areas generally are serviced by utilities and · have no development constraints, it is expected much new development for City residents will occur in these districts. 47 �Other improvements recommended in these areas include paving where soft surface roads exist, new street lighting, and tree plantings where gaps exist in the landscaping. R-2 These areas lie outside the platted R-1 districts at the perimeter of the City. It is recommended these areas be designated for single-family development because: I) they generally are adjacent to other single- family residential areas; and 2) the severe development constraints associated with most of these areas makes · more intense types of development inappropriate. Site planning practices used in these areas must be highly sensitive to these conditions. Specifically: I) al I slopes greater than 25% must not be built on; 2) slopes between 18% and 24% are buildable for low density single-family development, provided storm water runoff is adequately handled to eliminate erosion; 3) densities within these areas should not exceed l unit per acre; 4) cluster development techniques should be used wherever possible to honor slopes, and preserve views and significant vegetation; 5) all developments are subject to septic suitability tests, and where soils are inappropriate, development should not occur until sewer and water are introduced. Because of the constraints that characterize these parcels (slopes, no sewer or water, soil limitations) and the availabiltiy of other parcels that are more readily buildable, it is not expected that demand for new housing in R-2 areas will be great during the next 20 years. Hence, these areas should receive a low priority on the Iist of areas targeted for capital improvements. R-3 The two R-3 areas are recommended for multiple family development due to their proximity to high density residential development found immediately to the east. In both cases, cluster development is recommended to preserve the slopes and forested areas. Development densities should not exceed 8 to IO units per acre. Because these areas flank a major roadway at the City's northwest corner, the opportunity 48 �exists for creating a visually pleasing entryway. The scaling, coloring, massing and landscaping of the development on each side must be carefully coordinated to ensure the desired effect is achieved. R-4 The area marked R-4 accommodates two major residential projects, the Landings and a mobile home park. The quality of the park es tab Iishes a precedent that should be copied elsewhere if more mobile home developments are undertaken. The narrow strip of land bordering North Lake Street adjacent to the park is recommended for residential use. Although zoned commercially, development of this type would diffuse the retai I strength of the central business district. Expansion of the mobile home park into this area would be preferable, with access permitted from the park's on-site circulation system. R-5 This fine property located south of East Division Street is recommended for multiple family development. For Example, the area is well suited for a mobile home park due to its relatively flat topography and scenic qualities. Any development must not infringe on teh slope at the property's southern edge. Further, any project pursued here must be carefully landscaped to help ensure the project blends in with the property's hillside and enhances the view the motorist has when approaching Boyne City along M-75. R-6 This property holds tremendous promise for your community. Mediumdensity because: multiple family residential development is recommended I) this land is well suited to meet the demand for seasonal home development; 2) the project can be wel I contained within the roadways that establish the property's boundaries; and 3) the economic return realized by the City will be maximized if seasonal homes are built on this site. 49 �Further, because this property has a special relationship with Lake Charlevoix, the construction of a multiple-family housing project within the context of a mixed use development is recommended. Other uses that could appropriately be bui It on this property include: I) a marina; and 2) commerce that does not duplicate or compete with the businesses found in the core commercial area (for example, a restaurant would be acceptable). Any project built on this property, including the triangular piece and the land between Front Street and the Lake, should, to the extent possible, preserve the views of Lake Charlevoix from Front and West Division Streets, and maintain the site's current open and sloping character. Any construction occurring between Front Street and the Lake must comply with relevant Corps of Engineer permits, Coastal Zone Management guidelines, flood plain regulations, and local ordinances dealing with matters like setbacks from the road. Also, it is recommended that the development proposed for the area not be allowed to spill over into adjacent single-family detached neighborhoods. YOUR COMMUNITY'S BUSINESSES Goals, Objectives, Policies, Programs I. Preserve and enhance your central business district as the City's major activity center. A. Strengthen the qua Iity and diversity of retai I stores and professional offices found in your downtown. I. Encourage the use of vacant land and the reuse of selected structures in the downtown for new and expanding retai I and service activities. a) Define the boundaries of the central business district so that new development and reuse opportunities are available that are compatible with existing commerce. b) Reinforce the identified boundaries of the downtown through zoning. 50 �c) Discourage the establishment of new retail operations outside of the downtown by employing appropriate zoning strategies. 2. Take advantage of available legal and legislative devices that facilitate revitalization activities. a) Establish tax incentives that encourage retail and service business development within the City's commercial core. b) Pursue federal and state funding programs that encourage revitalization. B. Strengthen the character and appeal of your downtown. I. Encourage physical design improvements in your downtown that will upgrade its appeal and improve its convenience for shoppers. a) Upgrade building facades by following established architectural and preservation guide! ines. b) Upgrade the image of the CBD by preparing and implementing a streetscape improvement plan. c) Identify opportunities for consolidating off-street parking, making lots more convenient, and meeting demand more effectively. d) Emphasize points of access between the downtown, waterfront, and Boyne River, using streetscaping, signage and walkways. e) Encourage the improvement of rear store entrances for stores that back up to parking lots. 2. Improve circulation within the downtown. a) Establish a truck route plan that diverts unnecessary traffic from using Water Street. b) Pursue right-of-way improvements that increase the size of areas designated for pedestrian use, particularly at intersections. 3. Promote the preservation of the downtown's historic features. · a) Encourage business owners to recapture the past character of the City through appropriate building improvements. 51 �b) Coordinate historic preservation activities with all ongoing planning programs. c) 4. Seek funds which support historic preservation activities. Promote the image of the downtown by using appropriate organizational and advertising strategies. a) Establish a formal Downtown Business and Professional Association responsible for initiating and monitoring revitalization strategies. b) Encourage the Chamber of Commerce to coordinate ongoing revitalization and marketing activities. c) Work towards marketing the downtown as a collection of diverse retai I and service activities capable of satisfying a complete range of convenience and comparison shopping goods needs. II, Maintain and improve selected commercial activities in designated areas found outside your downtown. A. Upgrade the Lake Street shopping center. I. Improve the shopping center's image. a) Encourage use of landscaping to improve visual appeal of parking lot. b) 2. Buffer parking lot from Lake Street. Improve access and on-site circulation for both vehicles and shoppers. B. a) Limit number of curb cuts onto property. b) Encourage use of islands that structure parking spaces. Accommodate highway-oriented retai I and wholesale operations in designated commercial centers. I. Select properties suitable for development. a) Identify areas presently used for similar activities. b) Establish boundaries for these areas that will allow opportunities for growth and expansion without causing mixed land use conflicts. 52 �2. Regulate the development of properties through the use of site planning requirements. a) Encourage the use of control led entrances and exits that service the maximum number of businesses. b) Require landscaping and other site improvements that upgrade the image of these automobile-oriented businesses. Area Recommendations Based on these goals, recommendations specific to Boyne City's business areas are poss ible. Please see Figure 5 (p. 42), for the locations of the fol lowing labels. C-1 To ensure that your community's central business district continues to be active and economically viable, it is recommended that: I) new retail and service oriented business be encouraged to locate w i thin the outlined boundaries of the CBD; 2) new development, conversion and limited redevelopment be used to accommodate new bus inesses in this area; 3) the facade i mprovement program sponsored by local merchants be promoted and implemented whenever possible; 4) a streetscape improvement plan be developed that identifies how landscaping and other treatments in the right-of-way can be used to make the downtown safer, more appealing, and more functional for the pedestrian; 5) a parking plan be undertaken that identifies where consolidation can occur, where deficiencies exist, and how supply can better meet demand; and 6) physical improvements be made between the CBD, Old City Park, the river and the lakefront, to link these areas together to encourage greater use of these areas by pedestrians. An example of how the CBD might capitalize on the location of the Boyne R iver is illustrated in Figure 6 (p. 54). C-2 The significance of this lakefront property to the downtown should not be underestimated. Presently accommodating old brick structures originally associated with the railroad, a mixed use development is recommended for this site. Examples 53 of activities that can be �~-··' .. co G) ·-a:> G) . G) ~ .2> C LL ~ 0 m ....r:..r:. ·-;:... G) C m 0 ... .Cl) .r:. 0) ·-.:.=: ·C C ..J ' \\,, I I: I I I } I! I I I\ I' i. (' It . l t 'f . f ·1 I . !. ' I _..,,.-: _ 54 \ I I I j I ;1 I I ! I· I' ' �•,. • appropriately established here include: I) condominiums; 2) a marina; 3) businesses which complement those found in the downtown, but don't duplicate services currently offered; and 4) a motel/conference center . The objective of a major development like this should be to anchor the downtown at the west end of Water Street and provide activities which generate year-round traffic. The physical and functional relationship of this area with the downtown will be critical. By no means should the development "overwhelm" the downtown. It must blend in with the CBD. The key to achieving this objective Iies with design. The scale, mass, color, and style of the complex must be sympathetic with the buildings along Water and Lake Streets. Further, the orientation of the development, while naturally capitalizing on the view of the Lake, should not turn its back on the downtown. Rather, it should be integrated with it, both functionally and visually. Pedestrian walkways between the two areas, for example, will be essential. C-3 Your community needs room for the expansion of services, like professional offices. It is recommended that the present pattern along Lake, between State and Vogel Streets, be al lowed to continue. Conversions of existing structures to off ices, as has already occurred, and new development for the same purpose are appropriate along this stretch. No additional retail establishments should be permitted here. As changes occur, site development guidelines should seek to limit the number of entryways (curb cuts) among these properties, and screen al I parking lots from the roadway. Expansion of these uses to the east so that frontage on North Park results should be disallowed. Finally, site improvements are recommended for the shopping center located at the northeast corner of Vogel and Lake Streets. Control led ingress and egress, and on-site vehicular and pedestrian circulation must be provided for the safety of all who use this center, as well as all motorists who are passing by. The kinds of improvements that should be made are illustrated in Figure 7 (p. 56). 55 ��C-4 This area is development. recommended for automobile oriented commercial Also, recreation foci lities would be appropriate here. Where possible, curb cuts should be minimized and combined, and all front area parking lots screened from the road. Because this area stands at one of your community's main entryways, visually pleasing projects (relative to design and landscaping) are important to make sure the first impression is a favorable one. BOYNE CITY'S INDUSTRIES Goals, Objectives, Policies, Programs I. Maintain and improve your community's industrial base. A. Preserve and enhance the quality and diversity of the City's industry. I. Allocate land that can accommodate the growth of an industrial park. a) Select a site that has proximity to public utilities. b) Select a site that has favorable soi I and slope conditions. c) Encourage the use and expansion of a site that is predominately industrial in character at the present time. d) Ensure access to a major highway is possible with minimum disruptions to surrounding properties and neighborhoods. e) Select an industrial site that will minimize truck traffic through your downtown and neighborhoods. f) Est ab Iish site development guide Iines to ensure proper consideration is given to site characteristics and adjacent uses during development. 2. Encourage visual improvements to industrial properties and minimize conflicts with adjacent land uses. a) Encourage the use of buffers and screening where conf Iicts exist between industry and adjacent uses. b) Coordinate the site improvements recommended for the waterfront industrial sites with the improvements planned for Veteran's Memorial Park. c) Encourage industry to landscape existing sites. 57 �d) Encourage the reuse of vacant industrial foci Iities that is compatible with the predominate land use found in their immediate vicinity. e) Encourage industry to control points of ingress and egress to their property from public roadways. Area Recommendations The fol lowing area specific recommendations are based on the preceeding statements (see Figure 5, p. 42 for label locations). 1-1 These two industrial sites have virtually no room for expansion. To satisfy possible office space expansion needs, it is recommended the properties across Lake Street (found in C-3) be reused as necessary to meet these needs. Visually, the Bendix and Courter buildings are satisfactory. However, site improvements are desirable. A landscaped buffer between the roadway and parking lots would improve the area's visual quality, and create controlled points of access that would be safer for all drivers involved. At the back side of these properties, an access easement could result in the development of a continuous footpath along the lakefront between the Landings and Veteran's Memorial Park. 1-2 Because Boyne City desperately needs a site that is marketable for industrial development, it is recommended the airport property be converted for this purpose. The site is well suited for industry because: I) it has flat terrain; 2) other industry, like Top-O-Michigan Electric, already exists in the area; 3) the site is adjacent to a major roadway (M75) that will permit the easy movement of materials by truck without penetrating the downtown; 4) major utility lines are close enough that extensions to the site can be made relatively easily; 5) it is larger than 40 acres in size, and has width and depth dimensions that make it 58 �flexible enough to accommodate large industries, a cluster of smaller ones, or a combination of the two; 6) its large size means the property is eligible for site improvement monies from agencies like the Economic Development Administration or Farmer's Home Administration; and 7) the property is owned by the City thereby minimizing the financial obligation the City must assume to create an area suitable for industrial development. To prepare this site for industrial development, the City should: I) prepare a conceptual site plan identifying how the area can be used most effectively relative to buildable zones and on-site circulation; 2) ascertain from the Michigan Aeronautics Commission what procedures must be followed to retire the debt incurred for runway construction; and 3) determine what costs will be involved to service the area with utilities. As one strategy for helping to retire the debt, the western portion of the runway (identified for single-family development) could be sold for homesites. While helping to strengthen this residential area with new buildable lots, the site plan prepared for the industrial park must not permit access through this neighborhood. A hard buffer must be established at Kunert Road. All traffic to and from the site should rely on M-75. Finally, site development guidelines for the area should encourage new industry to model themselves after Top-O-Michigan. Landscaping wi 11 soften the visual impact of new industry on the adjacent public and residential uses, as well as create a favorable entryway to the City. The controversy likely to be generated by this recommendation must be noted. For political reasons, or for reasons unforseen, it may prove impossible to use this site as recommended. alternative site must be selected that In this event, an is suitable for industrial development. The following site is identified should this impasse result, but this proposal should only be viewed as a last resort. 59 �The property that could be developed includes: Top-O-Michigan and the airport runways; I) the land between and 2) the property recommended for multiple family development and marked as R-5 on the land use map. Problems associated with this development strategy include: I) the lack of site flexibility that characterizes these properties due to their configuration; 2) the decentralization of industrial development that wi JI increase the range of impacts on the community; 3) the lack of room available in these areas capable of meeting long term development needs; 4) potentially using property well suited for multiple family development (area R-5) that will be difficult to make up as appropriately elsewhere; 5) the size of each site, neither of which are eligible for site improvement grants; and 6) the fact that the R-5 area would need to be purchased by the City before site improvements could be made, thereby magnifying Boyne City's financial commitment to industrial development by a substantial, and perhaps prohibitive, amount. BOYNE CITY'S NATURAL FEATURES Goals, Objectives, Policies, Programs I. Capitalize on your community's diverse natural features as a way of satisfying resident recreational demand, promoting tourism, and maintaining the scenic and rural character of Boyne City. A. Serve the growing demand for recreational facilities within the community. I. Maximize the use of existing parks to meet a greater variety of recreational needs. a) Develop a master plan that identifies the optimal use of each park and guides their development. b) Prepare a funding strategy that will help ensure the implementation of your community's park plans. 2. Encourage the development of new recreational sites within your community that expand recreational opportunities. 60 �a) Encourage the use of vacant pub Iic properties as a means to satisfy neighborhood recreational deficiencies and meet rising recreational demands. b) Identify undeveloped sites that serve the greatest recreational need and establish priorities for improvements. c) Establish points of access to Lake Charlevoix and viewing stations at pub( ic road ends. B. Improve the recreational opportunities provided by the City's unique natural resources. I. Develop the waterfront as a community focal point and gathering place that accommodates social and recreational activities. a) Develop a pedestrian orientation along the water's edge. b) Accommodate both passive and active recreation along the waterfront. c) 2. Improve the visual image of the waterfront. Capitalize on the various recreational opportunities available to your community along Boyne River. a) Capitalize on public land holdings at various locations along the riverfront to ensure access to, and use of, this resource. b) Encourage merchants with property abutting the River to provide access to the River's edge. c) Increase access and usability of the River's edge by providing walkways and crossovers where appropriate. d) Encourage programs that are directed at River usage and expand the number of water oriented activities. 3. Encourage the use of Avalanche Preserve as a recreational resource that meets a variety of recreation needs for your community's residents and tourists. a) Maintain and improve the Preserve's natural habitat and related ecological characteristics. b) Alleviate the erosion problems prevalent along the face of Avalanche. c) Encourage continued recreational use of the mountain for activities available. 61 and expand the passive opportunities �d) Provide designated areas of the mountain for active recreational uses. e) Develop a set of guidelines monitoring use of the mountain and formulate a mechanism to assure compliance with these guidelines. Area Recommendations The fol lowing recommendations are based on the preceding statements (see Figure 5, p. 42). P-1 Veteran's Memorial Park serves as the hub of activity along your waterfront. Informal and formal recreational activities are accommodated here, as are important community events. Visually, the Park is very significant because it's the largest public open space on the Lake. In the future, these strengths must be recognized and used to advantage. To achieve this, it is recommended a plan be prepared that: I) identifies how the Park can be enhanced to better serve your community; 2) identifies how this Park can begin to organize activities and establish design precedents for subsequent improvements that are proposed for the entire waterfront; and 3) identifies how the waterfront can be more effectively integrated with other activity centers, like the central business district. In conceptual terms, these three points are addressed in the Waterfront Concept Plan (see Figure 8, p. 62). The preliminary ideas in this Concept Plan reflect the community's desire that: I) Veteran's Park not be overdeveloped, but programmed with many open spaces that permit informal recreational activities like walking, picnicing, and sitting; 2) the pedestrian orientation of this Park be strengthened; 3) pedestrian walkways be established along the Lake to help tie various activity centers together; 4) improvements that are undertaken be low cost in nature relative to both construction and maintenance; and 5) consistency and compatibility be maintained relative to landscaping 62 �Waterfront Concept Plan Figure 8 -~...,___ _ __ __ _ _ _ Lake Street Promenade ·~~1urnou •W..JJ..l:'..WAY 1 ~11leWA'( . W J ~ u~ Fishing P o i n t - - - -- - -~-, L.....J.,._,....,...,..,b:l<--------Park Development ,MAJIJjAJl-l E,Xl:;,TJI-IC, l\t_'j,_L-h,U-.,__ Passive Waterfront--- l=~ILlTI~ - - - ~ ; . ; ... .-'-1.1 • ~ I Z I : : , l=".Alc¥-ll-t,i • ~Af~ ·f:=l-0HI 1--0r . ~~I~ · O~~VA11111-J c~ Waterfront Commercial Oppo . e,a.(rt.tM/..C.~ F'la2~~::,, . f'Ul!!,L.1~ ~ u.J.. ·r~IUG PllaZ, Prime Commercial - - - -- - +cl-------4'--41.~:..-----. Redevelopment Opportunity - - - - Main Street Promenade .~l~IJ ~ 63 �and pedestrian-oriented treatments among the Park, CBD and the new mixed use project that may occur to the west of Lake Street (see C-2 description). The schematic design plan being prepared for this Park must reflect these concerns of your community, as illustrated in Figure 9 (p. 65). P-2 Most residents in Boyne City agree Old City Park could be used to greater advantage. Certainly it has numerous traits that can be capitalized on like being adjacent to the Boyne River, near the CBD, and being heavily treed. To identify what improvements should be made to take advantage of these traits and increase the Park's attractiveness, it is recommended implementation. a plan be developed and scheduled for Among the improvements to be considered are new pedestrian scaled lighting and upgraded parking facilities. P-3 Presently used for the storage of municipal vehicles, it is recommended this area be converted into a pub Iic park. The opportunity exists for providing facilities that capitalize on the River's presence. A fishing area, drop-in point for canoes, picnic grounds, informal play areas for children, and parking facilities would be appropriate. These improvements need not be expensive, and the benefit gained from having access to a major natural feature should justify the level of expense required to make the area visually attractive and usable. P-4 Rotary Park is a fine example of how a community can employ federal dollars to create a distinctive and sorely needed recreational facility. Financed by Land and Water Conservation Funds from the Heritage Conservation and Recreation Service, new ballfields, tennis courts, parking facilities and other amenities have been developed within a natural context. The success of this project should be used to promote similar efforts for other parks. P-5 It is recommended this publicly owned property be formally designated as a nature preserve/conservation area. Informal hiking trails could be established to capitalize on the view of the Boyne River and make it 64 �• I ~ 0) Cl) a, ... ... 0. ::, - a, ·c: 0 E Cl) :E en ..c e ..,Cl) Cl) > -; ... Cl) t, ea, .J::. 0 C a, ·c: .., en Cl) "0 Cl) 0. Cl) .., .J::. 0) ·c:;C C a, .J::. C w 0) ·LL �possible for people to explore the area. This foci Iity also could serve an educational purpose for school groups, particularly if interpretive signs were created by, perhaps, a high school biology class. P-6 The use potential of Avalanche Preserve is fantastic. Due to the size and complexity of this resource, a detailed master plan shotJld be prepared to determine how the Preserve can be used most effectively. During the preparation of the plan, several guidelines should be followed when identifying activities to be programmed on the site. activities should: I) only be recreational in The nature; 2) have ,low development cost and maintenance requirements; 3) be sensitive to the Preserve's ecology, vegetation, and slopes; 4) alleviate known recreational deficiencies; 5) have local as wel I as tourist appeal; 6) be diverse and offer both passive and active recreational opportunities; and 7) be implementable in phases. Specific activities and facilities residents would Iike considered for the Preserve include: softball fields, cross-country skiing, nature trai Is, soccer and reforestation, interpretive and educational centers, snowmobile trail, and picnic facilities. BOYNE CITY'S UTILITIES Goals, Objectives, Policies, Programs I. Provide and maintain public utilities required to meet the needs of your community's neighborhoods, businesses and industries. A. Upgrade your City's water and sewer systems as necessary. I. Prepare and prioritize a list of improvements required to adequately service existing developments. a) Develop a long-range water and sewer maintenance and replacement program. b) Establish a funding strategy that will permit the pursuit of necessary construction projects. 66 �2. Ensure the short and long-term storm drainage needs of your community are met. a) Expand the existing storm drainage system to accommodate areas that experience high surface runoff. b) B. Plan for extensions in capital improvement program. Provide water and sewer services to community residents currently lacking utilities, as well as to areas identified to accommodate new growth. I. Evaluate neighborhoods within your community that are currently lacking public utilities. a) Establish long range program to service areas showing greatest needs. b) Incorporate decisions into City's capital improvement program. 2. Plan for the extension of water and sewer lines to anticipated growth areas. a) Upgrade existing delivery system so that extensions can be accommodated. b) Incorporate decisions into City's capital improvement program. Specific Recommendations The significance of utilities in an emerging community like Boyne City cannot be overstated. At the very least, three points should be made. I. The relationship between utility availability and growth management is direct. To provide utility systems in a new area is to make a commitment to growth in that area as well. This is true whether growth occurs immediately or years down the road. 2. Once utilities have been installed, a commitment to maintaining them over time must be made. Investments in your community are made daily based on this understanding. To allow utilities to fall into an unalterable state of disrepair is to undermine the investor's faith in the community, demonstrated at the time the investment was made. 67 �3. Key to the successful maintenance and provision of utilities is money. With too little of it, communities like yours spend more time and money on crises than on planned improvements. Also, as costs associated with new utility development continue to escalate, a very sensitive fiscal balance between maintaining existing systems and preparing new areas for growth must be made. Most emerging communities, and Boyne City is no exception, cannot extend Iines into new areas at wi 11, nor can they afford to withdraw and only attend to existing utility systems. When planning for utility improvements, then, a delicate balance must be maintained between upgrading existing facilities, and making preparations for new growth areas. Clearly, the City's first obligation is to current residents, and secondly to new development. As plans are made for upgrading current utility systems, though, the potential for servicing new areas by capitalizing on improvements made to existing systems must always be recognized. Areas with high growth potential that should be considered when scheduling improvements to existing systems include: I. The airport property, which is recommended for conversion to industry. Before Iight manufacturing can be attracted to this area, the availability or promise of utilities will be required. Perhaps when additional sanitary sewer and water capacity is supplied to the High School, lines could be readied for the industrial park as well. 2. The residential area east of Evangeline and south of the railroad tracks. It may prove more economical and timely to extend sanitary sewer lines through this neighborhood into the industrial park. 3. The unsewered residential area focused at the intersection of Bailey and Jefferson Streets. 4. The residential area north of West Michigan Avenue. 68 �5. The areas recommended for multiple-family development on either side of West Michigan Avenue which are just beyond the range of existing sewer and water lines. 6. The Tannery property. Unlike the sanitary sewer and water systems, it isn't reasonable to plan on extending the stormwater system throughout the community. The costs would be too great, and the other two utilities have higher priority. Some new lines, though, may be necessary depending on where runoff causes the greatest problems. For example, where roadway beds are dramatically eroded each year, or where back-up problems caused by infiltration into the sewer lines are excessive in any given residential area, the City should plan on instal Iing new Iines. For those areas where the existing surface drainage system is adequate, though, stormwater improvements are not recommended. CIRCULATION IN BOYNE CITY Goals, Objectives, Policies, Programs I. Develop and maintain a safe and efficient circulation system for the residents of your City. A. Accommodate the diverse roadway needs of the City's residents. I. Encourage improvements to the City's street system that complement the regional street network. a) Coordinate local street improvement plans with proposed improvements to the County and Regional highway systems. b) Adopt street construction standards that complement those for the County and Region. c) Est ab Iish a roadway improvement plan that seeks to pave al I soft-surface roads. 69 �2. Encourage non-residential community that traffic to use streets within your minimize disruption to your residential neighborhoods. a) Classify streets throughout your community according to function and design. b) Designate streets that can appropriately accommodate truck traffic. B. Improve the types and quality of circulation available to City residents. I. Encourage the provision of appropriate circulation improvements in conjunction with new development. a) Es tab Iish on-site development standards that regulate parking, access and walkway requirements. b) Ensure necessary street and sidewalk improvements are provided as part of new developments. c) Develop a street classification system using function, need and demand as considerations in the setting of improvement priorities. 2. Encourage the development of a pedestrian oriented community that takes advantage of your community's compactness. a) Provide pedestrian walkways and rest areas between major activity centers. b) Encourage right-of-way improvements to occur in conjunction with street improvements. c) Encourage new developments to provide for safe pedestrian movement within the project. Specific Recommendations As a basis for making decisions regarding roadway improvements, it is recommended that a Street Classification System be adopted (see Figure I 0, p. 71 ). Through the use of the definitions and standards that follow, the Classification System: 70 �• -,. • Street Classification System Figure 10 E3 E3 E3 Regional Arterial Local Arterial Primary Collector El Secondary Collector B Local Roadway Lake Charlevoix City of Boyne City Charlevoix County Michigan Updated based on information provided by the City of Boyne City '-------- - - , - - - JI L Johnson Johnson & Roy/ inc. Plannirig/ Landscape Architecture/ Urban CYesign (1) July1979 71 �• • • • • • • • • •• • • • • • • • • I. Defines the function of each street found in your community; 2. Establishes a basis for determining what roads need to be upgraded, and to what standards; 3. Can be used to help you establish your capital improvement program; 4. Recognizes the need to coordinate City-wide improvements with those proposed for County and State roadways that feed into Boyne City • The function of each roadway type identified in Figure IO (p. 71) is established by the following definitions: I. Regional arterials carry large volumes of traffic at relatively high speeds for long distances. They carry vehicles primarily between major cities, and correlate with the State's trunkline system. Of the five road types identified, this one has the widest right-of-way requirement. 2. Local arterials operate at moderate to higb speeds, and service withinRegion and between-County traffic. Like regional arterials, these roads link major population centers together . 3. Primary collectors carry moderate volumes of traffic at moderate speeds between major activity centers within the City, as well as between Boyne City and adjacent communities. They tend to link the arterials together as well. 4. Secondary collectors accommodate movements between neighborhoods and activity centers. Their primary purpose is to collect traffic from local streets and distribute it to primary collectors and arterials . Traffic volumes are moderate, and speeds range from low to moderate . 5. Local roadways move low volumes of neighborhood traf fie at low speeds over relatively short distances (less than Y2 mile). Their primary purpose is to serve individual properties . 72 �The Roadway Standards proposed for your community are illustrated in Figure 11 (p. 74). Please note these drawings identify right-of-way dimensions, design specifications for local roads with and without curbs, and specifications for sidewalks/bike paths. Standards for regional arterials are not shown because they usually are set at the time of construction. In addition, it is recommended that: I. Unpaved roads be scheduled for upgrading with existing residential development being used as a guide for determining improvement priorities. 2. Future road extensions not result in dead end streets, as is the case with Grove and Ottawa. Roads without cul-de-sacs can't handle safety vehicles effectively • • • ~ 3. A truck route plan be adopted that: I) al lows trucks to use al I but local streets to ensure the neighborhoods are not disrupted; 2) prohibits al I trucks from using East Water Street, between East and Lake Streets, except those making de! iveries to the stores along Water Street. Relative to the Boyne Valley Railroad, it is expected a joint public/private partnership will be required to establish the Company's viability. value to tourism, its continued support is justified. Because of its Charter trips should be continued, as should daily trips during the operating season. If mixed use developments occur at the base of Water Street, or southwest of Front and Second (see C-2 and R-5 on Figure 5, p. 42) the role of the Railroad might be expanded. Potentially, it could offer shuttle service between these developments and the Boyne Mountain area for skiers, golfers, and tourists in general. 73 - - - ---- --------- �Roadway Standards Figure II (~ •,. • " g· 22· 14· so· Local Street 2 . 50' 11' Local & Secondary Collector s· T 36' 60' Primary Collector & Local Arterial City of Boyne City Charlevoix County Michigan 74 12· Johnson Johnson & Roy inc Planning Landscape Architecture Urban Design �IMPLEMENTATION STRATE GIES INTRODUCTION Implementation strategies are a key component of any comprehensive plan. They prescribe how the plan's recommendations and programs become realities. Because the true value of a plan is never realized unless it is implemented, it must be carefully designed to ensure it is workable. This is no less true for Boyne City's Comprehensive Plan. Hence, the contents of this Plan were carefully developed with an eye towards implementation. Before reviewing the suggested implementation strategies, several points should be made. First, numerous interest groups, pub Iic agencies and private concerns constantly make decisions that have an impact on the way Boyne City changes. This Plan should be viewed as an implementation device that assists in the coordination and direction of public and private policy and, therefore, the actions taken by these decision-making bodies. Second, implementation is a process that requires tremendous energy and dedication from those committed to the Plan's achievement. The process of making a plan work is not an easy one. Change, even for the better, is difficult to institute. Third, changes are not made overnight. It takes time to put guidelines and recommendations into practice whether they constitute departmental policy or tangible improvements. Fourth, various changes will be more easily achieved, and in a shorter time period, than others. Time must be spent to determine which actions will require less energy, time and expense, and which of these are most desirable. On the other hand, actions requiring extensive resources must also be identified and prioritized according to need. The City Administration, working in conjunction with the Planning Commission, should establish these priorities. 75 �• " Finally, the utilization of this Plan must begin with its interpretation by those individuals responsible for its use. This process involves the incorporation of the Plan's guidelines and recommendations into a form that is usable for each implementation strategy. The nature of this process will be made clearer when the individual strategies are reviewed. THE PLANNING PROGRAM This Comprehensive Plan should not be viewed as a finished product. As events or the needs of City residents demand it, various additions will need to be made. It is not anticipated, however, that this Plan's major goals and concepts will require alteration. Rather, as the Plan is interpreted and implemented, only detai Is may require some change. At this time, it is neither possible nor desirable to specifically identify the future use of each lot within the City. It is not possible due to the generalized nature of the Plan, and not desirable because the City's specific needs are not that predictable. It is possible to state, though, that changes must remain consistent with this Plan's goals and objectives. While an element of flexibility is inherent in this Plan, then, there are certain core features which remain unyielding. To ensure this Plan remains responsive to the needs of Boyne City, the City's over al I planning program must be expanded. It is recommended the program have several elements, including: I. A mandatory annual review by the Planning Commission of selected sections of the Comprehensive Plan with recommendations forwarded to the City Commission. Because tremendous resources would be required to review the entire Plan on a yearly basis, one or two different sections should be reviewed each year. After all sections are reviewed over a period of several years, the cycle should be repeated. Each review should entail updating each section with information as it becomes available. Guidelines and recommendations that are affected by the new data should then be modified as necessary. 76 �2. The development of functional plans. For each specific area of interest, a functional plan should be prepared that spells out in detail the proposals found in the Comprehensive Plan. All functional plans should be developed within the framework provided by the Plan. They should expand on the goals of the Plan, while remaining consistent with those goals. Also, functional plans should operationalize the Plan's intent in departmental policies and procedures. A direct link between the Plan's content and implementation thereby is created. Examples of functional plans include a Sewer and Water Extension Plan, Park and Recreation Plan, and a Pedestrian Circulation Plan. 3. Special land use and design plans. These are important because they interpret the Comprehensive Plan at site specific levels. Areas within the City requiring special ' physical treatments can be identified and dealt with accordingly. In short, they refine the land use proposals and illustrate how guiding policies are handled in small geographical areas. Examples of special plans include a Waterfront Improvement Plan and a Downtown Urban Design Study. PLANNING AND CITY GOVERNMENT City Administration The successful implementation of this Comprehensive Plan can accomplished if all City Departments strive toward common goals. only be Boyne City, with its City Manager form of government, has demonstrated it can effectively coordinate the objectives of various City Departments. As implementation of this Plan begins, however, the City will need to strengthen these ties. attention will need to be given to the City's Housing Authority. Particular Many of the residential physical improvement opportunities suggested in this Plan rely on the expansion of the Authority's role. 77 �•,. : II II Ill • •,. • • ••••"• Similarly, the City Administration must strengthen its working relationship with the County's Building Department. Because the County has the responsibility for overseeing building code enforcement within Boyne City, it is important that this agency actively follow the housing recommendations found in this Plan. This includes the removal of delapidated housing and carefully monitoring the structural conditions of the City's houses. Planning Commission Boyne City's Planning Commission has an important role relative to the City's planning activities. Specifically, the Commission has responsibility for: I. Publicizing and promoting planning in the City. 2. Holding citizen review workshops during which input from the community is solicited regarding planning-related activities • 3• Overseeing the Comprehensive Plan and ensuring that its intent and guidelines are appropriately interpreted when land use issues are raised. 4. Helping to pursue the development of land use regulations and controls recommended in this Plan . s. Assisting in the review and revision of capital improvement programs. 6. Assisting in the evaluation of the City's yearly progress made towards the implementation of this Plan. Goals for each year's planning activities can be formulated as a means for measuring the community's p-rogress. 78 �Goal Application As discussed previously, the land use proposals found in this document are the interpretation of your City's goals and objectives into a physical concept. This concept identifies how land areas within the City should be used in the future. During the months ahead, there will be a need to use this Plan as a basis for evaluating various land use proposals that appear in the form of requests before City decision-makers. As this occurs, the following procedure should be utilized to assure that all land use decisions are consistent with the intent of this Comprehensive Plan. I. Each request should be studied in light of the designated land uses found on the land use map; 2. Where questions or concerns exist regarding the intent or appropriateness of a proposal, this document's goals and objectives should be used as a basis for Plan interpretation. Annexation The recommendations of this Comprehensive Plan assume Boyne City will continue as a self-contained community, accommodating anticipated land use needs within its existing boundaries. The reasons for this approach are two-fold: I) sufficient land area exists within the City to accommodate all forecasted land use needs through the year 2000; and 2) the acquisition of land through annexation is an extremely difficult and complicated process. The annexation process is complicated by a number of matters which, in many instances, inhibit its success. These include: I. The lack of specific guidelines that establish when annexation is acceptable; 2. Concern over the implications of creating Charter Townships to stop annexation; 79 �•• • • , 3. 4. The need to provide the site with complete City services; The philosophy that a City cannot annex solely for the reason of improving its tax base; and 5. Governmental cooperation • Over time, however, a number of conditions may change, including the annexation laws, that may make annexation more feasible. Certainly changes in funding programs, such as revenue sharing, together with new policies and incentives directed at increasing jobs and the tax base of urban areas will have an influence on the practicality of annexation as an approach to be pursued by Boyne City. Also, if it is determined the Boyne City Airport cannot be used to accommodate future industrial development, annexation becomes the only option available if a federally funded industrial park is to be achieved. CODES AND ORDINANCES The fol lowing strategies are recommended for use for two reasons. I. They have the ability to address and effectively deal with the major issues described in this Plan. 2. They are currently available for use, or at least can be developed with relative ease given the City's existing resources. While these strategies are recommended for use at this time, they should be reviewed periodically along with the rest of the Plan. Any needed updating or modification in terms of approach or content can then be accommodated as required. Zoning Zoning has great value to a comm~nity when it is based on a Comprehensive Plan. Without the guidance of land use recommendations that support stated goals and objectives, zoning decisions are viewed as arbitrary and political in nature. The completion of this Comprehensive Plan makes the use of zoning particularly 80 �•,. " appropriate. This Plan's comprehensive nature provides a natural framework on which a comprehensive zoning ordinance can be based. This kind of ordinance is preferred because it establishes a legal framework that takes into account land use needs for the entire City as opposed to individual sites. As a result, its scope is responsive to the community as a whole, rather than just individual parts. From a legal standpoint, this adds a dimension of soundness to the ordinance that might otherwise not be realized. The primary concepts established by this Plan have City-wide application. A comprehensive zoning ordinance is most appropriate for assisting in the application of these concepts. For example, the need to minimize land use conflicts throughout the City can be readily addressed by this type of ordinance. Also, the desire to protect the integrity of the City's residential areas can be advanced using this implementation device. The City's zoning ordinance requires many changes before it reflects this Plan's guidelines. Among these are: I. A unified zoning system that recognizes the differences in the original construction and development standards found in various parts of the City. 2. The addition of site plan review regulations, particularly for multifamily, commercial and industrial development. 3. Improved sign controls and standards. 4. Standards governing mixed uses. 5. Improved standards governing screening and buffering. 6. The establishment of compatible density ranges. 7. Improved height, bulk and yard standards. 81 �It is recommended that a study team be selected and charged with updating the ordinance in accordance with this Plan's recommendations. This should be done as soon as possible so that future zoning issues can be dealt with appropriately. Subdivision Regulations Like zoning, subdivision regulations are recommended implementation of this Plan. for use during the While zoning is concerned with land use on a site basis and activities permitted in selected areas, subdivision regulations are concerned with the process of subdividing and the quality of individual developments. Subdivision regulations protect the needs of residents by providing both site design controls and jmprovement standards. Design controls generally deal with land requirements and arrangements for roadways and parcels. Improvement standards, another component of subdivision regulations, are concerned with physical improvements that must be completed prior to the recording of the plat and the sale of lots. Currently, few site design controls are found in Boyne City that pertain to subdivision regulations. Those requirements which do exist, such as minimum sidewalk construction standards, were adopted years ago and are not appropriate today. Standards and minimum designs consistant with the City's goals are necessary for effective implementation to be achieved. Additional regulations are recommended for developments that may have an impact on the City's environmental quality. Specifically, proposed subdivisions should be denied if it would cause serious off-site flooding, environmental degradation or a public facilities problem. In short, subdivision regulations should be updated to protect the City's environment from potentially harmful effects resulting from new developments. These regulations should strengthen the overall impact of the comprehensive zoning ordinance. 82 �Site Plan Review Because there are few site plan regulations in effect, site plan review requirements should be developed and incorporated into the City's zoning ordinance. In general, site plan review should provide guidance relative to the placement and character of structures on parcels of land. In addition, the requirements specify standards for how projects must relate with their environment. This is particularly critical for undeveloped properties along the City's waterfront. Building Code Boyne City has adopted the building code requirements presently in use by Charlevoix County and uses the County's Building Department as the enforcing agency. Because of this City and County relationship, a high degree of coordination is required. Accomplishing uniform code enforcement is not an easy task because of the number of parties involved. Every effort must be taken, therefore, to strengthen Iiaison between City and County governments to ensure enforcement is comprehensive. Rehabilitation will play a primary role in correcting existing housing defects in Boyne City. Rigerous code enforcement will help ensure that stable neighborhoods remain as such, and that problem areas are improved. CAPITAL IMPROVEMENTS Capital improvement programming entails scheduling public physical improvements for a community over a designated period of time. The schedule should reflect the priorities and financial capabilities of the municipality. The way a Capital Improvement Program (CIP) is developed tends to vary from one city to another, but general agreement exists relative to the following: I. Capital improvements refer to any expenditure for facilities which are government related. Costs for land acquisition, building construction, highways, utility lines, and landscaping are examples of capital improvements. 83 �• • • ,. 2. A capital improvements budget refers to a Iisting of projects according to anticipated costs and sources of funds that is prepared annually • 3. A capital improvements program involves a long-term schedule of projects based on costs and funding sources. The CIP serves as the implementation plan for the City's needed physical improvements . Generally, the capital improvement program is prepared and adopted annually in accordance with long-range goals that are part of the program. Relationship with the Comprehensive Plan A sound CIP should act as a major tool leading to the implementation of the Comprehensive Plan. To ensure this is achieved, the CIP should be based on improvement recommendations that are a part of the Plan. Additional projects, as they are included in the budget, should remain consistent with both the overall intent and recommendations that are reflected in this Comprehensive Plan. Issues dealing with location, timing of desired development and potential impact on recommended land use for the selected area are examples of what must be reviewed. Preparation of the Capital Improvement Program Generally, several steps are involved during the preparation of a CIP. First, an annual budget policy is prepared to guide City departments and commissions in the program preparation. Second, an inventory of all committed and potential projects is prepared, along with cost estimates and an evaluation of their relative priority. Third, an analysis of the community's financing capabilities is conducted relative to the project types that are identified. Fourth, the CIP should be developed to cover a five year period, with reviews of the program occurring yearly. Fifth, a longrange schedule that addresses project execution is developed, taking into consideration project relationships with each other and financial requirements. Sixth, projects slated for early action are selected from the schedule and incorporated into the capital improvement budget for the next fiscal year. Finally, the program from which the budget is developed is adopted. 84 �•1111 • Monitoring the Program Adoption of the CIP means that certain projects will be financed during the next fiscal year. To ensure that budgetary and project commitments are followed as desired, the Planning Commission and City Commission should review progress reports that are submitted by department officials or the City Manager. Any problems or changing conditions encountered during the CIP's implementation should result in recommended changes in the program. Importance of the CIP for Boyne City Capital improvement programming is significant in Boyne City for several reasons: I. Funds available for projects are limited. All expenditures must be made as judiciously as possible to ensure maximum benefit is realized with each expense. 2. Funding source requirements often conflicf with a City's priorities. It is necessary, then, that efforts be made to match need with avai Iable funds wherever possible. 3. Many capital intensive projects are recommended in this Plan. To accommodate change as desired, the CIP must reflect this in its schedule. Improvements, like roadways and sewers, are particularly important in terms of guiding future growth. Improvements geared towards revitalizing the City's central business district like walkway improvements, landscape and screening improvements, and off-street parking must also be a part of the schedule. The CIP is important for one additional reason. It serves as a barometer against which the success of this Comprehensive Plan can be partially measured. As physical improvements are made, the results of these changes should be consistent with, and lead to the eventual achievement of, the goals and object ives of this Plan. 85 �•,. 1111 • FEDERAL AND ST ATE FUNDING PROGRAMS The successful implementation of several recommendations found in this document is dependent upon a number of considerations, including the availability of financial assistance. A brief overview of various State and Federal programs that may assist Boyne City with the implementation of these recommendations follows (see Tables 2, 3, and 4, p. 87 - 92). These programs, presented in table form, are listed according to their possible applicability for housing, commercial, industrial, and recreational land uses . • 86 �TABLE 2 - HOUSING PROGRAMS Problem Program Result Evidence of major and minor structural problems among residential dwellings Rehabilitation Loan and Grant Program Improves housing quality resulting from rehabilitation of residential structures Community Development Block Grant funds for structural rehabilitation are provided to low and moderate income homeowners and landlords Rehabilitation Loans: Section 312 Federal loans directly available to owners of residential or nonresidential properties for rehabilitation Housing Construction Program co --...J Revitalizes neighborhood as a result of upgrading structures characterized by poor maintenance Results in comprehensive rehabilitation programs that focus on upgrading housing Joint state and federal program provides low interest rehabilitation loans, interest subsidies and deferred payment loans to low income families Community Development Block Grant Funds Provides community with opportunities for implementation of special programs Direct funds are available to local munithat benefit low and moderate income cipalities to improve the living environment. families A majority of public improvement projects qualify if directed at low and moderate income levels Neighborhood Strategy Areas Section 8 Housing Assistance Payment funds targeted in areas where Community Development Block Grant monies are used for revitalization projects Achievement of comprehensive revitalization program in selected neighborhood that emphasizes short-term housing revitalization and coordinated community development activities �-------, TABLE 2 - HOUSING PROGRAMS (cont'd) Problem Program Result Need for neighborhood investment Community Reinvestment Act of 1977 Increases level of investment in neighborhood resulting from financial institutions becoming involved with public and private improvement programs Regulated financial institutions must demonstrate that their deposit facilities serve resident needs for credit services in communities where they are chartered to do business Federal Housing Administration Improvement programs that rely on federally insured financial institutions to promote residential and commercial rehabi Iitation efforts co co Neighborhood Housing Services Program Federal assistance in terms of comprehensive investment program made available to cities which demonstrate a cooperative spirit among local public agencies, lending institutions and neighborhood organizations Lack of ownership opportunities for low and moderate income families Homeownership Assistance: Section 235 Federal mortgage insurance and interest rate reductions avai Iable for new and rehabilitated units Basic Home Mortgage: Section 203(b) Federal mortgage insurance for 90%, 30year mortgages used to purchase new or existing one-to-four family units Revitalization of housing stock and business district due to federal incentives made available to local financial institutions Neighborhood revitalization and stabilization resulting from investment strategies that serve to initiate capital investments by local residents and businesses Increases neighborhood stability resulting from purchase of new and rehabilitated units by moderate income persons Increases neighborhood stability resulting from homeownership among high risk, moderate income families �- ••• TABLE 2 - HOUSING PROGRAMS (cont'd) Problem Program Result Lack of ownership opportunities for low and moderate income families Special Credit Risks: Section 237 Increases neighborhood stability resulting from higher rates of ownership among families having marginal credit risk rating Lack of ownership opportunities for low and moderate income families co 'Cl Insurance provided to local lending institutions against losses incurred on residential mortgages extended to marginal credit risk families who benefit from financial counseling Income Rental Assistance: Section 8 Rental assistance available to households whose incomes are 80% or less than the median income for households (assisted household pays 25% of its gross income for rents and program pays difference between household's payment and contract rent) High percentage of elderly and retired heads of households Neighborhood stability resulting from less turnover prompted by increases in contract rent Increases supply of housing for elderly and handicapped which serves to meet neighborhood's demand Provides direct federal loans to aid in the construction or rehabilitation of rental and cooperative housing for the elderly or handicapped i �--------- TABLE 3 - COMMERCIAL/INDUSTRIAL PROGRAMS Problem Program Result Improvement of special features found in Boyne City National Endowment for the Arts Development of unique designs within the City's downtown or waterfront areas Encourages communities to introduce exemplary design as part of their planning process Lack of financial assistance for businesses Business Development Assistance (EDA) Assists expansion opportunities and community reinvestment by private enterprise Provides long term loans for up to 65% of the cost of expansion or new construction of industry or commercial foci Iities Small Business Administration Assists in encouraging private investment within the CBD Provides loans or loan guarantees to business owners to help finance growth and development '° 0 Lack of funds for improvement of the physical and economic environment Farmers Home Administration Encourages public and private investment to improve the community's business climate Provides loan guarantees for public or private property acquisitions and improvements within cities of less than I 0,000 people Public Works Grants (EDA) Provides monies for physical plant improvements to designated areas as a means to improve economic conditions Upper Great Lakes Regional Commission Assists in providing the capital improvements necessary to encourage private investment in the City Assists in providing public works improvements necessary to encourage private investment Provides monies to encourage industrial development in local communities Ii �79 I' I TABLE 3 - COMMERCIAL/INDUSTRIAL PROGRAMS (cont'd) Problem Program Result Lack of funds for improvement of the physical and economic environment Economic Development Corporation Provides low-cost monies to business and industry willing to make an investment within the community Lac k of new investment within downtown Downtown Development Authority Permits the community to raise funds for aiding business and industry in acquiring land, bui Idings and equipment through the issuance of tax exempt revenue bonds if the project is revenue generating Permits local governments to encourage downtown improvements through issuance of revenue bonds or special tax assessment '-0 Commercial Redevelopment District Encourages revitalization by providing means for generating monies eligible for improvement projects Improvements made to physical structures in downtown and new development also encouraged Allows the granting of tax relief for real property improvements within the defined limits of downtown Urban Development Action Grant Revitalization of areas where match can be generated through private investment Provides funds to depressed cities for public improvements to encourage job creation and private investment within City Community Development Block Grant Funds Provides community with opportunities for implementation of special programs Direct funds are avai Iable to local municipalities to improve the environment, primarily for low and moderate income levels ~ • �- TABLE 4 - RECREATION PROGRAMS Problem Program Result Need for improved recreation opportunities Division of Waterways - DNR Expansion of waterfront recreational activities Provides funds for water-oriented capital improvements, including boat launching sites and marinas River and Harbors Act Provides funds for specific navigational improvements which are required in marina development including entrance channels, breakwaters and turning basins Land and Water Conservation Fund '-0 N Provides funds for construction of public recreation facilities where deficiencies are determined Coastal Zone Management Provides funds for feasibility analysis and development of opportunities along the State's coast Iines Provides incentive for pursuing marina developments to increase lakefront use Expansion of recreation activities where current demand is highest (for example Rotary Park) Improves use opportunities of the lakefront (for example - Beachfront Feasibility Study) Community Development Block Grant Funds Provides community with opportunities for implementation of special programs Direct funds are available to local municipalities to improve the environment, primarily for low and moderate income levels ���POPULATION An overview of Boyne City's population is necessary to: I) determine how many people are expected to reside in your community in the future; 2) generate information required to forecast land use needs; and 3) gain an understanding of the kinds of people who live in the community so that the Comprehensive Plan can be responsive to their needs. GROWTH TRENDS As shown in Table 5 (p. 96), population growth in Boyne City has been far from Due to several setbacks in the local economy, an overal I decrease in steady. population was experienced bet·ween 1910 and I 970. The most significant decrease occurred between 1910 and 1930, when your community's population base was cut in half. During that 20-year period, lumbering was the mainstay of the local economy. As forest reserves in the vicinity were depleted, though, employment opportunities lessened significantly in number. Many families were forced to -move on to new lumbering communities, thereby causing the sharp decline in total population. Boyne City has been rebuilding ever since. Although growth since 1930 has been sporadic, downturns have never amounted to more than I 0% of the City's total population. More importantly, steady increases are evident since 1960, particularly in Iight of estimates for 1979 which average about 3,300 persons. During the past 2 twenty years, then, a population increase of roughly 18% has occurred. Interestingly, Charlevoix County's growth trends closely parallel those experienced by Boyne City (see Table 5, p. 96). Although the County's overal I population decrease between 1910 and 1970 amounted to roughly I 5%, as opposed to 40% for Boyne City, fluctuations during this 60-year period occurred at the same time for the two areas. Apparently economic influences have had similar impacts on the County and Boyne City over the years. Assuming this is true, a population increase for the County should be evident between 1960 and 1979, as a substantial increase was experienced by Boyne City during this same period. Estimates substantiate this assumption, as population in 3 Charlevoix County increased by 50% during the past 20 years. 95 �TABLE 5 - POPULATION TRENDS FOR SELECTED AREAS, 1910-1970 Number of Persons Area 1910 1920 1930 1940 1950 1960 1970 Boyne City 5,248 4,284 2,650 2,904 3,028 2,797 2,969 City of Charlevoix 2,420 2,218 2,247 2,299 2,695 2,751 3,519 Charlevoix County 19,157 15,778 11,981 13,031 13,475 13,421 16,541 Source: Northwest Michigan Regional Planning and Development Commission, Comprehensive Plan - Land Use; June 1978. U.S. Bureau of Census, 1950, 1960, and 1970 Census of Population 96 �Returning to Table 5 (p. 96), growth in the City of Charlevoix since 1920 has been steady, a pattern not at all like Boyne City's or the County's. Presumably the appeal of this community for both year-round and seasonal residents has been strong enough to offset the effects of an unstable economy. When drawing on the experiences of nearby areas to better understand Boyne City, then, the County of Charlevoix seems like a more appropriate comparable than the City of Charlevoix. Several reasons help explain why Charlevoix County and the Cities of Charlevoix and Boyne City have grown during the past 20 years. These include: I) the growth 4 of the tourist industry; 2) the presence of special natural features that have widespread recreational appeal; 3) improved accessibility to the northwest part of the State from major population centers located in southern Michigan; 4) increased leisure time and mobility among persons attracted to the area; and 5) increased demand for second homes and seasonal residences. Examples of qualities specific to Boyne City that have contributed to its recent population growth include: I) the availability of undeveloped land for seasonal home development (that has resulted in the construction of dwellings that accommodate roughly 15% of the City's 5 population); 2) the presence of a full service business district; 3) its proximity to major recreation centers, like Boyne Mountain; 4) the availability of a full range of community services; and 5) the community's location on Lake Charlevoix. FORECASTS For many of these same reasons, a steady growth in population is expected in your community between 1980 and 2000. The projections presented in Table 6 (p. 98) identify the amount of growth forecasted, and are based on the following . 6 assumptions: I. The Charlevoix County area will continue to develop as a year-round recreational attraction whereby the impact of visitors and seasonal homeowners on the area will be significant. 2. Population increases in the area will be less dependent on traditional employment centers Iike manufacturing, and more dependent on the area's recreational potential, scenic qualities, and appealing quality of life. 97 �TABLE 6 - POPULATION PROJECTIONS FOR SELECTED AREAS, 1980-2000 I Number of Persons Area 1980 1985 1990 1995 2000 Boyne City 3,5804,010 3,9384,403 4,3324,958 4,7615,334 5,2275,853 Charlevoix County 20,00022,400 22,00024,600 24,20027,700 26,60029,800 29,20032,700 I. Population growth rates for each area amount to a I0% increase per five-year period. Source: Johnson, Johnson & Roy/inc. 98 �3. Population increases will continue within the retirement age groups while proportionate decreases will be evident among younger age categories. 4. Dramatic population increases will occur for cities and counties within the northwest reg~on of the State over the next several decades. Due to the somewhat unreliable nature of population forecasts, ranges of anticipated growth are provided in Table 6 (p. 98). Several points should be made about these projections: I. Population within Boyne City is expected to increase by just less than 50% between 1980 and 2000 . 2. Growth projections for Charlevoix County are comparable to those for Boyne City in terms of percent increases, primarily because both sets of projections were based on the same assumptions. 3. The migration of permanent residents into the two areas, plus a significant increase in seasonal home ownership, are reflected in these forecasts. 4. Growth during the next 20 years is expected to be fairly steady, as opposed to being characterized by sudden spurts. 5. Boyne City's share of the County's total population is expected to remain at roughly 18% . GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS Although available information is limited, existing data suggests that the composition of Boyne City's population is changing. Among these changes are the following: 99 �I. Between 1970 and 1979, the 18-year old and under age group within Charlevoix County declined as a percent of the total population. Because of the similarity of the age-sex characteristics for Boyne City 7 and the County, a similar decline probably occurred for the City. 2. Within Charlevoix County, people 65 years of age and over increased from I 1.3% to 12.6% of the total population between 1970 and 1979. A comparable kind of shift is believed to be occurring in your community. 3. In 1970, a proportionately greater number of retired individuals lived in 8 Boyne City than in the State. This suggests the City is regarded more favorably by retirees than are other areas in the State, a situation that is expected to continue in the future. 4. As of 1970, the average age of persons residing in the County and Boyne 9 City was just under 30 years. By the year 2000, estimates suggest the 1 County's average age will rise to 42.5. O Given the similarity of the County's and City's age-sex distributions, and economic pictures, your community can expect to experience a rise in average age among City residents. 5. While the number of households within your community grew between 1960 and 1979, the number of persons per household declined 11 significantly. Increasing numbers of retired heads of households, and a lower birth rate during recent years suggest this trend may continue. This will have implications relative to the demand for school facilities, housing, recreational facilities, and retail services. 100 �ECONOMY An evaluation of Boyne City's economic base involves identifying the basic sources of employment and income on which the local economy depends. The purpose of this evaluation is to achieve a better understanding of what economic forces are at work so that recommended land use plans are responsive to these conditions. Specifically, a review of your community's economic base is important for two reasons. First, . population changes are closely related to an area's level of economic activity. tv'.igration into a community, as well as the retention of a given population base, is dependent on the availability of jobs. Second, economic conditions have a direct bearing on existing and future patterns of land use. Clearly, an expanding economy will place different demands on a community than one which has stabi Iized or is declining. Because information specific to Boyne City's economic conditions is sparse, an overview of the economic base of both the State's Northwest Region and Charlevoix County wil I be helpful in understanding your community's economic situation. GENERAL ECONOMIC CONDITIONS Prior to 1940, the State's Northwest Region was largely dependent on an agricultural economy. One-third of all available jobs were related to farming. Boyne City, although not well suited for cropland, served as a major retail supply center for farmers in the area. After 1940, major changes in the Region's economy transpired as it became more and more difficult to maintain smal I farming operations, and developers and tourists began to recognize the recreational value of the Region. Employment opportunities quickly shifted to the construction and tourist industries as communities sought to capitalize on the attraction of their natural features. Manufacturing also took hold in the Region as a larger labor force and relatively cheap land lured new industry to the State's northwest area. As a result of these shifts in employment, the Region come closer to matching the State's employment patterns indicating that a diversified economy was becoming more evident in the Region. 101 �By 1970, employment shifts had been so dramatic that manufacturing became the Region's most significant employer. This was true not only for the Region, but for Charlevoix County and Boyne City as well (see Table 7, p. 103). Other sectors that became significant for al I three areas by 1970 included wholesale and retai I trade, and finance, insurance and services. When combined with manufacturing, these three sectors accounted for roughly 50% of the Region's total employment and over 12 70% of the County's and Boyne City's total employment. Interestingly, when the sectors identified in Table 7 (p. I03) are ranked according to percent of total employment for the Region and Boyne City, the resulting lists are roughly comparable. This suggests the two areas had similar economic situations. Since 1970, the Region has experienced growth in employment primarily within the non-manufacturing sectors, and particularly in retail trade and services. 13 Manufacturing also has shown signs of growth but as an proportionately less significant than it was before. employer it is In absolute terms, though, manufacturing still serves as the Region's primary employer. Because Boyne City is affected by the same economic forces as the Region, and has demonstrated employment patterns similar to those of the Region in 1970, these recent employment changes probably reflect the kinds of changes currently being experienced in Boyne City. Other similarities between Boyne City and the County or Region can be identified .,• • "., ., due to the similar economic situations of these three areas. For example: I. Unemployment in the Northwest Region and Charlevoix County tends to be higher (by roughly 2% for any given year) than in other parts of the 14 State. The seasonal nature of tourism and high proportion of unskilled laborers in this area account for this. This same pattern is believed to be true for Boyne City. 2. Wage and salary rates in the Region tend to be lower than the State's average. The presence of unskilled labor, lower educational levels, and an excess labor supply are responsible for this. Boyne City is believed to have a similar situation • 102 �TABLE 7 - EMPLOYMENT PATTERNS FOR SELECTED AREAS, 1970 I Industry Northwest Region Construction 2 Charlevoix County 8.0% 2 7.5% Boyne City 2 7.7 % Manufacturing 22.0 31.5 32.9 Transportation 6.0 1.6 .7 Communications, Utilities 8.0 2.1 4.3 Wholesale/Retail Trade 17.0 19.5 18.2 Finance, Insurance, Services 19.0 19.6 21.6 Education/Public Adm ini strati on 14.0 8.6 I 0.1 Other 6.0 9.6 5.3 Total I 00.0% 100.0% I 00.0% I. Total employment, persons 16 years of age and older. 2. Percent of total employed by category. Source: U.S. Bureau of Census, 1970 Census of Population 103 �3. The distribution of income within Boyne City is fairly similar to that of Charlevoix County (see Table 8, p. I05). Significant differences, though, indicate fewer households earning less than $ I 0,000, and more households earning more than $15,000, than the County. Also, avai Iable data indicates that the number of families fol I ing below the poverty 15 level in the County has decreased by roughly half during the I 970's. Presumably, a decrease in this area was experienced in Boyne City as well. 4. Forecasts indicate that tourism is now, and will continue to be, a major economic influence in the region. Currently, 25% to 30% of total employment, and 20% to 25% of al I personal income is generated by the tourist industry. MANUFACTURING The strength of manufacturing in the Region requires that it be evaluated separately. Most industry in the area is concerned with: I) local resources like timber; 2) oil and natural gas; 3) food processing; or 4) electrical machinery and metal fabrication. Between 1967 and 1972, the number of manufacturing 16 establishments increased by more than I 0%, even though on a nation-wide basis, 17 manufacturing was a slow growth sector. Most of this growth has resulted from: I) the expansion of existing industry; 2) the upgrading of a product already being manufactured; and 3) the increased use of the Region's natural energy sources, I ike gas and oii. 18 Forecasts indicate that enough demand exists for the products made in the Region that an annual growth rate of 3.5% in this sector can be anticipated. 104 �TABLE 8 - INCOME DISTRIBUTION, 1970 Income Level $ I $3,999 7,000 - I 0,000 - 0 4,000 15,000 $ 25,000 TOTAL I. Charlevoix County Boyne City 16.0% 15.5% 6,999 20.8 18.2 9,999 24.4 23.1 14,999 26.1 26.6 24,999 I 1.2 14.2 1.5 2.4 I 00.0% I 00.0% plus In 1970, the national poverty level was roughly $3,400. Source: U.S. Bureau of Census, 1970 Census of Population 105 �Like the Region, the primary manufacturing establishments in Boyne City are concerned with the production of machinery, metal parts, and electrical supplies. The City's major manufacturing employers include Courter, Inc., Essex, Top-OMichigan Electric Corporation, and Control Engineering. As of 1970, Boyne City's 19 manufacturing plants accounted for 52% of the community's total employment. Growth in this sector at the Regional and County levels is expected to affect Boyne City at approximately the same rate, provided the community allocates vacant land 20 Other factors that wiil encourage growth include the for industrial development. availability of labor, the presence of industry that may wish to expand, the potential for supplying industry with utilities, and an administration that is capable of "recruiting" new industry to the City. RETAIL/SERVICE SECTORS . Boyne City's retail and service oriented sectors have grown markedly during the past 20 years primarily because of tourism. The extent of this growth is not certain, but retail sales in Charlevoix County increase_d by more than 70% between 1967 and 1972. Boyne City, as a major retail center in the County, was probably responsible for a significant portion of this growth. As of 1970, it was estimated that roughly 50% of all retail sales in your community were the result of the tourist 21 trade. These sales included everything from gas, restaurant services, and groceries to building supplies. Growth in retail sales also has occurred because Boyne City attracts customers from nearby communities on a regular basis. The future looks very promising for businesses in Boyne City for several reasons. I• Forecasts indicate the number of tourists visiting the area is expected to increase by 15% per year for the winter months and 8% per year for the summer months, at least for the next five years. Although it is uncertain how much additional retail trade these increases wil I 22 The extent to which the generate, Boyne City will certainly benefit. City benefits wil I be a function of several matters like how well businesses read the needs of tourists, and the development of competing retail opportunities in other commercial centers. 106 �• 2. The population in Boyne City is expected to grow by 50% over the next 20 years. This means the market potential for retai I sales in the City will substantially increase as well. 3. Merchants in Boyne City report that a fairly steady trade originates from nearby towns Iike Advance, Boyne Falls, and East Jordan. Because population increases in these areas are expected, additional business should result from the growth of these communities. Of course, this depends on whether the central business district continues to offer goods and services not readily avai Iable elsewhere. 4. Boyne City's appealing natural features, ability to accommodate the development of new second homes, and proximity to various recreational opportunities will also attract people to the community who will spend significant sums on goods and services. Possibly offsetting some of these favorable trends is the increasing price of gasoline. Tourism has dropped off somewhat because of this trend, but its believed this condition wil I only be temporary in nature. EMPLOYMENT PROJECTIONS Based on the population forecasts prepared for your community, it is estimated Boyne City will experience a steady increase in its labor force (see Table 9, p. I08). This increase is expected to result from: I) migration into the area; 2) an 23 aging population; and 3) an increasing number of women in the labor force. Using these figures as a starting point, and toking the growth indicators that were discussed earlier into consideration, an estimate of employment by sectors for the year 2000 was computed for Boyne City (see Table I 0, p. I09). These estimates assume that your Community wil I continue to experience a I 0-12% unemployment rate between 1980 and 2000. When compared with the 1970 employment pattern estimates, two significant trends are evident: 107 �TABLE 9 - LABOR FORCE PROJECTIONS, BOYNE CITY Year Total Persons 1980 1985 1990 1995 2000 Source: 1718 1890 2079 2285 2508 Johnson, Johnson & Roy/inc. 108 - 1924 2113 2379 2560 2089 �-,-- TABLE IO - EMPLOYMENT PROJECTIONS, BOYNE CITY 1970 Construction 7.7% 2000 5.9% Manufacturing 32.9 26.6 Wholesale and Retail Trade 18.2 21.4 Finance, Insurance Services 21.6 21.5 Other 19.6 24.6 Total I 00.0% 100.0% Source: Johnson, Johnson & Roy/inc. 109 �I. Manufacturing will decrease in its significance as an employer over the next 20 years, but will continue to employ more individuals than any other sector. 2. An increase in employment levels for wholesale and retail trade is expected, a fin ding consistent with current trends. 110 �EXISTING LAND USE As shown on Figure 12 (p. 112), land use in Boyne City can be classified into seven major categories: single and multiple-family residential; commercial; industrial; public/semi-public; parks and open space; and undeveloped. The general land use patterns created by these activities must be understood before recommendations aimed at improving the overall situation can be proposed. In turn, the qualities inherent within each category must be understood before specific guidelines for improvement can be established for each land use. General points that can be made regarding Boyne City's existing land use include the fol lowing (see Table I I, p. I 13): I. Undeveloped land in your community accounts for roughly 42% of al I property within the City limits. 2. Of the developed land found in Boyne City, the dominant form of development is residential, accounting for roughly 39% of the City's total acreage. 3. Considerable opportunity for new development exists because of the amount of available undeveloped land. Demand for additional housing, more commercial space, and new industry can be accommodated within these areas. 4. The hub of activity in Boyne City is the central business district. As a general rule, the further away you get from this core, the less dense structures and population tend to be (see Figure I 2, p. I 12)• • - 111 �• • Existing Land Use Figure 12 •• • • • • • • •• • • • • I • • • • Single Family Multiple Family Commercial i t{;'\!;~:tI;==-}lg;~~~---=r--_;;=:!:_!:=--::::=--==::==---------7~ ~LI ~ Industrial ~ Public / Semi-Public ~ Parks and Open Space D Undeveloped Lake Charlevoix City of Boyne City Charlevoix County Michigan Updated based o n ,nforma t ion provided by the City of Boyne City Johnson Johnson & Roy/ inc. Plannirig/ landscape Architecture/ Urban 0-esign CD July1979 112 �• • • • TABLE 11 - LAND USE BREAKDOWN FOR BOYNE CITY, 1979 Category Total Acres Percent of Total Residential 880 39.3% Commercial 43 1.9 Industrial 40 1.8 Pub Iic/Semi-Public 210 9.6 Parks and Open Space 165 7.4 Undeveloped 952 40.0 Total 2,240 Source: Johnson, Johnson & Roy/inc • 113 100.0% �RESIDENTIAL LAND USE Amounting to wel I over one-third of the City's total acreage, single and multiplefamily dwellings, as well as mobile homes, are found in your community. The majority of the dwelling units are single-family structures, many of which are constructed on lots platted in the early I900's. Diversity characterizes these structures in terms of architectural styles and materials, sizes, number of stories, and structural condition within each of the City's three main residential districts. Houses south of the Boyne Valley Roi Iroad tracks, north of the Boyne River but south of Groveland/Coll ins Streets, and west of Line Street tend to be equally diverse relative to these variables. Although these neighborhoods generally are not threatened by conflicting land use, other problems prevail. Exterior housing conditions are frequently poor, yards tend to be littered and unsightly, sidewalks are often lacking, and roadways are sometimes unpaved. Increased demand for single-family homes during recent years has resulted in infill development throughout the community, and new subdivisions of limited size. New homes constructed in older areas have helped to upgrade streets showing signs of decline. New subdivisions found primarily in the City's northwest and southwest sections have served to upgrade the community as a whole. Multiple-family developments and mobile homes represent about 25% of Boyne City's total housing stock. Generally in excel lent condition, developments of this kind ore found primarily north of the Boyne River. Some of these multiple-family projects, Iike the Landings, cater to seasonal residents. Persons Iike these, who live outside the City, own roughly 15% of all homes within Boyne City. percentage is likely to rise in the future because: This I) land prime for seasonal home development still remains close to your City's major natural resources like Lake Charlevoix; and 2) developers seeking land for condominium projects ore finding Boyne City's undeveloped properties inviting, as land in nearby resort areas like Charlevoix becomes more scarce. The demand for additional mobile homes is also likely to increase as persons seek housing alternatives that are less expensive than conventional homes. 114 �••• •• Aside from mobile homes and condominiums, two major multiple family developments are found in Boyne City that are government subsidized. Established for the elderly, these projects are found on East Division Street and Si Iver Street. Both are leased to capacity, with long waiting Iists existing for each. A third government sponsored project, for single-family detached units, exists in the vicinity of Wenonah Street. Catering to low-income families, these units have been well maintained and consistently occupied since they were built. COMMERCIAL LAND USE Less than 2% of Boyne City's total acreage is developed for commercial purposes (see Table 11, p. I 13). Most businesses are found within one of three locations • The central business district, which focuses on East Water Street, and Lake Street between the Boyne River and Main, serves as your community's primary retail service and activity center. Convenience and comparison shopping goods can be purchased here. The diversity of businesses found in the CBD helps to ensure its viability as neighboring communities, like Boyne Falls, lack many of Boyne City's conveniences and shop in your City as a result. It is estimated the central business district serves well over 5,000 permanent residents who live in Boyne City as well as neighboring communities. Of course, all tourist trade is in addition to this figure. Unfortunately, the primary strengths of your CBD including its central and easily accessible location, its diversity of services, and drawing power are partially offset by a number of weaknesses. These include: I) a physical environment that favors vehicles rather than pedestrians (East Water Street is too wide to permit safe crossing by shoppers; sidewalks are too narrow; street lighting is scaled for vehicles); 2) storefronts that are inconsistently treated, causing an aesthetic problem that does not take advantage of the downtown's architectural features; 3) the lack of any physical ties between the CBD and the waterfront; 4) the lack of streetscape improvements along East Water and Lake Streets that would help create a pedestrian orientation to the environment. 115 �• Outside the CBD, a moderately sized shopping center is located at the northeast corner of North Lake and Vogel Streets. Consisting of a major grocery store and several smaller shops, this facility tends to satisfy neighborhood convenience needs. Undoubtedly, this shopping center competes with the CBD for local retail dollars, and could become even more competitive if adjacent properties are developed to expand the facility. At present, ingress and egress to the shopping center is unregulatred due to the lack of any curbs along North Lake Street. Site improvements designed to remedy this situation would lessen traffic flow problems in this vicinity. Towards your community's southeast corner, along M-75, lies the City's third major commercial district. Developed in strip fashion, these businesses are largely highway oriented and don't compete directly with the City's CBD. Some vacant land is available for expansion or for new developments of a similar type should the need arise. INDUSTRIAL LAND USE Like commerce, less than 2% of your City is developed for industry (see Table 11, p. I I 3). During the early I900's, industry (I ike lumbering and tanning) located on the banks of Lake Charlevoix due to their dependence on water. This precendent, plus the fact that large areas of lakefront property were zoned for industry, invited new industry to locate on the Lake as well. Two corporations, Courter and Essex, were first among the Iight industrial concerns to locate on the Lake, along with a third company that has since sold their building to the City for use as your City Hall. Top-O-Michigan Electric, the company that sold their facility, built a new plant on the south leg of M-75 near the City's border. Another major industrial concern, Control Engineering also is located in this vicinity. Land use for industrial expansion and development is virtually nonexistent adjacent to the facilities located on the waterfront, nor is much land available near the companies located on M-75. To help ensure growth opportunities are not missed in the future, new sites suitable for industrial development must be identified. 116 �PUBLIC/SEMI-PUBLIC LAND USE Public and semi-public properties are found throughout Boyne City. Amounting to roughly 7% of the City's total acreage, most of this land is used for the school system, airport, cemetery and portions of Avalanche Preserve. Other facilities included in this category are the library, utility stations, settling lagoons, several churches and housing for senior citizens. Taken by themselves, publicly owned properties are distributed within your community as shown in Figure 13 (p. 118), The larger parcels, like Rotary Park and the boat launch, are well known to all. Less familiar to residents, though, are the number of individual lots the City owns, many of which were acquired to tax default. The use potential of each of these should be determined, particularly as they may benefit the neighborhoods in which they are located. PARKS AND OPEN SPACES Included in this category are all publicly-owned undeveloped properties. Amounting to about 200 acres of land, parks and open spaces constitute one of the major resources Boyne City has to offer its residents. These properties are significant for a variety of reasons: I) they create a character for your community that people easily relate with and take pride in; 2) they provide a variety of passive and active recreational opportunities for various user groups; 3) several properties help protect specific pub Iic interests, Iike Veterans Memorial Park which provides visual and physical access to Lake Charlevoix; and 4) when considered jointly, your community's parks and open spaces appeal to persons who Iive we! I beyond the City's limits, a situation that bodes well for the growth of tourism in Boyne City. Parks and open spaces in your community consist of two basic types: developed and undeveloped (see Table 12, p. I 19). As shown on the Existing Land Use map, these properties are fairly well scattered throughout the City. Roughly 7 of these sites are developed for various recreational purposes and amount to approximately 56 acres. As Table 12 shows, Veterans Memorial and Rotary Parks are examples of areas offering specific recreational facilities that have City-wide attraction. Many others of a smaller size that offer fewer facilities, like the park on Hemlock Street, have more of a neighborhood appeal. 117 �----------------------------------• •II 8 £ Public Properties Figure 13 Individual Lots • ll ~ · Other P" Lake Charlevoix ~ · •• •. : •• : BoneAve City of Boyne City M•TI I J -r--- ~ •_ _j__ Charlevoix County Michigan Updated based on information provided by the City of Boyne City Johnson Johnson & Roy/ inc. Planni11g/Landscape Architecture / Urba~ D"esign July1979 118 �••••• •·•• · -· -~-- . : TABLE 12 - INVENTORY OF PARKS AND OPEN SPACES Size Property Avalanche Preserve '-0 (Acres) 66.00 Developed 1 Undeveloped Description X Heavily forested; sloping terrain; highest point in City; used for passive and active recreation; City-wide appeal and significance. X Grassy playfield; neighborhood orientation. Cedar Street Park 1.50 City Boat Launch 2.00 X Public access to Lake Charlevoix; boat launch, paved parking, restroom facilities; City-wide significance. Old City Park 2.00 X Treed, grassy, adjacent to Boyne River; walkways, and picnic tables, children's play equipment. Frank tin Park •25 Hemlock Park .33 Lake Access •75 N. Lake Street .25 N. River's Edge 8.00 Rotary Park 40.00 S. River's Edge 28.00 X X Playfield; neighborhood significance • Children's play equipment. X X Public road ends; access to Lake Charlevoix • Playfield; children's play equipment. X X Adjacent to Boyne River; used for City storage. Recently improved park; softball diamonds, tennis courts, exercise trai I, picnic tables, parking; more improvements planned; City-wide significance. X Natural areo; passive recreation potential. �,a-,a ••• 11 1-WW TABLE 12 - INVENTORY OF PARKS AND OPEN SPACES (Cont'd.) Size (Acres) Developed Sunset Park 1.00 X Tax Roi I Properties 5.00 Pro~ ~ Veterans Memorial Park 10.50 Total 165.00 Undeveloped Near CBD; fishing; access to Lake Charlevoix. X X Descrie_tion Vacant lots acquired through tax default; potential neighborhood significance. Access to Lake Charlevoix, tennis courts, pavillion band shell, boat docks, children's play equipment, parking, picnicing, baseball diamond, restrooms; City-wide appeal. I. While Avalanche Preserve is 300 acres large, only 66 acres are within the City limits. Source: Information supplied by the City of Boyne City �Properties in their natural and undeveloped state satisfy a range of passive recreational needs. Although usable in their current condition, many of these sites could benefit your community more if sensitively developed. This is particularly true of Avalanche Preserve. Presently used for hiking, nature studies, cross country skiing, and other related activities, this area holds tremendous promise for a variety of programmed activities. In developing a use and management plan for Avalanche Preserve, issues related to erosion, protection of vegetation, and the separation of conflicting activities must be addressed. Sufficient land exists, though, that a broad mixture of activities can be accommodated there. Altogether, roughly 165 acres of parks and open space exist in Boyne City. Based on general park standards, a community of Boyne City's size should have roughly 40 24 acres of land avai Iable for resident use. Parks and open space are not lacking, therefore, nor are deficiencies likely to occur over the next several years. While land is plentiful, these areas fail to meet demand relative to several specific activities. Baseball and softball diamonds, a swimming pool, soccer fields, and 25 larger marina facilities are among the current shortcomings. UNDEVELOPED LAND Over 40% of your community is undeveloped (see Table I I, p. 113). 26 Most of this land, located toward the periphery of the City, is zoned for residential use. date, these properties have not been developed because: To I) their natural features ore too constraining to allow development; 2) utility systems are absent; and 3) there has been a lack of demand for land in many of these areas. Of your City's total undeveloped land, roughly one-third of it is non-buildable. In these areas, slopes ore too steep or soils too soft to allow economical or environmentally sound construction. Overal I, about 60%, or 600 acres of your City's remaining undeveloped land is suitable for development. 121 �Ill NATURAL FEATURES II " "II II II Boyne City's natural features are significant because they: I) establish a distinctive character for your community that is appreciated by permanent and seasonal residents alike; 2) provide economic growth opportunities relative to tourism that are not frequently found elsewhere; and 3) help determine where and how development can occur within the City limits. GEOLOGY The basic structure and texture of the land found in Northwest Michigan are products of geological forces occuring centuries ago. By examining the results of these natural activities, which remain essentially unchanged today, information relative to land use activities can be revealed. Following are the more significant fin dings of this evaluation. The foundation upon which Northwest Michigan rests is the result of glacial advance and retreat that shaped northern Michigan's landscape. The bedrock formations deposited during these glacial activities have a direct bearing on where certain types of development may occur, depending on their proximity to the surface. Fortunately, these formations are not a constraint on Boyne City, although outcroppings of bedrock are found in several nearby communities. II Two of the most notable features of Boyne City's landscape are ground moraines 27 and drumlins. Also the result of glacial activity, moraines are accumulations of sand and gravel that were carried by a glacier and deposited when the glacier melted. Moraines form the northern and southern boundaries of the City and provide topographic relief as well as scenic beauty. Avalanche Preserve is a prime example. By comparison, drumlins are long and narrow soil deposits that range from low swells to small hills ranging 50 to 70 feet in height. Also formed by melted glaciers, drumlins are characteristic of the western approaches to the City. In both cases, constraints on development range from mild to prohibitive as steep slopes and unstable subsurface materials typify these areas of your community. 122 �Large sections of Boyne City rest in a lake plain that is sandwiched between two glacial ground moraines. The relative flatness of the center of the City near Lake Charlevoix and the Boyne River is characteristic of this lake plain area. From a geological standpoint, development constraints associated with this area are essentially nil. TOPOGRAPHY II , II Resulting from the geological forces just reviewed, an evaluation of your community's topography provides insight into site construction potential erosion problems, and concerns regarding drainage. limitations, The hills within Boyne City obviously provide visual relief and aesthetic beauty for community residents, but they must be carefully managed if the problems just mentioned are to be avoided. Boyne City's terrain is characterized by a lake plain where the business district is, to gently rolling hills found within the community's residential neighborhoods. These features stand in sharp contrast to the City's steeply sloping northern and southern boundaries. In terms of topographic relief, these areas range from an elevation of just under 600 feet above sea level in the business district to more 28 than 800 feet along the City's edges. Of course, Avalanche Preserve stands as the City's most prominent hillside. This variation in topography is significant because (see Figure 14, p. 124): I. Certain areas having limited slopes can be developed more readily and intensively than others without initiating erosion problems. 2. Many areas having slopes of 18% to 25%, Iike those found near the City's north and south boundaries, place limitations on development due to drainage and erosion problems and the high construction costs associated with development in these areas. 3. Areas having slopes of 25% or greater, like Avalanche Preserve, should not be bui It on in any situation due to the severity of the same problems associated with less steep hillsides. 29 123 �I I I I Development Constraints Figure 14 r7 LJ • • -I I I I I I I I I I I r lilffl Floodplain Slopes (more than 18%) Septic Limitations Unsuitable Soils Lake Charlevoix I City of Boyne City Charlevoix County Michigan Updated based on information provided by the City of Boyne City Johnson ..,Johnson & Roy/ inc. Planniri_g/ landscape Architecture / Urban Design cr, July1979 124 �• "• • • : Ill .,. • • • • •, ~ • SOILS As an environmental factor that affects the use of land, soi Is are important in the analysis of any community. Soi Is influence: can occur; I) where various types of construction 2) where erosion and drainage problems are likely to occur; and 3) where utility extensions are necessary to accommodate growth due to the land's unsuitability for septic systems. Problem areas are identified in Figure 14 (p. 124.) . Boyne City has one major soi I association as its land base. The Kalkaska- Mancelona Assocation consists of wel I drained soi Is found in level areas as well as in very steep moraines. These soils are poorly suited for farming, but are generally acceptable for urban development. They are found throughout Boyne City, but are most prevalent to the north and south of the Boyne River where your community's residential areas and business district are located. Other soil associations found in Boyne City are more restrictive. The Brevort Series, found primarily in the City's northwest corner, has drainage limitations. These slow draining soils, coupled with a high water table, are poorly suited for building development. A more dominant characteristic of several areas scattered around the perimeter of Boyne City is the Iimitation imposed on septic tank usage . Although capable of accommodating development, the Au Gres Series found in these areas usually is near the City's watercourses, Iike the Boyne River . Percolation occuring in these areas would contaminate the groundwater, a situation that must be avoided by extending utility systems into these areas before development ensues. One primary example of an area characterized by this situation is the City's northeast corner . WATER RESOURCES Boyne City's water resources can be classified into two major types: ground water and surface water . 125 �Ground water is significant to your community as its quality and quantity determine how wel I your resources can satisfy the demand for water by City residents. Within Charlevoix County, where groundwater is found in glacial deposits, supplies are relatively plentiful. This is particularly true for Boyne City, where resources are abundant, and supply far exceeds demand. Three wel Is presently service most of the City, and for areas not serviced by the public water system, private wel Is are used successfully for many residents. Although not used for domestic water purposes, your community's surface water areas are extremely important natural resources. The result of a melted glacial ice sheet that formed several major bodies of water in northwest Michigan, Lake Charlevoix and Boyne River are important because they: I) help to recharge your community's groundwater resources; 2) create a distinctive natural landscape for community residents; 3) attract and provide natural habitats for wildlife; and 4) have immeasurable recreational and aesthetic value. The characteristics associated with these water resources are not totally positive. Both have the potential for flooding, primarily along the Boyne River (see Figure 14, p. 124). The I00 year flood level for this river suggests construction within the flood plain must observe certain development guidelines relative to elevations. 30 Also, poor soils and sensitive forms of vegetation and wildlife tend to constrain development in this area. In several cases, though, development already has occurred within the flood plain, expecially in the vicinity of the central business district . • • •• 126 �PUBLIC UTILITIES Because a community's growth patterns are closely tied to the presence of utility systems, their location and general condition must be carefully documented. This information, then, can be used to determine what growth constraints prevai I due to the inadequacy of the existing systems. SANITARY SEWER Wastewater treatment services have been provided by your community since 1954. Anchored by a treatment plant that has won an award for innovative design, the sanitary sewer line system services roughly two-thirds of the C ity's developed properties (see Figure 15, p. 128). Characterized by Iines that vary in size from 4" to 12", roughly 300,000 gallons of sewage are transported through these Iines to the plant each day. The treatment plant itself has a capacity of 1,000,000 gallons per day. Given present population forecasts, and assuming that new development (like industry) does not have excessively high treatment needs, your present sewage treatment plant should be more than adequate to meet the community's need through the year 2000. The plant is backed up by sett Iing lagoons located north of the rai Iroad tracks and south of Boyne River. Having a holding capacity of roughly 59.3 million gallons, these lagoons are often used to complement the plant's capacity. This sometimes occurs because stormwater runoff, which is largely accommodated by the sewer line system, peaks during heavy rains or quick thaws. After peak flows subside, the treatment plant again handles normal demand effectively without relying on it's back-up system. Outflow from the treatment plant is pumped into Lake Charlevoix and carefully monitored. Tests indicate the water quality near the outflow pipe is . . .in th e area. JI pure enoug h t o perm,·t swimming Although your community's treatment plant and back-up system place virtually no constraints on Boyne City, the same can't be said for the delivery system. Several problems plague the sanitary sewer lines themselves: 127 �r r r r r Sanitary Sewer System Figure 15 El E3 B B ( r • f r r r r 10" Line 8" Line 4" and 6" Lines Treatment Plant Lake Charlevoix r r r City of Boyne City Charlevoix County Michigan f r 12" Line L 4-----~ , _ _ _I _ _ Updated based on 1nformat,on provided by the City of Boyne City Johnson Johnson & Roy/ inc. Plannirig/ Landscape Architecture/ Urban 0-esign Cl) July1979 r ~ 128 �•IJ ; • • • • • • • • • • • • • •~ • I. Several of the lines have not been replaced since their original installation. Deterioration is rampant among these Iines, resulting in: I) frequent repairs and patch-ups, many of which can't be anticipated; 2) a crisis orientation toward sanitary sewer improvements, a situation that makes it difficult to establish and stand by a workable capital improvement unnecessarily program; 3) severe infiltration problems that increase the treatment plant's workload; and 4) an inability to extend lines into new areas because increased flows through the older portion of the line would only increase the number of required repairs given the additional stress placed on the Iine . 2. Because of the deterioration that exists, your City is severely limited in its ability to extend lines into new areas. To accommodate new developments with sanitary sewer, then, existing lines will have to be replaced, or new lines connected to the treatment plant before development can occur. This is particularly true for areas where septic systems can't be used to handle sanitary waste due to soil limitations (see Figure 14, p. 124) • 3. Certain areas, are serviced by lines that don't provide enough capacity . Before increased demand can occur in these areas, larger lines wil I need to be installed . Several new subdivisions, like the one fronting Lac Vue Drive, are relying on septic systems for waste disposal. Most of these private systems, when built in areas having no soil constraints, have worked fairly successfully. However, care must be exercised to ensure the systems continue to function properly, and do not contaminate the community's various water resources • STORMWATER SEWER SYSTEM Stormwater in your community is handled one of two ways: by the independent stormwater sewer system, or by the combined stormwater/sanitary sewer system . 129 �• • The independent system, located on Figure 16 (p. 131 ), was ins ta Iled years ago in response to flooding conditions that occurred during periods of heavy rains • Stormwater collected by the system's street level drains is passed directly into Lake Charlevoix and the Boyne River, thereby bypassing the City's sewage treatment plant. Most of your City is serviced by a combined stormwater/sanitary sewer system. Inlets located at strategic points next to street curbs or at the ends of ditches adjacent to streets collect the stormwater and link up with sanitary sewer lines. This system, as noted earlier, places additional demands on the City's sanitary sewer treatment plant. Also, stormwater running through the ditches next to streets tends to erode the street base. Further, the combined system increases the likelihood of back-up problems in basements during peak flow periods. WATER SYSTEM Boyne City's public water system was installed concurrently with the sanitary sewer Iines. As shown in Figure 17 (p. 132), most developed areas in the community are serviced by lines of varying sizes. Three wells, one to the north, and two to the south, are cal led upon to meet user demand. Primarily because of the system's age, and the increasing demand for water 32 experienced over the years, several problems are associated with this system: I. • • • • • - The original well on the City's north side failed to meet State Board of Health requirements when recently inspected. A new 5 inch production well was constructed to resolve this problem • 2. While the water pump in the Division Street pumping station is adequate, the building itself is antiquated and will require replacement in the near future • 130 �Stormwater Sewer System Figure 16 E3 Sewer Line Location - I ~ I _,___.-.1.----t":: L--=:---==-=;::---;:=~,::~~--c.-; •71·..~--==--~:=:::'.:======--==c-===:::::::r Lake Charlevoix ' f City of Boyne City r ----j L.. r ! --------r Charlevoix County Michigan Updated based on ,ntormattOn provided by the C ity of Boyne City LI Johnson Johnson & Roy/ inc. Plannil}g/ Landscape Architecture/ Urban D"esign (]) July1979 f 131 �Water Line System Figure 17 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I J J J Lake Charlevoix E3 B B 10" Line El 6" Line E3 4" and smaller ~ Well 13 Pump House 12" Line 8" Line I r,m~-~~~ .~ ~~~~~~~~ .~ ~ I I City ~f Boyne City Charlevoix County Michigan Updated based on mformattcm l)f"Ovided by the City of Boyne City L Johnson Johnson & Roy/ inc. Plannir!Q/ ytndscape Architecture / (]) Urban U-es1gn July1979 132 �-=------------------------------1111111!!1~----------llll!!IJI • "., • • • • • • • • • • • •If • I 3. Some of the system's lines, except for where improvements have been made like along Lake Street and Boyne Avenue: I) constantly need repairs due to deterioration; 2) can't be extended as additional pressure on the lines would result in even more repairs; 3) are inconsi~tently sized, resulting in pressure problems in certain areas of the City; and 4) can't be used at full pressure by the Fire Department because of the likelihood of lines collapsing under the high pressure. Residents living in areas not serviced by the water system rely on private wel Is • Boyne City's high water table in selected parts of the community make this a viable alternative • SOLID WASTE Boyne City provides residents with sanitary waste pickup and disposal services. Although collection service within the City is good, problems exist with the disposal of collected refuse . Two types of disposal sites exist in Charlevoix County, licensed and unlicensed. A licensed facility has received State certification and satisfactorily meets State goals in terms of physical land conditions and operation procedures. Only one licensed facility exists within Charlevoix County, located near the City of Charlevoix. Five unlicensed disposal sites are found within the County, and Boyne City operates one such facility • Although the state previously considered Boyne City's disposal site adequate, its continued operation was based upon the fact that it existed previous to State certification and not that it satisfied al I State requirements. Recently, Boyne's disposal site was reassessed, as were other unlicensed landfills in the County, and determined unfit for continued usage. Although currently operating, it is expected this facility will be closed in the near future. t If this occurs, it may be necessary for Boyne City to participate in a County-wide or multi-County landfill operation. Similar operations exist in Benzie and Leelanau Counties. 133 �CIRCULATION For a community of its size, Boyne City has a very diverse circulation system. A network of roadways, a railroad, and an airport are the major components of this system. ROADWAYS ',., Boyne City, although not in immediate proximity to the interstate highway system, is within short travel distance to US-131 and Route 32 which provide direct access to Interstate 75. Classified as a State arterial, US-131 was originally constructed to provide access to lakeshore communities and continues to serve that function today. Plans for replacing this roadway with a limited access expressway that would service the State's western side are under consideration, but the probability of construction is very low at this time. Regardless, access between Boyne City and Interstate 7 5 is convenient for tourists wishing to visit the area, as wel I as for residents themselves. Locally, connections between Boyne City and neighboring communities like Advance, East Jordan, and Boyne F al Is are generally adequate. Movements along these roadways, though, are not as efficient as they might be due to low speeds, limited capacities, and their winding nature. As traffic volumes increase, the need to upgrade some of these roads will become more acute. Within Boyne City, roughly 30 linear miles of roads exist, of which 75% are 33 improved with some kind of hard-surface material. By and large your community's roadways are well maintained, although the erosion of roadway foundations is common due to stormwater runoff problems. This results in costly annual repairs. Unfortunately, little documented guidance is available that identifies standards roads should meet when being repaired and improved. As a result, inconsistencies exist regarding street improvement specifications, a problem that could be alleviated with the development and adoption of a street classification system. 134 �• Vehicular circulation in your community is relatively easy and convenient, although one major problem exists. Traffic moving between the City's north and south sides is forced to use one of three roads. Each of these, including Park, East, and Lake Streets, penetrate the City's central business district. Excessive traffic congestion and numerous turning movements result in the CBD, creating an unfavorable environment for the shopper. This is particularly true because truck traffic must also pass through the CBD when moving in a north/south direction. RAIL FACILITIES Rail facilities within Charlevoix County and Boyne City were constructed initially to provide convenient access to various downstate communities. Several industries within the County, like Medusa Cement, capitalized on this sytem by transporting much of its raw materials by rail. The use of rail for shipping purposes has declined significantly, though, and this trend is not expected to change in the future. .. The railroad line that presently connects your community with Boyne Falls and points beyond is used as a tourist attraction. The Boyne Valley Railroad makes short excursions through the countryside, an activity that has been fairly popular among people of al I ages. Consideration has been given to lengthening the trips al I the way to Petosky, but financial problems associated with the railroad will need to be resolved before expanded service can be justified. AIRPORT The Boyne City Airport is located roughly one mile east of the CBD. Complete with hangers, gasoline services, and a 3000 foot long hard surface runway, this facility is one of three public airports in the County. The other two are located in East Jordan and the City of Charlevoix. A fourth privately owned airport is operated by the Boyne Mountain Ski Lodge, located just IO minutes east of Boyne City by car. 135 �' Presently, about seven aircraft are based in Boyne City, a number that is expected 34 to increase to about 12 planes over the next decade. The majority of these planes are owned and operated by private individuals as opposed to major businesses in the area. As shown in Table 13 (p. 137), an estimated 7000 movements occurred at your community's airport in 1979. This amount is substant ially less than estimates indicated for the airports at East Jordan and Charlevoix. Forecasts indicate that increased numbers of movements wi 11 be accommodat ed at the Boyne City Airport, although forecasts to the year 2000 indicate your community airport will be less busy than the other two public airports found in Charlevoix County. Based on the amount of additional activity expected at the Boyne City Airport, the State's Airport Plan does not recommend any new improvements be undertaken at this facility. Aside from low usage rates by limited numbers of people, the use of City tax revenues to subsidize the operation of the airport is a growing concern among community residents. Operation costs have amounted to over $12,000 per year, a sum residents are beginning to feel isn't justified with the number of persons who benefit from the facility. Further, the airport property represents a major bui ldable piece of land that could be used for tax generating development. However, because the runway was constructed with a loan from the Michigan Aeronautics Commission (MAC), in 1972, conversion of the property can not occur until 25 years from the date of construction. This contract requirement, though, might be relaxed if repayment of the balance of the $25,000 loan is made by the City. 136 �' TABLE 13 - AIRPORT OPERATION FORECASTS Total Aircraft Movements Airport Location 1979 1980-1985 1986-1990 1991-2000 Boyne City 7,000 7,000 8,000 11,000 East Jordan 11,000 11,000 11,000 14,000 Charlevoix 15,000 15,000 16,000 21,000 Source: Michigan Department of State Highways and Transportation, Michigan State Airport Systems Plan; August 1974. 137 �APPENDIX ,. """\ti sntt..N I f �FOOTNOTES State of Michigan Executive Office, Governor's Northern Michigan Growth Conference; August 1978. 2 Grand Traverse Research Center, Inc., Population Characteristics - I 0 Counties; June, 1979. • 3 Ibid. 4 Northwest Michigan Regional Planning and Development Commission, Overall Economic Development Program; March, 1978. 5 U.S. Bureau of Census, 1970 Census of Housing. 6 Northwest Michigan Regional Planning and Development Commission, Overal I Economic Development Program; March, 1978. 7 Grand Traverse Data Research Center, Inc., Population Characteristics .:.J.Q Counties;. June, 1979. 8 U.S. Bureau of Census, 1970 Census of Population. 9 Ibid. IO The Population Studies Center, University of Michigan, "Projections of Population and Employment for the Upper Great Lakes States: 1970-2000. " II Grand Traverse Data Research Center, Inc., Population Characteristics .:.J.Q Counties; June, 1979. 12 U.S. Bureau of Census, 1970 Census of Population. 13 Northwest Michigan Regional Planning and Development Commission, Overal I Economic Development Program; March, 1978. 139 ---- -- �14 Michigan Department of Commerce, Employment Security Division, I9701979. ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ -~ 15 U.S. Bureau of Census, 1960 and 1970 Census of Population. 16 U.S. Bureau of Census, 1967 and 1972 Census of Business. 17 Ibid. 18 Northwest Michigan Regional Planning and Development Commission, Overall Economic Development Program, March, 1978. 19 U.S. Bureau of Census, 1970 Census of Population. 20 Northwest Michigan Regional Planning and Development Commission, Overall Economic Development Program; March, 1978. 21 Charlevoix County Planning Department, Economic Base Statistics; June, 1977. 22 Economic Research Associates, Market Analysis for Boyne City; April, 1979. 23 The Population Studies Center, University of Michigan, "Projections of Population and Employment for the Upper Great Lakes States: 1970-2000." 24 De Chiara and Koppelman, Planning Design Criteria: 1969. 25 Based on interviews conducted by Johnson, Johnson & Roy/inc. 26 Northwest Michigan Regional Planning and Development Commission. "Working Papers, Volume I"; January, 1978. 27 Michigan Department of Conservation, "Geologic History of the Grand Traverse Region"; Apri I, 1957. 28 Ibid. 140 �REFERENCES Airport Services Management, Airports and Their Economic Impact; November, 1971. Charlevoix County Planning Department, Economic Base Statistics; June, 1977. Charlevoix County Planning Commission, Recreation System Plan; February, 1976. City of Boyne City, Boyne City Zoning Ordinance; September, 1966. Grand Traverse Area Data Center, Inc., Northwest Michigan Labor Market Characteristics; October, 1978. Grand Traverse Area Data Research Center, Inc., Population Characteristics .:_J_Q Counties; June, 1978. Michigan Department of State Highways and Transportation, Michigan State Airport System Plan; August, 1974. Michigan Aeronautics Commission, Aviation and Economic Development; November, I968. Michigan Department of State Highways and Transportation, Northwest Regional Transportation Study; August, 1978. Michigan Department of Conservation, "Outline of the Geologic History of the Grand Traverse Region;" April, 1957. Michigan Department of Commerce, County and Regional Facts; I 975. Michigan Department of State Highways and Transportation, Michigan Railroad Plan - Annual Update; August, 1978. Michigan Department of Commerce, Tourist Industry Growth Study; July, 1979. 141 �Northwest Michigan Regional Planning and Development Commission, and Development Commission, Comprehensive Plan - Land Use; June, 1978. Northwest Michigan Regional Planning Comprehensive Plan: Housing; June, 1978. Northwest Michigan Regional Clean Water Program, "Volume I - Working Papers;" January, 1978. Northwest Michigan Regional Planning and Development Commission, Overal I Economic Development Program; March, 1978. United States Department of Commerce, "Employment by Type and Broad Industrial Sources;" Apri I, 1979. United States Department of Agriculture, Soi I Survey of Charlevoix County, Michigan; May, 1974. University of Michigan Center for Population Studies, "Projections of Population and Employment for the Great Lakes States: 1970-2000;" 1978. Upper Great Lakes Regional Commission, Upper Great Lakes Region Atlas; 1979. Upper Great Lakes Regional Commission, Governor Millikens' Northern Michigan Growth Conference; August, 1978. Urban Land Institute, Industrial Development Handbook; 1975 Williams and Works, Charlevoix County Comprehensive Plan - Report One; 1969. Williams and Works, Charlevoix County Comprehensive Plan - Natural Resources and Housing; Apri I, 1970. Williams and Works, Charlevoix County Comprehensive Transportation, Community Facilities; April, 1970. 142 Plan - Land Use, � Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Wyckoff Planning and Zoning Collection Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Planning & Zoning Center (Lansing, Mich.) (Organization) Wyckoff, Mark A. Description An account of the resource Municipal master plans and zoning ordinances from across the state of Michigan, spanning from the 1960s to the early 2020s. The bulk of the collection was compiled by urban planner Mark Wyckoff over the course of his career as the founder and principal planner of the Planning and Zoning Center in Lansing, Michigan. Some additions have been made to the collection by municipalities since it was transferred to Grand Valley State University. Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant Michigan Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1960/2023 Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/870">Planning and Zoning Center Collection (RHC-240)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/NoC-US/1.0/">No Copyright - United States</a> Subject The topic of the resource Michigan Comprehensive plan publications Master plan reports Zoning--Michigan Zoning--Maps Maps Land use--planning Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Special Collections & University Archives Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context RHC-240 Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf Type The nature or genre of the resource Text Language A language of the resource eng Text A resource consisting primarily of words for reading. Examples include books, letters, dissertations, poems, newspapers, articles, archives of mailing lists. Note that facsimiles or images of texts are still of the genre Text. Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context Boyne-City_Comprehensive-Plan_1980 Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Johnson Johnson & Roy/inc. Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1980-05 Title A name given to the resource City of Boyne City Comprehensive Plan Description An account of the resource The City of Boyne City Comprehensive Plan was prepared by Johnson Johnson & Roy/inc. with assistance from the Technical Advisory Committee and Boyne City Planning Commission Contributor An entity responsible for making contributions to the resource Technical Advisory Committee, Boyne City Planning Commission (consultant) Subject The topic of the resource Comprehensive plan publications Boyne City (Mich.) Charlevoix County (Mich.) Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/870">Planning and Zoning Center Collection (RHC-240)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/NoC-US/1.0/">No Copyright - United States</a> Type The nature or genre of the resource Text Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf Language A language of the resource eng Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Lemmen Library and Archives https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/df3e5c3676a098af17f518632436f2d7.m4v 2a2e63c4c95f244bedb8f5e9ad444e8f https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/378579d5a92baa4b0cca70b8db303f2b.pdf a99d64538a54e2baefca924d4ce311d7 PDF Text Text Grand Valley State University Veterans’ History Project TJ Johnson Cold War – Vietnam War Era 1 hour 16 minutes 28 seconds (00:00:48) Early Life -Born in Chicago, Illinois, on October 19, 1952 -Seventh child out of a total of nine -Tight-knit family and they took care of each other -Remembers the first time he became aware of social problems in Chicago -His brother witnessed some boys stealing instruments from their church -Brother told on the boys, the boys found out, and they promised to retaliate -This was TJ’s first memory having to be on the defensive when he left home -As he got older he became more aware of people fighting in the street -He was in the choir and was an alter boy -Family lived in a two bedroom apartment -Had his siblings, a cousin, and an uncle living with them too -Father got a promotion (or a new job) which allowed them to move into a house -Stayed for a year and then his father went bankrupt -Moved to the LeClaire Courts low-income housing project in west Chicago -A lot of gang activity in the area -Had four bedrooms, but multiple families lived in one apartment -Lived there from the 5th grade through high school -Graduated from high school in 1969 (00:07:06) Young Adult Life -Went to Winston-Salem State University -Saw it has chance of getting away from the gangs and other unrest -Brother was in the Blackstone Rangers -Race riots, emergence of Black Panthers, and the Democratic Convention Riot in 1968 -Had experienced severe racial tension in school -Went to a school with 3,000 white students and only 300 black students -Every spring there was racial violence -Got homesick and couldn’t keep up with the classes -Dropped out after his first semester -Worked with his former basketball coach to start a basketball program at a Chicago school -Did that for two years -Brother came home from Vietnam with a drug addiction -Stole some things from the school leading to TJ getting fired -Worked as a bus driver until a passenger threatened TJ with a pistol -Decided that he didn’t want to get killed on the job (00:12:27) Enlisting in the Army -One of his friends suggested that they join the Army -Recruiter promised them bonuses, promotions, and any job they wanted -At the time he had a fatalistic outlook about life -He’d either get killed in Chicago, or get killed in Vietnam -In August (1972?) his friend decided not to enlist, but TJ went ahead with it -Vietnam War veterans told him his life would change for the worse �-Taken by bus to the airport -Remembers the bus got stuck in traffic near a liquor store -He jumped off the bus and bought a bottle of liquor to pass around on the bus (00:17:10) Basic Training -Stayed at a receiving station for three or four days of processing -Getting his head shaved, doing paperwork, and meeting the other recruits -Taken to Fort Polk, Louisiana, on a cattle truck -Had to stand up during the ride -It was hot and crowded -Arrived at Fort Polk where they were greeted by drill sergeants screaming at them to get off the truck -At that time drill sergeants were still allowed to hit recruits -Fell into formation -TJ was cracking jokes and one of the drill sergeants heard him -The drill sergeant, a massive black man, confronted TJ -TJ was placed in charge of the men in his barracks -If they misbehaved TJ would be punished -Told the expectations of a soldier -Did drills in the morning -He was made the Physical Training Non-commissioned officer -Led the other recruits on their runs -Ran five miles every day -Enjoyed being in charge -Had to pass a series of tests to go onto Advanced Individual Training -One of the tests was a land navigation course -Placed in the woods at sundown and told to get back to base -He started walking and became the de facto leader of his platoon -Supposed to be back to base by midnight, and at 2 a.m. they were still in the woods -TJ was leading the men, so when he fell off a six foot ledge the rest of the men followed -Eventually, the black drill sergeant found them and led them back to base -Proud of TJ for leading the men and getting them all back to base (00:25:26) Advanced Individual Training -The Army needed men for the infantry and the field artillery -He volunteered for the field artillery -Took a test and scored high enough to be a surveyor -Survey teams went in the field to gather data for artillery coordinates -Trained at Fort Hood, Texas -Part of the 1st Battalion of the 92nd Field Artillery Regiment -It didn’t have a survey section, so he was made the acting Staff Sergeant (E6) -Meant he was second in command of his platoon -Rumors that they would be sent to West Germany or Vietnam -There were fights between troops returning from Vietnam and new soldiers -Created “Combat Football” (contact soccer) to build morale and channel aggression (00:32:15) Race Relations in the Army -He worked as the Race Relations Non-commissioned Officer for his unit -On June 19 (“Juneteenth”) the black soldiers wanted to celebrate the holiday -Note: June 19, 1865: Oldest known celebration of emancipation and end of the Civil War -TJ went to General George Patton (IV) to get approval for the holiday -After a racist tirade General Patton allowed for the celebration of the holiday -TJ had historical workshops, and only a few soldiers showed up �-Rest of the men went into town to drink -Decided to drive up to Hippie Hollow (near Ft. Hood) with a few friends -A few black soldiers got caught stealing from a PX (military general store) -TJ was placed in charge of guarding them until transfer to Fort Leavenworth -Guarded them for 30 days and wound up bonding with them -Black and white soldiers self-segregated -Had to be in charge of black and white soldiers that hated each other -If a black soldier associated with white soldiers he was an “Uncle Tom” -On another occasion TJ went up to close the day room on base -A group of black soldiers refused to leave -He tried to threaten them with jail and an Article 15 (non-judicial punishment) -He grabbed a cue ball and a pool cue to fend off the other soldiers -One of them hit TJ in the head -He went to get the officer on duty -Officers were allowed to have a sidearm -Soldiers followed him and the officer couldn’t bring himself to shoot -One of them stabbed TJ with a broken pool cue -He decided to leave and was taken to the hospital -Military Police asked him about his side of the story -Command decided to ignore the incident -The black soldiers deserted anyway (00:43:56) Training in West Germany -Sent to West Germany for six months of training -Trained every day, all day -Behaved like you were at war -Went out on maneuvers every day -Had daily strategic meetings -A German colonel wanted TJ’s survey team to get coordinates for mortars -Seemed pointless to do a survey for mortars, but he had orders -He was able to do it without his full team and the equipment -Surveying for mortars didn’t require that level of specificity -Colonel yelled at him for not taking it seriously and being disrespectful -TJ argued his point which got him thrown in a German brig -US couldn’t help him -TJ’s commanding officer went over the chain of command to get TJ out -While in Germany he learned that non-commissioned officers were cornerstone of Army command (00:50:25) End of Service -Returned to Fort Hood, Texas -Asked if he wanted to reenlist -Offered $30,000 and promotion to Sergeant First Class -Decided when it was time, he would reenlist because he didn’t want to return to Chicago -Things started going downhill at Fort Hood -One of his men had a nervous breakdown and received a Section 8 medical discharge -Decided not to reenlist and left the day before his enlistment ended -Technically AWOL, but the Army decided not to press charges -Had money taken from his separation check, but got an honorable discharge -He was ready to be done with the Army -Burned his uniform -Sick of the arbitrary decisions made by the Army and the favoritism �(00:53:37) Army Reserves -Decided to stay in the Army Reserves -Trained once a month, and two weeks a year -All the good of the Army without the complications and bureaucracy -Able to still serve his country and be a leader of men -Satisfying a feeling instilled in him since basic training -Remembers the first time he had to make a leadership decision -In basic training there was a recruit that just couldn’t be a soldier -Threat to himself and to others -Made the call to have him discharged without incident -Taught him to make hard decisions for the sake of his soldiers (00:56:38) Reflections on Service -Being in the Army makes a deep psychological impression on a person -Connection to a weapon and to kill on command -Connection with other soldiers -Difficult to come out of the Army and be a civilian -Lacked the regimen and discipline of the Army -Difficult to connect with civilians -Instilled in him a strong survival instinct -Able to sleep leaning on his rifle, or take a bath using water in helmet -Taught him to grow up and be responsible for himself and others -Finds civilian life to be impersonal compared to life in the Army -Have to go through the proper channels to deal with a problem (01:02:04) Life after the Army -Eligible for VA benefits if injured in the service regardless of context of injury -Didn’t want to take the benefits because he didn’t want to be connected to the government -Took the GI Bill and went back to college at Southwest Missouri State University -Had a drinking problem and a lack of focus -Moved to Sparta, Missouri, to live with one of his friends from the Army -Ultimately dropped out of college -Worked for a year and got fired -Went to the VA for a few therapy sessions, but felt annoyed instead of relief -Moved back and forth between Chicago and Missouri -Felt anxious and miserable -He had money, but no direction or satisfaction -Tried out for the Chicago Bears then tried out for the San Diego Chargers -Too old for the Chargers, but decided to stay in San Diego -Transferred to the Reserve unit in San Diego -Felt comfortable being in San Diego due to its military environment -Had health problems and a World War II veteran advised him to go to the VA -It took a fellow veteran to convince him to do that -Within a month he started receiving benefits -He was homeless and disabled which got him multiple significant benefits -Income-based rent for housing -Alcoholics Anonymous to help with his drinking problem -Therapist and a social worker -Got a career, lost weight, started traveling, and attended therapy -Now helps troubled, younger soldiers to give them direction -He’s proud of his service now and isn’t ashamed to talk about it � Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Veterans History Project Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Grand Valley State University. History Department Description An account of the resource The Library of Congress established the Veterans History Project in 2001 to collect memories, accounts, and documents of U.S. war veterans from World War II and the Korean War, Vietnam War, and conflicts in the Middle East and elsewhere, and to preserve these stories for future generations. The GVSU History Department interviews are part of this work-in-progress, and may contain videos and audio recordings, transcripts and interview outlines, and related documents and photographs. Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant 1914- Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/page/InC/1.0/?language=en">In Copyright</a> Subject The topic of the resource Afghan War, 2001--Personal narratives, American Iran Hostage Crisis, 1979-1981--Personal narratives, American Korean War, 1950-1953--Personal narratives, American Michigan--History, Military Oral history Persian Gulf War, 1991--Personal narratives, American United States--History, Military United States. Air Force United States. Army United States. Navy Veterans Video recordings Vietnam War, 1961-1975--Personal narratives, American World War, 1939-1945--Personal narratives, American Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Special Collections & University Archives Contributor An entity responsible for making contributions to the resource Smither, James Boring, Frank Relation A related resource Veterans History Project (U.S.) Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context RHC-27 Language A language of the resource eng Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/455">Veterans History Project interviews (RHC-27)</a> Oral History A resource containing historical information obtained in interviews with persons having firsthand knowledge. Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context JohnsonA1932V Title A name given to the resource Johnson, Antonio Earl (Interview outline and video), 2016 Description An account of the resource TJ Johnson was born in Chicago on October 19, 1952. Due to growing up in a challenging and often dangerous environment he decided to enlist in the Army (most likely August 1972). He received basic training at Fort Polk, Louisiana, and field artillery training at Fort Hood, Texas. He was assigned to the 1st Battalion of the 92nd Field Artillery Regiment at Fort Hood, Texas. He served as the acting staff sergeant in his unit and also served as a surveyor (gathering coordinates for artillery batteries) and the race relations non-commissioned officer. He served in West Germany for six months of field maneuvers. TJ completed his enlistment at Fort Hood, but remained in the Army Reserves (most likely until the late 1970s). Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Johnson, Antonio Earl Contributor An entity responsible for making contributions to the resource Boring, Frank (Interviewer) WKTV (Wyoming, Mich.) Subject The topic of the resource Oral history Veterans History Project (U.S.) United States--History, Military Veterans Video recordings Vietnam War, 1961-1975--Personal narratives, American United States. Army Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="http://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/455">Veterans History Project Collection, (RHC-27)</a> Type The nature or genre of the resource Moving Image Text Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/page/InC/1.0/?language=en">In Copyright</a> Relation A related resource Veterans History Project (U.S.) Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 2016-03-17 Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf video/mp4 Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Lemmen Library and Archives https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/cc902dc392f39df636d88e81de435269.MP4 b4f853f83530208d3e29284f87a748a9 https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/28d144a8139424b34d1f5cdd542fd770.pdf 4f8cab734c7ab9849b70feb91a3345ec PDF Text Text Grand Valley State University Veterans History Project Oral History Interview Civilian: Bruni Johnson Interviewed by James Smither Transcribed by Sarah Schneider and Grace Balog Interviewer: We’re talking today with Bruni Johnson of Palatine, Illinois and the interviewer is James Smither of the Grand Valley State University Veterans History Project. Now, Bruni is a civilian who lived in Germany during and after World War Two so we’re recording that side of the story rather than a veteran’s story today. Okay, start us off with some background on yourself and to begin with, where and when were you born? Civilian: I was born April 17th, 1937 in Berlin. Interviewer: Okay, and what was your family doing for a living in those days? Civilian: That is a little bit of a long story. Can I tell you that? Interviewer: Sure. Civilian: Actually, my father used to own a toy and doll factory in a southern part of Thueringen. He is an artist. Interviewer: And Thueringen is a province in Germany? (00:00:55) Civilian: Yes, and Thueringen, or Thuringia, is, you know, in the middle of Germany. It has a beautiful black forest. And my father’s business was declining naturally because people didn’t have money and they spend their money more on food than anything else. However, he did get a big order from the United States. He did make a very huge shipment to the United States. That was, I can’t tell you exactly the time, but it must have been around 1932, 1933. And because we �had then our leader, Führer Hitler, he refused to pay to the United States government money that the United States government claimed we owed them for the first World War. I don’t know the story, I can’t tell you the facts, but that is what I know. And hence there was a president during that time, he felt that the United States people, or businesspeople, did not have to pay the bills. That was a death shock for my father; he lost his business. He had to then move to Berlin and became, out of necessity because nobody was interested in art, he created art from sugar. In other words, he made very elaborate, beautiful creations from flowers and whatever you can think of made out of sugar, marzipan, and chocolate. That somehow left his job at a very famous entertainment and restaurant, called Wintergarten, in the middle of Berlin. And he became the general manager for a short while and then he became very famous for his creations so he was asked to teach that in a school, a vocational school or college. And that’s what he did and actually he stayed with that job until he died. He was only 74 years old when he died. And so, they lived in Berlin, but they had a very meager existence. Actually, at that time they lived in an apartment. And that apartment eventually became part of the Russian occupation, but we should go one step at a time. (00:03:50) Interviewer: Right, you should. Okay, now how many children were in your family? Civilian: We had three altogether. My sister, she was born in 1928 in a town called Coburg which is adjacent to the town where my parents came from because my parents had a big villa there and my father was doing well in those days. Then after they moved to Berlin, my brother was born 1933 in Berlin. And I was then born four years later. (00:04:30) Interviewer: Okay. Alright, now if your father—you mentioned he had an unusual sort of job by the end but—and he was able to do that through the time of the war? �Civilian: Yes, he did that pretty much during the war. But then of course after the war there was nothing. And he then, by force of nature because of his creativity, had to learn how to make cakes and that helped us to survive. He got work then as a baker. He wasn’t really a baker, but we did anything we could. Interviewer: But that’s what he did. Alright, now what kinds of—now you’re still a very young girl when the war happens—what can you tell us about what you remember from that? Particularly— (00:05:24) Civilian: There is one memory that I have actually in there, written. My first memory was a very happy one. My father was enlisted in the Army for a short while, although he was not well. And I remember him coming home and I must have been two years old and people say you can’t remember that, yes, I do remember when he came home. And it must have been in 1939, 1940— no later, because he was in—already left the army. And I remember he took me to a fair and it was a very happy moment for me to see my father in a uniform, coming home, taking me to this fair, buying me candies and a balloon, or something like that. And that’s the first thing that I remember. Then, everything is a veil and I can’t remember too much about my childhood in Berlin during that time. But I know that my mother used to take me always to Thueringen, or Thuringia, to the town where she came from and we stayed with my grandmother. And eventually she—in the beginning she used to take me back home because she had to take care of my sister and my brother. But then eventually they left me there and I stayed with—first with my grandmother and after she died and the house went into the hands of one of the older brothers, I stayed with an aunt further down the hill where the house was from my grandparents. And that is the time I remember the most. My sister meanwhile—I have to say that something that is very important to me—my family was always very independent, so my sister was very independent. �We were not joiners, we didn’t join the boy scouts, girl scouts, or whatever. And my sister refused to join the youth movement, the youth’s girl’s movement, the BDM. Interviewer: So, the Hitler Youth. Yep. (00:07:38) Civilian: However, she eventually was forced to go to a—what they called a labor camp. That’s not a labor camp prison type, that is where they used to send young women to learn how to cook and sew and become good German housewives. And my brother was by then, which—I remember he was born in 1933—he was in high school. And in—before, two years before the end of the war, 1943, the whole entire high school was evacuated and sent to an island in the Baltic Sea. And they had to stay there and it was actually very meager. But I remember visiting him with my mother and I remember that island, that’s all I remember about that. That school— eventually, two months—I think it was in February 1945, the school was again shipped to Denmark as refugees. But that refugee camp turned out to be a prison for them for three years. And that town is called Oksbol, it’s a very famous story. And he lived there. And I—actually, I was just reading the letters he sent from there. It’s sort of a bit of a sad story. And we had no idea where he was or whatever happened to him until the Red Cross sent us a letter and said yes, they are in Oksbol in that camp. The whole school. There were I think 250 students there. (00:09:27) Interviewer: Okay, because in February of 1945, Denmark would still have been under Nazi control. Civilian: Yes, it was. Yes, it was and there’s a newspaper article about that—that the German occupational forces were not informed that there were refugees in Denmark. I can give you that newspaper article because I just happened to read it. Interviewer: So, they didn’t…So, German refugees are being sent to Denmark and the German authorities in Denmark didn’t know they were there? �Civilian: No, they didn’t know that apparently. Interviewer: Okay. (00:10:00) Civilian: It’s a very interesting story. I have that stuff in the front room. So, that …well that, you know. Interviewer: But then once the Germans surrendered, then the Danes just kept them interned essentially for some time after that? Civilian: Well, that—you know, that became the end of the war in 1945. I mean, that didn’t really happen very long. I don’t even think they had time to bother. The soldiers were tired. There was nothing much left in the army. People were just scattered all over the place. I think it was just…everything was in shambles already. But nobody wanted to admit that, especially not the Nazis and the whatever. Interviewer: Alright, now to go back to your story. So, you spent a good part of the wartime on the family property? (00:10:49) Civilian: Yes, and I—it was a very interesting time. I was very happy although I was very lonely. I missed my parents an awful lot. And we had to…I was very happy living with my aunt. She had a beautiful big yard with a lot of apple trees, orchard, and beautiful flowers. Of course, they were taller than I was because I was very little. But as small as I was, I do remember I had to help my extended family. They were farmers. We had to work on a field. I had to dig up potatoes. Child labor they call it. I enjoyed it. And picking up corns, helping with the hay, and we had to collect herbs. Or herbs. And there were a special kind of herbs that they made tea out of for the soldiers on the front. We also had to pull out something—it wasn’t cotton because I don’t think we had that. I don’t know what we pulled out to make cotton…And I had to use my little fingers and we did that. And actually, I don’t remember being unhappy about doing any of �that work and we had to work hard. For that recompense, we got a huge slice of bread with butter on it and in the beginning, still a cup of milk and that was …we were in heaven. I was quite happy and content there. I remember my time in that town always in sunshine. But it wasn’t always sunny, it was raining but my memory doesn’t go that far. And I have that all written down actually. There is something in my personality that prevents me from remembering really bad moments. And I think that is due to my…the incredible, wonderful nature of my parents. They made us feel that it’s just the way it is. They did not make us feel that we should feel sorry there is a war. They did not make us feel that we are hungry and starving and freezing to death in Berlin. In—when I was living in the country, I always had some food and that was very nice. What do I have…What else could I…? (00:13:25) Interviewer: Well I guess when you were living with your aunt, did your aunt have any children or were you the only child there? Civilian: No, my aunt had three children, but they were not staying at that house. Only one cousin, an older cousin. And he was actually responsible because nobody really talked to me and I learned to speak very late in life at that time. But what he did, he taught me how to read and I wasn’t even in school. And they had an attic and I could sit in that attic and I could read some of the books, I mean as much as I could read, and I thought it was absolutely wonderful. It was rather primitive, the house. They built it in the last minute because my uncle used to be the gas master. They had a gas station and when that was closed, he lost his job during the war. And he built that house and it had sort of a little addition in the back that was a stable for a goat and there was also the outdoor toilet. And something that I remembered about that toilet, it was always cold in there in the winter, it was freezing. But when I was allowed to go back to East Germany to visit twenty-five or so years after the war ended, I could have sworn the same flies were still �humming in that toilet. It was the weirdest thing. And my aunt’s goat was a life saver because she used to make—she had a centrifuge—and she would make goat butter out of it and I just love goat butter for the rest of my life. And yes, we had…I had a good time. I had a little boyfriend. Actually, his mother lived up on top of the hill in that house that my uncle had taken over. And he had a very bad alcoholic stepfather who used to beat his mother. And he and I used to sit in my aunt’s garden at night and pray to the moon, we didn’t know much about God, and prayed. We prayed that his father would stop hitting his mother and I prayed that my mother would come back. I was so lonely. So basically, that’s my story. And then, I was sent back to Berlin. (00:16:00) Interviewer: Now, you had told me when we—before we did the interview, you told me a little bit about what was going on on that estate, on that property, what your uncle was doing. Civilian: Yes, I’m glad you bring that up because when my uncle took over that particular estate you can call it, it was called Bachelors, you know, a little mountain castle. And it was a beautiful big house. My Grandmother had 12 children and he was I think the third oldest or something like that and he was an engineer, he was a very smart man. And he used that estate to manufacture parts for Hitler. I didn’t know then what it was. I was under the impression always as a child that they made some sort of electronic parts. And the workers that worked there were all forced laborers. I believe they were Russian, Ukrainian, and Polish. I only talked to one of the ladies, her name was Olga, because she was Polish and she spoke some German. And she also showed me where these forced laborers had to live. Underneath the building was the stable and they had to all sleep in that stable and they were fed out of the dog dishes. But they were fed. How well? I don’t know. But I know she was always very, very sad and upset. That’s the most I can �remember. Much, much later—actually this year, I found out that there apparently was something that was manufactured is very secretive and nobody could find out what it was. I have no idea what it was. (00:17:41) Interviewer: Alright. And so then, when did you leave that area? Civilian: Yeah, I was in…back in the beginning of 1945. I do not remember when. I only remember that I was sitting on a train by myself and the train track was…the train was supposed to take me back to Berlin but it made a detour because the rail ties, you know the rail tracks, were all bombed. And at one point, the train had to stop and couldn’t continue. And I remember sitting outside, not knowing what to do, and some...somebody—some family came up to me and gave me a sandwich and they eventually took me into their home. I don’t know how long I was with them. And I stayed with them and I don’t remember much at all about that time, but I remember coming back to Berlin not speaking German. I spoke another language. I was actually…I started school in Thueringen, you know, in that part where I lived. And I was 6 years old in 1943. And we started school with those old little slate boards that you had and a, you know, a slate pen. But it lasted only about 4 weeks because then we lost our teacher. I think he was either drafter or whatever happened to them. And I didn’t have any schooling until I got back to Berlin. And then even later, much later, because we didn’t have a school in Berlin. And I arrived in Berlin. I don’t remember how, but I got back. I do remember the bombing and it was horrendous. You were constantly afraid. You constantly heard the alarm going. You saw the…you heard the hissing of the bombs. You saw what they called Christmas trees, that was phosphorous bombs that they sent down. We had to wear gas masks in the basement. I always thought I was going to suffocate with that stuff. You know, it was just a gas mask that they put on your face and you couldn’t breathe. And I to this day, my children could never understand it, I �cannot go to a fireworks. And I cannot listen to the fireworks and I cannot watch them. It’s a very scary thing that happens in your life. Even every Tuesday, the alarm goes off in our town. It frightens me because I think of the alarm stages that we had in Berlin. Interviewer: The air raid alarms, yep. (00:20:33) Civilian: And if you were on the street, you had to run and try and find a bunker or something like that. Sometimes you were left in the street and somehow miraculously you survived. And right and left, the buildings were burning and falling apart. Not in my area so much, because I was in the northern part of Berlin. Only when we went downtown to visit my father where he worked and visit my aunt who lived in the middle of—or in the city center, actually. And there was not much transportation, so you had to walk, and you’d walk for hours and we always walked. I remember even in East Germany when my mother came, food was scarce during the war and after the war. We used to walk like 2-3 hours to some mountain area where there was a forest and we used to collect blueberries. And after about a whole day of collecting blueberries, you’d have maybe a little bucket full of blueberries and you came home and they put buttermilk in it and then we ate it with boiled potatoes or something like that. Interviewer: Alright. Now you had mentioned to me before we started the interview that during one of these bombing raids, I guess the house pretty much collapsed on you? (00:21:44) Civilian: Yes, that was—that happened. That must have happened when I was—I don’t remember exactly when it happened but it must have happened before or after I came back, maybe I was home at that time for a short visit. Interviewer: So, you might have been visiting, so it might have been earlier in the war? �Civilian: Yes, and I don’t remember the year. I could have asked that gentleman that was 90 years old that told me about it. A bomb went down actually not adjacent, my parents lived in an apartment building and those have blocks. And there was a building next to our building and then there came a second building. That one was bombed and the explosion made the wall collapse that we were sitting next to, my father, my mother, and I, and we were buried. And I guess that’s where I developed allergies against dust because we lived—we stayed there three days almost because nobody knew we were buried. Nobody looked for us. My sister was in that so to speak labor camp and my brother was in Denmark, wherever. We didn’t know where he was then at that time. And…Oh no, maybe he was on the island. I do remember that. Anyways, so then they finally dug us out and unfortunately the explosion caused… I had hearing loss and nobody knew and nobody checked it. And all my life long, especially as a child, I was always told, “Oh, you don’t concentrate well” and I was—I felt stupid, dumb. I learned then, eventually, to stare at people and I concentrated very hard. I was always sitting in the front row because I couldn’t hear in the back of my classroom and nobody figured it out. I didn’t find it out until I came to the United States and went to a hearing specialist and he said, “Oh, you have had that since childhood.” Interviewer: Okay. Thank you, yeah. Okay. Do you remember being rescued from the basement or do you just know that it happened? (00:23:58) Civilian: I don’t remember that. That is the funniest thing. I don’t remember that. I only know that eventually they dug us out and life continued as usual. It was just the way it was. You lived in a war. You accepted that as a child, probably my parents felt different about it but they didn’t show it to us. They made us feel good, they were very… my mother was an extremely cheerful person. My father was very witty. And they always tried to make us feel it was a normal thing. �It’s just the way it is. And that’s why I don’t remember. Like I said, a lot of things I totally block out. Interviewer: Now, after that bombing, did your family go to a different apartment? Or just…? (00:24:42) Civilian: No, we stayed in it. It was only the basement wall that collapsed. Interviewer: Oh, okay. Civilian: And that wall happened to be actually right underneath our apartment. We lived on the first floor. How our apartment did not collapse, I have no idea. It’s a miracle to me yet. But you know when you were younger, even when I was a teenager, and dad and I went back it never occurred to me to ask—to ask anybody what happened. It was just something that, just like when I was in high school, we had history lessons until 1928 and then it stopped. You didn’t ask questions. Now, I can tell you the story much, much later when I really found out what Germany actually did. We heard about concentration camps. I remember my brother and I we used to joke as kids “Oh, if you don’t do this, I’ll put you in a concentration camp.” But we had no idea what happened in those concentration camps. I’m sure a lot of people did. But we didn’t. Interviewer: Well, you were very young at that time. Civilian: Yes, I was very young and maybe my parents knew, maybe they don’t. I don’t know. It never occurred to me to ask. Interviewer: Okay. Alright, so during the war you’re kind of moved back and forth a little bit between the country and Berlin. But by early ’45, you’re back in Berlin and now you stay there until the end of the war? Civilian: Yes. (00:26:11) �Interviewer: Okay, are there any other incidents or memories or things that happened before the Russians came in that you want to bring into the story here? Civilian: Yes, I remember one incident very clearly that was shortly before the final end and the Russians were already on the outskirts of Berlin. And a young Hitler Youth came into the basement—we were sitting in the basement—and he told those people, the men, old men, sick men, old men, to come with shovels and forks, anything they could find, and go to about five minute, ten minute walk from our house there was an S-Bahn, an L station. There was a bridge and they were supposed to defend that bridge. And shortly thereafter my father comes back and he said, “We threw our shovels down. We are not going to fight with forks and shovels against the Russian tanks.” And then they came home and that was then the end. Well, before that, I only remember on April 17th it was my birthday. And it was a sunny day. My aunt came from the center of the town with my cousin and she brought me a beautiful pink necklace and we were actually happy and had some little cake or whatever we had and it was a nice day. And then a couple days, three, four days later it must have been the 21st. I don’t remember. That’s when the Russians marched in. That incident with the old men and the forks and shovels happened. And like I said, my sister wasn’t there, she was still in the labor camp. My brother was where? We don’t know. And my father and my mother and I, we were standing in front of the house watching what was happening. We all knew the war was over, for some reason. And a Russian truck stopped in front of the house and Russian soldiers came out with machine guns and they took us to our apartment and we had to line the wall and we thought they were going to shoot us. I never will forget that feeling. And…but they didn’t. But we were—we were so petrified and scared. I thought I was going to die. And shortly thereafter, another truck comes and they unloaded all the wounded Russian soldiers and they brought them into our apartment, used the �whole apartment to put the injured people there. And I remember my—our bedroom was emptied out…Wait a minute…No, that was—our bedroom was in the front and the back was the family room and I—we had a beautiful black, shiny piano there. And they put their spiritous cookers there and to make the instruments and they opened—took the dining room table and operated on the Russians. And actually, I had to watch them cut off legs and stuff for some reason. I don’t know why I was there. It was a very scary experience. And then they used our curtains, drapes, and rolled the dead bodies in them and buried them in the back yard. My mother again was incredibly courageous because those Russians that came were very poor little souls. They had no shoes on. Don’t forget they were marching. They had only rags wrapped around their feet. They didn’t know what a toilet was. They used the bathtub and then they used the toilet to wash themselves. So, my mother went in there and showed them what to do and dumped them on the toilet and took all of the dirt out of the bathtub and showed them what that was for. And that was the only thing I remember about that. It was a horrible time. And we had to live then in the basement and it was sort of provisionally repaired down there and what my parents and I felt sort of very sad about was that none of the neighbors offered us to stay in their apartments. That’s the only thing I remember. (00:30:58) Interviewer: So, the other people were all basically left alone? I mean, now— Civilian: Basically, the Russians…Yes, it was a crucial experience to have that hospital there. But in a way it saved our life. We were protected from rape. We were given food. They had what they called a goulash burner outside on the street. We got even some meat. That was usually horse meat. And they basically protected us. There was one—they had a general and I believe he was a Russian Jew because he spoke some German. He was a very elegant man and he saw the newspaper on the table and it was called the Voelkischer Beobachter, The People’s Observer, the �only paper they had and said, “Ah that paper.” And I remember that one so clearly. Eventually I think they left. What else do I remember about them…There was an incident when we, and this too is in Thueringen, a lot of women were raped. And a lot of them came then to the Russians and they helped them. They repaired them, they helped them. [she explained off camera that the “help” was in the form of performing abortions for the women and girls who had been raped by the Russians] Interviewer: Okay, so they went to the hospital? (00:32:21) Civilian: Yes, they came to the hospital. But the whole neighborhood then eventually wound up in our apartment you know for some medical service and walked away with all the dishes. You know, this is something very strange. Interviewer: So, your neighbors robbed you instead of the Russians? Civilian: The Russians did not take anything away. My parents lost all of their possessions because after my father was bankrupt and they had to give up their villa in Coburg, they had a— what do you call it…you know, from a farm…What do you call that—no. Where you store things on a farm, what do you call that? Stable? Interviewer: Yeah. Civilian: Okay, they used a stable in their town and they stored all of their valuables there. And I don’t know how close the American armies were to the concentration camps, but basically all of our possessions probably wound up on the bottom Ellison Bay. I mean not Ellison Bay, the island by, what is it called? The island by New York … Interviewer: Oh, Ellis Island. (00:33:31) Civilian: Yeah, that’s right. We don’t know it, but they were the only ones that actually robbed us blind. And then after the Russians left, they did not take anything away. Came the French. But �the French, they knew how to find whatever we had hidden in the piano. That was a piece of cloth for a winter cold and a jar of pickled rabbit because we used to have rabbits in the backyard to feed us you know and that’s about it. My—we all had to try and survive. We raised chicken in our apartment and whatever we did. Interviewer: Okay, now you had before—you have got some material that you had written down. Have we covered what you had in there? Or…? (00:34:19) Civilian: Yes, I think pretty much everything. I can only maybe read to you the beginning because I tried to put things together. “It is almost too late to try to remember my childhood. I should have taken the time to keep a diary of sorts, but never felt my life was worth remembering. Yes, I have some cherished memories, but much of my childhood in Berlin is hidden behind a grey veil. It appears that I remember mostly happy moments in my life in Germany albeit I don’t think there were that many. But I remember most as a small child is my time in Schalkau, that is that small town in Thuringia, where my mother was born and raised and married my father. And this memory is quite blissful, content, and was much sunshine even rainy days. But I only remember the rainy days sitting in my aunt’s, Tante Paula or Aunt Paula’s, small attic, reading. Feeling safe and dry and hearing the rain tapping on the roof. It never sounded threatening to me. Oh, I had some sad moments in Schalkau because I was so immensely lonely without my parents, who stayed in Berlin with my sister and brother and then they were gone. And they had to endure the constant bombing raids, but my mother was commuting back and forth and was often in Schalkau, especially when my Grandmother, my Grossmutter, was still living. The rest of memory is being hungry, being cold: very, very cold all the time. I remember the sound of the alarm, the noise of the airplanes, the hissing of the bombs, the phosphorus socalled Christmas trees, the explosions, the gas masks that made you feel like you’re suffocating, �and again the hunger, fear, running for cover, trying to find a bunker if on the road. To this day I can’t tolerate the sound and even to look at a fireworks.” Alright, that’s about basically it. (00:36:26) Interviewer: Alright. Now, let’s go to the point—we’ve gotten now to the end of the war. So, you’re—the place where you were living was in the part of Berlin that became the French zone? Civilian: Yeah, it became the French sector. Interviewer: So, you’re in West Berlin at that point? Civilian: Yeah. Well, it was… Interviewer: What would become West Berlin, there was not a wall yet. Civilian: It would eventually, you know they made it then the Russian part and then the western part. And the western part was the French, British, and American sector. And unfortunately, we were in the French sector. They were okay to us, but they didn’t really…we didn’t—we never benefitted from the air lift or anything like that because they didn’t feed us very well. Interviewer: Alright. Yeah. So, let’s kind of—let’s try to follow that a little bit. Civilian: And then actually the hunger and the fear and the freezing came after the war, worse than before. (00:37:13) Interviewer: I was going to ask that. Okay, so you’re—when they—course when the war ends, it’s sort of late spring and so the weather isn’t too cold for a while. You have summer months coming, but there’s not a lot of food… Civilian: Nope. Interviewer: …and the French come in and they don’t help. �Civilian: Well we went—we would then leave our home and go into the outside areas of Berlin and try to visit farmers. It meant if there was a train, we took a train. Most of the time we had to walk for hours and hours and we exchanged some whatever valuables against maybe some rotten cabbage and some potatoes. That basically was all the food you had. There wasn’t very much. Eventually, we got some bread and we ate our bread usually with water and then if you had sugar, you’d put a little sugar on top of it. It basically was the entire food we had for a long, long, long time. And when you boiled the potatoes, because they were rotten, you couldn’t peel them. The peel was, you know, very thinly peeled off. We collected that because once a week a farmer came with a horse drawn wagon and he had little bundles of wood because we had no heat and we couldn’t have a fire, we couldn’t cook, we had nothing, and he would exchange those poor little potato peels against a little bundle of wood. And then I remember that he always had a little bell and he said, “Brennholz fuer Kartoffelschalen,” burning wood for potato peels. That was the most exciting moment always and then we had a little bit of firewood, you know, that was…long time, but then came an extreme severe winter after that and—Oh yes! Now, I remember because I know there was something. After the Russians settled, the Americans settled and everything, I don’t remember exactly when it happened, but it was still summer time. I don’t know if it was in 1945. Possibly, because the American army established in the southern part of Berlin and there was a command officer—office—in a place called Mexikoplatz, Mexiko so square. And they needed a baker. And one day I was alone at home. The doorbell rings and again I see people in uniforms—it must have been the same year, ’45—and I was scared to hell and I pushed the door closed and I was so scared and they didn’t let me close the door and then somehow my mother appeared from somewhere. They were Americans. They wanted my father. They had heard of him because he was known through his teaching and stuff like that and he had to go with them �and work there. And he had to also take a little room down there because we had no transportation and once a week my mother would take a men’s bicycle and put me on front of that and ride the bicycle through Berlin for three or four hours and then we could visit my father and then we used to go through the…Americans were always a little bit used to spoiling things. They used to throw a lot of food out that we, you know, gathered from their garbage and then ate it, you know. It was helpful. It was very helpful to eat, you know, some old can of soup or whatever that was. (00:40:54) Interviewer: Okay. Now, was your father paid? Could he do anything to help you then? Civilian: I don’t know if he was paid money but I know he used to get bread and some food and bring it home. Interviewer: Okay. Civilian: I don’t know. But it did help us survive. I am sure they must have paid him something but I—I couldn’t tell you that for sure. Interviewer: Alright. Civilian: Yeah, I do remember that after the war, one of the incidents was that we got a care package for Christmas. It was Christmastime. And I had my doll kitchen sitting in our living room. That was the only present you used to get for Christmas, was build up the doll kitchen. And a care package came and there were—was a little food in it. I believe it was a family from Texas. And four candies. And we were four at that time: my mother, father, my sister, and I. We each got a candy. And I remember taking my candy every night, I unwrapped it, sucked on it, and put it back and it lasted for a whole week. It was—it was wonderful. And then of course, they started sending in food and that was the airlift then. And yes, it was so interesting because we didn’t—we had no idea what sweet potatoes were. They were dried squares of—we thought it �was carrots. And we tried to eat it and it broke our teeth up because we had poor dental treatment. We had no treatment, period. And until we learned that we had to soak the stuff and cook it, and stuff like that, you know. We didn’t benefit too much from the airlift. Like I said, that stayed mainly in the southern part, the American sector and the British sector. The French sector didn’t get too much food there. But that’s why I think my father’s occupation actually helped us then. I don’t remember how long he worked for the American Army and I don’t remember what he did afterwards but he always worked. And somehow, it sustained us and we could get food. (00:43:06) Interviewer: At what point did he start becoming a baker? Had that happened during the war? Or was that afterward? Civilian: It must have happened…I don’t—that’s what I would like to find out or wanted to find out now when I was in Germany. When did he learn that? For—when he was working, I think, it must have still been in the Wintergarten, that restaurant. He also worked for a famous restaurant, Kempinski. And he was also there the manager for the food section there. And somehow, he along the way must have learned how to make cakes. And then he also worked for another very famous bakery in Berlin then eventually. But he was also—he was never really getting much money. We just had a bare existence. And…But he taught all the way through when it started again. School for me started much, much later than normally. I think I started school really then when I was about 8 or 9. Because I was—our grammar school was bombed out and we started school then in a factory. And it was wonderful because you—they could heat this place and it was warm. And we had a wonderful teacher and she was very encouraging. And we also got food. So, when you went to school, that is what we used to look like. We had little—I just found these marks on the paper. We all went to school, more or less dressed or not. And we had little �buckets with us and we used to bring food home. And I remember the most horrendous food was always sauerkraut soup. And then some sort of a cheese soup. It was awful. Even though you were hungry, I didn’t like it. But I brought it home for my parents and we all shared it. (00:45:10) Interviewer: Okay. Now, at the time of the airlift, did you understand much of what was going on then? Or were you worried the Russians would come back or were you not really having a sense of that? Civilian: By that time, we felt very enclosed. We felt totally…Berlin was enclosed. Nothing could come in; nothing could go out. Unless you went to the eastern part. And you felt like you were suffocating. There was no—there was not a tree left in the streets. Everything was cut down. You would use your furniture to burn in the stove so you could heat a little bit. When the airlift started, I remember very late. They start the airlift at the airport Tempelhof. And there was another one in Gatow. And they built an airport near where I lived, near Tegel, which is a very famous airport now. Well actually, the only one in Berlin right now. And they started with I think I saw one or two airplanes arriving. And I had no shoes and we all were running to the airport which was a long way to walk. And I remember I was running on the gravel, hoping I would get a candy because we all heard the Americans were throwing out candy. Well, I didn’t get one candy. By the time they came to us, there was no candy left. So, we were so disappointed. We all treaded back home very sad. Oh, another thing I remember also because it just dawns on me what we did. We had no clothes, right? So, you wanted to go swimming so you took your old socks, you unraveled the wool, and we knitted swimming suits. Two tops swimming suits, to go swimming. And then when the summer was over, we unraveled the swimming suit and knitted socks out of it again. It was hilarious, you know. Because I remember �I had one blue swimming suit that was constantly going back and forth from sock to bathing suit. Yeah, that was about it. (00:47:18) Interviewer: Must have been—must take a while to do? Civilian: You learn to knit quite fast. Interviewer: Okay. Civilian: You know? Interviewer: How long did conditions stay hard? I mean, you’re like… Civilian: A long time. Berlin was really, I think, one of those cities probably not as bombed as Dresden but because we were so cut off, it took a long, long time to recover everything. I remember grammar school was horrible. We were then going—we were taught in a burned-out building. And it was sort of like a little bit repaired. And then they had a barracks outside. And we had school there. My schooling was very poor, actually. I do remember a teacher there who was very strict but then at the end, I had a very, very good teacher because he encouraged me or made sure that I and another girl were allowed to go to a high school. We were already 14 at that time. We started high school much later than the rest of the people. We had to do everything in 4 to 5 years that other people achieved in 8 to 9 years of high school. And we had to work extremely hard. And since the school was still burned—the schools were all damaged. We had to share a school in a boys’ school. There used to be a boys’ school and a girls’ school next to each other. The girls’ school was damaged. And we were the first girls in a boys’ school that started there. But we shared with the girls’ school. So, one week we had classes from…I can’t— morning to noon or 1 o’clock. And then one week, we started in the afternoon. We always had to switch school times, which was quite exhausting because when you had school in the afternoon, you came home and you had to do your homework until midnight or whatever because there was �a lot of homework to do. And it was horrendous. And yet I tell you, my most of my educational background comes from that high school. I was extremely well-educated there. (00:49:53) Interviewer: Okay. And then, how long did you stay in Berlin? Civilian: Well, after I start—I left high school, I had several options. They had just opened a university, called Free University. And I applied there and also was accepted. And I had signed up for three subjects: Germanistic, Anglistik, and Romanistic—English, German, and French, which was ludicrous. And I had to—I started with German and then I wanted to switch to the English department. They told me they didn’t have a space for me. And I had to go to England. And in order to get to England, I needed a visa. And in order to get the visa, I had to accept a job as an au pair. A lot of young people did that. And I went to a town called Croydon and I was sort of an au pair/helper for the children. I did a little cleaning in the morning and in the afternoon, I could go to college there. And I did eventually pass my lower and my higher Cambridge certificate: proficiency of English. Interviewer: Okay. (00:51:15) Civilian: Yeah. That was it. And then, I went back. Interviewer: Do you remember what years you were in England? When was that? Civilian: I think it was around 1956-1957. Interviewer: Okay. Civilian: And then I came back and I had to work in Berlin, I remember, but I don’t remember why. I was still signed up for the Free University but it didn’t work out so—Oh, they told me I should go to France first. My French was so poor. I really basically didn’t know any French at all because of the little bit we had in high school was not sufficient. So, I went to France basically on the same principle but it was supported by the university. And then I ultimately stayed there �for two years. In the beginning, I started at a place called Alliance Français and then I could switch over to the Sorbonne and study there and got my certificate in French there, my certificat en français. (00:52:13) Interviewer: Okay. Now, how did the people in England and France treat you? Civilian: That was interesting. I am glad you bring this up. Never questioning anything. Nobody talked about it. I told you history lessons ended in ’28. We knew something happened. We had a lot of people that came back from concentration camps and talked to us about it. But it would— really didn’t register. In England, people were very nice to me until the very end. I met somebody that she was very nasty to me. What never occurred to me is—I always felt boy, the whole world bombed us poor Germans. It never occurred to me that we Germans bombed London. And we bombed the whole world. And that was okay. Then I came back when I was in France, I lived happily ever after. I had a boyfriend. He was a French Jewish gentleman. And he explained to me what happened and what we did. And I was in shock. I can’t even tell you that. And I remember my parents visiting me in Paris and I asked them. And I said, “Didn’t you know?” And they said, “Yes, of course we knew but we didn’t talk about it. We heard about it. We didn’t actually know while it was happening but we heard and found out much later. And when they showed us all the pictures, how terrible and what happened there.” The thing is, when I was living and I remember that before and after the war, we had—my parents had two—several friends, and two couples were Jewish. One couple disappeared. We don’t know if they moved away or what happened to them. The other couple stayed only the husband was killed in a war. But we always had the highest respect for Jewish people because they were extremely welleducated, they had their own school, and they were wealthy. At least the ones we knew. And we looked up to them. And when I heard that story, I was crushed. I was crushed. I got literally sick �to my stomach when…Andre was his name, was telling me these stories. And then I heard more and more and more about it. And it was a shocking revelation. Strange why I was so protected. Why did I not know? Although I saw these forced laborers by uncle’s factory, so to speak, but I never put two and two together. I am actually still in awe how stupid I was. That I never even questioned anything. And it shocked me. It shocks me now. And I felt guilty all my lifelong and I still feel guilt that will never go away. I know there are a lot of Germans that say, “Oh, I had nothing to do with it. I was just a child.” Well, I might have been a child but it’s my people that did that. You know? And it’s—it’s very hard to digest. (00:55:40) Interviewer: Well, we really appreciate your talking about it. I mean, that helps a lot of us on this end understand a little bit better what that was like. Civilian: Yes, I feel I had to mention that because…Actually, in our area, we had—people are prejudiced, right? My family is Lutheran. My father was actually an atheist; he didn’t go to church. But my mother was a very devout Lutheran. But we had some—a few Catholic people in our area. And you know what? We didn’t like them because they were Catholic. Just like…it’s still the same today. Interviewer: It can still happen. Alright, now you’re going out. You’re getting yourself an education. You have gone to England; you’ve gone to France and you come back again to Germany. I mean, do you now actually take courses at the university? Or do you do something different? (00:56:36) Civilian: I came back and then they said, “Well, which direction do you want to take?” And I said, “Well,” I said, “I would actually like to become a translator.” And they said, “Well, we don’t offer that.” Because I didn’t want to become a teacher. I said, “What can I do with German, English, and French? I have to become a teacher.” And I was so scared I would not find a �husband and probably stuck with a bun in my head and a dry teaching profession. And so, I switched, you know, institutions or colleges or school or whatever you would call it and I went to a translation interpretation school for two years and graduated from there. And then I got my first job actually at a bank for a short while and then I transferred to a technical company and worked there. In the meantime, I remember…Yeah, yeah. I had an American girlfriend and my parents had a Christmas party arranged at our house. And she came and she brought two young men with her, and one of them was my husband. I was engaged at that time; that’s another story. I was engaged to a German gentleman. (00:57:49) Interviewer: Okay. Civilian: And my husband—well, my future husband then, he came to the Christmas party and he was only interested in my girlfriend. She was a beautiful girl. And she was from the center of town. She was actually a friend of Romy Schneider or somebody like that. You know, she was absolutely out of my range. Anyway, he was interested but she didn’t want him. She had nothing to do with him. And he was very handsome looking. He had just been in Berlin for 4 weeks. He was drafted into the Army but he never was really a soldier. Basically, he was a musician. He would play in the United States Army Band, marching through Berlin, making people happy. And well, I didn’t think anything about it. And my sister was there with her husband. And they invited him to a New Year’s Eve party. So, here he is at the New Year’s Eve party and that was that. And then 8 months later, we married… (00:58:53) Interviewer: Okay. Civilian: …on a day that is very famous. August 13th, 1961. The day they built the wall. And that was—the band was supposed to play at my wedding. They weren’t allowed to leave the barracks. And only a few people snuck out, including the piano player. So, we had at my wedding an �American playing jazz. He was up all weekend with that, so we had to borrow a record player. And that was about it. And then I…well, we moved into—closer to the area where my husband was stationed. And I decided then to switch my jobs and I got a job with a general at the Berlin command. And I worked there as a translator and whatever. And we—until we came to the United States. Because I thought well, I married him and I am going to the United States, I might as well get used to working for an American and that was the greatest idea. There is a very interesting book around that time. It’s called Uncle Tom’s Hutte, That’s a train—a subway station in Berlin, right at that area. Should—you should really read it. When I saw—it’s a criminal story but it deals with around that time when I was just living there and experience the whole thing. (01:00:20) Interviewer: Alright. Civilian: That was…well, that’s about the end of it. And then I came to the United States. Interviewer: Okay. Civilian: 1962. Interviewer: Alright. Now, do you have any particular memories of that Berlin Wall and the crisis that followed? Civilian: Oh, my god, of course. That was just—that was just awful. It was just unbelievable. The wall? Oh my god, the wall. How could I forget that? Interviewer: Alright, we were about— Civilian: Basically yeah, I could say that in a way, we were a bit more protected. Living in the northern part of Berlin, we were not as bombed. We did not actually experience the Kristallnacht the way you would experience it if you lived in the city and in the middle of the town, the city. Because, first of all, you didn’t hear much about it on the radio or you didn’t read it in the paper. �Interviewer: Okay. Civilian: We didn’t have a television. Interviewer: Of course, that was not—because that was actually, we were talking about in between switching the tapes, this was Kristallnacht. But that—you would have only been one year old when that happened. So, that would be— Civilian: Exactly. I don’t remember anything about it. Interviewer: But what we were talking about though, right as that first tape ended though, was the Berlin crisis. And so, what do you recall about that? Civilian: Right. The Berlin Wall. Yes, that was the day I married. It was a happy day and it was a sad day because we all knew what was happening. But that was not basically all that much of a surprise; it was coming for a long time. We were separated. My aunt and my cousin—her husband had died during the war—had to actually flee, later on, East Berlin. They lived in the middle of the city and they had to leave, for some reason or another. But we used to commute all the time by subway and by rail. You know, go into the eastern part and took advantage of the culture that they had. We had several opera buildings. I mean, as a child, I used to go to the opera the way people go to the movies nowadays, right? And we used to go and buy food there, which was cheaper. That is the only thing I remember. But that was Berlin. But the rest of my family all lived in eastern—in the eastern part, which then became occupied by the Russians. And the Wall totally destroyed our relationship with these people. And I eventually was able, after so many years, to return to East Germany. And I went back with my children when they were little and I went back almost every year and it took me forever to get a visa to enter East Germany to travel. And you had to stay on the same route. You couldn’t deviate. If you had to take the train, or if you took a car, you had only to take a certain street that you could take. They timed you. And it �was—my aunts and uncles, they were all very afraid of their children because they were already growing up as…indoctrinated by the communist regime in their thinking and eventually some of them, I am sure, went even further. I don’t know. But it was…it was very unnatural and I never in my whole life thought I would have to go through such a division in your life. And I…that is why I am a little bit apprehensive about what is happening today. (01:04:12) Interviewer: Okay. Now, when do you actually go to the United States then? Civilian: 1962. Interviewer: Okay, so when your husband’s time in Germany ends. Civilian: Right. Interviewer: Now, were you able to go with him? Or did you travel separately? Civilian: No, he went back with the Army and I had to take a—I stayed home and packed my stuff and mailed certain things and then took a boat coming over. I think I came by the Bremen. I don’t know, there was a big boat. It was a weeks’ voyage. And it was quite a—Ellis Island. Yes, it was quite a joyous moment although before I met my husband, I considered Americans very arrogant and entitled. I didn’t like them. I never thought I would marry an American. That’s the weirdest thing. I did marry one because I fell in love with him. And…I don’t know why we felt that way. I have no idea. It must have been something that I heard or saw or reactions. Anything like that. I don’t know. And that’s basically it. (01:05:29) Interviewer: Alright. Civilian: And that’s the end of my life story and then I lived happily ever after here in this country. This country was good to me for a long time. It allowed me to go back to college and study and do things. And I have two wonderful children. �Interviewer: Alright. Well, it makes for a very good story so thank you very much for taking the time to share it today. Civilian: Well, I don’t know if it helped you any. But anyway, I can show you the pictures now. (01:05:57) � Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Veterans History Project Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Grand Valley State University. History Department Description An account of the resource The Library of Congress established the Veterans History Project in 2001 to collect memories, accounts, and documents of U.S. war veterans from World War II and the Korean War, Vietnam War, and conflicts in the Middle East and elsewhere, and to preserve these stories for future generations. The GVSU History Department interviews are part of this work-in-progress, and may contain videos and audio recordings, transcripts and interview outlines, and related documents and photographs. Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant 1914- Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/page/InC/1.0/?language=en">In Copyright</a> Subject The topic of the resource Afghan War, 2001--Personal narratives, American Iran Hostage Crisis, 1979-1981--Personal narratives, American Korean War, 1950-1953--Personal narratives, American Michigan--History, Military Oral history Persian Gulf War, 1991--Personal narratives, American United States--History, Military United States. Air Force United States. Army United States. Navy Veterans Video recordings Vietnam War, 1961-1975--Personal narratives, American World War, 1939-1945--Personal narratives, American Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Special Collections & University Archives Contributor An entity responsible for making contributions to the resource Smither, James Boring, Frank Relation A related resource Veterans History Project (U.S.) Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context RHC-27 Language A language of the resource eng Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/455">Veterans History Project interviews (RHC-27)</a> Oral History A resource containing historical information obtained in interviews with persons having firsthand knowledge. Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context RHC-27_JohnsonB2145V Title A name given to the resource Johnson, Brunhilde (Interview transcript and video), 2017 Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 2017-07-18 Description An account of the resource Bruni Johnson was born on April 17th, 1937 in Berlin, Germany. As a young child, Bruni was sent to work on her aunt and uncle's farm out in the country during the early years of the Second World War. In 1945, she returned to Berlin and experienced several Allied bombing campaigns. After the war, the Russians marched into Berlin and Bruni's family's home was converted into a temporary hospital for the wounded Russian soldiers. Her family lived in what became West Berlin after the Berlin Wall was built and, upon graduating high school, Bruni went to England to learn English and then went to France to learn French. She later went on to college and became a translator before marrying an American soldier on August 13th, 1961. The couple then moved to the United States in 1962 to start a family together. Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Johnson, Brunhilde Anne Rika Contributor An entity responsible for making contributions to the resource Smither, James (Interviewer) Subject The topic of the resource World War, 1939-1945--Personal narratives, German Oral history Veterans History Project (U.S.) United States--History, Military Veterans Video recordings Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource video/mp4 application/pdf Type The nature or genre of the resource Moving Image Text Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived Veterans History Project collection, RHC-27 Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="https://rightsstatements.org/page/InC/1.0/?language=en">In Copyright</a> Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University Libraries, Special Collections & University Archives, 1 Campus Drive, Allendale, MI, 49401. Relation A related resource Veterans History Project (U.S.) Language A language of the resource eng Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant World War II https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/656d13b9f68da0ee992bf884e0a3b6d6.mp4 cc7e478c462cb0335841f7562628ced8 https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/d9e7176d12bdc0a326eca6ff16ec2085.pdf 22e342e01a6c5e83741e2b59aa2bfad5 PDF Text Text 1 Grand Valley State University Veterans History Project Oral History Interview Veteran: Chester Johnson Interviewed by James Smither Transcribed by Grace Balog Interview Length: 1:47:41 Interviewer: We are talking today with Chester Johnson of Grand Junction, Michigan, and the interviewer is James Smither of the Grand Valley State University Veterans History Project. Okay Chester, start us off with some background on yourself. And to begin with, where and when were you born? Veteran: I was born in South Haven, Michigan in 1949. I lived in Grand Junction out there. Went to our little 4 room schoolhouse thing until 8th grade. And I went from Grand Junction and moved to Benton Harbor downtown and what a—kind of a—education that was, going to a big school with over 500 kids in my class. So, going from knowing nothing to being in the action was pretty rough to watch. Interviewer: Okay. So, what years were you in high school? Veteran: I graduated in 1967, so all those. And I kind of had a job in high school so it kept me…I had my afternoon schedule, and it was pretty neat. Independent, you might say. Interviewer: Okay. Now, what was your family doing for a living when you were a kid? �2 Veteran: Well, my dad was a tool and die maker. He had his own little shop and had the family working with everybody. And he was sort of in charge of that deal. Johnson Tool and Die. And it is very hard to have your family work for you when—well, we always thought he was the only one that really knew what he was doing. But they were—demanded equal pay, of course. Bridgeville, Michigan. Interviewer: Okay, so did you work for the family business then? Or did you do something else? Veteran: I was 5 years old, like in 1960, or 10 years old when we got out of that. It was just too hard on my dad. And he was kind of a lifelong drinker. It seemed like he was never home. And big family and all but yet I always seemed like I was in—running the streets by myself sort of; behaving and, you know, going to the school and playing ball and the whole thing but… Interviewer: Okay. Now, Benton Harbor, ’67. So, was that…did you have a lot of black kids there? (00:02:41) Veteran: Oh yeah, it was like 50/50 blacks in the high school. And very good…I think it was sort of what I thought was high end of education thing. The state champion basketball thing was going real good. The sports is an indication of everything. And one of the things we were most proud of is like they were national champion band. The orchestra and things like that. And I always sort of—like, when they went to Chicago for the competition, they had won for thirty years or something and finally they said, “Don’t ever come back.” But… Interviewer: Alright. And so— Veteran: Nice school. �3 Interviewer: Okay. Alright, now when you graduated from high school, then what did you do? Veteran: Well, I was working at the—for the South Bend Tribune. Just part of the delivery system around there but I was kind of a boss or something so that was nice. And could have been into the office business thing from that but I went to work. Worked for them a couple years in high school and everything. That worked real good. And then I think after high school, about 1968, I got a job at Avion Coach Corporation. And it was a nice little family outfit: 100 people or something. And in was thinking the other day that over 100 people worked there but there was only one other Vietnam veteran that I could remember ever being there. It is kind of unusual but we just—we didn’t talk about stuff like that. Interviewer: Okay. But you were working there before you went into the Army? (00:04:20) Veteran: Yes, I did. Very important to have a job waiting for you. Interviewer: Alright. So, now you graduated from high school in ’67 and you are not going to college. Were you—did you figure that sooner or later you were going to get drafted? Or did you not— Veteran: I think I kind of was. We were, you know, ready sort of but I still was working and having a good time. And so, when I got drafted, I was kind of ready for that. Interviewer: Okay. So, when do you get drafted? Veteran: I got drafted…say January of 1969 it was. And so, and then I went in in mid-February of ’69. �4 Interviewer: Okay. Now, when you are getting processed in, now where do you go first? What do you—where do you report initially? Veteran: Well, I am not—I guess we had just an office thing about the appointment and everything, but we went on a Greyhound bus and started there in Benton Harbor and that’s where that office was. And as we come across the state, we’d stop at different places. Oddly enough, you’d remember this guy getting on and then months later he’s a pal, you know. It’s kind of funny they are Michigan guys. But as we went across the state to Detroit to Fort Peck, that was the hotel there, but that’s where you went to have your physical and, you know, check you out and everything the first time. Interviewer: Okay. Now, how rigorous was the physical? Veteran: Well, this was heart rate and that kind of thing. Nothing lifting weights or not that type of a physical. Interviewer: Okay. Veteran: And I am sure they did a mental test thing on it. Interviewer: Okay. Veteran: At the time. Interviewer: Now, did you notice anybody trying to beat the system or get funny heart rates? Or…? (00:06:18) Veteran: Well, the physical part not necessarily. But you know, the mental part—all of a sudden, they started wearing glasses or something. And I know guys that did that, but they were deathly afraid of going. �5 Interviewer: Alright. And so, you get through that. After the physical and stuff, then what happens? Veteran: Well, you go back home. And so, on their three months or something, and you get the second notice. Uncle Sam says, you know, come on in, you are drafted. But you do the same thing again: go back to Detroit to that place, on the bus. And then it is just an overnight. They are going to check you again. And it was the first time I ever flew in an airplane. It was normal for people from Michigan—going to Fort Knox, Kentucky was just the way it was done. But like right out of the blue, we were the first group to go to Fort Bragg, North Carolina. Or I mean— yeah, Fort Bragg it was. And so, that was very different. Interviewer: Okay. And what kind of reception do you have at Fort Bragg? Veteran: Well, nothing big particular except that Fort Bragg was like an airborne—101st airborne, I believe—home or something. Interviewer: 82nd airborne, probably. Veteran: Was it? I— Interviewer: 101st is Fort Campbell, Kentucky. Veteran: Okay. But— Interviewer: But it’s a big airborne base? Veteran: Yeah, it was an airborne—the point is, instead of when you do your basic training and everything you do, you didn’t go anywhere unless you ran there. And if you are going to lunch and back, you had to—you were—it was okay to walk. But every step—if you got caught not �6 running to where you were going, you got in trouble. And as a whole company we ran. So…And I enjoyed that forever. I did 10Ks and all that. 20 years later, I enjoyed that. It’s not easy. Interviewer: Okay. Alright. And how much emphasis was there on discipline? (00:08:25) Veteran: We were very disciplined at the time, I think. And especially there, the airborne, you know, sharp dressed and all that. It was basic where you would go, you know, learn gun techniques and some marching and just real let’s see what these guys are like thing. And… Interviewer: Okay. And how easy or hard was it for you to adjust to life in the Army? Veteran: Well, I was ready. I knew that, you know, this had to be done sort of. serve your country I guess, or something. I didn’t know hardly anybody else that was doing this. And even though I was from a very large class and everything, you know, just didn’t know the other people doing this. So… Interviewer: Okay. But…And how did the drill instructors treat you? Veteran: They were, you know, mean and all that on everybody. But its part of what you are doing and, you know, you learn to push the extra push ups or something. And well, part of what I remember doing is they had a little bar and you had to crawl under that through the mud and dirt and everything. One guy went through that and because this stuff was happening if you weren’t doing a good job. And he got through it and too slow. But it didn’t matter how fast and hard he did, he says, “You do it again.” And he went through it the second time, and when he come out of there, his chin was almost gone because he scraped it on the ground. But this is the craziness to please. There was a lot of that there, but you learned to put that extra out, I guess, the airborne way. �7 Interviewer: Okay. Alright. And when you went in, did you have any idea of what kind of assignment you were going to get? Or…? (00:10:17) Veteran: You know, kind of fear the worst or whatever but the—Vietnam was all part of that deal. I mean anything else is a vacation while you are in there. I had friends that had been places already in Germany and all that. But you screw that up and wind up in Vietnam. Interviewer: Alright. But you just kind of expected you were going to go to Vietnam? Veteran: Yeah. Interviewer: And be infantry or…? Veteran: Most likely. Interviewer: Okay. Alright, now— Veteran: And I liked—I liked the hunting and shooting and gun thing. That was in the family. So, I knew my way around that. Interviewer: Okay. And so, at what point do you find out where you are going next? Veteran: Well, at the end of basic training they wait like this 8 weeks. You are in there. You’ll know 3 or 4 days before or something and here’s you guys and there is a list out and you go, “Oh, Jim is going with me.” Or you know that kind of thing. And we went to Fort McClellan, Alabama, which is the home of the Women’s Army Corps. Not that that ever did us any good. But it was a different thing. You are thinking oh, the ladies thing. But it wasn’t like that. The men are very, very dedicated to being in. And you had the returning Vietnam veterans that were usually your instructors and they wanted to see you be smart and do a good job and protecting you. To learn this, it’s going to protect your life. �8 Interviewer: So, this is your advanced individual training? Veteran: Yes, it is. Interviewer: Okay. And what was—what were you being trained to do at that point? Veteran: Well, I don’t know. Somehow that—I think, like I say, Benton Harbor was a higher…all the other kids were getting As. I got a C. I still got a good education there, I’d say, because I was doing mortars. And I guess that’s classroom work a lot. So, we were more so in a classroom now all of a sudden. And you had to dress nice. But and my other friends were dragging through the dirt and doing the real rifle every day while we are sitting in the classroom quite a bit. (00:12:22) Interviewer: Okay. So, at Fort McClellan, how large of a group were you training with? Veteran: That was only like 30 men in our…we had a company that would have been 100 people and there were other little buildings, but our building had like 25 or 30 bunks in it, double bed bunks. And so, we operated with like 30 in that group right there. Interviewer: Okay. So, you are not at one of these really big infantry training bases. You are at something that is more specialized than other parts of the base or for other things. Veteran: Yeah, and it—the whole fort was a lot smaller. So…There was these other places. Interviewer: And when you are at Fort McClellan, I mean, do you get to go off base at all? Veteran: It was pretty reasonable that we got off eventually after a couple weeks. But every weekend you would get off Friday or Saturday night. So, I went to the stock car races and stuff like that. And so, that was pretty good. Interviewer: Okay. �9 Veteran: And part of what my group was there, I thought was interesting, is almost all these other 30 men in my outfit there were college educated degrees. But it was the end of the college deferment a lot and so you had these people with two and three years of college or something, but they still had to be the smarter guys though. I didn’t feel to be the real bright guy in the group. And but they were all, you know, way smart guys. So…I still prided myself a little. Interviewer: Okay. So, it’s a little but different group. Now, were most of them white? Veteran: Yes, I would say at that time. Basic training was sort of 50/50 and that was kind of rough getting together but eventually, the southern boys and us, we became a group. In this, there was…I don’t know if you’d say like 10ish percent or 10—out of 30 guys, probably 3 or 4. I can only remember a couple but… Interviewer: The 3 or 4 were black and the rest— Veteran: Yeah. Interviewer: Okay. Alright, and so if they were in college, you have a higher percentage probably that more will be white. (00:14:31) Veteran: I imagine, yes. Interviewer: Okay. Alright. So, is that another 8 weeks? Veteran: Well, 8 weeks in basic and then this is 8 weeks in AIT. Yeah. In Fort McClellan, Alabama, which is the—right the back door to Atlanta. So, we had brand new kids from Chicago, “Hey, let’s go see the Cubs.” I had never been to a ballgame really and so we saw them a couple times. The ’69 Cubs were almost world champions. Interviewer: Yeah, I know. �10 Veteran: And but that was pretty easy going and no stress or anything. Interviewer: Okay. Now, you mentioned you had returning Vietnam veterans as some instructors. Veteran: Yes. Interviewer: Did they talk to you much about Vietnam or what to expect there? Veteran: We weren’t really around them at that time but when they did their classes where they were teaching you how to clean a rifle or whatever, it was part of that. And nice fellows, really. I mean, to be picked most of them were sergeants, to be in charge of this kind of thing. So, that’s a particular thing in itself, you know, I thought. Interviewer: Okay. Now, what did they do with you after AIT? Veteran: Well, after AIT, they do the same thing right at the end of that deal. Real big surprise: they don’t give you the list of all these guys that—and you know all the smart college guys and everything? Well, I am picked to go to NCO school at Fort Bragg, which was— Interviewer: Fort Benning? Veteran: Fort Benning, yeah right there. So, it isn’t—that’s the…where the airborne trains and everything. So, to go there was really off the wall. And that’s just three months at least. And so, I was like starstruck after that. For me to be with that outfit? Interviewer: Okay, so most of the other guys that you were training with just went on to regular assignments, then? (00:16:25) Veteran: Yeah. I’d say…well, 9 out of 10 or more. �11 Interviewer: Okay. Alright. So, you—now, you are going to NCO school. And can you describe that? What was that like? Veteran: Well, again, that odd group was—the other guys were in…learning the battlefield techniques and building bunkers and that kind of—again, we were in a classroom. And I am not a college kid. This is kind of unusual for…Gee, how many of these figures here are you using? But by golly, they kept us busy. Firing the mortars, learning those, you know, from the little to the big ones, and maintenance and the whole deal. So, it was pretty unusual to be in a group like that. And boy is that different. This ain’t the Army. And I was having a great time. Interviewer: Okay, so you weren’t doing a lot of extended field exercises or things like that? Veteran: A bit but I knew what the other infantry was doing. And I couldn’t complain any. And actually, here is another thing that happened after the first…well, two months. Yeah, yeah, two months in basic, two months in AIT. We went from that and probably an E-2 I might have been, but they give you E-4 pay, a corporal, immediately. So, that’s like a shot in the arm. They actually pay you and they expect you to buy better clothes, and this is what it’s about. Now, you are this corporal and if you are successful, they will give you the E-5 and you get that money right away. And everybody else in the Army—that was a big thing for people to go from Vietnam and back. They never made any money. You know? Unless they were a good card player. (00:18:13) Interviewer: Yeah, well it would take them longer to get promotions. I guess you make normally E-3 when you go overseas. Veteran: Well, that is mandatory. �12 Interviewer: Yeah, that’s mandatory. But then still, it takes them sometime to get to E-4 and then 5. So, if you start at E-5, then that’s better. Okay. Veteran: Well, the rank thing I found that during my year in Vietnam that it was nonexistent. The E-3 there? Man, I never saw anybody get specialists. Like, it was rare. The rank thing was for the people in the rear. I think it was not fair. Interviewer: Okay. Alright. So, you basically—you spend three months then training at Fort Benning? Veteran: It was…if I remember the dates exactly right, but I was there for…okay, if I was there three months training, then once I got my E-5, part of what they wanted to do is see if you are worthy of being a leader then. So, they sent me from Fort Benning then to Fort Polk, Louisiana. And as it was, there was quite a few of us and they just pick, you know, these different guys and all of a sudden these are your friends. We teamed up and drove over there in two cars. These young guys and all that. Staying in motels and everything. That was a big deal, you know. And once you get there, they assign me to a group where I had like 100 men in a building all by myself. And here I am a kid. You know, I know what really…you know, but those 100 guys…Sergeant Johnson and it, you know, you fall in line. That’s—he expects this so… Interviewer: Okay. Veteran: I was devoted. Interviewer: Alright. So, what was your actual function there? What part of the training were you in charge of or…? Veteran: Well… �13 Interviewer: Or what did you do? (00:20:06) Veteran: We had this large building with as many as 100 kids in my building. And there was lines of them there and all my other friends were in this other building. I had a nice little room there, but I had the tiny little bunk just like the rest of the guys did. And a footlocker. I mean, I was just like them except I was Sergeant Johnson there by myself. And oh, a kid had a radio stereo we wound up having in my room because he couldn’t have it. And but basically what I did was make them behave and everything. I couldn’t hardly leave or go out of my room 24 hours a day unless what we did is in the morning, we got together in our big groups. And you know and they might have done some exercise or something but basically went to breakfast together as a group. And they’d have breakfast. We’d come back and gather up and they had classes to go to. And what we would do is march them around the fort to different classes. And that was my job is to be in charge of them right there and then they were in that class right there. A lot of times— well, this is mortar people too. Again. And a lot of them. And me and my friends were—I don’t know if I got pictures of that, but you know, 4 or 5 of us laying out there. I don’t even remember us smoking and stuff much because I certainly didn’t like the cigarette thing and never did. But you could have just kicked back and waiting for them to be done with their classes. And maybe they would come out at lunch; you’d march them to lunch. You know? Interviewer: Alright. So, you weren’t expected to do any of the, you know, longer marching with them or the training out in the field? Veteran: Well, we did part of that too. I remember, like, in the NCO school, part of what we did is the—you do the mortar but part of it was is learning the 45 and how to tear it apart and do the whole thing. And very hard to master that. I think you are supposed to have three days on it. The guy says, “Well, you are going to have to do this this morning,” kind of thing. But we did do a �14 job where we took them out into the field. I was telling a friend of mine this yesterday. And the mortar group again, the other guys are crawling through the bushes and doing…they were making stuff for them, but we dug a—about a 4 foot by 8-foot-long hole in the ground about 8 foot deep. (00:22:41) Veteran: And then you had to cover it with sticks over the top and they had stairways going down in it. And then from there it was like 3 trenches out in a circle. And great big circles out there with mortars in them. And it’s kind of funny that oh yeah, you do that. We are out there four days or something, digging these holes, probably with a little shovel too, in Louisiana dirt. And I guess it was funny but the other sergeant—E-6 or lieutenant or somebody—come over there and he comes over there and looks at it. “Nice job, guys. Fill it in.” I mean, it was—we had dug it probably a couple hours before. And but what are you going to do? That’s what we are doing. Nobody is shooting at us yet so… Interviewer: Alright. Now, did you have to do any sort of bivouacs or be out overnight with the men in the field? Or…? Veteran: Well, that was—part of that was 3 or 4 days or so. And so, they had their backpack stuff. They brought our food and stuff like that in them, sure. But yeah, we stayed out there overnight a few times. Interviewer: Okay. Alright. And when do you finish that? Veteran: Well, I could—by the months, I could figure that out. I finished in early December, I think it was, or mid-December. And they give us a—very unusual that I come in the Army a couple months after Christmas. Well then, there I was there and had a 30-day leave of absence at �15 Christmas and New Year’s again. So again, I wasn’t in there then. I thought that was kind of funny. Interviewer: Well, you normally get—you get a leave after you go through all that training and before you go overseas. (00:24:35) Veteran: Right. Definitely. But I was in almost a year before I got that. Interviewer: Right. Between the different trainings as they had the training and then the stuff. Veteran: Yep. We got a week or two and sometimes they sent you straight there. Interviewer: Okay. So, once you have—you get your leave over the holidays basically. Now, do you report back to Fort Polk? Or are you heading off to Vietnam? Or what’s next? Veteran: Well, I would have been home and from there we went to I think Chicago airport and I had a local fellow that we trained together in my…And I never knew him from these little towns but wound up knowing him and the family took us to Chicago in their GTO. And we flew from Chicago to Fort Lewis, Washington. And that’s where we departed from there, so you didn’t go back to a fort necessarily. Interviewer: Okay. So, you are basically—your next assignment basically is going to be Vietnam? Veteran: Yeah, yeah. That’s—I mean, I already know that. I probably had the orders already from there. And went over there and did another physical, I am sure. Really, they don’t send you over there without that kind of stuff. Interviewer: Do they give you shots and things before you go to Vietnam? �16 Veteran: I am sure; you got them all the time. Interviewer: Okay. Alright. And then how did they get you to Vietnam? You leave Fort Lewis and…? Veteran: I left Fort Lewis and we went to Anchorage, Alaska. And I remember getting there and it probably being zero out there and ran out there and running around the—in freezing, you know, zero or something out there. But hey, what do we care? Could get worse. Maybe I will break my leg and kind of funny—joking with that kind of stuff. But so then from Anchorage, real quick stop you know. I don’t know, 30 minutes or an hour or something. And I don’t even know if we left the plane. Probably. But then from there we went through Tokyo real quick. And walking through the airport there somehow. Maybe taking a break again but you know the little—the Japanese dudes ain’t quite up to your shoulder. But I know they were bad dudes. The whole Army walking through the airports and stuff. But you got to respect them. What the heck. (00:26:49) Interviewer: Alright. And then is Vietnam the next stop? Veteran: Yes, it is. Interviewer: Okay. And where do you land in Vietnam? Veteran: Well, I think it was China beach, if I remember right. Interviewer: Well, so Da Nang, basically? Veteran: Um… Interviewer: Or…? Veteran: Not Da Nang. I think we were down south when we come in if I remember right. �17 Interviewer: Well, okay you have a different route. Were you on the coast or were you inland? Because— Veteran: Well, we started on the coast. Interviewer: Okay. Veteran: Chu Lai is my home base. Interviewer: Chu Lai is your base. A lot of times you might land at Cam Ranh Bay. Veteran: It was Cam Ranh Bay. Interviewer: Yeah. And then they come in— Veteran: Which is down south. Interviewer: That’s right. Veteran: Down south. Interviewer: Yeah. Veteran: Right. I forget. Interviewer: Okay. Now, did you show up during the day or at night? Veteran: Well, it was another little—I always thought I was lucky doing these things. Gee, I went through, you know, NCO school. Where did that come in and everything? And they go, “Well, here we are, and we are coming to Vietnam.” And you had the American stewardesses and the pilots and all that was American stuff. They go—and we kind of knew it was—February 1st it was going to be that day—you were in over enemy territory, the sea, on January 30 or 31st or something. So, you get combat pay for January. So, oh boy, 60 bucks extra. 65 a month you �18 only got. And then landed February 1st in that morning. It was daytime in the morning I am pretty sure. Interviewer: Alright. And what is your first impression of Vietnam when you get there? (00:28:24) Veteran: I am sure the air and everything was real different, you know. But no big deal. I had been in by a year by that time. And I had a couple people that recognized me or something so it kind of—you got something different on your mind there. And well, I had to be in charge of people. I am kind of eyeballing that thing. Not yet but I didn’t have an assignment, but it probably stunk or something. But what the heck you going to do? Interviewer: Alright. So, once you land there, what do they do with you? Veteran: Well, we were there a couple days. And if I remember right, probably…was it another jet or a C-130? I don’t—I can’t remember how we got to Chu Lai from there. But we were only in Cam Ranh Bay, that’s right there, for a couple days. Interviewer: Right. Veteran: And then went up to Chu Lai. And the same thing: they hadn’t assigned us to this company yet. And so, you get there for—I think we were there two or three days. Same kind of thing. You—they are not necessarily have you assigned yet. They figure they might even evaluate you and send you out or something. Who knows? Interviewer: Okay. So, how did you spend your time while you were on these bases? Veteran: Well, these other ones…there wasn’t a lot going on there. You might have some free time. I don’t remember. I am sure I found the EM club, which facing over the China Sea right �19 there. And I mean, who has that view? You know, in our—some of our bunkers there were—I mean, you could throw a rock into the ocean right there. It was kind of who needs to guard this? But hey, there you go. (00:30:13) Interviewer: Alright. And what did the base look like? What was the terrain like around Chu Lai? Veteran: It was mild hilly there because actually, like I say, we were right next to the ocean which was a couple hundred feet down to the water there. And just pure dirt. There wasn’t a blade of grass or a tree or anything because they bulldozed stuff clean when they get the place. And put these little buildings. Those places had like a wooden deck for a floor, and you were on this—the cheapest 18-inch-wide single bed that there is in existence with a 2-inch mattress and things. But really, if you had that in the jungle, you would have thought you were in heaven. You know? Interviewer: Okay. So, you are just there, okay, and then you get assigned to a unit? Veteran: Yes. Interviewer: Alright. Veteran: Yep. Interviewer: And for the record, what unit were you assigned to? Veteran: I was assigned for the B company, 1st of the 46th. Americal. Interviewer: Okay. Veteran: 196th. �20 Interviewer: So, basically you had B company, 1st battalion, 46th regiment, which is part of the 96th—is it Light Infantry Brigade? Veteran: 196th. Interviewer: Or 196th. Veteran: Light infantry brigade, yes. Interviewer: Okay, which in turn is part of the 23rd division which is known as the Americal? Veteran: Yes. Interviewer: Yeah. So, we are just lining up all of that stuff for the record there. Yep. Okay. And were they—where were they when you joined them? Veteran: Well, my first assignment was to go out to LZ Professional. And your group lands there. And this is another thing about a lot of this stuff: most of it you did by yourself. It was almost never have somebody you would know going back and forth. And that goes from the minute you are there. It is kind of a different thing there. Interviewer: Okay. So, when did you actually arrive in Vietnam? (00:32:06) Veteran: Well… Interviewer: February? Veteran: Yeah, it actually was my 21st— Interviewer: That’s right, that’s right. So, it was 1970 because the February 1st, 1970 is when you land. �21 Veteran: Oddly enough that—and I was—it took that long between, now that I think about it, February 1st kind of that morning when I got there and my first day in the field on LZ Professional there. It was February—my birthday—February 18th. So, that took 18 days of this jockeying and goofing around. I really can’t remember exactly what we were doing. I remember getting mortared a few times. You had to go on guard duty and some things but there was going to be a lot worse things there than having hot food and the whole deal. That was pretty good living. Interviewer: So, probably most of the time you spent at Chu Lai waiting to get sent out. Veteran: Yes. Interviewer: Yeah. Okay. But now you join in. Now, where was LZ Professional? Veteran: LZ Professional was…about 30 or 40 kilometers—we always thought it was way out there—from straight west of Chu Lai, which is a very large air base there. They have jets and everything land there. Interviewer: Yeah. Okay so around Professional, were you in the mountains now or foothills? Or…? Veteran: When you get there, you are on this huge base that probably holds 6 or 800 people and a lot of them are in mortars and or somebody would be in charge of the helicopter pad and you know, on and on. And then you always have like 3 companies. That’s maybe 2 to 300 men that are just—that’s all they do is guard duty around there. And we would take turns to do our patrols off into the mountains around there. And it—our patrols were anywhere from usually 3 weeks to maybe even a month long. You’d be out there, and the helicopters would resupply you and you’d be usually about an 80-man group out there, so… �22 Interviewer: Okay, so the—basically, so they would patrol in company sized units? (00:34:11) Veteran: Our outfit? That’s the way we did. Right around 70 to 80 men. Interviewer: Alright. Now, when you got there were you just an infantryman? Or were you already—did you have part of a mortar crew? Veteran: Well, you are still a beginner when you get there so they assign you to…you know, you don’t have anybody assigned to you yet. So, I am in somebody else’s deal and I always prided myself with being, well, a country kid. A point man and cutting trails all the time? I loved that. Everybody, they wouldn’t carry a pencil if they had to, but I had them: the great big machete and, you know, a buck knife and nobody was getting me without, you know. Interviewer: Okay. Alright. So, when you join the unit, how are you received? Veteran: They are pretty busy in their own thing, and they have the individual come and go all the time. And there was a whole flock of us sergeants at the time. The training thing was in high gear and I thought we were received well. and they’d joke or they might play a card game here and there, although that was very rare, I found out later. But on the firebases, that’s part of what—you’d have this extra little time there, you would dig trenches or… Interviewer: Okay, because you are coming in as what they would call shake and bake sergeant— Veteran: Sure. Interviewer: You’re the new guy. Veteran: There was a lot of us, though. �23 Interviewer: Yeah, at that point. And so, what approach did you take? Did you just try to learn from your squad leader or anybody around you? Veteran: Kind of...but I probably thought I was a wise guy. I was a sergeant then see. They had to do what I said. Interviewer: But initially you were assigned to somebody else’s squad? Veteran: Oh yeah. Definitely. Interviewer: And then how quickly did you feel like you were starting to catch on to what was going on or what they were doing? (00:36:11) Veteran: I felt good immediately. Interviewer: Okay. Veteran: You know, I…maybe I had issues before I went in that I was glad to get in there and with this group and camaraderie. I didn’t go to college and pal up and all that. You know? Individual, I felt real good at the time. Interviewer: Okay. And how quickly did you start doing things like walking point and that sort of thing? Veteran: Immediately. Yeah, there’s one picture in there, me and my pal there, and that was part of—and then again, taking pictures. I never seen anybody with a camera. Nobody wanted to wait and also your camera got wet all the time. Interviewer: Okay. So, how did you wind up taking a camera with you? �24 Veteran: Well, I always loved photography and my dad was real big on every little stereo camera and Kodaks and you know the slide thing? And so, I was into that from way, way back. And I just had like an ammo thing and just the junk old camera. And my mother, that’s part of what she would do for me is send me a package every month of everything I asked for. And part of it was film or maybe some Hav-A-Tampa cigars. And another one I did that I just thought why am I doing this? Nobody else does. But I had a 30-caliber ammo can and that was waterproof. So, I would carry paper tablets and when the ink pens and stuff—this is like a stupid thing, but I’d say, “Here, give me all them. 10 ink pens? Here, I got them. If you want one, come and get it.” And then I would—they would write letters on my pad and I was kind of the postman I thought. I thought I was brilliant. I had a radio; I had the camera and all in there and I never seen anybody else carry the ammo can thing. Interviewer: Alright. Veteran: Keeps stuff dry. Interviewer: Okay. Yeah. Okay, you said a radio. So, like a little transistor radio? (00:38:15) Veteran: I had about as big as a cigarette pack with the earplug thing. Completely not authorized. Interviewer: Yeah. And was there any radio that you could pick up? Veteran: Oh yeah. There was. Pat Sajak was a Vietnam announcer, I understand. And there was two stations. Same thing but they had music on there and news and I am sure they did sports broadcasting and that. And yeah, they had real good radio and jeez, I mean you could put a hat over the whole country, so to speak. And yeah, I had radio all the time. �25 Interviewer: Okay. Alright. And okay, so the—you go out, you join the unit. And so now the…the LZ where you are at…again, is that up in hill country now? Veteran: Yes. Definitely. That’s where it began there: LZ Professional. Interviewer: Right. Okay. And as you are patrolling around there, was there much enemy activity at that point? Veteran: Not too bad right around there. And that was an older firebase. In fact, it was the home of the 101st Airborne. They called it part of the hill on LZ Professional. And you know, the bad guys were there; nobody wanted to mess with them. And near the big firebases, everybody just learned to move away from that. They—not enemy. We had mountain people that were living up there. Interviewer: Yeah. Veteran: And we went to Dragon Valley though and that was high activity there of Viet Cong and this kind of stuff. And just learning some of that. Interviewer: Okay. Veteran: And even took the little 60 mortar there and there I went from my regular group and I got put with the command center with the…you know… Interviewer: Company commander? Veteran: Company commander and the mortar—the guy that was in charge of all our artillery was one guy that did all that to break—and that helped us. That’s the way our unit worked. But we were them with our little, tiny mortar and you’re going oh, that’s not much. But I learned that when we got attacked and we’d set our mortar up, usually the first round that went off? I noticed �26 there was never another shot at us. And they feared that as much as we did. It’s terrifying to see a sky full of mortars. (00:40:47) Interviewer: Okay. So, you had a 60-millimeter mortar. And about how much did the parts of that weigh? Veteran: The—you have already got 40 pounds of food—ammunition and all that. That’s—and then you have 40 pounds like of personal: your gear and if I remember right, you had about 80 pounds, that’s water too and bullets and everything. But then that one base plate was 30 pounds. Very awkward. No handles on it, you got to carry it on your shoulder or something. So, a big guy, I get to do that. And to—this mortar was only 2 feet high. It is a tiny thing. And but everybody had to carry mortar rounds for us. They sort of resented having that around. And that was pretty—pretty heavy deal. Interviewer: Okay. So— Veteran: Three sergeants it takes to carry the little mortar. Interviewer: Okay. So, one of you has the base plate, one has the tube? Veteran: The tube and then you have a fork thing. And the tube and the forks for the tube is— that’s very—three very heavy pieces. But the base plate? Crazy to carry that. And your gun and ammo. Interviewer: Alright. And you would basically—would you hump through the jungle that way? (00:42:08) �27 Veteran: Oh yeah. We were right with everybody else but kind of protected. I didn’t have to do point; I didn’t have to worry about who was in front of me or back. We were sort of up there with the main command group. Interviewer: Right. Of course, wouldn’t the command group be a target? Veteran: Oh, of course. But part of having 70 or 80 men out there…it’s hard to believe but you had the captain or something over there, he might come and go, “You see the helicopter going in over there?” But you’re out front doing point up there and at night, because we stayed out there every night for weeks and months at a time, you do a giant circle around the top of the hill. And when we got back: okay, there’s that guy there. Now we are in a complete circle. The guys in the middle? They were so secluded that sometimes I didn’t see them for it seems like a week or two at a time. That—that’s how thick the jungle is and that’s how big of an area we’d be out there. It’s kind of crazy to think that they were back there. But here—now we are out there with our mortar and everything. We were with the command group. We are protected now. Kind of funny. Interviewer: Okay. Now, how long—how much of the time, your Vietnam tour, did you spend with the mortar? Was that your main job? Veteran: Well, that’s another thing. We had a captain. Lieutenants usually run our company, normally. But we had Captain Meyer, I think it was. Bradley. Captain Bradley. And he was notorious when you went up to the A Shau Valley and things like that. They would—he would be in charge of that outfit. And the captain decides to take the mortar. So, it was like 2 or 3 different—a week at a time or even less. So, but normally I was back with the regular platoon and had my own squad too. That come and went but eventually I was just a squad leader. �28 Interviewer: Okay. Alright and what kind of men did you have in your squad and platoon? What did you learn about them or what kind of guys were they? (00:44:23) Veteran: Well…you all had your shoot the breeze at night thing. You—really, the radio was like—nobody had that kind of thing. Or…you know, and I had a little ear plug for it. If I let anybody use it, jeez, if it come undone, it started blasting. That happened once. But or like I always thought we’d be sitting around playing cards and everything. That was unusual. Nobody wanted to have any of that. Or not like you saw somebody shooting dice or something. Not there, back when you are partying or something. But yeah, you’d…and it was another thing about being there where we were is you would be talking real—I mean, you’d get, you know, and these guys right here and…So…and you might know their voice. And it—you can’t see them. It’s pitch black, you know. And you learn to—you got your little match pack because we wound up having to do our own food every day. What a drag that is. These trashy little meals that they had. But I guess eventually, you know, existence is all you ask for. If you had peaches in that home made coffee for breakfast, you—wow—you were cool. Interviewer: Alright, so you are basically living on C-rations most of the time? Veteran: Oh, completely. Interviewer: Yeah. Veteran: Completely. I bargained my way into the LRP, a couple of them. And to me—I put that in the bottom of the pack and that was my extra food for emergency because it was lightweight. I always had food. Interviewer: Okay, so that’s sort of the freeze-dried stuff, kind of the ancestor of the MRE? �29 Veteran: Yeah. I had—I might have had a half a dozen of them and I probably had to pay for them. We were in that kind of outfit. Interviewer: Alright. Now, do you spend most of your time when you are in the field kind of out in the hill country? Or did you also patrol the areas closer to Chu Lai? (00:46:25) Veteran: No, we were never by Chu Lai. That was completely in the mountains. And we went from LZ Professional, and you’d operate off there. And I think we went on—we called them missions and they—as one of the sergeants, I would get in on that deal and okay, we are doing this. And they’d tell you kind of, “Tell the guys we are going to this place.” It didn’t mean anything anyway; you didn’t know what you were doing. But we went to Mary Ann briefly for a week. And then a month later we weren’t—we moved there sort of permanently where you had to help develop the base. And that’s where Agent Orange come in. I think they blasted it with Agent Orange to kill all the vegetation. And then they’d drop a couple dozers in there. I mean like I say, there wasn’t a blade of grass in any of those. And then when you put the soldiers in there, you sort of had to dig the trenches by hand around there. And the toilets, the latrines, were…We didn’t like it because of the toilet was terrible. In the jungle, you are sort of in charge of your own. And you didn’t have much, believe me. Interviewer: Alright. Now, did you encounter civilians much? Veteran: Well, at first when we were on the LZ—we moved. Was there 4 months or something on LZ Professional and then went to LZ Mary Ann, which was another 30 kilometers or more out in the jungle too. Way out there, like I thought we were near Laos, where there would be no sign of other firebases. Or if you got up in the air on LZ Professional, you could see the ocean �30 over there. Well, this was—that was gone. You were totally in the jungle out there. And we were mixed with the Southern Vietnamese armies. Interviewer: Okay. (00:48:29) Veteran: And that was quite a group, but you learned soon that they were kind of going downhill. And it was bad to be there at the end of the war knowing what’s coming up. And but civilians, oddly enough, we were on Mary Ann a week or something, patrolling all around there. Well, come to find out you, had these Montagnards we call them. I have a pretty good picture in there. I don’t know if I showed you that big one because I don’t remember explaining that. It was very unusual. But come to find out, here we got this firebase and we been there for a month off and on and there they are 500 yards from right there and they are in those bushes right there. Twenty people live right there? And but that was no—never had weapons, they never did booby traps and all that monkey business for us. And but the one picture I showed you is one of those groups on the firebase. And very unfortunately they lost their homes and villages and were shipped back to what is known as civilization to live with—in the villages. They wouldn’t let them be out there. We were in a free fire zone. There wasn’t supposed to be anybody there. Interviewer: Right. Or at least if there was anyone up there, you could shoot them. Veteran: Yes. Interviewer: Yes, so they were moved—trying to move a lot of the civilian population into areas that the South Vietnamese controlled. At least that was the— Veteran: 1970. They should have been done by then, but we ran into a lot of Montagnards. They weren’t civilians at all. That’s a completely different… �31 Interviewer: Yeah, because they weren’t Vietnamese, they were a different ethnic group and— Veteran: Definitely. Interviewer: And the Vietnamese didn’t like them. (00:50:15) Veteran: They were mountain people. Interviewer: Yeah. Veteran: Kind of. Interviewer: Yeah. And sometimes in some areas they would actually help the Americans and do different things. Veteran: Oh, they were wonderful. Yeah. Interviewer: Okay. Alright. Now, how long was it once you were out there before you actually kind of got into combat? Or…beyond having the mortar round fall on you somewhere? Veteran: Well, yeah, jeez, I was there 3 or 4 days the first time. You are back there on that base. The mortar, they—you know, it ain’t apologizing whether you are in a bush or not. You know, we got mortared there and that was pretty exciting. The old barber shop guy that maybe trimmed your hair? By golly, they caught him in the wire there all shot up and killed him. This nice guy. That story, that’s one that happened. And I forget where I am going so often. Interviewer: I was just asking but I guess out on the field, how long did it take you to kind of get into a combat situation? �32 Veteran: Out there? When I got to Mary Ann again, my group is already out in the field that time. And we got mortared on the base right there. So, when you get out in the field, you might be out there 5 days or a week or something. These periods come and go. But the combat is pretty hot. You got something to think about for a while. But its so erratic that you might get it 3 or 4 days in a row, or you might not hit it for…I had a tiny little diary but it’s microscopic sort of thing that I almost can’t read. And I made notes. If you ever made abbreviations on your own and don’t know what that stuff means anymore. I mean, I guess being addled or something. Interviewer: Alright. Well, if you did encounter the enemy out in the field, I mean, would it be like a single sniper? Or would they ambush you or what would happen? (00:52:11) Veteran: It was kind of normal that we’d get attacked maybe but more likely than not, even as our large 70- and 80-man unit going down through the trails, very quiet the whole thing. And we’d be so far out there, they had no idea anybody was out there. We always thought we were the…yeah, we were B Company. Kind of the lead of the whole people out there. If anything was happening, B Company did it. You know? And you go out there and find it. And we’d run into people on the trail and surprise them. And they might shoot you, shoot at you, but they were running. And a lot of them were younger kids, teenagers. Interviewer: Now, were they in North Vietnamese uniforms? Or do you think they were Viet Cong? Veteran: No, no, rarely. Rarely. Yeah. Although later I got a real good map of Vietnam and I mean the whole country. If you look right where Mary Ann was, it says Viet Cong stronghold. And the—now, they are telling me where I was right there? You bet. �33 Interviewer: Okay. So, you’re located—yeah, if they are not in conventional military uniforms then they are Viet Cong. You know, that’s pretty standard there. Okay. Now, you…I guess I was trying to sort of get you to kind of just explain a little bit about what can happen if you encounter. So, sometimes you might just—you meet somebody on the trail and it’s just an accident? Veteran: Lots of times, yep. Interviewer: And would you ever get ambushed or hit mines or things like that? Veteran: The booby traps. Our own hand grenades and stuff. More likely than not it was stuff that was if our guys didn’t want to carry things, they might throw hand grenades off the trail there that we get attacked by later. I mean, I hate to say anything about these but that was the case a lot of times. We carried a great deal of weight. You know, and like I said, I carried 8 quarts of water at one time. That’s 20 pounds of water, kind of, you know. But we went on long, long trips at times and we’d be in the bad guy neighborhood in a night laager. (00:54:31) Veteran: And I remember one time where you had to put people way out away from your main group and be there all night out there, 2 or 3 of you. And when we got back to the main group, at, you know, 7 in the morning, getting ready to go, and we got attacked from all sides. And the main thing: the jungle is so thick. It was very unusual to see anybody, but you’d see over there a couple hundred feet or meters or something just a wall of flame from their guns. And that was usually how we fought is shoot kind of at the base of that fire right there. And it’s not like you found a body count or anything much because they were hauling each other off and trying to get away. But it’s quite exciting. �34 Interviewer: So, sometimes they would figure out where you were camped and then that’s what— Veteran: They could follow you. Interviewer: Yeah, and then just open up. But then would they move off quickly? Would they break contact pretty quickly? Veteran: Usually. Yeah. It wasn’t an extended battle with us. And they could do their damage to us and we were out of business. We had to take care of our wounded, have them shipped off, and then you are in a different plan when you have been attacked out there. And we got supplied every three days with the C-ration deal and our mail, usually. And so, they could figure—you know, they see that helicopter over there in the middle of nowhere, they are going to have a pretty good idea where and say, “Oh yeah, that’s B Company? Don’t go there.” You know, in the other ones, we had another company that was attacked so much, and it is unfortunate the way they did it is they just re-put the new individuals in there. And they never had a group that got together. There was people there that knew people that were only a month or two old. And over half of them like that. You just can’t. They are afraid of doing anything. They don’t know anything. And that’s the way it was done. (00:56:42) Interviewer: Okay. Yeah, so sometimes the company will have either good leadership or there will be some of the NCOs, experienced soldiers, know what to do. And if a company knows how to operate, the North Vietnamese maybe stay away from it. And if they are not as good, then they are targeted? Veteran: I…you know, people brag but our outfit was the best. I was proud to be around that outfit. And some of these other ones, if you get back to my battalion and everything here, if you �35 look in the book in the Mary Ann book [Keith Nolan, Sappers in the Wire], if I am not mistaken, Charlie Company was on the hill. And the great big NVA forces, they knew that we were being deployed away from that area and everything. Okay, let’s go clean it up and we don’t have to put up with that anymore. I think…well, I was home a couple months but and I never heard anything about it. A friend of mine knew that I had been there, and he told me at work. That guy. Interviewer: Alright. Now, you mentioned at one point before the interview that at some point you actually went into Laos. Veteran: Yeah. As this progresses, we—our group of the real good guys—and you had these groups that got together and learned from each other and all that—but this whole group wound up being ready to go home. And this is some of the things that the big shots can do is they go hey, these guys are really good. Let’s go use them one more time. Let’s take them to the A Shau Valley. And I mean, go get your clock cleaned. (00:58:29) Veteran: And to get into the Laos thing. And so, we went there for a couple weeks at a time. Nobody else wanted to go down in the valley but we were damn fools and wound up going there by ourselves. And got attacked pretty bad. One time there was a—in my platoon, there was a— you know, it’s just numbers but I think there was 28 of us. And at the end of the day, there was 7 left that weren’t wounded or…We didn’t have many causalities. Interviewer: At least, not many killed. Veteran: Right. But they all got wounded in one way or the other. And helicopters crashing right over there. And wow. This week was more traumatic than the rest of the whole tour, kind of thing. Interviewer: And what month was that? �36 Veteran: Well, it’s sort of a traditional Army thing. Early June, like the 6th of June, they do stuff like that. Interviewer: Alright. Veteran: It’s a history. Interviewer: Yeah, it’s to commemorate D-Day or something along those lines. But okay. So, you have that kind of thing but then—because the A Shau—that’s where the Hamburger Hill fight had been the year before. And there was a lot of hard fighting and then after that— Veteran: I have a friend that was there. My brother-in-law. Interviewer: Okay. Now along the way as you go, the area that you were, when was the monsoon? When was the bad weather? Veteran: Well, that’s like our northern winter. Interviewer: Okay. Veteran: More or less. And we—and that come and gone when we were there. Interviewer: Yeah. (01:00:03) Veteran: At times. Or you’d be wet for a month, and you might have to have this big clunky…like a little poncho that only covered down to your waist kind of thing. And I am pretty sure most of us had it. It was almost like you have to have this; you have to have a hard hat. Sometimes I didn’t care to wear it. But you know, and that—you had to have the poncho. And we slept on a real clunky old fashioned water mattress. You know the one about as big as the thing here? And what a piece of junk. I mean, it was so heavy and so hard. It would be filthy. �37 You know, and you’d be—then you’d lay on it, you’d wake up in the morning, you felt like somebody rubbed dirt in your face. I mean, and it was normal to just be dirty and feel it. I got a picture that it just looks like I crawled through the mud. I probably did at the time. You know, if you got clothes once a month or something, you got them because they ripped or something. You didn’t get them because they were dirty. Interviewer: Okay. But when they did resupplies for you in the field, they weren’t bringing in new uniforms or things like that? Veteran: Never. If you wanted to request a pair of boots, it’s up to you to ask for that or you might get a few pair of shoestrings or something. But you kind of like your boots if you could keep them. And if you wanted a shirt, you could get one. But that wasn’t normal. And you probably feel a luck thing. I got a feeling you might want to just hey, nope, didn’t take any bullets last time. Or something. Didn’t think about that part, I guess. Interviewer: Alright. Okay, so you basically—so, by June of 1970, you have gotten to the A Shau and there are North Vietnamese there who don’t like you. But then from there you keep—you move around and change positions? (01:02:03) Veteran: Well, after the A Shau Valley, it was kind of this mission, we called it, you know. And we are there for a couple weeks. And oh boy, like I say, the sky full of mortars and that kind of a deal? They had this: a 51 caliber. We never saw that kind of stuff. And we had the jets right there where you’d be on a little hill the size of this building and that jet would disappear down below the hilltop thing there. It was kind of exciting from a mechanical nutcase and him bombing the 51 cal over there. It’s really goofy what you see. But… Interviewer: Now, do you have any idea what you were doing in Laos? �38 Veteran: Well, after we left the A Shau Valley and went over there and lost all these people…So, you’ve got all these new recruits and everything. So, they are going to send you over there. We only were as a platoon. So, say there was 30 of us. And that’s—we weren’t used to having a small group. But very good NCO in charge of the group. And so, we were over there patrolling around, looking for what’s over there. We weren’t attacking anything with that small of a group. And… Interviewer: And did you find anything? Veteran: Well, one time…Boy, I’d love to find that spot. We were in a…and nothing is happening out there. And had that other occasion of all that violence and everything. So, this is just heaven, you know. And taking a break, we found a giant waterfall and coming down the side of the mountain with the pool and everything. We all, “Okay, you guys don’t want to take a bath here? Guard us.” And I am jumping in there and getting clean. I’ve got one that I am sitting in there like the castle crown thing. And boy, everybody loved that. I wish I had that picture of myself. But so, we were there and one of our guys come over and he goes, “Hey, there’s a guy over there.” You know. And he was a new guy. And “Oh well, what did you do?” “Well, oh you know…” like he was afraid. Anybody else would have shot the guy or something but…So, we kind of calling in, telling the guys way back. Okay, hey this happened, and somebody is over there. And so, the guys that are 50 miles away or something make the decision of what you are going to do. And they say, “Alright, get your stuff together here.” Because we are having a break out there. (01:04:46) Veteran: And they have got a map of course. They know what is next to you more than you do there. So, they said, “Okay, go on up there.” And we are going up this big side of this big hill. And then we get up there and jeez, we are not very far away. Usually, you see people over there �39 and you’re—you think you are in another country. You’re just going to keep going. But we get to the top of the hill…oh, maybe it was about a quarter mile away or something over there, where that waterfall was right there. Okay, stop there and circle up and just a minute here. So, we are up there on the top wondering what is going on. And we look at rolling hills by us. We are way up. And kind of cleared for a long ways but this rolling hill. We had come through the jungle and we had come down this path over the open field-like. I mean, this is a huge valley. And we are looking over there and a line of guys come over there, about 6 guys. And we are going wow. These guys—they are six foot, something. And they all had hard hats on. Steel helmets. Kind of even made—probably American. And we are going well, they are Americans. But wait a minute, we are the only ones within 20 miles. I mean, this is the only time you are like that. But this happened to us. (01:06:19) Veteran: And they are going like, “Okay, line up in a row and as they come over…” this happens within seconds. They are making the other thing: here, line up like this. Like an execution on these guys. And you’d be surprised how guys can get away in wide open fields that maybe you only got 2 or 3 out of 6 of them or something. But yeah, them guys we figured was there Chinese there? Or…and we always thought Russian. What was that—heard that Russian MIG thing? Interviewer: Well, there were a lot of Chinese aiding the Vietnamese in different ways. And if you were not actually in Vietnam at the time, who knows what was there? But there would have been Eastern European advisors and things too. So, anything is possible. Veteran: But Eastern advisors were with the North Vietnamese? Interviewer: Well, you could have had Russians or Poles or Eastern— Veteran: We also had the story of the American whatever he was. �40 Interviewer: A deserter or something. Veteran: Yeah, and he was fighting with the guys and they were right in our neighborhood, supposedly. You know? Interviewer: But you saw a group who did not look like the usual Vietnamese. Veteran: It was real different, you know. And then just a unique experience to have a field, you know, these 6 or 8 guys coming after you and wow. Interviewer: Yeah. Now, when you were in the A Shau or when you went over to Laos and those areas, did you encounter—did you find enemy, large enemy, trails? Like the kinds that they could move a lot of stuff on? Veteran: Well, the NVA had attacked us in the A Shau there and we…Well, we always had the thing, you know, what is happening here? Well, it was in the morning and we had been moving like more than 24 hours. That was unusual. We usually stopped every night but this time we just kept going. Well, that’s the way you disappear out there. And the— Interviewer: Was there signs of big trails or things that the NVA used a lot? Veteran: Oh, this was huge by the A Shau Valley and that. That’s LZ West and LZ Siberia. You know, the whole thing is through there. But oh yeah, this is good. I was just getting to that too is when we were near Mary Ann, which isn’t much furth—different—than you get into Laos. We were in the high mountains. Super difficult. They couldn’t resupply you and everything, so it was hard to have you out there in the first place. (01:08:54) Veteran: You had to blow up the trees or something to get a helicopter down in there. Stuff like that. But we were on top of a pretty good size mountain as a company size. And then they go oh, �41 you are going way out there? Okay, Joe is sick and doesn’t feel good. Get him out here. And you were full strength when you went out there. But we were marching back and forth around there and by golly we come to this one spot. I don’t think I was dreaming but it was like a small highway in the enclosed jungle where a deuce and a half could cruise through there. And it seems like that we just come to that, and you’d think you’d make a big deal or…You didn’t follow trails; that was forbidden also. And nobody said a word. Like you crossed it? Maybe they knew you were going to go across it. But you just kept going and well you didn’t want that kind of NVA on your back. So, it was something to be fearful really. But I never saw it. Only once. But in Laos it was pure rolling mountain. Interviewer: Okay. Now, you mentioned you’d be out on these patrols, and they’d last a couple of weeks or whatever. Veteran: Yes. Interviewer: Now, do you go back to a firebase then? (01:10:19) Veteran: Well, when you went back to the firebase you had to dig the ditches and do that, and they were real bitchy at you and you had this and that. In the jungle, call it more dangerous or not, probably wasn’t any more dangerous than being on that base there. And we didn’t like that. So, we tended to stay in the jungle. Interviewer: Yeah, but you would periodically—you’d go back to the firebase. If you go back to the firebase, could you replace your uniform or anything like that? Veteran: It was easier, yeah, but you always had that—probably not much easier though. It was just if you needed one, you’d get it kind of thing. �42 Interviewer: Okay. Veteran: You know? Interviewer: Alright. Now, did you get any kind of R and R or real time out of the field? Veteran: It—the R and R—the standdowns, we called them—every two or three months we would get three days off. And they sent lock, stock, and barrel of us back to the rear. You, you know, can go get your wounds checked and…and you actually had a shower. And on this every two-to-three-month thing, it—you could get all the clothes you wanted. There is the new boots. So, every two or three months, new shoes or whatever. Some people did not want to change their boots. If you got good feet, they are comfortable. But I got a picture of me standing on the porch there with all new clothes. So, you did have that all new clothes deal, and you learned to keep it clean deal. Interviewer: Yep. And where would you go for the standdown? Veteran: Well, that was back to Chu Lai to our big base there. We didn’t have a lot of guard duty. Some would get attached to that, but a lot of the guys were pretty much beer. You had to be 21 years old and an E-6 to buy liquor. But I was an E-5 and 21 and I’d usually roll up my sleeves and when you walk in there in Vietnam and a guy asks for a bottle of liquor? You’re going to tell him no. You know? Interviewer: Alright. Now, were there guys who were smoking pot too? (01:12:30) Veteran: I have a picture there too of a guy that was. And again, I had been there 6 months. I was over 20 years old and never smoked weed. Southwestern Michigan was, you know, a gust…whatever it was, it was backwards or…we weren’t doing that. But this guy goes— �43 California kid—he goes, “You…you what? You never smoked weed?” and well a few minutes later, there is a picture of us three standing there and it’s just after I smoked my first joint. So…But it was only back at our party place. Usually in the field it was…I never smelled anything or… Interviewer: Yeah. Did people smoke cigarettes in the field? Veteran: We got them regularly in a great big box. We got an SP pack, and it was real common for them to get that. And sometimes you’d, even in the field, you got this huge box that had the different cigarettes, even Kents, and they were—you’d throw them away. So, all the Vietnamese were smoking Kent’s and, you know, and you’d throw them away and your enemy was getting everything that was left. And I would always say, “Hey, I am not smoking cigarettes.” And everybody wanted cigarettes; you never got enough. And I’d say—I’d get the Hav-A-Tampa cigars because I would still smoke one of them once in a while. I kind of like them but I try not to. And I’d say, “Well, gather these cigarettes. I’ll get some for me too and give them to you guys but,” I’d say, “I get first pick out of there.” And nobody was having any issues with that, you know. Interviewer: Now, did you get an out of country R and R? (01:14:17) Veteran: Well, I liked saving the best for—like being old now—I hope I save the best for last. And I was there from February or even January and I saved it for November. And everybody else was let’s get out of here and, you know, but to me it was still like having something saved just before I went home. So, in late November I wound up going to Australia, to Sydney, Australia. Never left town hardly. Goofing around at all the bars and everything. And had about 400 bucks on me. That was a lot of money in 1970. And but so I did have like a 6 day—they flew you to �44 Australia and the whole deal and you cleaned it all up. But that’s something funny. In the airport, when you are in there, you got that group of people and they go, “Okay,” like you’re a classroom thing, “before you leave the airport here, you will buy two brand new suits and ties and matching shirts.” I still have all of that. And they say, “When you buy your stuff here and when you are done, you can go to town.” But that’s the kind of stuff…they were making us have these nice clothes and all that. Interviewer: Okay. And how did the Australians treat you? Veteran: Well, here we are in their bars. Mostly I was probably dealing with their girls a lot. And they were friendly enough. I mean, we were on the same side in all that. And I think it was just a rock band place that we went to all the time. Seems like the hotel bill for 5 or 6 days, and this is luxurious place, and you know, I don’t think—I don’t know if they had a pool. I wouldn’t have even known where that was. But I think it was $56 for 5 or 6 days. Interviewer: Wow. (01:16:19) Veteran: You know? So, I guess I spent it in the bar. Interviewer: Well yeah, got to buy the suits too. Veteran: Oh, well that was almost 100 bucks for the…and…but the first day I got there kind of—these girls know what the story is on these guys there. So, let’s say we hooked up for the week kind of thing. And I always said that I didn’t know that there was hillbillies in Australia because she was…wow. So much. It was hard to believe. You would think you was in Michigan. Interviewer: Alright. Okay, so was it harder to go back to Vietnam? Or was it just…? Veteran: From there? �45 Interviewer: Yeah. Veteran: Well, this was late November again. I was going home in a couple months. You know, I was confident enough. I had no issues about that. Let’s go, let’s get this done, you know. And I get back there December 1st or something. And I had less than two months to go before I went home. And it was happening that different people were going home a month or two early. But you didn’t hold your breath for that normally. Interviewer: Right. Okay. Now, do you go—when you go back, do you go back out in the field again? Veteran: Oh yeah, immediately. Yeah. Interviewer: Alright. Now, was it difficult when your unit took casualties and took losses? Because you mentioned a little bit off camera about being right next to somebody who gets killed or having been friends with somebody for a month and then they are gone. (01:18:05) Veteran: Yeah, it was kind of—but I always seemed like that being a point man never really hit any issues or landmines or nobody attacked me up there. And what happens a lot is once you get by or something, they might attack the back of your outfit or the middle. And it seems like…and they would come in and take a helicopter, but I am up there guarding the front trail. Or something like that that it was right there but that I didn’t necessarily—I wasn’t exposed to it. It seems. But… Interviewer: Okay. Veteran: There was plenty there. �46 Interviewer: So, you seemed to be usually in the right place at the right time. Veteran: I think I am a lucky fellow. Sort of, for some reason. Interviewer: Alright. Now, you think back about your—across your tour in Vietnam. Are there other particular memories that kind of stand out for you? Veteran: Well, when again—after the big battle and depleted outfit—we had a leader that we weren’t going to do anything particular going in any battles, so you wind up getting this guy. I guess he was a ranger or something, but we never understood how he got that. And we—super hot in the summer. June—July it would have been, and I don’t know why, and I am handing out the malaria pills and that. You take one every day I think it was and you take one a month kind of. And I wind up getting malaria. So, I wound up going really bad. You don’t want to do that. My temperature was as high as 103. I think it gave me mental health problems the rest of my life, probably. But so, I got shipped from Chu Lai down to China Beach. China Beach is the big hospital. Interviewer: Right. (01:20:16) Veteran: So, I am there for a while. And it’s a normal thing; you are supposed to be there 10 days. And they said, you know, they are going to tell you what is happening here, and you are going back. So, you know, get used to that. Well, I think in my deal where it was unusual: when you are in the hospital, you have your top on and you have pajama bottoms that separates you from the other soldiers because you were in the hospital, you know. And I am shooting the breeze with a guy in one of the offices and I won’t say why but he says, “You know something?” he says, “We are looking for a sergeant here and…” kind of like he was a clerk. But he says, “We need the sergeant for some duties. If you want to volunteer for this, you get—you’ll be here �47 a month.” And you know, did I owe anybody anything? I was having a pretty good time there and so I accepted this job that they had there. And basically, it was after breakfast, you had 100 men or something and they had a giant outdoor theater with the benches and had a huge screen in front. But it was all in the sand and everything and they had a regular projector that did Bullitt and all these cool movies every night. They did them twice a night in case you were on guard duty or something. But in the morning the place would be a disaster. That was my job to take these 100 Vietnam veterans, you know, out of the hospital and everything. They get done with breakfast, okay you guys: we got to clean this up. And they did what I told them. And I’d usually—could have had them do every sliver of it but I’d try to get them to do a pretty good job. Come on, let’s get this done because you ain’t leaving until I tell you. And I suppose they resented it but by golly, we got together and cleaned that theater out there and I’d kind of go okay, go ahead. You can leave, you know. If you want to stay and help…usually nobody ever did. And I would finish by myself but what the heck? I had 10 o’clock in the morning. I was there, you know, I had a great time of it. I don’t know about the bar and everything. The important thing is I had my teeth all done. And the average Vietnam soldier didn’t have that access. Yeah. I’d love to find that guy’s name, the dentist. (01:22:57) Interviewer: Alright. So, your unit didn’t mind that you were gone? Or did no one notice? Veteran: You are an individual out there. You get back…the times were changing so much, you know? The big battle, all them guys went. We were getting so many new guys in there. And I come back. I was already a squad leader and that. Well, you get back, okay, we need a squad leader here. You take these guys; I got that pitcher. And it was no big deal. Interviewer: You were commenting before we kind of got into that story about your new company commander and this guy you thought—was there a problem with him? Or…? �48 Veteran: Well, you know like one day I was…and I tried to be—things were pretty cool. I’d take the camera out, if you see the pictures, and I was taking a picture. He says, “You put that away.” Well, nobody ever said—nobody ever said anything like that. You know? And I had a little ammo pouch there for it, but we put it away. But he was just this way. An actual ranger too. But he—how the heck he made it as a ranger? Wow. He was little, short, scrunty. Wow. I just couldn’t get over what he must have been doing. But he was only out there a week. And as a force, people complained. He was gone. Interviewer: Okay. Was he just too much of a stickler for the rules? Or just trying to throw his weight around too much? Or…? (01:24:28) Veteran: I guess you would call it stickler for the rules. It’s—it wasn’t what we were doing out there, you know. And…I don’t know. It was a rare occasion where—if you got assigned to something, usually you did that. Interviewer: Yeah. Yeah, you didn’t rotate officers out that quickly. Alright. Veteran: Oh never. They usually lasted. A 6-months tour was an officer’s tour and a lot of times they would stick around with their group for maybe the whole year. Interviewer: Okay. Alright. Other particular incidents or things that stand out for you? Veteran: Well, at the end of that when I did come back and I had a…I had my squad and that’s a big thing, to have these. Well, only 5 or 6 guys there and you’re cutting point and that’s your little group you are with all the time. But the lieutenant in charge of the platoon and the big shot sergeant were different in there. And I think they were really, really party thing. And it was a different air of what was happening. Vietnam was. And we felt that too. It was…what do you call the de-escalation? People are— �49 Interviewer: Yeah, Vietnamization and all of that. Yep. Veteran: Definitely. And we are going home and so you get a different attitude. And we didn’t have most of that one platoon, or it was the company, that was wiped out quite a bit. And that’s something too. We went down into the valley, we wondered later oh, we heard we got attacked. 100 men got attacked by two battalions of the NVA, which later they commented they couldn’t believe that we were such a small outfit and put that much. And come to find out when we got back up on the hill, we had two companies behind us, and we went down in the hill. The first group? They never come off the hill. Lock, stock, and barrel at a time. So… My one friend was a little hostile when he got up there and found that out. Knocked somebody out. But that was very—that was Bob again. You know, the one with relatives? (01:26:55) Interviewer: Alright. Well, to follow up on that, kind of a couple of different things that you sort of mentioned in passing here. One of them was you were talking about when you rejoined the unit after time at China Beach and you had a new command team there and so forth. You said something about the partying? Or…? Veteran: Well, it seemed to be a different kind of thing out there. You could only do so much in the jungle. It ain’t like you had alcohol or— Interviewer: Yeah. Veteran: And the weed thing, you didn’t see that. Interviewer: Okay, but I guess they weren’t as good as some of the leaders you had had earlier? Veteran: Not at all. And here I was really the lead person in the platoon by far. �50 Interviewer: Oh yeah. Veteran: You know, there was no NCO in the platoon that I mean even had a minute in country. And then these two guys would not let me try to advise them or…I usually just would say this is how we do things here and this and this and this. Not trying to be a real, you know, stickler. I didn’t want to insult anybody but this, oh yeah this, we do this and this. And but they were really bad to the point that they took one of these guys that—the one that wouldn’t fire on the guy that snuck up on us. I mean, he was still only there a couple months and they replaced me. And then here I am kind of displaced. I think also too a real—it seems like a small part of the story—but October 1st, into this, and I am, you know, I am going to go home in a few months, but I got a letter. I wrote to a friend of mine that I went to basic training. And he was from Chelsea, Michigan. (01:28:46) Veteran: And wrote a letter to his—to him. Well, where is Hank and wanted to know where he was because I lost track of him in Vietnam, I believe it was. And didn’t write back and forth to most, just my mom I wrote to. Nobody else wrote to me. And she wrote a letter to me and, well, we were real sad. Hank got home the other—you know, like October 1st, and he got killed in a car accident the first day he was home. And here he is—served in Vietnam for a year. My best friend ever at the time. And I was looking forward to being—having a friend there. And I think that took a lot of gas out of me. And it was kind of around the time where I didn’t have my squad anymore, you know. And I think I went to the—maybe the command center. It might have been, you know, with them guys and their security or something. And it wasn’t the same though. Interviewer: Okay. Alright. You also mentioned this fellow Bob. What was he like or what was his story? �51 Veteran: Oh, he was fun. He was a real partier and, you know, drinking and the whole deal. And like I said, he claimed, well, to be a relative of the Kennedys or something. Some of the stuff he pulled? Never seen anything like that. Or they had a guy that was—oh, escaped. An American solider that was the bad guy. Going to our jail over there or something. And wow. And Bob gets to be the one, “Here’s a 45, Bob. You got a 3-day leave of absence. Kill this guy if he blinks,” kind of thing. But Bob got to go. You know? And you’d kind of believe people sort of. Or the guy that said his uncle was a, you know, a Wisconsin politician of some kind. And oh yeah, sure. But gee, he disappeared in a couple weeks. (01:30:56) Interviewer: Alright. And so, for you basically…Now as your—as you get short, do your duties change at all? Or do you just keep just doing— Veteran: Well, I had my platoon. I had my squad there and kind of, you know, one of the leaders in the whole platoon. And then was going into just being with the command center as their security. So, that’s basically nothing. I don’t think I—rarely did point or anything after that. Interviewer: Okay, so you are kind of with the command post rather than… Veteran: They actually sent me away from my platoon too, which was unusual. And we are out there in the middle of nowhere and back to those guys not following the rules. They said, “Well, okay. We are here and we are going to send you over there.” And you had to have a radio on you, and you had to have a…what was it? Three key things. Big deal is you had to have a radio with you and like there was three of us they sent over there. Interviewer: This was like a listening post? Or…? Veteran: When you are going over there, and you are going to get a couple miles through the jungle and you are coming on your own people, what if something happens? What if somebody �52 fires at me? Nobody has any idea. So, that’s the big deal about everybody has a radio, a fullfledged PRC 25. And but see those guys did that kind of thing. And I am going—I am really aggravated. I am afraid of going by myself. (01:32:34) Interviewer: Okay. But what was the point of having you that far out? Was that just to let them know if somebody was coming? Veteran: Well, we were in one platoon and operating, you know, in a mile or two or away from the main group here and there. And then never happens that you send this little group but and that’s one of—I am one of the guys. Kind of they are getting rid of me, I guess. Maybe I was a little vocal. Interviewer: There you go. Veteran: Saying how I thought it should be done and by golly you get going over there. I think— I think we had some real fire activity here or there at the end of the tour. And I am going like, you know, I don’t—I hear this firing going on up front but what do we do now? You can’t ask anybody any questions. But we did make it there okay. Interviewer: Alright. So, you are…now, how do you—how does your tour kind of wind up? How do you find out you are leaving and when and that kind of thing? Veteran: Well, it was…I guess I tried to be—I probably walked point or cut trail a little and some because I wasn’t completely doing nothing, but we were ready to go on, like we called these things, missions for a three week until who knows. Six weeks thing. And we were on Mary Ann there. And where you got all your supplies together to go on. You get your C-rations and make sure you got all your bullets and everything. And we were getting on a—the helicopters would come on there and they go, “Hey Johnson, get over here!” You know, it’s December 15th �53 or something. I got two—a month and a half to go. You know? And “Here. Go home.” So, November or December 16th or 17th or something, I am in the jungle and I was home the 20th. So, from eek to oh. Wow. Interviewer: Okay, so physically, how did they get you home? So, you get your orders, you are not going on a mission. So, now what? (01:34:43) Veteran: Well, you’re so far out there, it is only flying back to Chu Lai. And doing your orders over there and maybe you’ll be able to take a bath again. We never, never took a bath out there unless you’d sluice off in a stream, you’d say. But we went back to Chu Lai and I was only there a day or two and then they flew me from there. I just can’t remember how we went back and forth there. I flew in a 1—a C-130 before, which is like being in the back of a flatbed truck. Interviewer: Yeah, it’s a cargo plane. Veteran: Yeah. And went back to China… Interviewer: To…? Veteran: Cam Ranh Bay, yeah. Back there. And that was the main place where the jets come and go, the civilian jets. And I have the picture of the airplane that come and get me. I thought that’s kind of unusual for a person to actually—no big deal unless it was me. Interviewer: Okay. Veteran: Kind of thing but…and they put you all together. I did bring home an SKS that we captured in a large group of weapons and I guess it was probably my turn. Interviewer: Okay. Veteran: And I brought that home. �54 Interviewer: Alright. And then how did—what’s the route flying back? (01:36:07) Veteran: Well, same as before: going from Cam Ranh Bay to—through Tokyo again. And back through Alaska; never been there before, you know, but…And then from there back to… Interviewer: Probably Fort Lewis. Veteran: Well yeah, Fort Lewis of course. Interviewer: Yeah. Okay. Veteran: And… Interviewer: When you get off the plane at Fort Lewis, what kind of processing do you get? Veteran: Well, it was the same thing of physical. You know, they always check you and I have that, of course, record of you know I should see—I think I was 185. I think I am the same weight as I come home. I am kind of—I was 21 when I come home. And I showed you the picture of me coming off the plane. That’s kind of unusual. Cold as hell there and guys are getting off in jungle clothes, but I had a coat. And you go there, and you take your physical and all that and soon as you can, you are processed out there. And then I flew from Fort Lewis, Washington to Chicago. And it was very unusual. A couple guys that had been in NCO school with and they were very close friends. So, how the heck is this? I hadn’t seen them in over a year, and we are flying on that same flight. So, when we get to Chicago, we go in the bar and we still had our uniform. In fact, they—at that time, they required you to have your uniform on, dress uniform, to fly on the planes. Interviewer: Well, if you were going to fly standby, if you were going to fly the cheapest fare, you had to have the uniform. Because a lot of guys talk about how they would be told �55 to switch to civilian clothes. But if you had the uniform on, you could get the really cheap tickets. Veteran: To me it was if you didn’t have it, you weren’t getting on there kind of thing. And hey, I just wanted to get home. Interviewer: Right. Okay, so anyway, so you are in the bar with these guys, and you got your uniforms on. Veteran: Yep. Had a couple drinks. No big deal. We… Interviewer: So, you didn’t see any protesters or…? Veteran: No, no, never did. Never had that kind of an issue. Interviewer: Okay. And then, now you have been discharged at this point, right? Because— Veteran: Oh yeah. Interviewer: Yeah, because you got drunk. Veteran: You are out. I could have went to California if I would have wanted to. Interviewer: Okay. So, you get as far as Chicago and then what? (01:38:28) Veteran: What was kind of odd that it cost 13 bucks to fly from Chicago to Benton Harbor. I lived in Benton Harbor at the time. I—probably military discount or something. Interviewer: Yeah. Veteran: So, it wasn’t that odd. So, I put my duffel bag there which I hadn’t seen in a year either. When you get to Vietnam they say here, take this. And there is nothing you want in there. And �56 like you don’t need anything. And so, I got that back for going home. And I checked that into the airport. So, I am going to walk over to the plane, and it is only Chicago and I live, you know, I lived in Benton Harbor. And I see these people coming through the airport there and come to find out, it’s my sister’s best friend and her sister and her hus—they were picking up her husband. And I get a ride in a brand-new Thunderbird home with a very—I mean, that’s off the wall there. Interviewer: Did you get your bag back? Veteran: I went to Benton Harbor the next day and they flew it over there and I just picked it up. It was easier that way but how off the wall was that? Interviewer: Alright. So, you get back home. You are out of the Army. Do you go back to work right away or what do you do? Veteran: Well, when I got home, it was December 20th or something. And my ma’s ’63 Chevy hardtop was sitting there in the driveway. I am freezing but I think I had a coat on. And I—she wasn’t home kind of in the evenings for some reason. So, I sat down in the car and for a while until she got home later. But the rest of that is you had—to me it was—maybe it was my company, or some people say they have a year to go back to work. But they told us 90 days. I guess I believe a lot of these things. (01:40:23) Veteran: And I bought a car within 5 days: a ’66 Chevelle. I loved that car. And then I had over $3000 cash, that was a lot of money, being a sergeant over there. And there was a lot of people that got home without—with less than 1000. So, they went there in the war and the whole thing, they come back without a dime. Well, I thought I better spend the rest of this money. And I bought a ’59 Corvette a month after I got home. So, I kind of patched that up and everything. �57 And I had a friend in Florida that was living down there and he wrote me a couple times. He was my friend before I went in and I went to visit him. I had three months before I had to report in and so I went and stayed with him. He was a tree trimmer and doing stuff like that, which was really—that was my cup of tea. I still like that stuff. And so, I visited with him for a while, but I had to be at work at a certain day to get my seniority and all that back. So, I wanted to go back to Avion Coach and so I went to Florida for…oh, a month and a half or something. And I really enjoyed it down there. And I probably could have stayed I guess but what the heck? I had a job and everything in Michigan. So, I was glad I came back. Interviewer: Alright. Now, how easy or hard was it to adjust to civilian life again? Veteran: I guess I was probably proud of myself, all by myself. I had a good job, I had sort of a family outfit that I worked for. I worked in a woodshop too at that place and I kind of liked that kind of a deal. And I thought they treated me pretty fair. And so, that was pretty easy. And it wasn’t very much longer I wound up getting a brand-new double-wide next to the factory where I walked to work every day. So, and I come home for lunch. So, that was, you know, easy going, I guess. Interviewer: Okay. So, a lot of guys talk about how they had to learn a different vocabulary when they got back or that kind of thing. Did you have to? Or did you never get much into swearing a lot when you were in Vietnam and…? (01:42:51) Veteran: I am bad now. Interviewer: Okay. �58 Veteran: I am really bad. I wish I could get away from that. I don’t think we really got into that. I think…or even about every time you spoke to somebody, you never spoke more than you had to. And at night it was really toned down. You know? And it maybe cools you out a little bit but… Interviewer: Okay. And did you have any of the kind of PTSD reactions where you are startled by loud noises, or you are suspicious of different things or— Veteran: Yeah, that’s… Interviewer: --things or…? Veteran: Yeah, that’s—I think I always did that. Just eventually shrug it off but I know. Interviewer: Okay. Alright. So, I guess as you look over the time you spend in the service, what do you think you took out of that or how did that effect you? Veteran: Well, other than kind of doing a good job for our country, that was part of the idea. And what did I take out of it? I—like I say, there was a lot of camaraderie during that couple years and I was with large groups at a time and that was…what do you call? A civil thing, interacting with people and all that. And now I live in a little county town—tiny town that you could put in this building here. You know, and…I don’t know what I learned much. (01:44:33) Interviewer: Okay. I mean, do you think—were you any different when you got home than when you left? Veteran: I didn’t think so, but our reaction is—weren’t talking to anybody about it. Didn’t have anybody to talk about it and especially family never ask. And to this day still, you know, and I don’t bring it up. Interviewer: Alright. But have you— �59 Veteran: They have never seen those pictures. Interviewer: Okay. Yeah, because you have got a—you have got those pictures that you took. And I guess but you are involved with some veterans’ groups? Or you—at least with your own unit? Veteran: Well, the last 20 years I have been going to the Battle Creek veterans for my own health thing but and kind of surprised me for different reasons. This group that called me, they were there before I was. But they still invited this—it was just the platoon together. Like 20 to 30 guys. And so, I started going to that at about, oh, 15 years ago. And I go most every year. We are going to Branson, Missouri this year. And one of the things I noticed about that is let’s say there is 20 of us in the group that—I think there was one or two bachelors that ever come to the thing. They were in bad shape. I drank way too much but some of these guys, like this one that—he doesn’t come anymore but I am the only bachelor. And that’s why these guys are still there and healthy is they have a bunch of original wives that have taken good care of each other and everything and I think I am kind of a different person in the group. And I am not afraid to go talk to the ladies and how you doing, and, you know, and they know who I am enough that…some of the guys knew me. (01:46:41) Interviewer: Okay. So, basically this is sort of—you were kind of maybe there at the end of the time when a lot of that group was there? Veteran: Yes. Yeah. And…one—well, like when I was introduced to the—those guys—and somebody said, “Oh yeah, this is Sergeant Johnson,” the guy—and I think I was actually going to shake his hand or something, which would have been forbidden in the jungle. You didn’t do �60 that kind of thing, or you can salute or anything. But he goes, he looks at me, he goes, “I know who he is.” You know? And there, that’s my welcome to the outfit. Interviewer: Right. Veteran: And never another word said about it. You know? Interviewer: Okay. Veteran: Yeah, but a real good group of guys. Interviewer: Alright. Veteran: Yeah. Interviewer: Alright. Well, you certainly have got an interesting story. Veteran: Oh boy. Interviewer: It winds up in a lot of different places but that’s what we are here for. Veteran: Yeah. Interviewer: So, I’d just like to thank you for taking the time to share it. Veteran: Okay, good. Interviewer: Alright. (01:47:40) � Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Veterans History Project Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Grand Valley State University. History Department Description An account of the resource The Library of Congress established the Veterans History Project in 2001 to collect memories, accounts, and documents of U.S. war veterans from World War II and the Korean War, Vietnam War, and conflicts in the Middle East and elsewhere, and to preserve these stories for future generations. The GVSU History Department interviews are part of this work-in-progress, and may contain videos and audio recordings, transcripts and interview outlines, and related documents and photographs. Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant 1914- Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/page/InC/1.0/?language=en">In Copyright</a> Subject The topic of the resource Afghan War, 2001--Personal narratives, American Iran Hostage Crisis, 1979-1981--Personal narratives, American Korean War, 1950-1953--Personal narratives, American Michigan--History, Military Oral history Persian Gulf War, 1991--Personal narratives, American United States--History, Military United States. Air Force United States. Army United States. Navy Veterans Video recordings Vietnam War, 1961-1975--Personal narratives, American World War, 1939-1945--Personal narratives, American Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Special Collections & University Archives Contributor An entity responsible for making contributions to the resource Smither, James Boring, Frank Relation A related resource Veterans History Project (U.S.) Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context RHC-27 Language A language of the resource eng Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/455">Veterans History Project interviews (RHC-27)</a> Oral History A resource containing historical information obtained in interviews with persons having firsthand knowledge. Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context JohnsonC2339V Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Johnson, Chester Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 2019-11 Title A name given to the resource Johnson, Chester (Interview transcript and video), 2019 Description An account of the resource Chester Johnson was born in South Haven, Michigan, in 1949. He attended high school in Benton Harbor and graduated in 1967. Chester was drafted into the Army in January 1969. He completed basic training at Fort Bragg, North Carolina. He did his advanced individual training at Fort McClellan, Alabama. Chester then went to non-commissioned officer (NCO) school at Fort Benning, Georgia. He was sent to Vietnam in early 1970, where he was assigned to B company, 1st battalion, 196th regiment of the light infantry brigade. During his time in Vietnam, Chester was involved in various skirmishes. He was part of a group that was sent into Laos on a patrol mission. He went on R and R in Australia in November 1970. He returned home from Vietnam in December 1970. Chester is currently involved with a veterans’ group in Battle Creek, Michigan. Contributor An entity responsible for making contributions to the resource Smither, James (Interviewer) WKTV (Wyoming, Mich.) Subject The topic of the resource Oral history Veterans History Project (U.S.) United States—History, Military Veterans Video recordings Vietnam War, 1961-1975—Personal narratives, American Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived Veterans History Project collection, (RHC-27) Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University Libraries, Special Collections & University Archives, 1 Campus Drive, Allendale, MI, 49401. Relation A related resource Veterans History Project (U.S.) Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource In Copyright Type The nature or genre of the resource Moving Image Text Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource video/mp4 application/pdf Language A language of the resource eng https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/01e4c64f0ddeafadce3ac1177a01fcf5.mp4 d34df26fe75546aedba3393e8f76fd38 https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/ca82835f3c4958be97225381343bfaac.pdf 1afaacf8951c3f7c810715f916a30fdc PDF Text Text Grand Valley State University Veterans History Project Donald Johnson (01:05:00) (00:10) Before Joining the Service • • • Donald went to South High school in Grand Rapids, MI It was a good school; they treated the few German and Japanese students well He enlisted because he had wanted to join the Navy and his dad and brother had both been in the Navy (1:30) First Days in Service • • • • • • It was strenuous, enjoyable, and different It was like a fun training camp They had to run everyday He first went to Great Lakes Boot Camp He was then off to sea on the USS President Polk on the Pacific Ocean He was shipped off immediately after boot camp (2:30) Most Memorable Time on Ship • Going through a typhoon; a lot of water crashed on top of the ship near Okinawa, but everyone was ok afterwards (3:05) Passing of Extra Time • • • He worked every day and played cards at night He was a clerk/secretary during the day, taking care of records for engineers Donald also helped with Court Martial records (4:00) Never Celebrated Holidays • • They were at sea when Roosevelt died; it was April at the time and they were just coming into Pearl harbor He did not receive any Christmas letters from his relatives until April (4:45) Life Without the Military • • He could have went to college instead, yet he is happy with the decisions he has made in the past Donald believes that everyone should spend some time in the service (5:20) Food • It was pretty good food, but it was all powdered �• • • • • No one liked the food at first, but they all got used to it They were able to consume three meals a day There was lots of sheep and mutton, which he hated He also did not like Australian food Every Wednesday they had beans for breakfast (6:10) Combat • • • • • He experienced combat three times They were disembarking troops in the Philippines with MacArthur Combat with troops in Okinawa There was also a Kamikaze attack near the Philippines They would constantly move troops around to avoid the Japanese (7:30) Change in World Perspective • • He was too young at the time to take in the whole experience He just wanted to get back to regular life (7:50) Friends in the Service • • He made good friends; he met Bob who became one of his best friends He would enlist all over again given the chance (8:35) Positive Experience • In the service, you experience growth very quickly (9:15) Living Quarters • They slept three deep, but it was comfortable (10:15) Post-War Life • • • Afterwards, he worked on the railroad He went to school for GM for six months, but he hated that He later went into the carpentry business, which was enjoyable because he liked building houses, it gave him a good life and a good living (11:15) The Last Days in the Service • • He was discharging US POWs in Chicago when he was released and then he came back to Grand Rapids The war was over and he was no longer needed (12:05) Pearl harbor • At the time he had been working a long shift at a truck store and heard of it on the news (12:45) Veterans Organizations/Activities �• • He has been part of the American Legion for 55 years He has attended two reunions for the ship, yet most men from that time are now dead (14:00) Going Over Pictures • • • Pictures of the luxury liner ship in 1940 Pictures of when he was in the Navy Going over various trips which there are pictures of (16:45) First Impressions of the Ship • • • It looked scary He has pictures of all the crew They crossed over the equator many times (19:20) 65 Years Ago • • • The war was long ago and he is very old now It is strange that so much time has passed since then He used to go with friends to Pearl Harbor to drink (22:00) Talking About Football and Basketball (23:00) Working on the Ship • • • • • • • They started at 8am every day Everyone worked seven days a week There was much help needed to run the ship and there was no such thing as a day off Donald only worked during the day He worked in an office because he was good at typing It was a good thing that he took that extra typing class in school otherwise he would have had to work in the engine room He had the most “cushy” job on the ship (26:00) The Dentist • There was a dentist on his ship, yet not many men had dental problems on his ship • When they met up with other ships those men needed lots of dental work and the dentist finally got something to do (26:40) The Surgeon • He only operated once on the ship because the men did not experience much combat (28:00) Don’s Special job • Every day he had to figure out how far the ship had traveled in miles • He had to calculate how much fuel and water they used • He would then turn his charts into an engineering officer • There was also a navigator that figured their traveling distance by the stars �• They had automatic steering on the ship, but it is still antique compared to today’s standards (31:50) Islands in the Middle of the Ocean • When they first spotted the various small islands, they always thought they were finally landing at an actual country • There are tons of small islands throughout the ocean that no one has ever heard of • No one lives on the islands • In the Pacific there is no thunder and no lightening, yet there are bad storms with lots of wind • New Guinea has lots of mountains (34:05) The Island of New Guinea • There are lots of people living in New Guinea [New Caledonia} • They speak French and it is near Australia • There was a bar in New Guinea they always went to, with really short ceilings and it was very smoky • He remembers weird things like that bar • Donald wonders what island people even do for a living because they would have to import everything except vegetables and livestock (36:30) Rubber • We needed rubber during the war; “that was what half the fight was over.” • They also needed silk; “you never hear of silk anymore.” • Women used to wear lots of silk • The Japanese had taken the rubber and silk away from us when they invaded all the small Pacific Islands • Donald does believe that rubber bands are even made from actual rubber anymore (38:15) Island Near Australia • There was lots of palm oil, like maple syrup • In Guam there were big plantations where they made soap and cream; they are probably not in business anymore • Everything is synthetic now; you never see rubber trees (40:00) Future Outlook • Everything moved so slow until the 19th century, now everything is so fast paced • Young people today will not see so much change, but anything could happen in the future (40:50) The Service • He never had anything against the service • He doesn’t remember anyone ever being afraid while they were there • They got up one hour before sunrise in the mornings to look for submarines • No one was scared of being hit by a submarine, they just wanted to spot them • Ground service in the Army would be frightening �(42:40) The “Blacks” • “Blacks” were a little strange • There were 26 black people on the ship, but they were segregated • They never saw them on the ship; they worked for officers and served food • They were a different culture at the time (43:45) Kamikazes • He was standing on the upper level of the ship with his friend Bob when Kamikazes started flying above them • One hit the ship right in front of them and knocked lots of people into the water • The next one missed and landed in the water; it was not hard to miss a ship • It was like watching a bomb coming at you; there was nowhere to go (44:55) The Philippines • There were very different people there; they did not know anything; they were like animals • They did not take baths or brush their teeth; it was a hard thing to see • They ate food from the trees and did not wear any clothes (46:40) New Guinea • No one wore clothes there; it was like a “porn show” • The women were not allowed to wear shirts because the sunshine protected them from TB (47:30) The Service Today • It is so advanced; it’s a whole different world • Donald does not know if it is worse or better • It seems impossible that we were once in the Dark Ages and people had the plague • We were barbarians; history is hard to comprehend; there were so many wars in the past • The king of England set up the Magna Carta and then there were normal governments • Donald does not understand how people lived like that in the past � Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Veterans History Project Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Grand Valley State University. History Department Description An account of the resource The Library of Congress established the Veterans History Project in 2001 to collect memories, accounts, and documents of U.S. war veterans from World War II and the Korean War, Vietnam War, and conflicts in the Middle East and elsewhere, and to preserve these stories for future generations. The GVSU History Department interviews are part of this work-in-progress, and may contain videos and audio recordings, transcripts and interview outlines, and related documents and photographs. Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant 1914- Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/page/InC/1.0/?language=en">In Copyright</a> Subject The topic of the resource Afghan War, 2001--Personal narratives, American Iran Hostage Crisis, 1979-1981--Personal narratives, American Korean War, 1950-1953--Personal narratives, American Michigan--History, Military Oral history Persian Gulf War, 1991--Personal narratives, American United States--History, Military United States. Air Force United States. Army United States. Navy Veterans Video recordings Vietnam War, 1961-1975--Personal narratives, American World War, 1939-1945--Personal narratives, American Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Special Collections & University Archives Contributor An entity responsible for making contributions to the resource Smither, James Boring, Frank Relation A related resource Veterans History Project (U.S.) Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context RHC-27 Language A language of the resource eng Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/455">Veterans History Project interviews (RHC-27)</a> Oral History A resource containing historical information obtained in interviews with persons having firsthand knowledge. Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context JohnsonD Title A name given to the resource Johnson, Donald (Interview outline and video), 2007 Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Johnson, Donald Description An account of the resource Donald Johnson served in the Navy during WW II. He traveled mostly aboard a luxury ship that had been remodeled into a Navy ship. Johnson's crew traveled throughout the Pacific to Australia, Guam, and the Philippines. Johnson experienced combat three times while in the Pacific and also discussed his experience with Japanese Kamikazes. Contributor An entity responsible for making contributions to the resource Sayfie, Aaron (Interviewer) Forest Hills Eastern High Schools (Ada, Mich.) Subject The topic of the resource Oral history Veterans History Project (U.S.) Video recordings United States--History, Military Michigan--History, Military World War, 1939-1945--Personal narratives, American United States. Navy Veterans Language A language of the resource eng Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/page/InC/1.0/?language=en">In Copyright</a> Type The nature or genre of the resource Moving Image Text Relation A related resource Veterans History Project (U.S.) Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 2007-05-19 Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/455">Veterans History Project collection, (RHC-27)</a> Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf video/mp4 Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Lemmen Library and Archives https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/e8dde90fda421d2504e36d1c8ce59835.pdf d8bfceda2e9990742baf4144b0a6d560 PDF Text Text Grand Valley State University Veterans' History Project Donald C. Johnson World War II 1 hour 32 minutes 30 seconds (00:00:08) Early Life -Born in Lindsay, Nebraska in 1922 -Father worked as a contractor -Moved to a farm seven miles from Lindsay in 1924 -Only child -Grew up on the farm -Remembers the Stock Market Crash of 1929 -Came as a shock to his father -Life got harder as the Great Depression continued -Life was a little easier for them at first because his family owned a farm -Able to grow their own crops and raise their own livestock -Had to deal with dust storms caused by the drought -Concerned about whether they could continue to feed themselves and their livestock -Graduated from high school in 1941 -Felt fortunate that he was able to go to school -Went to Oklahoma in the summer of 1941 to help with the harvests -Worked north into Kansas then back to Nebraska -After Nebraska went to South Dakota and worked on the harvests there -Worked into North Dakota all the way up to the Canadian border -Rain hampered the harvest in North Dakota -Returned to Nebraska in late October 1941 to help with the corn harvest -Had to do it on his own because his father had suffered a sun-stroke (00:09:07) Start of the War -On December 7, 1941 Japan bombed Pearl Harbor -Heard about the attack late in the afternoon that Sunday -Went into town and heard the news -Things changed dramatically in the days following the attack on Pearl Harbor -Congress declared war on Japan on December 8 and on Germany on December 11 -Rationing went into effect -On January 1, 1942 he went to Martin Aircraft School in Omaha, Nebraska -Did that so he could get a job working in an aircraft factory for the defense industry -Knew the attack on Pearl Harbor had dealt a significant blow to the Pacific Fleet -Noticed that everyone became focused on the war effort and fighting until the U.S. won -Aircraft school lasted two months -Had to take a physical and learned that he had a hernia -Made him ineligible for work until he got it treated �-Had surgery in Omaha -Took fifteen days to recover and only costed $75 -Got hired by Curtiss Aeroplane and Motor Company in Buffalo, New York -Went to work on May 1, 1942 -Worked for them for five and a half months (00:16:05) Enlisting in the Army Air Force -On June 30, 1942 he registered for the draft then went back to work -Knew if he was drafted he would get drafted into the infantry -Did not want to get drafted into the infantry -Enlisted in the Army Air Force because he felt it would be a better fit -Reported for duty on October 1, 1942 -Only twenty years old at the time -Needed his parents' permission because he wasn't twenty one years old -Father agreed to it because he didn't want Donald to be an infantryman -Fascinated with planes, but didn't want to become a pilot -Couldn't become a pilot because he startled easily (00:22:12) Basic Training -Went to basic training by train -Went on marches and days started early during basic training -Took basic training in Rome, New York -Most likely Rome Air Depot -Received physical training -Placed on guard duty at night after a few weeks -Ordered to give three warnings to an approaching vehicle then shoot -Armed with a sawed off shotgun -On one occasion he was tested to see if he reacted properly to an approaching vehicle -He reacted well and was commended for it -Took further tests to see what his classification would be (00:26:18) Assignment -Sent to Syracuse Army Air Base in Syracuse, New York after basic training -Classified as an Army Aircraft Mechanic -Meant he would be a flight engineer and a gunner aboard a bomber -At Syracuse between Christmas 1942 and New Year's Eve 1942 (00:30:01) Army Aircraft Mechanic Training -Sent to Tyndall Field, Florida for aerial gunnery training there -Flew in an AT-6 -Fired at tow-targets pulled by another plane -Trained with machine guns -Had painted rounds to see which gunner hit the target -Did well with that except for accidentally severing the tow-target cable once -Trained at Tyndall for three months -Sent to Sheppard Field, Texas for aircraft mechanic school -Received six months of training �-Learned about B-25 and B-26 engines -Wound up assigned to a B-24 in the future (00:34:42) Training with the 461st Bombardment Group Pt. 1 -Sent to Mountain Home Army Air Base, Idaho -Bored and waiting for something to happen -New pilots were training with the B-24 at Mountain Home -He was assigned to a new B-24 crew in the 764th Squadron, 461st Bombardment Group -There were ten men in a B-24 crew -He was assigned to the waist gun position -Did aerial training as a crew during the day and night -Flew training missions as far south as Texas -On one training mission they were returning to base at night and almost hit another B-24 -The prop wash was so strong it cracked their plane's windshield -Had numerous other close calls -Remembers a few crashes while training at Mountain Home -Received two months of training at Mountain Home -First phase and second phase training -Allowed ten days of delayed en route -Meant he could go home for six days to spend time with his family and friends -Reported to Hammer Field in Fresno, California in November 1943 -Completed third phase training at Hammer Field -More training missions during the day and at night -Didn't know whether they were going to the Pacific Theatre or the European Theatre -Assumed they were going to the Pacific Theatre -Didn't want to go to the Pacific after hearing about atrocities committed by the Japanese (00:48:52) Deployment to the European Theatre Pt. 1 -In mid-January 1944 they left Hammer Field in a new B-24 -Flew up to San Francisco (00:49:47) Training with the 461st Bombardment Group Pt. 2 -On one training mission they started leaking gas -Caused a fire on one of the engines -Happened because of a mechanical problem with one of the gas caps on the wing -Able to land and fix the problem without incident (00:54:42) Deployment to the European Theatre Pt. 2 -En route to San Francisco their third engine was running too hot -He was able to fix it -Ordered to fly to Florida -Stopped at Midland, Texas -Knew they were bound of the European Theatre at that point -Hit some bad weather in Texas -Flew to Tennessee then to Florida -Received orders, but they were told not to open their orders until after fifteen minutes -Opened their orders immediately because they wanted to know where they were going �-Learned they were going to be based in Italy -Stopped in the Caribbean then flew to Brazil -Had to do a 500 hour inspection in Brazil -Repairing anything on the B-24 that needed attention -Replaced spark plugs -Flew to Dakar, Senegal -In the middle of the desert -Sand was bad for aircraft engines -Took nearly twelve hours to fly from Brazil to Senegal -Had some navigation problems -Flew to Marrakesh, Morocco then on to Tunis -Flew over the Atlas Mountains -Waited in Tunis for their airfield to be ready (01:03:55) Stationed at Torretto Field, Italy & Flying Missions -Stationed at Torretto Field, Italy near the town of Cerignola -Got to Italy in February 1944 -Rendezvoused with other bombers from the 461st Bombardment Group -Runway was soft at Torretto Field -Caused one bomber to lose its landing gear upon landing -Flew his first mission on April 3, 1944 over Yugoslavia -Easy bombing mission -In June 1944 they bombed a target in Wiener Neustadt, Austria -Bombed factories in southern Germany and Austria -Bombed targets in the Balkans, southern France, and northern Italy -There was a high concentration of German troops in northern Italy -During the raid on Wiener Neustadt they lost their #2 engine -German fighter planes shot down stragglers that fell out of formation -Lost their #3 engine -Dove under the clouds to throw off the German planes -Can only assume the Germans thought they were crashing and left them alone -Bombed targets in Hungary, Romania, and Bulgaria -Participated in the bombing of the oil fields at Ploesti, Romania -During the raid at Wiener Neustadt they decided to land at the Partisan strip at island of Vis -They continued to lose engine power -Ordered to dump their auxiliary generator -Would have been suicide because that's the only power they had left -He removed the wires, but didn't ditch the generator -Ordered to reconnect the generator so they could get to Vis -Finally made it to the island of Vis -Watched a B-17 in front of them crash into the mountains -Stayed there for three or four days and a C-47 brought them back to Italy -Continued with missions after getting a new bomber -Last major mission was during the invasion of southern France on August 15, 1944 �-Bombed submarine pens on the coast of southern France -Not much opposition because the Germans had retreated (01:23:37) End of Service & Life after the War -Decided he didn't want to go back into farming -Father sold the family farm and moved into town -Wound up being better since his father was aging and had poor health -Discharged on August 30, 1945 -Went to work in Newman Grove, Nebraska for International Harvester -Married in 1947 -Moved to Omaha with his wife -Worked for Watson Brothers Transportation for fifteen years -Worked for UPS until he was sixty nine years old -Raised a family -Had a daughter and two sons -Both sons are deceased -Both committed suicide, one in 1982 and one in 1996 -One son served in the Air Force in the Vietnam War -Committed suicide because of what he experienced during the war -Served as a cargo pilot delivering assault rifles near the end of the war -Vietnamese civilians tried to board his cargo plane -Got as many of them aboard as he could -People climbed into the wheel wells to escape -Many fell to their death as a result of that -He didn't see the point of doing it when Vietnam was lost -Manufacturers wanted their guns delivered to turn a profit � Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Veterans History Project Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Grand Valley State University. History Department Description An account of the resource The Library of Congress established the Veterans History Project in 2001 to collect memories, accounts, and documents of U.S. war veterans from World War II and the Korean War, Vietnam War, and conflicts in the Middle East and elsewhere, and to preserve these stories for future generations. The GVSU History Department interviews are part of this work-in-progress, and may contain videos and audio recordings, transcripts and interview outlines, and related documents and photographs. Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant 1914- Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/page/InC/1.0/?language=en">In Copyright</a> Subject The topic of the resource Afghan War, 2001--Personal narratives, American Iran Hostage Crisis, 1979-1981--Personal narratives, American Korean War, 1950-1953--Personal narratives, American Michigan--History, Military Oral history Persian Gulf War, 1991--Personal narratives, American United States--History, Military United States. Air Force United States. Army United States. Navy Veterans Video recordings Vietnam War, 1961-1975--Personal narratives, American World War, 1939-1945--Personal narratives, American Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Special Collections & University Archives Contributor An entity responsible for making contributions to the resource Smither, James Boring, Frank Relation A related resource Veterans History Project (U.S.) Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context RHC-27 Language A language of the resource eng Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/455">Veterans History Project interviews (RHC-27)</a> Oral History A resource containing historical information obtained in interviews with persons having firsthand knowledge. Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context RHC-27_JohnsonD1801V Title A name given to the resource Johnson, Donald C (Interview outline), 2005 Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 2005-10-21 Description An account of the resource Donald C. Johnson was born in 1922 in Lindsay, Nebraska. Enlisted in the Army Air Force in summer 1942 and reported for duty on October 1, 1942. Received basic training at Rome Air Depot, New York and was classified as an Army Aircraft Mechanic (flight engineer and gunner) at Syracuse Army Air Base, New York. He received Gunner Training at Tyndall Field, Florida and Flight Engineer Training at Sheppard Field, Texas. Sent to Mountain Home Army Air Base, Idaho where he joined a B-24 crew in the 764th Squadron of the 461st Bombardment Group. He trained there then went to Hammer Field where they received more training. In mid-January 1944 they left the U.S. and arrived at Torretto Field, Italy in February 1944. They began flying missions in April 1944 bombing targets in northern Italy, southern Germany, Austria, southern France, Yugoslavia, Hungary, Romania, and Bulgaria. He was discharged on August 30, 1945. Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Johnson, Donald C. Contributor An entity responsible for making contributions to the resource Staples, Jessica (Interviewer) Subject The topic of the resource World War, 1939-1945--Personal narratives, American United States. Army Air ForcesOral history Veterans History Project (U.S.) United States--History, Military Veterans Video recordings Type The nature or genre of the resource Text Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/455">Veterans History Project collection, (RHC-27)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/InC/1.0/">In Copyright</a> Relation A related resource Veterans History Project (U.S.) Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University Libraries. Allendale, Michigan Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/b0d3144e22965e68f5e272d0443332b2.pdf 2389689b0016701c20005fa56d431ec1 PDF Text Text Michigan Philanthropy Oral History Project Johnson Center for Philanthropy Grand Valley State University Oral History Interview with Dorothy A. Johnson, May 5, 2011 The Council of Michigan Foundations, Johnson Center for Philanthropy at Grand Valley State University (GVSU), and GVSU Libraries’ Special Collections & University Archives present: An oral history interview with Dorothy “Dottie” Johnson, May 5, 2011. Conducted by Dr. James Smither of the History Department at GVSU. Recorded at GVSU, Grand Rapids, Michigan. This interview is part of a series in the Michigan Philanthropy Oral History Project documenting the history of philanthropy in Michigan. Preferred citation: Researchers wishing to cite this collection should use the following credit line: Oral history interview with Dorothy A. Johnson, May 5, 2011. "Michigan Philanthropy Oral History Project," Johnson Center Philanthropy Archives of the Special Collection & University Archives, Grand Valley State University Libraries. James Smither (JS): We’re talking today with Dorothy Johnson, better known as Dottie Johnson, of Grand Haven, Michigan, who has had a long career in philanthropy. We’re doing this interview as part of a series for the Johnson Center on the study of Philanthropy at Grand Valley State University. The interviewer is James Smither of the History Department at Grand Valley. Now, Dottie, can you begin with some background on yourself. Start with, if you don’t mind, where and when were you born? Dorothy Johnson (DJ): Oh my goodness, James. I was born in Los Angeles, California, September 29th, 1940. My parents had built their home in 1935 in Inglewood, on Park Circle, better known as Morningside Park. (JS): And what did your family do for a living at that time? (DJ): My father worked at Paramount Motion Picture Studios for 40 years, on the back lot. He had nothing to do with any of the theatricals. He was head of the scenic department; made sure all the pieces went together. And I recall, he let my brother come and work there during the summers, but he was not interested in having his daughter do that. My mom was a volunteer. It wasn’t until I was in college when she went into real estate, and was quite a business woman. 1 �(JS): With your father working on movie lots, did you ever get to go see him at work? (DJ): Oh yes. In fact, many of my friends certainly enjoyed birthday parties, getting to go to the back lot. I mean this goes way back. We saw, some of the old movies. Bing Crosby, Bob Hope, Dorothy Lamour, they sent Christmas cards, it was kind of fun. (JS): Alright, now what kind of education did you have? (DJ): I went to public schools, had a fine education in California. California’s public school system then was really one of the top in the nation. After graduating from Morningside High School, I went to the University of California at Berkeley. I was there for four years, majored in Speech, got very involved with student government. Actually was vice president of the student body and through that had the opportunity of meeting people like John Kennedy, President Kennedy, Robert Frost, the first Russian astronaut. I had an office. I didn’t even realize it when I ran for office, I was paid $85 a month, and a secretary. What a deal! (JS): Did you have an idea of where you wanted to go or what you wanted to do after that? (DJ): Well, actually, at Berkeley, I was a Speech major, and I wanted to be a teacher, I thought. In the interim, I learned of the Harvard Radcliff Program for Women in Business, which is the first year of the Harvard Business School. This is a program that had been in existence about 43 years, a graduate program. We had the same classes, the same courses, the same cases as first year students at the Harvard Business School, who only admitted men. Harvard Business School was the last graduate school at Harvard to admit women. Anyway, I had the distinction of being in the last class. It’s hysterical now to go to reunions and find yourself the “youngest” at those reunions. I did not complete my MBA; I met my husband there, who was also at the Harvard Business School. He convinced me that it was a very good thing to be married immediately. In hindsight, do I wish I had my MBA from Harvard? Yes. But as he said to me at the time and it’s proven to be true, “What can you do with it that you can’t and haven’t done without it?” (JS): Was he farther ahead of you at school or the same year? (DJ): Oh, do I have to tell? He’s five years, five and a half years older than I am. So he wanted to get on. We moved to New York City. I worked for J. Walter Thompson. There were twelve men in an executive, junior executive training program, and one woman: me. (JS): How did you get into that? Was there just a network connection kind of thing out of Harvard? How did that work? 00:04:50 (DJ): Yes, there are connections. As part of the year that I had, I spent six weeks at J. Walter Thompson. Those were called internships. Frankly, my boss had attended the 2 �Harvard Business School and I think he was curious to see what a woman could do. I’ll never forget, my first week on the job, the head of then Life Magazine, which no longer publishes, the head of advertising took me to lunch at Danny’s Hideaway. He sat there and drank two martinis while I drank iced tea. I was much more comfortable talking to him about his children that were older than I am than about the latest media campaign. Later I asked him, “Why did you invite me for lunch then?” and he said, “Because if you make it big time, I’ll always be able to say, I took you to lunch your first week.” [laughs] (JS): So you’d impressed somebody. (DJ): Oh, I don’t know about that. (JS): What kind of work did they have you doing? (DJ): I was a media space buyer, looking at demographics. This goes back so far, I remember the computer that we had, which now today is handheld, took up an entire room. There were binary cards and flashes and such. We did analysis work, and we worked with what the pursuits of the clients were and what media match that you might have. (JS): Were there any big or large accounts you worked with? Or brands or things we would have heard of? (DJ): Oh yes. I worked on many large accounts because particularly then that was J. Walter Thompson’s niche, Lever Brothers, some of the soap products. I have to say; sometimes it was a little difficult to get excited about a soap product. But it was more watching the results of the advertising, seeing the sales that would be generated, and the importance of all of that. (JS:) How long did you stay in that? 00:06:55 (DJ): We were there just for two years. From New York, my husband suggested that we move to Grand Haven, Michigan, where there were some family businesses. Fortunately, he and many others put together JSJ Corporation. So ultimately, Mart became CEO of JSJ. I was 25 years old, moved from New York City, having lived in Los Angeles, Boston, and San Francisco. It was a bit of a surprise. You know, to be honest, you couldn’t blast me out of there now. I threw myself into the volunteer circuit at that point. (JS): What kind of work did your husband’s business do? (DJ): He’s a graduate chemical engineer with an MBA, but it’s a diversified manufacturing business, automobile parts, boring things. 3 �(JS): So they’re manufacturing things. What was the first thing you volunteered for or signed up for once you got out to Michigan? (DJ): [laughs] I have such a funny story on volunteering. We had been here four or five days. We received a call from my husband’s old boss, Jim Perille, who said, “Friends of ours are going to live in Grand Rapids, and I’m going to be there, and couldn’t we get together?” Ultimately we invited them to come to brunch at our home on a Sunday. Audrey Snite, who was then chairman of the West Michigan Girl Scout Council, came and we talked. Keep in mind; we didn’t even have children at this point. Before it was over, she asked me if I would serve on the board and be vice chair. So I said, “Audrey, let me learn a little bit more about the Girl Scouts.” I had been a Girl Scout, so I certainly was…but that’s how that all started. Truly, things happened in rapid fire. I was raw meat, 25 years old; I had worked in advertising, and now I’m living in this small town. It wasn’t too many years later I was asked to be on the state United Way board, the state Arts Council board, and then one thing led to another. (JS): Did you have a family as well? (DJ): I am very pleased to tell you we have two daughters. They are now; one daughter is living in St. Louis, another right here, she’s a doctor married to a doctor, in Grand Rapids. Growing up, let me say, we wanted a family, thought it would happen immediately. And when it didn’t, that is when I ensconced myself in volunteerism. Eventually, it did. Our daughters are very close in age; we’re a very tight knit family, which is very special to us. But, by volunteering for these organizations…oh, let me say also, I was one of two women, first women on the Grand Haven Area Planning Commission. I was doing a lot of different things. I realized that I wanted to focus my life. It needed some focus. About that time, two leaders in Grand Haven, Vin Erickson and Miller Sherwood, worked together to create the Grand Haven Area Community Foundation. At that time, I was asked to be a member, and then to serve on the board. So I was helpful to them, in fact served as the third president. 00:10:44 If you’re asking me where this all came from, so I worked on the Community Foundation, coincidently was invited to go to then the Conference of Michigan Foundations. I had laundry piled up everywhere and two little rug rats running around. I thought that was a pretty good deal. At the same time, I needed to focus. So I went to this conference, sat between Harding Mott and Stanley Kresge. Before it was over, keep in mind I was quite young then, they asked me to join their board. So I did. Talk about circumstance, and this was fluke. And then, and you have to stop me when you want to, because this story goes on and on. There was a staff position became available, 15 hours a week, and I raised my hand and said, “I’m interested.” They weren’t so sure I was interested. I said, “No, I’m serious.” I commuted to Grand Rapids to work with the Council of Michigan Foundations. I was the sole staff person. I was supposed to work 15 hours, I probably worked close to 40. After a while, I suggested that we move the office to Grand Haven, Michigan and the board supported that. John Hunting was extremely 4 �helpful. He shared the office space with the Conference. And there’s a whole story to tell about how Russ Mawby put that all together. (JS): I would like to back up a little bit here. Explain the time you got involved, and what was the Conference of Michigan Foundations doing, and why was it over here and not say over by Detroit, where everything else is? (DJ): Interestingly, it was then called the Conference of Michigan Foundations which became the Council of Michigan Foundations. Russ Mawby, who was then the CEO of the Kellogg Foundation, recognized after the 1969 Tax Reform Act, when literally twothirds of the tax act that year dealt with foundations that we needed to tell our story better. Thus, he invited nine people, and they decided in turn to have a conference. I, as a board member of the Grand Haven Area Community Foundation, received an invitation. So that’s how I personally got involved. Then, as things evolved, they had a staff develop, which was two years later. I must say, giving any advice to a student is, volunteer for everything. Do it. Be present. Be creative. When the staff position became available, I accepted that. We’ve grown today; the association has offices in three cities and a large, large program. (JS): Is some of the reason for its location in West Michigan because that’s where there are a lot of private foundations and so forth? (DJ): Originally Kellogg, being in Battle Creek is why Russ convened that. Fortunately in our state, if you think about it, there’s Flint, with the Mott Foundation, Dow Foundation in Midland, and of course Battle Creek, and Grand Rapids has numerous foundations, but they’re not as large as some of the others, although that may change over time. Quite honestly, I think the board appreciated having the office in Grand Haven, which was not a threat to anybody. Many associations go to Lansing, but we wanted to do things beyond tax policy. All it meant was a lot of driving. Don’t ask me how many miles I put on cars. (JS): Moving to Grand Haven then inspired the thing. (DJ): Yes. (JS): You’re bringing up two girls while you’re doing all of this. Did you bring them along to stuff that you went to or find other stuff for them to do? (DJ): Actually I was very fortunate. I had been volunteering, and I really didn’t start fulltime work until our children were in kindergarten and in first grade. I also was blessed beyond blessed, with a woman by the name of Cory Hyma, who still works with us 40 years later, who was very thoughtful in helping us with our children. It also helped coming from a family, my husband’s family had sisters who would at a moment take a child to a ballet lesson or a birthday party. As they say, it takes a village. (JS): You do the same kinds of things relying on family and your friends and whatever else is available. 5 �00:15:33 (DJ): You know, this is a good point. I look at life as you throw balls in the air, your marriage, your children, your career, your volunteer work, your friends. They can’t all stay up there at the same height at the same moment. It’s a matter of keeping a fair balance. (JS): As you were getting very actively into this larger scale of organized philanthropy and started being on the boards of these foundations and working with what becomes the Council [of Michigan Foundations], were you often the only woman in the room? Or by then had they started to open up more and have more of a balance? (DJ): Interesting question. Actually, I was the first [outside] woman on the Kellogg Foundation Board. I would say back then, and that was in 1980, it was unusual. There’s a story even with that. The then CEO Russ Mawby, who had known me through these years of developing the Council, asked me in my professional role to help him diversify the board and find some women. So I remember coming home that night and saying to my husband, “You’ll never guess what I get to do now, and that’s find the right woman for the Kellogg Foundation. I would love to do that and I know I could.” But that’s not going to come over the transom. So I diligently put a superb list together with background information on each candidate. We had set a meeting date three weeks later and Russ, when I got to the meeting, said to me, “How about you?” I said you’ve got a deal [laughs]. In terms of other boards, one thing does lead to another, and that’s what I would tell students. Take on even a grunt work job, because you’ll never know where it leads. I was very surprised when he invited me to do that. Out of that grew involvement on the corporate board of First of America, which led to National City. So, you really don’t know what’s around the corner. (JS): When you’re on the board of one of these foundations, what do you do? (DJ): Depends on the foundation. I started my career out; I was on the board for 9 years of the Grand Haven Area Community Foundation. There, we raised money and we gave money. I think when I finished being president, we had reached $225,000 and they’re $60 million today, so take heart in that. The grantmaking role is, what do you do? Selecting the CEO is key, setting the value systems, the vision, the goals, the strategies, the priorities, the focus, all of those things. (JS): How often did you meet on these boards, especially say, Kellogg? (DJ): The Kellogg Foundation, by the donor’s requirement, meets monthly, in Battle Creek. Over the years that’s changed. When I started, it used to be a one day meeting. Now it is an overnight with several hours on each side of that. (JS): Were some of the others less intense that? Or is that a little bit unusual? 6 �(DJ): Yes, private foundations by and large – the Ford Foundation meets three times a year. It’s interesting, isn’t it? Mr. Kellogg, as the donor, wanted people to understand the programming, wanted them to be in Battle Creek, not in Chicago or in New York, to feel the needs of the people, and Battle Creek was extremely important to him. (JS): As you were getting engaged and involved in foundations, what kinds of things did you really have to learn on the job? 00:19:44 (DJ): One thing I would say, finance is key, and particularly, I’m going back – the women’s lib movement was just starting then. I always have told young women, if you can read a financial statement, more power to you, because that will distinguish you. I don’t necessarily mean accounting, I mean understanding what a financial statement is. So my year of graduate work at the Harvard Radcliff Program really helped me in good stead. You continually learn on the job. When you work with a staff foundation like Kellogg, you learn program expertise. The other valuable thing is to be a generalist, and not join a board with a single mission in mind, which I think can be very valuable. You need to understand not only content, but psychology, people, and how the world works. (JS): What was the Conference and then Council of Foundations, what did it see as its mission, its job as it evolved? (DJ): I had a terrific 25 year career with the Council of Michigan Foundations. Our mission was to enhance, improve, and increase philanthropy. We were the largest regional association of grantmakers in the country. Not only did we work with present members, in terms of helping them to do their work at their request, we worked with people considering forming foundations. We were responsible for the Michigan Community Foundation Youth Project. We have community – every citizen in the state of Michigan is now served by a community foundation. I’m very proud of that. We worked with tax policy for donors, both at a national level and also in the state. There’s been the Community Foundation Tax Credit that looks like it’s going to be eliminated with our current issues in our state. But then also laws that affected private foundations: the excise tax, which was as high as 4 percent, now it’s down to 1 percent. With the payout that used to be exorbitantly high and now is 5 percent, those kinds of tax policy issues. We also did some things like started the Michigan AIDS Fund, when there was an interest in a particular area. (JS): How do you think the organization changed over the course of time while you were working for them? (DJ): Well, our organization had a 21 member, does have a 21 member board of trustees. It’s a union of many different opinions, and people work together to effectively make things happen. We actually were the incubator for several philanthropic endeavors here in the state of Michigan, and why? Because we had a dynamic board who brought issues, they could see that they could get things done by working together. Michigan Campus 7 �Compact started at the Council of Michigan Foundations. The Michigan Nonprofit Association started. We worked with then Governor Engler’s wife, Michelle, and others on the Michigan Community Service Commission. There were a lot of things that evolved. People saw you could get things done, and they brought opportunities to us. (JS): What sorts of backgrounds would people bring with them when they would join the board? (DJ): Interestingly, the board of the Council of Michigan Foundations, that’s why I was so fortunate to be asked because at that point I filled a slot. I was relatively young, from a small town, and I had had a decent education. So, I was asked to participate, and I had had a lot of volunteer experience. To serve on that kind of a board, in this case you needed to either be staff, or a donor, or a board member of a grantmaking entity and whether it be Kellogg, Kresge, Mott, Ford, Dow, GM, whatever, or here in Michigan, some of the smaller foundations. It all evolved. In fact, I chaired a national foundation conference when I was a volunteer with the Grand Haven Area Community Foundation, because they needed all kinds of components. (JS): You’ve been talking about state level activities and local ones and so forth. How much of the national structure is there, that these foundations are part of? (DJ): Well, it’s interesting. The Council of Michigan Foundations is a regional association. Today there’s 30 or 40 of those. Michigan has always been the largest. Rob Collier is the CEO, does an incredible job. Technically, each one is self-contained. But we do have a national organization, the Council on Foundations. We have Independent Sector, we have the Foundation Center, we have the Better Business Bureau, the National Council of Family Philanthropy. I served on all those boards. I’m old; I’ve lived a long time [laughs]. But, again, it’s representing what you can from a small area, which in this case was Grand Haven or the state of Michigan. There’s no legal overlap there. As we talk more about philanthropic education, all of that experience built into that. (JS): That actually is the next step being, how do we go from simply being actively involved in these organizations to doing things to promote education in philanthropy just like we do here at Grand Valley now at the Johnson Center. 00:25:48 (DJ): It’s interesting how the Johnson Center and I am honored beyond belief, when I – I never called it “retired,” when I “graduated” from the Council of Michigan Foundations, that was my parting gift. The Council of Michigan Foundations members raised the financial support and worked with then Don Lubbers, who was president. But I want to go back 10 years before that. This really grew out of the wisdom of Russ Mawby and the Kellogg Foundation. It grew out of the wisdom of Bob Payton from the Indiana Center on Philanthropy. They recognized the value of the academic underpinnings of a center on philanthropy and what it could contribute. They recognized that it’s not just one discipline of fundraising or whatever, it is an entire discipline. It could be history, the 8 �history of philanthropy. It could be economics. How does tax policy play into this? As you look at that, there was really nowhere to go for that kind of general background. So Bob Payton, and I must say with tremendous financial support from the Lilly Endowment, started the Indiana Center on Philanthropy. I was privileged to serve on that board for six years, chaired it for a couple years, so I learned a lot then. In the meantime, Russ Mawby, from Kellogg was saying, now what are we going to do in Michigan? The Council of Michigan Foundations, and the Kellogg Foundation, sponsored in Lansing for every public and private university, college, in the state. We extended an invitation to the president and one faculty person to come and learn about what this was. Brian O’Connell, bless his heart, from Independent Sector was the speaker. The whole idea was to motivate these educational institutions to do something. Now, I knew that there were a lot of individual professors doing things, but there wasn’t one center. When that was all said and done, Don Lubbers at Grand Valley, they submitted the winning proposal to the Kellogg Foundation and that’s what started the Center on Philanthropy here at Grand Valley, twenty years ago. (JS): It was originally just down the hall from me, Thom Jeavons in his office. What was the purpose of the center going to be? What was the idea behind it? (DJ): In ways I want to go back just a minute and say, why did grantmakers feel the need for philanthropy education? We had this Michigan Community Foundation Youth project which was tremendous, and continues to be. Out of that we recognized some students knew a lot about philanthropy. They probably learned it in their homes or their churches. Other students knew next to nothing. If we ever were going to sustain this, students needed to know more. So that was one more underpinning of why this all began. (JS): So the idea is more than simply providing some practical training for professionals, but also to communicate to a broader audience what philanthropy is and how it works? (DJ): Yes, well said. I would say, the center, when it began, and it’s refocused and done much more than in the beginning, as you would expect. It was really there to work with nonprofits in a community, to assist them with technical assistance, to train staff and that was all very important. As our center here has evolved at Grand Valley, the fact that we have CRI, the Community Research Institute, we have the nonprofit education, is all very crucial to what we’re trying to accomplish here. (JS): What kinds of things do people who are looking to go and do work for a nonprofit or something like that and get involved in these foundations, what kind of knowledge or training should they have, and what can a center like this help give them? 00:30:33 (DJ): I would say students; so many students come to me and saw, “I want to work for the Dow Foundation.” “I want to work for Kellogg.” “I want to work for Ford.” Doesn’t happen like that. You need a background, an academic background, ideally. Ideally you will major in something that is a passion of yours. Today, you can go to fundraising 9 �schools and you can become a development officer. There is a clear path for that. But program officers, at a foundation, the Gates Foundation. Name one. Those people didn’t start out at 22 and say, “I’m going to be that.” They had experience. So, understanding how that all evolves, working on internships, those kinds of things. But having some academic grounding and a discipline is very crucial to a future career in philanthropy. (JS): One other dimension that has come up in some of our other interviews, is that part of the reason for getting more organized and doing more to provide training and study was, you had a lot of people who were involved in foundations, or even family members in these foundations, second and third generations of people. Are there things that you do, or this center like this can do, or your council did, that supports them or helps them? When they inherit the role in a way or they fall into it somehow, is there guidance or direction you can give them? (DJ): It’s interesting. Part of my work at the Council of Michigan Foundations was to work with individual donors, both those who already had foundations and those who were considering it. And there’s some tremendous success stories. The worst, in my mind, was when the parents both passed away, the three children couldn’t agree. This is in a Detroit area foundation, so they had to divide it three ways, and that did not fulfill the purposes of what their parents had hoped would happen. But, yes. I think that both the Council of Michigan Foundations, and certainly now the center here at Grand Valley can be extremely helpful to families and family foundations. Michael Moody is the new Frey Chair professor and it has been very well received. What can they do? They can do surveys, they can share experiences. Sometimes families like to talk to a neutral party, they like to talk to me, I was totally neutral, about what others are doing and how they can learn and what they can do better. (JS): You’ve done a variety of different kinds of volunteering. One of the things that you did, for a significant portion of your time, was you served on the Board of [Trustees] for Grand Valley State University itself. How does working on a university board relate to or compare with working with these foundations? 00:33:47 (DJ): It was a real pleasure to be on Grand Valley’s board. I served with three different presidents here, chaired actually the search that brought Mark Murray in. The difference between a university board and a foundation board, I would say the foundation board, you hit the ground hard. With the university board, just by the nature of the size of the budget and the size of the staff, you can be involved and you have major decisions to make, but it’s not as much hands on. Fortunately, I was appointed, I feel by the Governor – he actually asked me originally to be on Central’s board. I can’t believe I said this, but I said to him, “Governor, I believe when you’re on a board, you need to give of your time, of your resources, and right now between my husband and myself and our children, we are sending modest contributions to nine schools, can’t do another one!” [laughs] But then I said, “If it was Grand Valley, I’d say yes in a heartbeat.” He said, “I’ll think about it.” I put the seed in and a couple of years later, I was very fortunately to be able to do 10 �that. Because I believe in giving back, and volunteering, if you have a young person now starting, volunteer as much as you can. You will be observed by others about what you can do and how you do it and you never know where it will lead. One question that you had asked on the list that I have was what are the issues in philanthropy right now as you see them? I’ve been very blessed; actually my whole career has been in philanthropy. Some people asked me when I quote “graduated,” when did this all start? And I said, I think was 8 years old in the 3rd grade in Mrs. Jones class. We were told to bring 10 cents to buy a harmonica. The whole class was going to learn how to play harmonicas, can you believe it? I knew that one of our student’s family, that wasn’t going to be possible. So I went to nine other of my friends, and said why don’t we all bring 11 cents? We’ll never tell, it’ll just get done. I think that was the first time. My mother was a volunteer, and I watched her with the Red Cross, the Community Chest, before the United Way. So that’s where that all started. 00:36:33 Bubbling this up, I see four issues in philanthropy right now that I think have to keep our eye on. One is obviously resources, no matter what size nonprofit you’re on and I’ve been involved in all kinds, Kandu Industries when it was a $10,000 budget, in Grand Haven, and it’s now Ottawa County more than $3 million I understand. But, resources are limited and nonprofits have to be very effective in their expenditures. I think the second issue is the proliferation of nonprofits. If you see something you – there’s a million and 500 thousand now that have IRS [determination]. If you want to do something, I’m all for it, do it. But see if you can collaborate with another because, because there’s so many, you may be passionate and it may last for 10, 20 years. But what’s going to happen to it? You need to think about that. The other, third issue I would say is tax policy. In our country, we’re going to have President Obama wanting to make changes to the charitable deduction. Fortunately, in the United States, we’ve had that for all these many years, and we’ve all benefited from it. Whether we’ve given or been the recipient. So tax policy is going to be a huge issue. I guess the third, from my nonprofit colleagues, are career paths. It’s changed drastically since I initially got involved. Compensation now for many nonprofits is where it should be. One in ten jobs in the state of Michigan is nonprofit. People don’t think of it like that, but it is a career path and we have to maintain the health and welfare. Over these last three years, I know compensations have been either frozen or reduced. It’s of concern to me that people be rewarded for the fine work that they’re doing. (JS): It’s not as if they’re necessarily being compensated on the same scale as a corporate CEO or something like that. Where there’s not really any particular ceiling to it. They have set salaries. There’s not a whole bunch of stock options that you can get as part as that package. (DJ): I think a young person when they go into the nonprofit sector, today they know what they’re getting themselves into. They’re not going to become wealthy, but they should be able to be comfortable. 11 �(JS): Now if you look back on the career you had and the different things that you’ve done, if you go back to being a kid back in California, starting all of this, if someone told you, say when you were 10 or 15 that you would wind up doing the set of things that you’ve done, how would you have responded to that? (DJ): That’s a good question. You know, I don’t think I would have been shocked, because I have always been interested in nonprofits and volunteering, but I’ve also been very interested in the corporate world, my church. Now, if you told me I was going to be living in a small town on the shores of Lake Michigan, I think I would have been surprised [laughs]. I was very fortunate. I had two grandfathers who I never knew, they were deceased before I was born, but they were both ministers. I think there was an ethic of service. I sort of fell into the corporate piece, I will say, because of my business orientation and interest. But I didn’t go out seeking that. And I guess to a young person today, that’s why I say be as much a generalist as you can. If you need to, satisfy another pursuit with volunteer activity. It’s very worthwhile. (JS): Are you still active with particular groups or boards? Do you still have things that you’re doing now? 00:40:58 (DJ): Currently, I’m on the board of the Grand Rapids Symphony, I’ve always enjoyed classical music, also the Princeton Theological Seminary. I’ve continued on the board of the Kellogg Foundation, and the Kellogg Company. Over the years, I’ve had many different interests. Fortunately, I’ve been given opportunities to serve. (JS): Have you learned to say no? (DJ): [laughs] Not too well. But I did when I stepped down from my job. And I give this advice to others. I’ve had to say this to other people, focus, focus, focus. Because I’m no good to a nonprofit just to accept it. I said wait at least six months before you accept any serious commitment. Because there certainly will be opportunities, and let’s face it. I help people give their money away, so people wanted me to help them. Well you can’t do it effectively, totally. Another experience that I had that I found very valuable, for ten years, I was on the Corporation for National and Community Service. I was appointed by President Clinton, and reappointed by President Bush. That budget is AmeriCorps, Learn and Serve, VISTA. It got up to nearly a billion dollars a year that this volunteer board was helping. That was…again, as a generalist, you were able to relate to those issues. (JS): Is that board experience going to be different from most of the others just because of the scope of it and the national orientation? (DJ): Yes. To be honest, serving on a government board can be very frustrating, very frustrating. There are laws that you never knew existed. Making effective change quickly is just not possible. But, all of that said, the greater vision was fulfilled. 12 � https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/589b82a226160a08688c8ba97d002858.mp4 a7ffbd3be710de0e57cfa7e22c1f0808 Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Michigan Philanthropy Oral History Project Interviews Subject The topic of the resource Philanthropy and society--Personal narratives Family foundations--Michigan Charities--Michigan Description An account of the resource The Michigan Philanthropy Oral History Project (MPOHP) was initiated in 2006 as an innovative partnership between the Council of Michigan Foundations, StoryCorps, Michigan Radio and the Dorothy A. Johnson Center for Philanthropy and Nonprofit Leadership at Grand Valley State University to create an oral history of Michigan philanthropy. Additional video interviews were created by the Johnson Center for Philanthropy to add to the depth and breadth of the collection. Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/516">Michigan Philanthropy Oral History Project (MPOHP) (JCPA-08). Johnson Center for Philanthropy Archives</a> Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Special Collections & University Archives Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 2017-05-02 Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/page/InC/1.0/?language=en">In Copyright</a> Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource Sound Text Moving Image Language A language of the resource eng Type The nature or genre of the resource audio/mp3 application/pdf video/mp4 Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context JCPA-08 Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant 2006-2008 Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Johnson Center for Philantrhopy Contributor An entity responsible for making contributions to the resource StoryCorps (Project) Oral History A resource containing historical information obtained in interviews with persons having firsthand knowledge. Source <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/516">Michigan Philanthropy Oral History Project (JCPA-08)</a> Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Johnson, Dorothy A., video interview and transcript Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Johnson, Dorothy A. Description An account of the resource Dorothy "Dottie"Johnson discusses her early life in Los Angeles and her education in public schools and at UC Berkeley and Harvard. She talks about working for J. Walter Thompson in New York and about moving to Grand Haven, Mich. where she began a family and a philanthropic career with extensive volunteer work. She describes how she became involved with the Grand Haven Area Community Foundation and other organizations and how she began her 25 year career with the Council of Michigan Foundations. The interview includes her thoughts on issues in philanthropy today and advice for young people starting their careers. Contributor An entity responsible for making contributions to the resource Smither, James Dorothy A. Johnson Center for Philanthropy and Nonprofit Leadership, Michigan Philanthropy Oral History Project Subject The topic of the resource Philanthropy and society Personal narratives Charities Michigan Associations, institutions, etc. Grand Valley State University Grand Haven (Mich.) Dorothy A. Johnson Center for Philanthropy and Nonprofit Leadership Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context JCPA-08_JohnsonD Language A language of the resource eng Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/InC/1.0/">In Copyright</a> Type The nature or genre of the resource Moving Image Text Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource video/mp4 application/pdf Relation A related resource Johnson Center for Philanthropy Archives Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 2011-05-05 Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Lemmen Library and Archives https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/8ac02a6c1449f8e94c00629de97d7578.mp4 f6dcd0d97b460fd1af07890b03eb6da0 https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/6654d77d14c5cfd83241a51344917c61.pdf d8948ac04757ea47dc2aaf6774e12a6b PDF Text Text Grand Valley State University Veterans History Project World War II Edward Johnson 2 Interview Length: (01:30:07:00) Recap of Experience / Vignettes (00:00:49:00)  While Johnson’s unit was in Africa, there was a problem with the unit’s jeeps, where the engines would hesitate; this worried the men because, given that they were working at night, they did not want the engine to hesitate (00:00:49:00) o When Johnson first joined the headquarters company, another soldier joined with him and the other soldier specialized in working with carburetors, so the two decided to take one of the jeep’s carburetors apart to try to fix the problem (00:01:18:00)  Eventually, the other soldier figured the problem was with the carburetor’s metering rod, which dictated how much fuel went into the carburetor at a given point (00:01:30:00) o Johnson and the other soldier kept fooling with the carburetor for several days, making slight adjustments to the metering rod each time before they got the correct setting (00:02:08:00) o Once they fixed the problem, Johnson and the other soldier turned the carburetor back in; although it did not seem like a major engineering feat, it was important to Johnson and the other soldier because they had figured the problem out by themselves (00:02:19:00) o Prior to Johnson and the other soldier’s fix, whenever someone would push down the accelerator in a jeep, there would be a slight hesitation before the jeep would begin to move (00:02:47:00)  The soldiers did not like the hesitation because at worst, the jeep might not move at all (00:02:52:00)  While in the desert, the constant dust was both a hindrance in maintaining the unit’s vehicles and on the soldiers as well (00:03:19:00) o As well, the temperatures fluctuated greatly, from being very hot during the day to very cold at night (00:03:25:00)  Around Christmas 1942, Johnson’s unit was short on food; the unit had been falling back and were unable to receive their food re-supplies (00:03:51:00) o Eventually, the regimental officers told the men that the German submarines were doing their job and sinking the re-supply ships, which meant there were shortages throughout the American forces (00:04:01:00) o After that, the men were “turned loose” to look for supplies, which mostly consisted of going to the local tangerine trees, where the soldiers were able to harvest tangerines by the bucket-full (00:04:16:00) o As well, the soldiers were able to buy bottles of the local wine for about fifty cents or less per bottle (00:04:36:00)  Some of the soldiers became so drunk that they started throwing hand grenades over a wall to make noise (00:04:56:00) �    o Eventually, command came down wanting to know what all the racket was about; the officers straightened everything out then called all the men together to explain their current situation, which helped alleviate some of the problems (00:05:02:00) o The entire situation was very touch-and-go for a long time; Johnson believes that they came very close to destruction from within, due to a combination of the wine and the food shortage (00:05:17:00) In 1943, Johnson’s unit went to the Casablanca Conference (00:05:34:00) o While at the conference, Johnson saw British Prime Minister Winston Churchill, American President Franklin D. Roosevelt, Admiral Ernest King, and General Dwight D. Eisenhower, among others (00:05:44:00)  For the most part, Johnson and the other soldiers did not recognize the commanders from the Navy or the Air Corps (00:06:22:00) o During the conference, Johnson’s unit performed a demonstration for all the commanders (00:06:32:00) o Being at the conference was interesting for Johnson and the other soldiers; the men were seated no less than fifty feet away from all those high-ranking military officers and senior politicians (00:06:42:00) o In order to get from Algeria back to Morocco, Johnson and the other soldiers had to travel by truck (00:07:02:00) Eventually, the soldiers received some time off while in Oran, Algeria, so they went looking for a beer-garden (00:08:01:00) o To that end, Johnson and a group of soldiers were in “downtown” Oran when a group of other men said they were going to a spot and invited Johnson’s group to come with them; although no one in Johnson’s group knew anyone in the other group, Johnson’s group went anyway (00:08:11:00) o The combined groups went to a beer-garden and had a couple of beers each when all of a sudden, someone came scream out of an upstairs room, which was shortly followed by the arrival of MPs (00:08:27:00) o Although Johnson and the other soldiers in his group were off-duty, they were not supposed to be in section of the city and they knew that; as it turned out, the soldiers were in the Kasbah section of the city (00:08:43:00) o Thankfully, Johnson’s group managed to get out of the area without any of them being caught by the MPs (00:09:24:00) Although a lot of other things happened while Johnson was in Africa, he does not consider them to be that important (00:09:53:00) o For the most part, towards the end of the campaign, Johnson and the other soldiers were getting ready to move into Sicily (00:10:01:00) In his first interview, Johnson told the story of reporting back to a group of high-ranking generals during the Sicily campaign on a day when the Germans launched a counterattack; however, after going back through, Johnson realized that his version was not entirely accurate (00:10:24:00) o During the counter-attack, the German Hermann Goering Division used tanks to attack the American lines where Johnson’s unit was positioned; the Germans so overpowered the Americans that Johnson and the other soldiers were told to stay in the foxholes and let the tanks through (00:10:32:00) �o As the Germans counter-attacked, Johnson was with his regimental commander when the regimental commander was hit and killed (00:10:48:00)  It was prior to dying that the regimental commander ordered Johnson to report back the generals that the German tanks had broken through the American lines (00:10:54:00) o Three or four of the German did manage to successfully break through the entire American line (00:11:13:00) o After Johnson reported the message and returned to his unit, some of the other soldiers were laughing at the fact that during the counter-attack, a couple of generals had to “hit the dirt” (00:11:21:00) o The reason Johnson had to carry the commander’s message in person to the generals was not only were the American’s communication abilities bad but another regiment had also lost its commander, leading to confusion (00:12:02:00)  Prior to being killed, the regimental commander had worked a lot with Johnson doing forward observations, so during the counter-attack, Johnson was right beside him (00:12:24:00)  During the counter-attack, the area where Johnson and the commander were positioned came under mortar attack; while in cover, Johnson could turn his head and watch as the mortar rounds came in (00:12:40:00)  One of the mortar rounds kicked up a stone that shot into the commander’s face (00:12:56:00) o During the counter-attack, headquarters company would have been over-run had it not been for the arrival of an artillery company in the regiment (00:13:12:00)  The breakthrough on the counter-attack consisted only of German tanks; the Americans were able to keep the German infantry at bay (00:13:36:00)  When the other company arrived, those soldiers were able to knock out several of the German tanks, as well as capture three German 88mm antiaircraft guns (00:13:47:00)  The company commander knew the effectiveness of the 88mms against tanks, so once they had captured the three guns, the soldiers used them against the German tanks (00:14:02:00)  The artillery company was normally equipped with 105mm howitzers, which could fire an armor-piercing round that was also effective against German tanks (00:14:17:00)  The combination of the 105mms and the 88mms, plus the arrival of some air-support turned the German counter-attack back (00:14:25:00)  However, for a period, Johnson seriously thought that his company was going to be pushed back (00:14:37:00) o Prior to the day he died, the regimental commander and Johnson had been in several scrapes, but they were never anything too serious (00:14:50:00)  The regimental commander was a former West Point graduate and did not believe in the idea of stay back behind the lines (00:14:55:00)  At times, Johnson would wonder why he and the commander would go off by themselves without any support; however, the commander seemed to know what he was doing (00:15:27:00) �      While in the field, because he did not want anyone to know the information, the commander never wore any insignia that identified him as an officer; as well, while in the field, there was not to be any saluting (00:15:54:00)  The commander believed in leading the from the front, which caused him to be captured several times by the enemy, although the soldiers managed to get him back each time (00:16:10:00) o By the end of the German counter-attack, the Americans managed to capture around forty to fifty thousand German soldiers (00:16:30:00) During the fighting in Sicily, Johnson and the other soldiers could not understand how the Germans managed to escape when the Allied forces had them trapped (00:16:56:00) For the most part, given the terrain and where he was and was not able to travel with his jeep, Johnson did not have too much work during the Sicily campaign (00:17:22:00) Eventually, Johnson’s unit was pulled out of Sicily and began making preparations for their next operation, including breaking in a new regimental commander who joined the regiment while it was still in Sicily (00:17:35:00) o Once the unit was out of the fighting in Sicily, the new commander took the regiment into the mountains to “teach them how to fire a rifle”, although all of the soldiers had already earned their marksmanship credentials (00:17:49:00)  Each soldier went through about three hundred rounds apiece, to prove that they knew how to use their weapons (00:18:05:00) o Before his arrival, Johnson and the other soldiers were told that their new regiment commander was a strict disciplinarian who placed a large emphasis on the spit and polish aspect of their lives (00:18:17:00)  This information gave the soldiers a skewed view of the new commander before he even arrived at the regiment but in the end, the commander turned out to be just fine (00:18:30:00) By the time they returned to England, Johnson figured that he and the other soldiers had traveled over 10,000 miles just by water (00:18:45:00) o At certain times, Johnson and the other soldiers were better sailors then the actually sailors aboard the ships (00:18:58:00) After they were back in England, Johnson and the other soldiers were kept busy with various training exercises; which ended up involving several bad incidents (00:19:06:00) o While in England, Johnson and the other soldiers ended up living with various English families and one of their staple meals was Brussels sprouts and SPAM; however, the men ate whatever was available (00:20:05:00) o The soldiers spent quite a long time in England as the invasion plans were set and they knew what was going to be happening (00:20:38:00) o Johnson and the other soldiers in his regiment often wondered why their regiment and the 1st Infantry Division in general was used so much (00:20:52:00)  Eventually, the soldiers found out that both General Patton and General Eisenhower liked the 1st Infantry, so whenever there was a special mission, the 1st Infantry was chosen to carry it out (00:20:56:00) �Normandy / Post – D-Day (00:21:35:00)  Once the soldiers deployed over to France, Johnson’s unit eventually set up a position fifteen miles away from the landing areas (00:21:35:00) o Every night at ten o’clock, a German airplane would fly over the position and the men began calling it “Schicklgruber” (00:21:42:00) o On the third night that the unit was dug in, another group of soldiers came up behind Johnson’s unit and began digging in as well; as the other soldiers dug in, Johnson was sent to see who they were (00:21:55:00)  The other soldiers were part of a 90mm anti-aircraft unit and as Johnson was explaining about the nightly fly-over, the soldiers said they knew about the fly-over (00:22:02:00)  The soldiers said that if the German airplane flew over that night and did not change anything from the previous nights, they were going to shoot him down (00:22:14:00)  At ten o’clock, the German airplane began flying over and the antiaircraft soldiers waited and waited before firing; all four guns fired at the same time and managed to take down the airplane (00:22:33:00)  Johnson went back the next day and all the anti-aircraft soldiers were happy because it was their first time on the line and the airplane was the first one they had shot down (00:22:46:00) o When someone asked how the soldiers came up with the name “Schicklgruber”, Johnson explained that it was the last name of Hitler’s father before he changed it to Hitler (00:23:51:00) o The entire situation made Johnson and the other soldiers feel better because it showed that they were at least receiving more support, especially against the German’s 88mm (00:24:10:00)  Although Johnson’s regiment was receiving more support from other units during the Normandy campaign, part of this was off-set by the influx of replacement soldiers who did not have any experience of being in combat (00:25:11:00) o On several occasions, Johnson and the other veteran soldiers in the regiment were scared of replacement soldiers because the replacements keep screw up; however, the commanders would come down and say it was the job of Johnson and the other veterans to teach the replacements (00:25:20:00)  In the headquarters company in particular, there were not as many replacement soldiers, so training them was not a problem that Johnson had to deal with (00:25:46:00) o As well, all the companies in the regiments were losing their officers at an extraordinary rate (00:25:57:00)  As Johnson mentioned during the first interview, the pre-breakout bombing outside of St. Lo was a shock to the soldiers; they were only half a mile away from the last bomb dropped when they started two-and-a-half miles when the bombing started (00:26:13:00) o As a result of the bombs dropping short of their intended target, the Americans lost not only two high-ranking generals but also nearly an entire regiment of soldiers (00:26:42:00)  Following the St. Lo breakout, Johnson’s memory becomes a little fuzzy about what happened and where he went (00:27:09:00) � o From what Johnson does remember, it seemed like the 1st Infantry was following Gen. Patton’s advance but the division also seemed to be going all over the place in France (00:27:17:00) o Eventually, the division was pulled into a large fight at the German Siegfried Defensive line; from what Johnson can remember, the fighting took place at the end of the defensive line (00:27:28:00)  Initially, the soldiers were able to move through the line relatively easily; it was when they came back and tried to attack in a different direction that they ran into problems (00:28:02:00)  The fighting lasted for about three to four days, during which it was extremely hot; it eventually reached the point that units were placing resupplies of water over re-supplies of ammunition (00:28:11:00)  Johnson was given the assignment to take three half-tracks loaded with water up to the front line (00:28:34:00) o Once Johnson reached the drop-off point, a pair of regimental commanders were at the drop-off point, waiting for the water (00:28:47:00) o As the supplies were unloaded, Johnson went into one of the regimental headquarters and inside, there were six different telephones, all ringing at once (00:29:04:00) o Both the regimental commanders were desperate to get the re-supplies and replacement soldiers (00:29:29:00)  One of the commanders said that at one point, if he had thirty-two soldiers remaining in one of his companies, he would be fortunate (00:30:09:00)  After the fighting was over, the soldiers were told they managed to take out three German divisions while only losing one American division, which just happened to be the 1st Infantry (00:30:16:00)  However, that was not the first time the 1st Infantry was beaten up; after Normandy, the companies in the division were riddled with casualties (00:30:34:00) o After the invasion, Johnson and some of the other soldiers figured that the division had lost around thirty to thirty-five percent of their total troop strength (00:30:47:00) o As far as Johnson can remember, following the massive fight in the Siegfried line, the 1st Infantry first moved to the city of Aachen, then to an area around the Ruhr river, then to the city of Bonn (00:31:01:00)  In particular, Johnson remembers Bonn because the city was the home of the Leica camera company and he remembers the rear echelon forces rushing into the city to “capture” the camera supply (00:31:10:00) During one of the breakouts following the Normandy invasion, the men did not know where they were going but were traveling at break-neck speed regardless (00:31:59:00) o All of a sudden, the advance stopped and when Johnson looked around, he saw people; he and the other soldiers did not realize that they were on the outskirts of Paris (00:32:18:00) �   o As the men were waiting, someone jumped on the side of Johnson’s half-track and as it turned out, that person spoke English (00:32:27:00) o Johnson grabbed his gun, opened the half-track’s hatch, and looked at the man, who claimed he was from Chicago; when Johnson asked what the man was doing there, the man said he wanted to share a drink with Johnson (00:32:35:00)  The man claimed that he would also “teach” Johnson how to drink, so after taking the first drink, he handed the bottle to Johnson, who also took a drink (00:32:58:00) o When Johnson again asked what the man was doing in the outskirts of Paris, the man explained that he had been caught at the beginning of the war and unable to make it back to the United States (00:33:34:00) o The man explained that he had buried the bottle once the war started and that was the first time it had seen daylight since then; as well, Johnson was the first American the man had seen to share the bottle with (00:33:47:00) o Although they made it to the outskirts of the city, Johnson and the other soldiers never made it into the city; instead, the 1st Infantry went around the city while other units went through the middle (00:33:58:00) Around Christmas 1944, Johnson believes the 1st Infantry was in Luxembourg and one day, Johnson and other solider were in Johnson’s half-track when Johnson stopped the half-track next to a house that had partially been built into an embankment (00:35:15:00) o A couple of old ladies came out of the house and motioned for the two soldiers to come over, which they did, although neither could speak the language; eventually, both sides worked out that it was Christmas time and the two women wanted the soldiers to have Christmas dinner with them (00:35:46:00) o On the designated date and time, Johnson and the other soldier went back to the house and the two women had a Christmas dinner of chicken and all the trimmings prepared (00:36:22:00)  However, right in the middle of the dinner, a German V-1 “Buzz Bomb” flew overhead, which caused everyone to stop eating (00:36:44:00) o After the dinner, the two women explained that they had to go into the basement from something, which turned out to be wine that was special and only meant to be drunk on Christmas (00:37:10:00) o Although Johnson and the other soldier should have gotten the names and address of the two women, it was not something they thought about (00:37:47:00) At one point, Johnson was on guard-duty and a series of German V-2 rockets flew overhead; however, Johnson and the other guards had no idea what was going on, only that something was happening in the distance (00:38:51:00) o About a week later, word came back that Johnson and the other guards had witnessed the launch of V-2s (00:39:23:00) o The Germans were always good a pulling things out, such as the V-2, that forced the soldiers to always be on their toes (00:39:38:00) After the fighting around the Siegfried line, the fighting let up for a while although Johnson does remember from time to time having his half-track get stuck in mud because the half-track was not very good at traversing mud (00:39:56:00) o Eventually, the soldiers were given an alert to be ready to move and again, Johnson took off as fast as the half-track would allow him (00:40:22:00) � o After some time, the soldiers arrived at a funny-looking bridge; the name “Remagen” did not mean anything to Johnson at the time but he did know that crossing the Rhine, the river that the bridge spanned was a big deal (00:40:41:00)  Johnson and the soldiers crossed the river using the old railroad bridge that had spanned the river before the war (00:41:07:00)  While crossing, Johnson had to be careful where he drove because the bridge itself was not very stable; conversely, all Johnson wanted to do was reach the other side (00:41:16:00) o The soldiers crossed the bridge around noon and sat along the bank of the river for a couple of hours (00:41:36:00)  Suddenly, Johnson heard a loud “bang”, turned his head, and saw that the railroad bridge had collapsed; the only thing remaining from the bridge were a pair of pillars standing in the river (00:42:03:00)  Later, Johnson returned to the area and saw one of the pontoon bridges that had been built to replace the collapsed bridge (00:42:35:00) Johnson does not remember anything significant happening until his unit moved into the mountains (00:43:32:00) o As they moved through the mountains, the soldiers were capturing a large amount of German soldiers; however, for the most part, the German soldiers did not give up easily and fought right to the very end (00:43:52:00) o During the advance, the soldiers heard about the massacre that occurred near the village of Malmedy (00:45:15:00) o Soon after hearing about the Malmedy massacre, Johnson founded a sculptured Hitler head in an SS headquarters and a Nazi flag in a backroom of a stadium in Nuremberg (00:45:48:00) o By this, Johnson and the other soldiers were seeing scores of German prisoners; whenever they encountered German soldiers, Johnson’s job was to find an officer to take care of them because Johnson’s unit did not have the ability to effectively take care of the prisoners (00:46:52:00)  For the most part, the prisoners Johnson saw fell into one of two categories, either very old or very young (00:47:21:00)  The soldiers tended to keep more of an eye on the younger prisoners or members of the SS (00:47:26:00)  Starting with the breakout from Normandy, Johnson’s unit was capturing hundreds and hundreds of prisoners (00:47:52:00)  Every night, the soldiers would catch a couple of dozen German prisoners (00:48:05:00)  As well, as the soldiers advanced through Germany, they had to deal with civilians who were retreating west, in order to avoid the Russian advance from the east (00:48:20:00)  In particular, it was difficult to use the highways because the civilians wanted to head east while the soldiers were advancing west (00:48:36:00)  Eventually, Johnson ended up carrying civilians from the front to the rear area (00:48:57:00) �  After North Africa, the 1st Infantry’s division commander left to take command of the 36th Infantry Division and lead that division during the invasion of Sicily [Terry Allen actually stayed with the 1st Division into the Sicilian campaign, but was then relieved and eventually led the 95th Division] (00:49:29:00) o After about the fourth day of fighting, the general came through Johnson’s area to assess the situation and Johnson was sent to talk with him; however, Johnson was not told he would be meeting a general (00:49:45:00)  Johnson asked the general what it was like leading different troops into battle and the only thing the general could say was it was different (00:50:34:00)  Johnson asked if the general was there to rejoin the division but the general only said was he had flown over to see the division (00:50:45:00) o Soon after his meeting with the general, Johnson’s sergeant sent out Johnson on another assignment (00:50:54:00)  Johnson reported to the area where the sergeant had told him to go and as it turned out, Johnson and some other soldiers were receiving commendation medals (00:51:00:00)  Prior to the ceremony, Johnson did not even know he had earned a medal, so he was stunned by what was happening (00:51:28:00)  Johnson ended up having to ask a colonel what the medal was that he had earned; the colonel told him it was a Silver Star, an award that Johnson should be proud of (00:51:51:00)  Later one, Johnson chided the sergeant for not telling him ahead of time what was happening because Johnson felt kind of stupid walking into a tent filled with generals and not knowing what was going on (00:52:33:00) o Another good officer that the soldiers had was General Clift Andrus, who Johnson worked with while in Africa (00:52:56:00)  Andrus was an older officer, having served during World War I, and he treated the soldiers like they were his sons (00:53:09:00) o Being a member of headquarters company meant that Johnson met several different generals, who always seemed to be around (00:53:24:00)  General Clarence Huebner, who commanded the division between General Terry Allen and Gen. Andrus, was not the friendliest towards the enlisted men and would often look down his nose at them (00:53:41:00)  On the other hand, Gen. Allen was a soldier’s general who did not believe in the “spit and polish” aspect of a soldier’s life (00:53:52:00) When the war ended, Johnson was stationed in the town of Cheb, in what was then part of Czechoslovakia (00:54:17:00) o When Johnson and the other soldiers arrived in Czechoslovakia, the Czechoslovaks did not know how to react to the soldiers or whether or not they could trust them (00:54:35:00) o There were a lot of mountains in the area surrounding Cheb, which meant the majority of the roads were not very good (00:54:51:00) o While in Cheb, soldiers from the division ended up capturing a couple of German generals amongst all the German soldiers who were surrendering (00:55:02:00) �   However, even as the Germans were retreating, they would not run and forced the Americans to fight for everything (00:55:11:00) o Once word finally came down that the war was over, the sergeant came around and when Johnson said that he did not believe it, the sergeant told him he would ask again (00:55:40:00)  By ten o’clock, the sergeant had come back and confirmed that the war was indeed over (00:55:56:00)  The surprise for Johnson personally was, once he and the other soldiers heard the war was over, there was not a sound made in their area (00:56:01:00)  To Johnson, it was surprising the none of the soldiers wanted to celebrate the end of the war (00:56:27:00) o Johnson and the other soldiers did not spend too long at Cheb before being assigned to clear out a German air base (00:56:39:00)  However, some of the old-timers in the division were called in and told they were being shipped home (00:56:54:00)  During this time, Johnson and some other soldiers kept trying to obtain passes to visit the “rats nest” but were repeatedly denied (00:57:02:00) o Although Johnson did at one point meet Russian soldiers, he does not remember where exactly that was (00:58:14:00)  Johnson remembers that a Russian soldier wanted Johnson’s canteen and proceeded to fill the canteen half-full of vodka (00:58:32:00)  From what Johnson and the other soldiers saw, the Russians were a mean bunch and did horrible things to a group of POWs they had previously captured (00:59:05:00) o While traveling through Germany, Johnson did see groups of displaced persons, although he does not remember where (00:59:33:00)  Other times, Johnson and the other soldiers were made to walk through the Jewish concentration camps (00:59:42:00)  All the displaced persons moving around made it a mess for the soldiers to try to move (01:00:05:00) Once it was time for him to go home, Johnson and some other soldiers traveled back to the French port of Le Havre and made the trip back to the United States, which turned out to not be a pleasant trip (01:00:19:00) o For the trip, Johnson and the other soldiers were placed aboard a Liberty Ship, which Johnson thought was the wrong name for that type of ship (01:00:39:00) o The lead-up to Le Havre is a blank for Johnson, apart from the fact that he and the other soldiers were constantly moving (01:01:01:00)  For the most part, the soldiers moved around by train, although Johnson does not remember specifics, except that he and the other soldiers carried all their supplies in their backpacks (01:01:12:00) Back during the Battle of the Bulge, Johnson’s unit was deployed near the Belgian town of St. Vith and had pushed out too far from the other American forces, which caused them to be hit by their own artillery (01:02:06:00) �o It only took a couple of rounds for the artillerymen to figure out that Johnson’s unit was being accidentally bombarded, it was still a bad experience (01:02:27:00) o After the shelling, Johnson’s unit was moved back to rejoin the remainder of the American forces (01:02:33:00) o At some point during the fighting, German forces managed to break though the 1st Infantry’s lines not far from Johnson’s unit (01:02:45:00)  Once word of the breakthrough came through, Johnson’s unit was lined up in a way that they had never done before, followed by all the artillery, waiting for the German attack (01:02:52:00)  When the Germans finally did attack, all the artillery, along with incoming airplanes, stooped the Germans cold; the Germans did not break through the defensive line set up by Johnson’s unit (01:03:31:00)  Johnson did not realize that the area his unit had been assigned to was such a key place; near the unit was an ammunition dump that none of the soldiers knew about and that ammunition dump was one of the objectives for the German forces trying to break through (01:04:06:00)  Johnson remembers that when he and the other soldiers tried to get forward to plug the hole, the highway was full of American soldiers trying to get away from the advancing Germans (01:04:25:00)  At one point, there was an argument between two soldiers as to who had the right-of-way (01:04:44:00) End of Enlistment / Civilian Life (01:05:25:00)  Once Johnson got on the Liberty Ship at Le Havre, nothing much happened, although Johnson was sweating out the journey regardless (01:05:25:00) o Although he never got seasick, Johnson was more concerned that the ship was not going to make it back to the United States; he had made it that far but the ship was not going to make it (01:05:31:00) o The journey ended up taking several days longer to get from Le Havre back to the United States than it had for Johnson to sail aboard the Queen Mary liner from the United States to Europe (01:05:57:00)  Apart from being slow, the Johnson believed the Liberty ship was poorly made; the ship constantly made noises that made Johnson believe the ship was going to collapse (01:06:26:00) o Once the ship came closer to the United States, Johnson and the other soldiers had to “straighten up”, such as correcting their language, because they were going to be civilians again (01:06:34:00) o Johnson remembers the ship pulling into New York Harbor and seeing the Statue of Liberty, which was a welcome sight (01:06:54:00) o The night that they arrived, Johnson and the other soldiers were treated to a large steak dinner; unfortunately, Johnson and some of the other soldiers ended up getting sick as a result of the dinner because they had not eaten anything like that for months (01:07:24:00) �  The dinner was held in a warehouse with rows of tables and at one end of the warehouse were crates full of supplies destined to be sent to Russia; on the crates was a big sign that read “Horse Meat” (01:07:44:00)  Although the people tried to help the soldiers, the soldiers were in shock from being home, so it did not matter one way or the other (01:08:10:00) After New York, Johnson and some of the other soldiers were sent to Fort Sheridan, Illinois to be officially checked out (01:08:33:00) o Once Johnson got to Fort Sheridan, he found out he had an ulcerated tooth, which required him to visit the base’s hospital (01:09:17:00)  While at the hospital, Johnson ended up meeting his future wife, who was working at the hospital (01:09:25:00)  Johnson arrived at the hospital with a group of soldiers and they all went into a large ward, which was meant to acclimate the soldiers to being in the hospital (01:09:41:00)  However, by that point, Johnson was not in a very good mood because he did not like being sent to the hospital (01:10:01:00)  When the nurses first came to check on him, Johnson told them to leave him along and they did for a while, until an officer from overseas asked why Johnson was being ornery (01:10:10:00)  Eventually, the hospital staff managed to get Johnson settled down and got his tooth taken care of (01:10:36:00)  Over time, Johnson noticed that the same nurse was checking on him and when he finally asked her why she kept coming back, the nurse said that she liked Johnson (01:10:53:00) o Instead of receiving a traditional discharge, Johnson ended up receiving a medical discharge because he had spent three or four months in the hospital (01:11:12:00) o Because he had been out of touch with home for so long, cultural, everything, such as music, was new to him (01:11:36:00)  The adjustment of going from the front line to the “front bed” was a little much for Johnson (01:11:47:00) o At the time of his discharge, Johnson figures he probably weighed one-hundredand-twenty pounds, soaking wet, and he, like the other soldiers, was beat up (01:11:56:00) o Realizing that he did not have as much pressure on him as he did during combat was a tremendous factor for Johnson and he was in an adjustment period for a long time, even after his discharge (01:12:15:00)  Going from everyday life in combat to having people who had not been overseas taking care of him was a big adjustment and sometimes, it did not go over well (01:12:34:00)  One of the first things Johnson would look for on the people who would take care of him was whether or not they had an overseas service ribbons (01:12:59:00) o One of the people was a major and Johnson ended up hitting it off with him right away; when Johnson said he might be taking things too far in his reaction, the major said �   that he was not and Johnson’s state-of-mind was a normal reaction that most people did not understand (01:13:03:00) o On V-J Day, Johnson told the person in-charge of the ward he was in that he was going out that night; although the person said “no”, Johnson disregarded that, put on his clothes behind everyone’s back, and put his hospital gown back on over the clothes (01:14:07:00)  Johnson knew where the back entrance to the hospital was, so he slipped out and went to downtown Chicago (01:14:35:00)  Johnson was wearing all his ribbons on his uniform, so he did not buy a drink the entire night; in fact, drinks were coming from Johnson’s right and left and he did a pretty good job at putting them away (01:14:46:00)  About one o’clock in the morning, Johnson headed back to the hospital; when he arrived back, the head of the ward was waiting for him (01:14:59:00)  Most of the soldiers who could drink did so; Johnson figures it was a way of dealing with what was going on (01:15:28:00) o As he stayed in the hospital, Johnson continued to gain weight, gaining thirty pounds in only thirty days; Johnson ended up eating Milky Way candy bars by the carton (01:15:46:00)  While in the hospital, Johnson also ended up giving up smoking (01:16:02:00)  On the voyage from Le Havre to the United States, there was a priest aboard the Liberty ship and when Johnson said that he was going to quit smoking, the priest condescendingly said “I bet you are” (01:16:22:00)  The priest gave Johnson his name and number and told Johnson to call him in six months to see if he really did quit smoking (01:16:48:00)  When the priest asked Johnson what made him think he could quit smoking, Johnson said it was simply mind over matter and if Johnson had the mind to do it, then he would do it (01:16:55:00)  Although the priest said it was not that simply, that was the challenge for Johnson (01:17:05:00) Johnson’s period of adjustment back to civilian life lasted for roughly four years, right up until he went back to school (01:17:01:00) o Up until that point, Johnson did not have the faintest idea that he was capable of doing anything like that (01:17:39:00)  Eventually, someone in Grand Rapids put Johnson through a series of tests that said he was able to do it (01:17:45:00) While Johnson was still in the hospital, the women who had been coming to see him continued to do so and eventually, they decided to get married (01:18:15:00) o Johnson’s future wife visited for about four months while he was going through rehab before they decided to get married without telling her parents until the last minute (01:18:54:00) Johnson finally returned home to Greenville in either late 1945 or early 1946 (01:19:59:00) �  o Once he was finally home, Johnson went to work for his father, who was then working as a carpenter after he and Johnson’s mother had moved off their farm and into Greenville (01:20:22:00)  While Johnson was growing up during the Great Depression, apart from working on the family farm, his father also worked as a Bell Telephone repairman; having that little extra job was the difference between a family making or not making it during the depression (01:20:42:00)  Prior to Johnson’s father, both Johnson’s grandfather and greatgrandfather had worked as carpenters (01:20:58:00)  At the time, putting up wallpaper was extremely popular, so Johnson’s primary job was putting up the paste for the wallpaper apart with other odd jobs (01:21:12:00) o In the meantime, Johnson joined the VFW in Greenville, which had an influx of new membership following the war (01:21:31:00) o Eventually, Johnson and his wife bought their first house for only six thousand dollars (01:21:50:00) o Although he had a job and his family, Johnson was still floating around, not really know what he wanted to do with his life (01:22:17:00)  Eventually, someone suggested a counselor in nearby Grand Rapids who specialized in working with veterans, so Johnson made an appointment to talk with him (01:22:21:00)  During the appointment, Johnson went through a battery of different tests before the counselor told Johnson to come back in a couple of weeks, at which point (01:22:34:00)  When Johnson returned, the counselor informed him that he was capable of going to college and listed off several colleges that Johnson could choose from (01:22:47:00) Eventually, Johnson chose to go to Ferris State University, located in Big Rapids, Michigan and spent the next several years at the university (01:22:58:00) o While at the university, Johnson changed his mind several times about his major before finally settling on earning degrees in history and accounting (01:23:16:00) o Johnson ended up earning his degree in only three years because he elected to attend classes in the summer (01:23:42:00)  However, at the end of his third year, Johnson was called in and told there was a man looking to hire a principal and Johnson was up for an interview (01:23:481:00)  Johnson was initially hesitant but during the interview, the man told Johnson about the school and Johnson ended up taking the position, which was in Maple City, Michigan (01:24:02:00) Johnson took the job and after a couple of years, the school district decided to consolidate, so he spent three or four years working on consolidating three schools into one school (01:24:34:00) o Once the school were consolidated, the administrations from each of the three schools had to agree as to who would continue working for the newly-consolidate school (01:25:07:00) �  o Johnson began looking around for other jobs and eventually found a job working at another school, one that had never had a principal before (01:25:21:00)  Johnson interviewed for the job and was hired to the a principal in the Roscommon, Michigan school district, where he stayed for nine or ten years (01:25:47:00) o After Roscommon, took a job working in Bellaire, Michigan before returning home to Greenville when Johnson’s father died (01:20:01:00) o Eventually, the opportunity came along for Johnson to head up a Council For Aging Program, so he applied and received the position (01:26:29:00)  Johnson stayed in the position for eight or nine years before going into selling insurance; after a while, Johnson decided to start his own insurance company (01:27:02:00) o Eventually, Johnson came full circle and began working with his son, who was a contractor, doing construction work (01:27:37:00)  When he was eighty-three years old, Johnson ended up working with his son to build a house for their minister (01:27:51:00) During one of his times working as a principal, Johnson was not only the principal but the head of the local Chamber of Commerce; however, Johnson eventually told the local school board that it was a problem because he was constantly being called out of the school to deal with issues (01:28:27:00) o However, the school board wanted Johnson to keep the job, so he stayed on as both the principal and the head of the Chamber of Commerce (01:28:41:00) Doing the interviews for the project was hard for Johnson because he would try to pull back the memories and would inevitable miss some details, which he would then remember later on (01:29:31:00) � Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Veterans History Project Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Grand Valley State University. History Department Description An account of the resource The Library of Congress established the Veterans History Project in 2001 to collect memories, accounts, and documents of U.S. war veterans from World War II and the Korean War, Vietnam War, and conflicts in the Middle East and elsewhere, and to preserve these stories for future generations. The GVSU History Department interviews are part of this work-in-progress, and may contain videos and audio recordings, transcripts and interview outlines, and related documents and photographs. Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant 1914- Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/page/InC/1.0/?language=en">In Copyright</a> Subject The topic of the resource Afghan War, 2001--Personal narratives, American Iran Hostage Crisis, 1979-1981--Personal narratives, American Korean War, 1950-1953--Personal narratives, American Michigan--History, Military Oral history Persian Gulf War, 1991--Personal narratives, American United States--History, Military United States. Air Force United States. Army United States. Navy Veterans Video recordings Vietnam War, 1961-1975--Personal narratives, American World War, 1939-1945--Personal narratives, American Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Special Collections & University Archives Contributor An entity responsible for making contributions to the resource Smither, James Boring, Frank Relation A related resource Veterans History Project (U.S.) Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context RHC-27 Language A language of the resource eng Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/455">Veterans History Project interviews (RHC-27)</a> Oral History A resource containing historical information obtained in interviews with persons having firsthand knowledge. Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context JohnsonE1347V2 Title A name given to the resource Johnson, Edward (Interview outline and video, 2 of 2), 2012 Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Johnson, Edward Description An account of the resource Edward Johnson was born in Greenville, Michigan in 1919, and was drafted into the Army in 1941. After training to be a mechanic at Camp Boyd, Texas, Johnson joined Headquarters Company, 1st Battalion 16th Infantry, 1st Infantry Division. He went to England with this unit in 1942, and stayed with it through campaigns in North Africa, Sicily, Normandy, the Hurtgen Forest, Battle of the Bulge and the invasion of Germany, ending up in Czechoslovakia when the war ended. Contributor An entity responsible for making contributions to the resource Smither, James (Interviewer) Subject The topic of the resource Oral history Veterans History Project (U.S.) United States--History, Military Michigan--History, Military Veterans Video recordings United States. Army World War, 1939-1945--Personal narratives, American Language A language of the resource eng Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/page/InC/1.0/?language=en">In Copyright</a> Type The nature or genre of the resource Moving Image Text Relation A related resource Veterans History Project (U.S.) Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 2012-02-28 Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/455">Veterans History Project collection, (RHC-27)</a> Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf video/mp4 Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Lemmen Library and Archives https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/b49983a4c959c59b64d270c102cb9f9d.mp4 d3511e9b25c5f9389a12697bd8b18765 https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/85341148876e3e871f153489f3f0cdea.pdf 2d9f7123758f237e3e31567c9c9be20d PDF Text Text Grand Valley State University Veterans History Project Edward Johnson 1 World War II Interview Length: (02:02:22:00) Pre-enlistment / Training (00:00:18:00)  Johnson was born in Greenville, Michigan on May 25th, 1919 (00:00:18:00)  When Johnson was born, his mother worked as a secretary and his father worked as a carpenter; however, before the Great Depression, his family purchased an eighty-acre farm outside of Greenville (00:00:27:00) o Because he did not have any siblings while growing up, Johnson spent a lot of time playing with his dog (00:01:07:00) o For the main cash crop of the farm, Johnson’s family grew potatoes, as well as oats and wheat (00:01:28:00) o Johnson’s family managed to keep the farm, although it was by the very skinniest of margins; without help from President Roosevelt’s policy, the family was close to losing the farm towards the end of the Depression because they were unable to make the necessary interest payments (00:01:41:00)  Growing up, Johnson attended a one-room schoolhouse, where there were nine grades and only a single teacher (00:02:14:00) o Johnson had to walk to the schoolhouse but he thought nothing of it because it was something he had to do (00:02:24:00) o After Johnson finished eighth grade, an arrangement was made whereby he would go live with his grandparents to attend high school (00:02:57:00)  Johnson graduated from high school in 1938, after which he found a job working for a potato business; immediately after he started high school, Johnson was placed in a program to educate him on being a farmer (00:03:18:00) o The business where Johnson worked was very large, at one point the largest in Michigan (00:03:51:00) o Eventually, Johnson briefly held another job before joining the Wolverine Shoe and Tanning Company (00:04:01:00)  Because Johnson played a lot of baseball and Wolverine had a good baseball team, Johnson suspects the company was looking to hire a baseball player when he got the job (00:04:08:00)  When Johnson told his father that Wolverine had offered him a job, his father told him to take it (00:04:29:00)  Johnson was drafted into the military on June 4th, 1941 (00:05:01:00) o After being drafted, Johnson first reported to Fort Custer in Kalamazoo [Battle Creek], Michigan; although the fort had a lot of buildings when Johnson arrived, it was still not too impressive for him (00:05:23:00) o Johnson was only at Fort Custer for processing and after which, he was sent to Camp Boyd, Texas, located about an hour outside of Fort Worth (00:05:56:00)  Johnson rode a train from Michigan to Texas and although he had never been on that long of a train ride before, he does not remember too much �about the trip, apart from being impressed with the number of men who were riding in the train with him (00:06:16:00) o When Johnson arrived in Texas, he was given a choice of what he would like to be trained for and he signed up to be a mechanic (00:06:52:00) o Before going through the mechanic school, Johnson went through the traditional basic training, with all the marching and physical training usually associated with that (00:07:07:00)  The marching and physical training was not a problem for Johnson, who, having grown up on a farm, knew how to work and do physicallydemanding jobs (00:07:22:00)  Discipline was part of the normal procedure and Johnson did not have a problem with it; there were some men who had problems with one thing or another but the discipline helped straighten them out (00:07:44:00)  For example, one man had a habit of chewing tobacco and after being warned three times to stop, was ordered to report to the sergeant, where he was forced to dig a hole 8’x8’x6’ and bury the chewing tobacco in the middle of the hole (00:08:06:00) o Later, the man told Johnson that originally, he had not placed the tobacco in the middle of the hole, so he had to go back down, place the tobacco exactly in the middle of the hole before filling the hole back in (00:08:31:00)  Another man like to sing during the long marches and although the other men liked it, their first sergeant did not, so he ordered the man to shut up; the man did but a couple of minutes later, was singing again (00:08:47:00) o The exchange between the sergeant and the singer happened three times and after the third time, the sergeant said that when they returned to the barracks, he and the singer were going to sort out the problem (00:09:14:00)  Although the other men wanted to watch the exchange between the two men, they were not allowed to (00:09:33:00) o Eventually, the singer came back looking not too worse for wear and the sergeant came back beat to a pulp; the only thing the sergeant said was that both men had learned their lesson (00:09:38:00) o During his mechanics training, Johnson’s group included another man from Greenville who was already a full-fledged mechanic and just under the upper age limit for someone to be drafted (00:10:22:00)  The training started with the men learning the different parts of the engine and while the others learned, the old mechanic would be in the back on the room sleeping because he knew it all already (00:10:51:00)  The mechanic was called to the front of the room and told to explain everything that the instructor had been teaching the other men; without missing a beat, the mechanic drew a perfect generator on the blackboard and labeled all its parts (00:11:10:00) �    In the end, the majority of Johnson’s training ended up coming from the mechanic after the men had finished with their normal training for the day or hour (00:11:35:00)  The men were training to work with ¾-ton Dodge, six-cylinder truck engines (00:11:48:00) o Overall, the mechanic’s training was good and after Johnson and the other men finished, they were transferred to the 36th Infantry Division (00:12:13:00)  One of the men who went through the mechanics training with Johnson was assigned to be a carburetion specialist and when Johnson pointed out that there were already mechanics in the division and they would probably not get to work, the other man suggested the two transfer out of the division (00:12:32:00) The two men transferred out of the 36th Infantry and joined the 1st Infantry Division stationed at Fort Indiantown Gap in Pennsylvania, which was the staging area for the entire division (00:13:01:00) o When Johnson and the other man joined the 1st Infantry, the Japanese attack on Pearl Harbor had yet to happen (00:13:17:00)  When the attack did happen, Johnson was sitting in a tent with twelve other men; after hearing about the attack, the men started packing because they thought they would be shipped out the next day (00:13:26:00)  At the time, the men were training with wooden guns; there was talk that the country might go to war and the men were still marching around with wooden guns (00:13:43:00) While Johnson was in Texas, he and the other men trained in desert combat and one time, while on an extended exercise, there was a snake in the path Johnson was taking, so he had to go into the section of the soldier next to him (00:14:01:00) o There were so many snake bites in the unit that the base hospital was constantly full; eventually, all the men were called in to learn how to properly treat snake bites (00:14:52:00) When the Japanese attack on Pearl Harbor happened, Johnson remembers wondering how he was going to fight with a wooden gun (00:15:38:00) Deployment to Europe / North Africa (00:16:06:00)  When Johnson and the other soldier joined the 1st Infantry at Indiantown Gap, the division was already getting ready to deploy and when the two men arrived, they were greeted by a pair of majors (00:16:06:00) o Both majors were friendly and they took the two men to the headquarters company of 1st Battalion, 16th Infantry Regiment, where the two were then handed off to the sergeant they would be working under (00:16:41:00)  When he was a civilian, the sergeant Johnson and the other man were assigned to had worked as a foreman for a power company, so he had the leadership qualities already built in (00:17:11:00)  The sergeant want to know what Johnson and the other soldier’s backgrounds were because their paperwork had not come through yet and when they said they were mechanics, he took them down to the company motor pool (00:17:28:00) �  Joining the regiment was not a problem because the sergeant made sure Johnson and the other man were comfortable; when Johnson joined the 36th Infantry, he was a Northerner being sent to a division made up of primarily Southerners (00:17:49:00) o A lot of the men who were in the 1st Infantry when Johnson arrived were old-time Army and had been together a long time (00:18:31:00) o When Johnson and the other man arrived, the division was getting ready to deploy to Europe, so Johnson and the other man were immediately given a large amount of semi-secret information (00:18:43:00) o One night, Johnson received orders that the division would be moving and that night, the division moved to New York, where the men boarded the Queen Mary luxury ocean-liner (00:18:54:00)  After the men were aboard the ship, supplies continued to be loaded for several days and at one point, Johnson remembers looking out the port hole, seeing all the supplies being loaded, and thinking that the ship was not going to be able to make the voyage (00:19:15:00)  The men were eventually briefed about what they needed to do while aboard the ship and the only major problem they faced was the possibility of a fire (00:19:39:00)  Johnson pointed out to the carburetion specialist that they did not mention anything about submarines (00:19:49:00)  Once aboard, the men were given life vests and packed into an area four or five men deep (00:20:05:00)  Four-and-a-half days after they boarded, the men were told it would be a 4,000 mile voyage and after the ship sailed out of New York and crossed the Atlantic, ended up in Scotland (00:20:15:00)  The weather during the journey was good (00:20:54:00) When the ship arrived in Scotland, Scottish bagpipers were there to greet the soldiers as they unloaded (00:21:14:00) o As they unloaded, the men were a little upset because they had not yet been fed that day; however, as the men were taken to a waiting train, some of the local Scots gave them home-made pot pies (00:21:39:00)  Once the men were settled aboard the train, they could eat the pies, which were individually wrapped in four pieces of newspaper and were enough for a full meal (00:21:52:00)  As the train left Scotland, it had special orders and went flying through the Scottish and English countryside (00:22:11:00) o The train eventually took the men to Tidworth Barracks, which were built on the Salisbury Plain and were primarily home to a British cavalry unit (00:22:27:00)  As the men were settling in, a German Me-109 fighter came in low and attack the barracks (00:22:47:00)  During the first night, the men turned on the radio and heard Axis Sally welcome the 1st Infantry Division to England; the men had tried hard to keep their movements hidden but to no avail (00:23:15:00) o Johnson was eventually given the assignment of driving one of the jeeps and taking care of the jeep for a major (00:23:34:00) �  The first time Johnson drove for the major was to Scotland when he drove the major to a meeting planning an invasion of Africa; however, Johnson did not know the meeting was about this (00:23:51:00)  The meeting was sixty miles away and when Johnson picked up the major, he said they had to make it there in forty-five minutes; although Johnson said it could not be done, a sergeant told him to do it anyway, so Johnson calculated the speed he would need to go in order to make the meeting on time (00:24:06:00)  All the roads in Scotland were narrow and all the bridges were hump-backed, so going top speed would often cause the jeeps to fly into the air (00:24:27:00)  Nevertheless, Johnson managed to get to the meeting on time; when the arrived, the major told Johnson that he had been through war but he had never had a ride quite like that (00:25:07:00) o Johnson spent three or four months in England before the 1st Infantry shipped out again (00:25:52:00)  While in England, Johnson visited Stonehenge, although the information explained to him did not sink in while he was there; looking back, it was a nice trip and Johnson should have enjoyed it but at the time, all he and the other soldiers saw were a bunch of rocks (00:26:35:00)  Other than Stonehenge, Johnson and the other men were not allowed to leave their barracks (00:26:59:00) o Before the division left England, Johnson and the other drivers received training in how to properly care for their vehicles (00:27:12:00) After the men finished testing their vehicles and finished the training, they and their vehicles were loaded back aboard ships, which then left England (00:27:54:00) o Once they had left England, Johnson figures the ships must have sailed nearly halfway back to the United States to join another convoy of ships also headed to North Africa (00:28:02:00) o When the ships from England joined the other convoy, the combined convoy ran into a large storm; although most of the crew aboard the ship got sick, Johnson himself did not (00:28:16:00)  At one point during the storm, Johnson was laying on the deck when the captain of the ship called him over to talk; as the two talked, the captain complained how all his crew, who were supposed to be helping the soldiers, were sick themselves (00:28:39:00)  During the storm, the captain and first mate had to work together turning the engine on and off because whenever the ship pitched high enough, the propeller came out of the water and needed to be turned off before going back into the water (00:29:40:00) o It seemed like the ships were at sea for about ten days before they meet up with the other group, after which both groups headed for their destination, although none of the soldiers knew where that was (00:30:37:00)  Once the ships were about halfway to their destination, the commanders finally told the soldiers where they were going (00:30:51:00) �  o During the voyage, the men kept thinking about the possibility of an enemy submarine attack (00:30:58:00) o Eventually, the ships sailed through the Straits of Gibraltar and Johnson noticed lights on the Moroccan side of the straits; to Johnson, it seemed crazy to see lights on during the middle of a war (00:31:05:00) o After the ships had sailed through the straits, the men were told exactly where the landings were going to be attempted (00:31:18:00) During the landing, Johnson’s jeep was the first to go into the water and as he pulled onto the beach, he was told to turn the jeep sideways; as Johnson turned the jeep, someone shot at him for the first time (00:31:26:00) o Johnson looked up and saw that it was a soldier in the French Foreign Legion who had shot at him (00:32:01:00) o Once all the other soldiers had landed, Johnson’s unit was sent to Taforaoui airport, which was fifty to six miles inland from the beach (00:32:18:00)  B-17 bombers were landing at the airport and the soldiers were told to form a perimeter around the airport because the commanders thought the Germans might drop in some paratroopers (00:32:48:00)  The soldiers stayed at Taforaoui for an extended period of time, between fifteen and twenty days (00:33:06:00)  The men set up tents at the airport but whenever a bomber would fly in, the tents would be blown over; it upset the soldiers because they had to keep building their tents (00:33:39:00) o Although there was a lot of fighting in the nearby city of Oran, Johnson’s unit never became involved in it (00:33:58:00) o Johnson and the other soldiers spent several days hanging around the airport before their unit finally moved into a series of different positions (00:34:12:00)  Johnson himself was constantly driving because his major was being sent all over the place (00:34:42:00) o The roads closer to the beach, where everyone lived, were okay; however, for the most part, the soldiers were operating further into the desert and the roads there amounted to little more than trails (00:35:04:00)  Operating in the desert was un-pleasant, thanks to high heat, sand storms, and local insects (00:35:17:00) Although the bulk of the 1st Infantry was hit at the Battle of Kasserine Pass, Johnson’s regiment did not; the regiment did fight in the American counter-attack after the battle was over (00:35:34:00) o After the counter-attack, a sergeant came in and said he had a job for Johnson; when Johnson asked what the job was, the sergeant asked if Johnson knew anything about German half-tracks (00:35:58:00)  Johnson said he knew a little bit about the German engine, so the two men went into a valley, where there was a German half-track sitting in a gully that the retreating Germans had left behind (00:36:11:00)  Four or five other soldiers went with Johnson and the sergeant to look over the half-track for any booby-traps and after everything was taken care of, Johnson crawled inside (00:36:25:00) � Once inside, Johnson hit the start button and the half-track’s engine started immediately; Johnson then shifted the half-track into reverse and back it out of the gully (00:36:45:00)  As Johnson backed the half-track out, the sergeant was smiling and he kept say, “it works” (00:36:57:00)  In order to drive the half-track, Johnson had to lay on his stomach and look through a periscope (00:37:06:00) o Whenever his regiment was actually involved in any fighting, Johnson’s job was to drive around the major to wherever he needed to go; Johnson was not expected to take a rifle and go fight in a foxhole unless he was called upon (00:37:37:00)  Johnson and the other men in the battalion headquarters were capable of fighting in the foxholes but their jobs were to drive (00:37:52:00)  For the most part, Johnson and the other men did portion of their work at night; Johnson even received special training on how to drive at night (00:38:02:00)  However, Johnson was often blind during the day from having driven at night (00:38:16:00)  Johnson also did work during the day, such as driving around an observer who was looking for targets for artillery units to attack (00:38:24:00)  At one point, a sergeant came up to Johnson and introduced an artillery observer from the division who wanted someone to drive him into a valley (00:38:41:00) o As Johnson and the observer got into the jeep, the observer said he had a few instructions for Johnson; if the observer yelled “go”, Johnson was supposed to jump out and not worry about what happened to the jeep (00:38:57:00)  Johnson started driving up the valley and all of a sudden, he heard the observer say “go”; Johnson jumped out of one side of the jeep as the observe jumped out of the other side (00:39:19:00)  After he had jumped out, Johnson looked up and saw a flight of six German Me-109s overhead; one of the fighters peeled off, looked around, and returned to the group (00:39:49:00)  As Johnson and the observer got the jeep, Johnson asked the observer how he had managed to spot the fighters because Johnson had been looking for enemy fighters as well (00:40:01:00) o The observer explained that on the horizon, there would always be a spot indicating that the fighters would be coming (00:40:35:00)  Apart from Kasserine Pass, the only other time Johnson was relatively close to the fighting in North Africa was at Latourine (00:41:15:00)  At Latourine, someone made a mistake and the unit’s commander was captured by the Germans (00:41:42:00) o When the other unit was captured, Johnson was only seventy-five or one-hundred yards away with the commander’s equipment in his jeep (00:41:49:00) �  o Johnson returned to the remainder of his unit, organized the commander’s equipment and waited with the others for any news about what happened (00:42:12:00)  About twenty days later, the men received orders to pick up the commander and some other soldiers who the Germans had previously taken prisoner; all the German ships in the harbor had been sunk and there was no way for the Germans to get the POWs back to Europe (00:42:20:00)  The first time Johnson’s unit moved through the valley, they were constantly setting up defensive positions (00:43:28:00)  At one point, Johnson went to the top of a mountain where an American unit was positioned; Johnson knew officers in the other unit from being a driver, which was why he was allowed onto the summit (00:43:31:00)  From the top of the mountain, Johnson watched as individual American tanks advanced up the valley, only to be quickly knocked out by German fire (00:43:42:00) o When Johnson asked what was happening, an nearby officer explained that a German 88mm gun further up the valley and the American tanks could not stand up to the gun’s firepower (00:43:56:00)  The next day, there was a new group of tanks that began advancing into the valley and the same thing happened again (00:44:07:00) At different times, German soldiers went through the American lines, advanced four or five miles into the American rear area, placed notes on the American communications, and retreated back without being caught (00:44:25:00) o Everything time this happened, Johnson would think about how poorly trained he and the other American soldiers were, to let the Germans through their lines without doing anything (00:44:42:00) o However, as the fighting continued, Johnson and the other soldiers slowly learned what they needed to, such as where to hide, what to look for, etc. (00:44:54:00)  At one point, Johnson’s unit was on the backside of a hill that they had already attacked and been repealed from three times; as the men were looking for spots to dig in, Johnson saw a black line running down the side of the hill (00:45:06:00)  Johnson yelled for the others to stop and for a sergeant to come over; the sergeant came over and after Johnson pointed to the line, the sergeant called someone from headquarters (00:45:29:00)  Someone else eventually came up, hooked another line to the black line and all the soldiers back away; some pulled the line and there was a massive explosion, caused by a series of mines hooked to the original line (00:45:58:00) o At the onset of the fighting, there was so much that the soldiers did not know how to do; nevertheless, they caught on pretty fast as to what things needed to be done (00:46:21:00) During the fighting, the Americans did not have any air support because the German fighters maintained air superiority (00:46:33:00) �     o One day, a German Ju-88 dive-bomber flew over the American position with a 500-lbs bomb but was hit in the left engine (00:46:46:00)  The bombers pilot rolled the plane over and dropped the bomb, which headed towards where Johnson was; however, at the last moment, the bomb veered to the side and ended up hitting the area where the unit’s medics and ambulance were stationed (00:47:01:00) On the whole, Johnson and the other soldier’s experiences in North Africa were not very good (00:47:42:00) o However, towards the end of the campaign, Johnson’s unit managed to capture over 50,000 German soldiers; when the soldiers surrendered, all 50,000 were located on a single hillside (00:47:45:00) After the campaign was over, Johnson’s unit moved back to Oran, where the men were issued new uniforms; because the soldiers never had time to clean themselves, Johnson figures by then, the uniforms were about ready to rot off the soldiers (00:48:04:00) o During the campaign, apart from not being able to clean themselves, the men’s health was relatively good (00:48:27:00) o Johnson remembers sending a letter home asking for a red bandana to tie over his forehead; without the bandana, within hours, his forehead was like mud from the combination of sweat and sandstorms (00:48:35:00)  One day, the men were caught in a sandstorm and although it was a clear day, once the storm started, it was like night; the men could not even tell if someone was standing beside them (00:48:56:00) At one point during the campaign, a half-track was brought to the unit and Johnson, being a mechanic, was given the job of driving it (00:49:13:00) o Apart from driving the half-track, during the sandstorms, it was a job in and of itself keeping the bogies of the half-track free of sand and able to operate at all times (00:49:25:00) o Along with carrying soldiers, Johnson also used his half-track to carry around mines and booby-traps, as well as shovels and anything else the soldiers needed to dig in with (00:49:56:00) o The half-track was driven using a large steering wheel and whenever he drove, Johnson had to make sure his thumbs were not gripping the steering wheel; if the steering wheel started to spin and his thumbs were gripping the wheel, then they could be broken easily (00:50:20:00)  Driving the half-track was difficult because the machine was clunky and Johnson always needed to apply a certain amount of pressure to do anything (00:50:31:00) Once back in Oran, Johnson and some of the other men went for a drink and there were girls from the United States in the bar where they went (00:51:18:00) o The men immediately wanted to talk with the girls because they had not heard anything from home except for letters (00:51:28:00) o The first thing the girl told Johnson when he tried to talk with her was that he stunk (00:51:37:00) The Bedouin tribesmen that the men would encounter would often steal different things from them; the tribesmen would beg, borrow, and steal to get what they needed from the soldiers (00:52:13:00) �o At one point, Johnson’s unit was setting up a defensive position in the Atlas Mountains and as the men worked, they planned on teaching the local population how to use the modern weapons (00:52:31:00)  Although the locals did have firearms, when they came to talk with the soldiers, one rifle only had one round left and another only had three rounds left (00:53:21:00)  The soldiers taught the locals exactly what they had been taught during training, but the locals did not care so much about that (00:53:35:00)  After the training, the soldiers took the locals on a hill to see how they could shoot and from the three-hundred yards away, each local hit a rock a foot-and-a-half across several times (00:53:52:00) o Another time, the men were told to work with a different group of people named Goumers [Goums], who liked using knifes in combat (00:54:08:00)  The tribesmen had no problem laying in the desert for an entire day to bring back information; although the soldiers were told where the tribesmen would be stationed, they could not find them (00:54:24:00)  Following one of the tribesmen’s missions, Johnson and the other soldiers, who at the time were having trouble keeping enough water around to drink, were sent to work with them (00:54:52:00)  As Johnson was working with one of the tribesmen, someone grabbed his canteen, which was a no-no; Johnson had a gun in his hand so he swung around to see who it was (00:55:04:00) o As Johnson swung around, a French officer who was translating between the tribesmen and the soldiers waved for him to stop (00:55:18:00)  Johnson continued working and eventually, the person who had taken his canteen brought it back; however, when he took a drink from the canteen, he found that the person had filled the canteen with wine (00:55:31:00) o The wine quenched the soldiers’ thirst; instead of taking a drink once every ten minutes, they were taking a drink once every hour (00:55:56:00) o At one point, while still in the Atlas Mountains, Johnson was given a jeep to go pick up a major (00:56:25:00)  Once Johnson picked up the major, they drove over forty miles into noman’s-land (00:56:41:00)  Before leaving, the major had the jeep specially out-fitted for the mission, so there were extra hand grenades and a machine guns, as well as both men’s rifles (00:56:52:00)  As the jeep started up a hillside, the major told him to stop; Johnson did and the two men started walk towards the top of the hill (00:57:04:00)  As they continued up the hillside, the two men ran into an alcove with running water, where the major said that both he and Johnson were going to take a bath (00:57:12:00) �  After crawling into the alcove, Johnson and the major stripped down, and lowered themselves into separate holes, to the point the water came up to their necks (00:57:36:00) Johnson and the major only stayed in the holes for three minutes before climbing out and as they crawled out of the alcove, Johnson noticed black spots running through the water; when Johnson asked what the spots were, the major said they were lice and explained that the whole area used the alcove to clean themselves (00:58:24:00) Invasion of Sicily / England (00:59:43:00)  As the men stayed in Oran, the 1st Infantry was a whole was getting ready for another invasion (00:59:43:00) o However, unlike the invasion of North Africa, the commanders told the men where they would be invading (00:59:48:00) o Eventually, the men were loaded onto boats, sailed across the Mediterranean Sea and landed at Gela, Sicily; during the landing, Johnson was the first soldier to go ashore in Gela (00:59:53:00)  During the landing, Johnson was driving a jeep for a couple of officers, although he does not remember who the officers were (01:00:16:00) o After he landed, Johnson went up to an abandoned enemy shore battery, whose nameplate read “Fisher”, which indicated that the battery had been built in the United States (01:00:26:00) o After all the troops had landed, they began to move in-land and ran into a fiveacre watermelon patch; there was not a watermelon left in the patch by the time the soldiers finished moving through it (01:00:48:00)  Eventually, headquarters company had set up about three or four miles in-land from the beach and at one point, a soldier came up and requested permission from the company commander to go get some of his relatives, who lived on a nearby hill; the commander said okay, which caught Johnson off-guard (01:01:25:00)  Rumors were constantly passing between the soldiers that German paratroopers were going to eventually land at their position (01:02:10:00) o One night, the American ships began launching flares above Johnson’s position because there were paratroops in the air; however, Johnson was not sure the paratroopers were Germans (01:02:19:00) o One of the paratroopers landed in the company’s position, so Johnson advanced with his gun drawn towards the paratrooper, who turned out to be an American paratrooper, not a German (01:02:33:00) o Johnson helped the paratrooper out of his parachute and the paratrooper told Johnson to keep the parachute, which was made of silk, in his foxhole; Johnson kept the parachute and after the war, had a silk scarf made out of it (01:02:44:00)  As the soldiers continued moving in-land, they eventually became involved in a heavy firefight with the Germans (01:03:23:00) o Prior to the firefight, Johnson was called back and ordered to carry an important message from the company back to the beach (01:03:35:00) o When Johnson arrived at the beach, the first officer’s vehicle he saw belong to General Theodore Roosevelt Jr.; however, Gen. Roosevelt stopped Johnson �   before he could say anything, said that General George Patton was coming onto the beach, and Johnson was to give the message to him (01:03:50:00)  Although the orders did not enthuse Johnson, he reported to Gen. Patton that German tanks would be breaking through the American lines; although Johnson never saw any more of Patton, none of the books written about the early part of the Sicily invasion mention that Patton and the officers knew the German tanks were going to break through the American lines (01:04:14:00) o After making his report to Gen. Patton, Johnson returned to headquarters company and when he told the other men what had happened with Gen. Patton, all the other men laughed (01:05:38:00) Prior to the invasion, Johnson remembers hearing Gen. Patton apologize to Johnson’s division for slapping one of the soldiers in the division (01:06:42:00) o Most of the men did not care one way or another because the soldier the general had slapped ended up making the invasion anyway (01:06:57:00) While the division was in Africa, Gen. Roosevelt, who was the assistant division commander, would visit Johnson’s company with maps to inform the men about what the current situation was (01:07:37:00) o For the most part, the soldiers did not know anything, except that the enemy was out there somewhere (01:07:56:00) o Like Gen. Roosevelt, the 1st Infantry Division’s commander, General Terry Allen, was a “soldier’s general”; Gen. Allen was a fighting general and as far as he was concerned, the soldiers did not have to worry too much about spit and polish (01:08:20:00)  Nevertheless, Gen. Allen got the job done and the soldiers respected him for that (01:08:32:00) o The general who followed Gen. Allen as the division commander, General Clarence R. Huebner, did place more of an emphasis on the spit and polish aspect of the soldiers’ lives (01:08:38:00) Once the soldiers had successfully moved away from the beaches, they began moving into the mountains (01:09:06:00) o However, moving into the mountains turned out to be very bad for the Johnson and the other drivers because they were unable to successfully navigate their vehicles; ultimately, pack mules were brought in to carry the ammunition up the other soldiers (01:09:11:00)  However, some of the mules would not listen to the soldiers, so the soldiers had to find soldiers who knew how to work with mules (01:09:22:00)  At some points, the “roads” leading into the mountains were only a little over a foot wide; nevertheless, the mules were sure-footed enough to successfully navigate the roads (01:09:31:00) o From Johnson’s perspective, the fighting eventually devolved into a fight between the various artillery units (01:09:45:00)  For the most part, the shells that the enemy would fire at the soldiers was just as bad as the shrapnel that came from the explosions (01:09:56:00) �  Whenever the soldiers would build protection, a shell would come in an knock it all down; the soldiers could not dig in, so they were forced to build their protection above ground (01:10:06:00) o Johnson’s company eventually ended up in the town of Troina, which was located near the middle of the island, on the west side of Mt. Etna (01:10:24:00) Back when Johnson’s company was in Africa, right after the company had first set up, they were attacked by enemy aircraft and ended up losing their colonel, a lieutenant, and another soldier (01:10:54:00) o As the fighting continued, both in Africa and in Sicily, the company was constantly being hit by enemy aircraft, as well as by enemy artillery, which was very good (01:11:11:00)  However, the American artillery often proved to be just as good was the German artillery (01:11:21:00)  One time, Johnson was out with a group that became cut off from the company and unable to make it back (01:11:53:00)  The major leading the group called on artillery to help and eventually, the soldiers were able to make a break for the American lines (01:12:04:00)  After the soldiers made it back, the colonel was called into headquarters and reprimanded for the amount of artillery used to assist the soldiers (01:12:37:00) o The colonel replied that it took eighteen years to make a man and only eighteen seconds to make a round of ammunition; once the colonel said that, the commanding officer dismissed him (01:12:53:00) o Once in Sicily, Johnson’s battalion did suffer a high number of casualties among the officers, although the casualties were mostly confined to the officers in “A”, “B”, and “C” companies (01:13:39:00)  The majority of the officer casualties resulted from the fact that officers often led their forces from the front (01:13:51:00)  From the first time Johnson and the other men joined the 1st Infantry, they were exposed to the division’s motto: “No Mission Too Difficult, No Sacrifice Too Great-Duty First” (01:14:10:00)  Although the majority of the officers in the unit were good, there were a few who were questionable and almost got Johnson killed on several different occasions (01:14:23:00)  However, by the time those incidents occurred, Johnson had enough experience to know, that although he should not question the officers, they were doing something wrong (01:14:34:00)  One time, Johnson would tell that his group, carrying supplies to “A” Company, was headed in the wrong direction; the group eventually managed to sort itself out and made it to “A” Company just before dawn, although the “A” Company commander was furious that they had no shown up earlier (01:14:47:00) o When Johnson group made it back to headquarters company, Johnson’s commander called him into his office �     and told him to get the officer who had led the group into the commander’s office (01:15:28:00) o Once in the office, the officer admitted that the group had made a mistake; when the commander asked who corrected the mistake, the officer said Johnson had (01:15:48:00) o Following the incident, Johnson began receiving more information about where he would be going with the different groups (01:16:01:00)  Another time, while the battalion was in central France, the same officer who had led the bumbled group to re-supply “A” Company was leading a recon with a 14-ton vehicle (01:16:11:00) o Johnson could not understand why the officer had chosen to use a 14-ton vehicle for the recon, when a jeep would have worked much better (01:16:34:00) o At one point, Johnson was preparing to move the vehicle through an opening when an enemy round passed in-front of the vehicle (01:16:45:00) o Johnson asked the officer if the officer still wanted to do the recon and the officer told Johnson to turn the vehicle around and get out of there (01:17:05:00) Once their unit was stationed at Troina in Sicily, Johnson and the other soldiers were sent to sleep on a hillside; Johnson did not realize it at the time but the “hillside” he and the men were sleeping on was the backside of Mt. Etna (01:17:45:00) o As Johnson settled in, he heard rumble but initially passed it off as just more incoming enemy artillery (01:17:56:00) o However, nothing happened and Johnson heard another rumble; again, nothing happened, except that the top of Etna began to smoke (01:18:06:00) o Although the Americans had a large amount of enemy soldiers trapped on the island, from what Johnson has read on the campaign, mistakes were made that allowed a good portion of those soldiers to escape (01:18:26:00) Sicily was not an easy fight for Johnson and the other soldiers; from what Johnson can remember, his unit’s companies took around 30 to 40 percent casualties (01:19:08:00) Once the men were at Troina, they were told that they were being shipped back to England; however, there was a time lapse between when the soldiers left Sicily and arrived in England where they were stuck at sea (01:19:37:00) o The soldiers returned to England aboard ships and to Johnson, it seemed like the soldiers were at sea for a long time (01:20:59:00) Once back in England, one of the assignments the men were ordered to do was construct a series of barbed-wire beach obstacles in case the Germans ever decided to attack England (01:21:20:00) o However, most of the soldiers realized the work was just something to keep them busy (01:21:28:00) The soldiers ended up spending quite a long time in England and they ended up staying in the homes of civilian English families (01:21:36:00) o The English were constantly asking if the soldiers knew where the soldiers would be going next but the soldiers never knew for sure (01:21:48:00) �  o Johnson himself ended up celebrating Christmas with the family whom he was staying with (01:22:07:00)  The woman who owned the house where he was staying had been preparing for Christmas for six months ahead of time (01:22:13:00) o One thing Johnson noticed as that regardless of what social standing they had before the war, all the English were brought to the same level (01:23:00:00) Johnson’s unit did not do too much while it was stationed in England and there was a lot of wasted time (01:23:21:00) Johnson made it into London once and another time, he was at the beach and watched as a cripple airplane flew overhead (01:23:32:00) o Johnson and the other soldiers did see the massive damage that the German V-1 and V-2 rockets caused; London itself was almost flattened from the rockets when Johnson went to visit the city (01:24:01:00)  Later in the war, Johnson’s unit was so close to the launch point for the rockets that they were mistakenly attacked by American aircraft who were trying to attack the launch point (01:24:28:00)  Another time, Johnson was stationed near Frankfurt when he saw something rise up from the ground; Johnson told his commander about it, who then sent the information up the chain of command (01:24:53:00)  About a week later, Johnson got a notice back that he had witnessed a V-2 rocket launch (01:25:13:00)  While in England, Johnson and the other soldiers saw incoming V-1s and V-2s; however, they saw more of the V-1 than the V-2 (01:25:30:00) Invasion of Normandy / End of the War (01:26:21:00)  As it became closer to the invasion of Normandy, Johnson began driving around more at night with his jeep (01:26:21:00) o One night, Johnson had to drive an officer, newly-arrived from the United States; the officer fell asleep and when he woke up, in his mind, Johnson was driving the jeep on the wrong side of the road (01:26:35:00)  The officer grabbed the wheel but Johnson stopped him and reprimanded him; Johnson was the driver of the jeep, he knew what he was doing, and they were on the right side of the road for England (01:26:49:00)  Later, Johnson had to dodge something in the road but the officer did not believe him and ordered Johnson to back the jeep up to prove there was something in the road to dodge (01:27:11:00)  Johnson backed the jeep up fifty yards and in the middle of the road was a large hole (01:27:21:00) o After the experience with the newly-arrived officer, whenever he was assigned to drive around an officer, Johnson would ask if the officer was new and if the officer understood that Johnson would be doing the driving (01:27:42:00) o Johnson drove so much at night that he was eventually able to drive upwards of 70MPH, using the shadows and the feel of the jeep on the road (01:27:58:00) o During the night, the headlights were “blacked out”, covered in canvas with only a tiny slit allowing light through; however, the slits were not meant to help the driver but to make him visible to anyone else on the road (01:28:27:00) �    When someone saw the slits on the headlights, they knew they were about twenty feet away from the other vehicle (01:28:41:00) Once it became time to begin the actually preparation for the Normandy invasion, Johnson's unit moved to around Plymouth (01:29:03:00) o Recently, Johnson has read that there were around two million soldiers stationed around Plymouth prior to the invasion, including not just American soldiers but also British soldiers and soldiers from the other Allied nations (01:29:12:00) o Once in Plymouth, Johnson was assigned to drive a half-track, which was much harder to hide from the enemy than a jeep (01:29:25:00)  Nevertheless, the soldiers were moved into a secluded area and told to wait for information (01:29:33:00) o As the men waited, the English countryside was covered with vehicles, ranging from tanks to trucks (01:29:58:00) Eventually, loaded on a Landing Craft-Tank (an LCT); apart from Johnson and a sergeant, the other things on the LCT were a large stack on dynamite towards the back of the ship, an L-10 Bulldozer, Johnson’s half-track, a small medical group, and three soldiers who operated the bulldozer (01:30:07:00) o The LCT went out once, on June 5th, but returned to the port soon after due to inclement weather on the English Channel, with waves averaging around six to seven feet (01:31:08:00)  Luckily, the LCT was a larger ship, which meant Johnson and the other soldiers did not receive the buffeting from the wind that the smaller landing craft received (01:31:29:00) o Prior to the landing, wherever Johnson looked around the LCT, he would see ships (01:31:51:00) o Johnson and the other men found out where they would be going just before they boarded the LCT; the Supreme Allied Commander, General Dwight Eisenhower, was there and he told the men information about where they were going to be invading (01:32:26:00)  Nevertheless, the period after the LCT had returned to port for the inclement weather was a little confusing; the men did not know what was happening when all of a sudden, the LCT started moving (01:32:57:00) The LCT eventually moved out, got into its assigned position before new orders were given; at 5:30, a bullhorn attached to the lead ship ordered Johnson’s LCT to move in, which it did (01:33:25:00) o The LCT had moved fifty to one hundred feet towards the shore when the bullhorn came on again and ordered the LCT to come back; the LCT had hit a mine, which blew the entire from end of the ship off and made it impossible for the ship to go forward (01:34:26:00) o As the ship was trying to move back, it was hit by all sorts of enemy fire, everything from shore batteries and machine guns to mortars and direct fire from German soldiers (01:34:56:00) o The ship began listing to one side and eventually caught fire; once the ship was on fire, Johnson grabbed a nearby fire extinguisher, climbed up, and had just about completely put the fire out when the extinguisher ran out (01:35:15:00) �     The fire came back and hit Johnson in his face before someone else threw up another extinguisher, which Johnson grabbed and used to put out the remainder of the fire (01:35:38:00) o Once the fire was out, Johnson, who was confused as to why the LCT was not moving, climbed up higher on the ship and saw that the captain of the ship had lost a leg and had been knocked out (01:36:03:00) o Johnson took charge of the situation and talked through the speaking tube to the engine room to get the LCT to go back (01:36:16:00) o Eventually, the LCT ended up in front of a destroyer, which promptly yelled at the LCT to get out of the way; Johnson managed to maneuver the LCT to the side of the destroyer and was close enough so that when the destroyer launched a broadside, the heat from the guns was strong enough to almost burn Johnson and the other men on the LCT (01:36:44:00) o The LCT drifted as wave after wave of ships passed them to go in for the invasion; eventually, an ammunition ship after the back end of the fleet stopped and allowed the men on the LCT to board (01:37:18:00)  The soldiers medical detachment survived but Johnson does not know what happened to the three other soldiers who were also on the ship; Johnson’s sergeant also survived and he recommended Johnson receive the Silver Star (01:37:45:00) o Eventually, the LCT was assigned a new captain and was sent back in to complete the landing (01:38:10:00)  The landing attempt was awkward for the LCT because thanks to the damage from the mine, every time the LCT would go forward, the ship would take on water (01:38:31:00)  However, the new captain knew how to properly handle this problem and was able to successfully land the ship (01:38:38:00) o As the LCT moved to land on Omaha Beach, Johnson and the other soldiers saw the remnants that remained of the first twenty minutes of the invasion (01:38:59:00) After the LCT had landed, the sergeant disembarked first and took command of the offloading of the ship (01:39:14:00) o Once off the LCT, Johnson and the other soldiers had no trouble getting off the beach; once the ship was unloaded, Johnson and the sergeant were able to make their way to where the headquarters company had set up their position, four miles from the beach (01:39:18:00) o By the time the LCT finally managed to land, it was getting to be later in the morning (01:39:37:00) As the LCT was trying to fall back, that was when Johnson and the other soldiers heard the naval bombardment that was supposed to loosen up the German defenses (01:41:10:00) Although Johnson himself was not fired upon as he exited the beach, there was still gunfire happening off to his right (01:41:46:00) After Johnson and the sergeant re-joined the headquarters company, they dug in and waited for something to happen, although nothing ever did; Johnson attributes part of this �   to the fact the company was not meant to be a fighting unit, whereas the other companies in the battalion did take heavy casualties (01:42:19:00) o To Johnson, it seemed like the entire battalion was in the same place for an extended period of time, which Johnson equated to the battalion licking its wounds from the fighting (01:42:52:00) o Once the entire unit was back together and had organized their artillery, they began to move out, although Johnson cannot remember where to (01:43:07:00) As the battalion continued advancing inland, they eventually entered the hedgerows (bocage) that divided up the land; once the soldiers were in the bocage, Johnson had very little in the way of assignments because it was difficult for Johnson to drive his halftrack in the thick hedgerows (01:44:11:00) o For the most part, any work that was done was done during the night and on some nights, Johnson would carry supplies to the front with his halftrack (01:44:22:00)  One time, Johnson’s ammunition carrier was supposed to be full of ammunition but was instead full of whiskey for the soldiers (01:44:45:00)  Johnson ended up getting inspected by a general during the trip; when the general asked what was in the ammunition carrier, Johnson lied and said ammunition (01:44:59:00) o Inspections on the front were not uncommon; several times, the soldiers had to line up for an inspection while under enemy fire (01:45:37:00) By the time of the Normandy invasion, Johnson’s headquarters company had experience almost a 100% turnover in officers, either from casualties or officers transferring out of the unit; this meant that during Normandy, there was a large portion of new officers in the unit (01:46:06:00) o However, Johnson and the other enlisted personnel never really got close to the officers; both groups did their jobs and Johnson himself spent most of his time with a sergeant who he worked well with (01:46:19:00) During the Allied breakout from the town of St Lô, Johnson remembers that the 1st Infantry was a follow-up unit to another division (01:46:52:00) o Johnson remembers that prior to the actual attack, aircraft from the Air Force flew overhead for about four hours; the 1st Infantry was stationed two-and-a-half miles away from the front lines and as each wave of aircraft flew overhead, their bombs fell a little closer to the soldiers (01:47:07:00)  The bombs from the last wave were so close that some fell on American lines and one ended up killing a high-ranking American General, Lesley McNair (01:47:53:00) o Once the bombings were over and the division stationed in front of the 1st Infantry managed to break out, Johnson’s unit took off and continued advancing to the point that the vehicles ran out of gas (01:48:42:00)  Once they had run out of gas, all the vehicles were lined up along the side of the road, which worried Johnson (01:49:09:00)  Eventually, gasoline was brought up for the vehicles and Johnson put between forty and fifty gallons of gasoline into the half-track’s three fuel tanks (01:49:29:00) �     o After they had re-fueled, the vehicles took off again and covered another twenty to thirty miles; the system of advance far away from their previous position continued for the next couple of weeks (01:49:45:00) o Later, when reading about the breakout, Johnson discovered at both Gen. Patton and Gen. Eisenhower liked the effort put forth by the 1st Infantry during the breakout (01:50:01:00) o As the division advanced through the French countryside, Johnson did not see too much in the way of French civilians; it was still too hot for them to be out in the open (01:50:51:00) The Allied advance was stalled once they reached the Siegfried Line¸ German defensive line; although the soldiers skirted the line, they still encountered several days of heavy fighting at the end of the line (01:51:16:00) Prior to the Siegfried Line¸ the 1st Infantry was in the reserve when the 26th Infantry Division attacked the German city if Aachen (01:51:46:00) o Johnson remembers watching as the entire city was destroyed by direct fire from 155mm howitzers (01:51:56:00) o During the 26th Infantry’s attack, Johnson had a foxhole dug on a hill outside the city and one night, after he came back from working, the sergeant yelled for Johnson to come over to his foxhole (01:52:13:00)  When Johnson asked why, the sergeant told Johnson he had a visit in his foxhole and to check it in the morning; in the morning, Johnson found a dud 190mm round in the bottom of his foxhole (01:52:23:00)  Even through Johnson’s unit was supposedly in reserve, stuff was still getting close to them (01:52:44:00) Johnson remembers going through the town of Düren, the first German city the soldiers went through; while going through Düren, Johnson remembers looking at the buildings and seeing some of the German civilians with guns in their hands (01:52:49:00) o Johnson normally carried his own weapon stung across his chest but when he saw the civilians with their guns, he put the gun in his hand; prior to entering the town, the soldiers had been told that the civilians might not be friendly (01:53:02:00) After leaving Aachen, Johnson’s unit was sent to the town of Schmidt, which was located in the Hürtgen Forest (01:53:49:00) o The fighting in the forest took a heavy toll on the American forces and the forest itself, which was huge, was ripped to pieces; the soldiers had a bet going that if anyone could find a tree that had not been hit, he got fifty cents (01:54:35:00)  At one point, the Americans had roughly 10,000 soldiers in the hospital for frozen feet (01:55:03:00)  The Germans were using airburst artillery rounds, so any place the Americans stayed had to have protection from those rounds (01:55:39:00)  After he came home, Johnson read that the Americans did not gain a thing while fighting in the forest but ended up losing a substantial number of soldiers (01:55:54:00) From what he can remember, Johnson and the other soldiers never really received any time “off” from the fighting (01:56:27:00) �   o The soldiers did receive a short rest period after fighting in the Hürtgen Forest; Johnson pulled his half-track into the company’s new position, unloaded and went into town (01:56:38:00) o However, while Johnson was in town, someone said that an alert had gone up for all the soldiers to return to their units; by the time Johnson returned to the company area, someone had already partially loaded his half-track (01:57:12:00)  However, the person who had started to load the half-track did not know how to do it properly, so Johnson had to unload everything and re-load it properly (01:57:20:00) o The soldiers were on a forty-eight hour alert and sure enough, the orders eventually came through for them to pull out (01:57:28:00) o However, as the regiment was moving out, vehicles were coming from the other direction, which clogged the road; Johnson’s colonel and an officer in-charge of the other vehicles shouted at each other in the middle of the road as to which vehicles had the right-of-way on the road (01:57:42:00) Once the entire 1st Infantry had moved into position along the northern part of the bulge in the Ardennes forest, Johnson remembers that a special artillery unit from the corpslevel was sent to the division (01:58:30:00) o The addition of the special artillery unit gave the division an impressive amount of artillery, everything from corps-level, through division- and regimental-level, to mortars at the company level (01:58:43:00) o When the Germans finally did attack, the fighting was terrible; although German forces did create a smaller bulge in the American lines, they never managed to break through, at least where the 1st Infantry was positioned (01:58:47:00)  During the fighting, it seemed as though the American artillery was firing as fast a machine guns (01:59:16:00) o During the fighting, the Germans attempted to dress some of their soldiers in American uniforms and have them cross the American lines; however, the soldiers in Johnson’s unit were able to see through the ruse (01:59:34:00) As far as Johnson can remember, once the fighting in the Ardennes died down, the 1st Infantry stayed in its position (02:00:34:00) Throughout the entire war, Johnson and the other soldiers never really slept in buildings that much; for the most part, buildings were avoided because they were often being hit by enemy fire (02:01:31:00) o The soldiers did a lot of night fighting and would have to fight whether it was raining or snowing; according to their old commander, the enemy did not like to fight at night, so that was when the soldiers would fight them (02:01:47:00)  At one point, Johnson was taking supplies to the front in the winter while wearing all white and managed to sneak up on a group of soldiers; it ended with a carbine barrel being stuck in Johnson’s stomach (02:02:22:00) � Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Veterans History Project Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Grand Valley State University. History Department Description An account of the resource The Library of Congress established the Veterans History Project in 2001 to collect memories, accounts, and documents of U.S. war veterans from World War II and the Korean War, Vietnam War, and conflicts in the Middle East and elsewhere, and to preserve these stories for future generations. The GVSU History Department interviews are part of this work-in-progress, and may contain videos and audio recordings, transcripts and interview outlines, and related documents and photographs. Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant 1914- Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/page/InC/1.0/?language=en">In Copyright</a> Subject The topic of the resource Afghan War, 2001--Personal narratives, American Iran Hostage Crisis, 1979-1981--Personal narratives, American Korean War, 1950-1953--Personal narratives, American Michigan--History, Military Oral history Persian Gulf War, 1991--Personal narratives, American United States--History, Military United States. Air Force United States. Army United States. Navy Veterans Video recordings Vietnam War, 1961-1975--Personal narratives, American World War, 1939-1945--Personal narratives, American Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Special Collections & University Archives Contributor An entity responsible for making contributions to the resource Smither, James Boring, Frank Relation A related resource Veterans History Project (U.S.) Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context RHC-27 Language A language of the resource eng Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/455">Veterans History Project interviews (RHC-27)</a> Oral History A resource containing historical information obtained in interviews with persons having firsthand knowledge. Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context JohnsonE1347V1 Title A name given to the resource Johnson, Edward (Interview outline and video, 1 of 2), 2012 Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Johnson, Edward Description An account of the resource Edward Johnson was born in Greenville, Michigan in 1919, and was drafted into the Army in 1941. After training to be a mechanic at Camp Boyd, Texas, Johnson joined Headquarters Company, 1st Battalion 16th Infantry, 1st Infantry Division. He went to England with this unit in 1942, and stayed with it through campaigns in North Africa, Sicily, Normandy, the Hurtgen Forest, Battle of the Bulge and the invasion of Germany, ending up in Czechoslovakia when the war ended. Contributor An entity responsible for making contributions to the resource Smither, James (Interviewer) Subject The topic of the resource Oral history Veterans History Project (U.S.) United States--History, Military Michigan--History, Military Veterans Video recordings United States. Army World War, 1939-1945--Personal narratives, American Language A language of the resource eng Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/page/InC/1.0/?language=en">In Copyright</a> Type The nature or genre of the resource Moving Image Text Relation A related resource Veterans History Project (U.S.) Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 2012-02-28 Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/455">Veterans History Project collection, (RHC-27)</a> Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf video/mp4 Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Lemmen Library and Archives https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/f900bff396272523b0e0d4f66483ab5f.mp4 0c064cb5f280b0a974f46640246279a3 https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/248fa884eb6d9bcd5b312a24ef53ba80.pdf 74c57e6578a3a128c864e9f164f7fe12 PDF Text Text Grand Valley State University Veterans History Project Interview Name of Interviewee: Al Johnson Name of War: World War II Length of Interview: (01:17:23) Childhood and Pre-Enlistment (0:00:00)       Born in Columbus, OH in 1923. Father was in the Army and worked as an ROTC instructor. Moved around and ended up in Grand Rapids, MI. His brother was drafted in 1942 and became an Army Engineer. Graduated high school in 1942 and worked in a factory in Muskegon, MI making gaskets. Was drafted into the army. Training (0:04:40)          Reported to Fort Custer, MI and was shipped to Abilene, TX for basic training. (0:05:08) After basic training, when to the Army Hospital in San Antonio, TX and trained to be a scrub nurse. He was there for 3 months. (0:06:26) Was shipped to a holding camp in Denver, CO, where he found out about OSS and signed up. He was there for 2-3 months. (0:08:40) he was shipped to the Congressional Country Club in Washington, DC where he took basic OSS training. (0:10:35) He was trained with a group of French-Canadians, as he spoke some French. (0:12:05) He spent 4-5 months training. He was able to get off of base quite a bit during training. (0:14:30) He was given training in weapons near present day Camp David, MD. (0:16:30) His unit was trained in guerilla warfare, primarily to work with the French Underground. Active Duty (0:17:10)      He was shipped across the Atlantic to North Africa in a convoy. He was on a Liberty Ship. There was quite a bit of seasickness on the crossing. (0:20:10) Landed in Casablanca, Morocco where they were put in boxcars and shipped to Algiers, Algeria. (0:21:30) In Algiers, they took further parachute training. (0:24:40) After Algeria, they were taken Brockhall Manor in England, where they took more parachute training. Uniquely, they learned to jump from balloons. �                 (0:26:10) In August, 1944 he was sent to France with 15 other men. His mission there was to take a hydroelectric dam that was crucial to the allied invasion of Southern France. (0:29:50) He was taken over France in a B-24 that was specially fitted for their operation. He was supposed to jump at 1000 ft but had to jump at 500 ft because of pilot error. They were met on the ground by French resistance fighters who took them to various locations in the area. They were moved at night. (0:36:30) They took the dam without firing a shot. There were Germans at the dam when they arrived but they withdrew before the ultimatum that was given to them. (0:39:55) At one point, he ambushed a group of SS, and got lost after the battle. However, he was eventually found by his own group. (0:43:30) His unit eventually captured an airfield and got picked up by a C-47 Cargo plane. (0:44:50) He was taken back to England by the end of September 1944. (0:45:35) At this point, he was given the option of either joining the regular Army or being shipped to China, so his whole unit chose to be shipped to China. (0:46:10) Before they were shipped to China, they were given a 30 day furlough in the US. (0:46:40) After the furlough, they were shipped to San Diego and boarded a ship which took them to Mumbai, India. The ship that they crossed on was a former passenger liner which held around 5000 men. The journey took them around 30 days. (0:49:38) Once he got to India, he boarded a train to Calcutta. He vividly remembers the poverty he saw while on the train. (0:50:44) He then drove the Burma road to China. He drove Jeep which was pulling a small howitzer. They moved at a rate of 100 miles per day for 7 days. (0:54:00) He crossed a small, one lane bridge from Burma into China. (0:54:45) He was stationed on the outskirts of the city of Kunming, China. They were housed in a compound just north of the city, where they trained Chinese soldiers in parachuting and combat. (0:57:50) He was given the assignment to keep the Japanese from taking Chinese rice. They actively fought the Japanese and had two of their men wounded. (1:01:10) He found out that the war had ended by radio. However, he had to stay in China an extra 30 days, because of the civil war that was breaking out. (1:02:30) He got to the city of Hanyang, where he worked for a while in medicine in the area. He also worked providing medical care for the Chinese Nationalist Army. (1:10:20) After 30 days, they were flown to Calcutta and taken by boat back to the US. Post-War (1:11:47)  He attended Grand Rapids Junior College after the war, and worked in a factory and as an office manager. �� Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Veterans History Project Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Grand Valley State University. History Department Description An account of the resource The Library of Congress established the Veterans History Project in 2001 to collect memories, accounts, and documents of U.S. war veterans from World War II and the Korean War, Vietnam War, and conflicts in the Middle East and elsewhere, and to preserve these stories for future generations. The GVSU History Department interviews are part of this work-in-progress, and may contain videos and audio recordings, transcripts and interview outlines, and related documents and photographs. Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant 1914- Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/page/InC/1.0/?language=en">In Copyright</a> Subject The topic of the resource Afghan War, 2001--Personal narratives, American Iran Hostage Crisis, 1979-1981--Personal narratives, American Korean War, 1950-1953--Personal narratives, American Michigan--History, Military Oral history Persian Gulf War, 1991--Personal narratives, American United States--History, Military United States. Air Force United States. Army United States. Navy Veterans Video recordings Vietnam War, 1961-1975--Personal narratives, American World War, 1939-1945--Personal narratives, American Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Special Collections & University Archives Contributor An entity responsible for making contributions to the resource Smither, James Boring, Frank Relation A related resource Veterans History Project (U.S.) Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context RHC-27 Language A language of the resource eng Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/455">Veterans History Project interviews (RHC-27)</a> Oral History A resource containing historical information obtained in interviews with persons having firsthand knowledge. Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context JohnsonE Title A name given to the resource Johnson, Ellsworth (Al) (Interview outline and video), 2007 Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Johnson, Ellsworth Description An account of the resource Al Johnson was born in Columbus, Ohio, and served in the OSS during World War II. He was drafted into the Army after high school, and was selected for OSS after basic training. He was sent to England, and then parachuted into France where his unit helped the French resistance secure a dam. He was then shipped to China where he helped train the Chinese Army to fight the Japanese. After the war, he stayed in China for 30 days to help the Nationalist Army, and was then shipped home. Contributor An entity responsible for making contributions to the resource Smither, James (Interviewer) Subject The topic of the resource Oral history Veterans History Project (U.S.) United States--History, Military Michigan--History, Military Veterans Video recordings World War, 1939-1945--Personal narratives, American United States. Army Language A language of the resource eng Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/page/InC/1.0/?language=en">In Copyright</a> Type The nature or genre of the resource Moving Image Text Relation A related resource Veterans History Project (U.S.) Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 2007-06-15 Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/455">Veterans History Project collection, (RHC-27)</a> Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf video/mp4 Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Lemmen Library and Archives https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/d4de345f4d2c65e89c7db0bdc8dcf05a.mp4 db1c9dd60ec87e58466dbcf4ccc0f085 https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/fa245d751082c5b91b0b108db61b9f1b.pdf baaa10d73c4500b89fbca2f3aaf901ca PDF Text Text Grand Valley State University Veterans History Project Fay Johnson (52:52) (00:35) Background Information • • • • Fay grew up in Grand Rapids, MI He went to East Grand Rapids Schools Fay graduated from Lowell High School in 1943 He enlisted in the Navy in November 1943 (03:55) Training • • • • • • • • • • Fay was sent to Idaho for boot camp Boot camp lasted 6 weeks He was sent to radio tech school in Chicago, IL for 6 weeks Fay then went to Gulfport, Mississippi for advanced radio school, but didn’t pass He went to Great Lakes Naval Training Center for fire control school In November 1944 he was assigned to the destroyer USS Terry Fay was a computer operator on a Mark 1 computer that would determine where to fire shells He thought the service schools were great From GLNTC he could go into Chicago or go home on the weekends Fire control was part of the ordinance company (10:32) USS Terry • • • • • • • • • • • Fay boarded the USS Terry in San Francisco They went to Iwo Jima Their objective was to fire at spots on the island when the marines gave them coordinates Sometimes while they were getting the coordinates they could hear Japanese in the background The USS Terry was there for 3-4 weeks and then was put on picket duty They were sent up to Japan to notify people of planes leaving Japan and to pick up any pilots that went down A Japanese plane dropped a bomb, but missed them On the way back to Iwo Jima they were hit by three shells from a small island and 11 people were killed They had to go back to San Francisco to get repaired A lot of things had to get replaced and it took 70 days Fay was able to go home on a 30 day leave in April 1945 while the ship was being fixed �(18:40) Victory in Japan • • • • • • • • • • • • They went to Japan to get ready for the invasion Their ship was assigned to escort an aircraft carrier to Japan Soldiers were being transferred from Europe to prepare for the invasion The atom bombs were dropped and the Japanese surrendered They were assigned to escort the USS Detroit to the surrendering ceremonies in Tokyo Harbor The soldiers could go to shore, but they had to carry a pistol Fay would barter with cigarettes He went to Tokyo and Yokohama They were then assigned to escort the mine sweepers There wasn’t much to do and they had to paint the ship a lot He still meets up with people from the USS Terry at reunions There were about 350 people stationed on the USS Terry and now there are only 25-30 left (33:04) Discharge • • • • • • • The ship was going to be decommissioned, so they were sent to San Pedro Harbor in Los Angeles, CA in April, 1946 Fay had enough points to go home He was discharged at GLNTC and went back to Grand Rapids Fay went back to college and joined the Navy reserves He worked at his father’s plating company at night It was all too much for him so he quit the Navy and college The Navy contacted him and said he was supposed to report to Detroit because his letter of resignation had not been accepted (36:45) Korean War • Fay was married and had a kid • He was sent to Chicago because he had polio and the Navy didn’t know what to do with him • They sent him to San Francisco with the Pacific Reserve Fleet • Fay sent in applications to get a discharge • He was transferred to the USS Chief in San Pedro • Fay got his papers approved and went home (44:44) After the Navy �• • • • Fay is now a member of the American Legion He learned to fly with the GI Bill Fay could get surplus equipment for his father’s company He feels that all veterans are equal � Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Veterans History Project Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Grand Valley State University. History Department Description An account of the resource The Library of Congress established the Veterans History Project in 2001 to collect memories, accounts, and documents of U.S. war veterans from World War II and the Korean War, Vietnam War, and conflicts in the Middle East and elsewhere, and to preserve these stories for future generations. The GVSU History Department interviews are part of this work-in-progress, and may contain videos and audio recordings, transcripts and interview outlines, and related documents and photographs. Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant 1914- Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/page/InC/1.0/?language=en">In Copyright</a> Subject The topic of the resource Afghan War, 2001--Personal narratives, American Iran Hostage Crisis, 1979-1981--Personal narratives, American Korean War, 1950-1953--Personal narratives, American Michigan--History, Military Oral history Persian Gulf War, 1991--Personal narratives, American United States--History, Military United States. Air Force United States. Army United States. Navy Veterans Video recordings Vietnam War, 1961-1975--Personal narratives, American World War, 1939-1945--Personal narratives, American Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Special Collections & University Archives Contributor An entity responsible for making contributions to the resource Smither, James Boring, Frank Relation A related resource Veterans History Project (U.S.) Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context RHC-27 Language A language of the resource eng Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/455">Veterans History Project interviews (RHC-27)</a> Oral History A resource containing historical information obtained in interviews with persons having firsthand knowledge. Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context JohnsonF Title A name given to the resource Johnson, Fay (Interview outline and video), 2008 Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Johnson, Fay Description An account of the resource Fay Johnson was born in Grand Rapids, Michigan and graduated from Lowell High School. After high school he joined the Navy and first trained as a radio tech and then a fire controller. He was assigned to the USS Terry and boarded it in November 1944. They went to Iwo Jima and their mission was to fire at targets on the island given to them by the marines. They were at Iwo Jima for 3-4 weeks and then went on picket duty between Japan and Iwo Jima. On their way back to Iwo Jima they were hit three times and had to go to San Francisco to get repaired. After they were repaired they were getting ready for the Japanese invasion, but the war ended. Contributor An entity responsible for making contributions to the resource Moore, Debra (Interviewer) Subject The topic of the resource Oral history Veterans History Project (U.S.) United States--History, Military Michigan--History, Military Veterans United States. Navy World War, 1939-1945--Personal narratives, American Video recordings Language A language of the resource eng Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/page/InC/1.0/?language=en">In Copyright</a> Type The nature or genre of the resource Moving Image Text Relation A related resource Veterans History Project (U.S.) Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 2008-08-25 Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/455">Veterans History Project collection, (RHC-27)</a> Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf video/mp4 Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Lemmen Library and Archives https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/a8ab383d4f0f74caf94e90724cb56742.mp4 76ff939cdb55fdc1eef6ca6da7627323 https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/7a54ee49be5edacd9f9618755540c0cc.pdf 3b54ce923883daa841b9f0d82eddf483 PDF Text Text GrandValleyStateUniversity Veterans History Project Fay Johnson () Background Information ()                    He was born in LowellMichigan in (approx. 1925). He had one older brother. (00:49) He was in the Martin School District, but he was so far away from Martin schools that his tuition was sent t East Grand Rapids. (2:21:00) Due to overcrowding in East Grand Rapids, Fay had to be sent to yet another school district. (3:00) Fay finished school up to the 11th grade at East Grand Rapids Michigan. (3:30) His least favorite class was Latin. (4:15) Fay regularly hitchhiked to get to school. (4:34) Fay did not enjoy going to EastGrand RapidsHigh School but his mother insisted he attend it because it was seen as the most elite Grand Rapids school. (5:35) Fay transferred to Lowell High School in 1942. (6:14) During Fay’s first day in Lowell, the seniors were on strike during count day. (6:40) Mostly Fay road the bus, occasionally Fay and his brother would drive the car. (7:44) Fay had an older brother named Bill Johnson. (9:25) He served on student council. He did not play any sports because if he had he had no way to get home when practices were completed. (10:11) He met his future wife while in high school. (12:00) Fay’s father was a mechanic. He like building things but had trouble focusing on a single project until completion. (13:22) His mother was a housewife. (14:11) While a child, Fay was in the Boy Scouts and would go camping often. Fay worked as a caddy at a golf course when older. He made 75 cents an hour. (15:30) Fay also worked on a celery farm when he was young. (16:01) Fay and his family also ran a small family farm that often raised 1 crop. (18:04) Because there was no deferment offered as a result of working at a golf course, the employees there were often only old men and teenagers. (19:04) Junior College (20:28)    Fay was taking a lot of science classes, however he found it had to seriously pursue an education because he knew of his unavoidable possibility of being drafted. After 2 months of college Fay enlisted in the U.S. Navy in November of 1943. (20:34) Not only did everyone already want to get involved in the war, but also if Fay enlisted he was allowed to choose his own branch. (21:19) After enlisting, Fay was sent by train to Detroit. Here the men were given a physical. (22:22) Basic Training (23:12)  In November of 1943 Fay was sent by train to boot camp in Idaho. The trip took approx 2-3 days. (23:19) �         Fay’s highest rank was Fire Control 2nd class. (23:57) The men first had to take their clothes and ship them back home when they arrived at boot camp. The men were then issued military uniforms. (24:56) The barracks was a great big 2 story building that housed 140 men. (25:35) The men were issued dress blues and undressed blues, some jeans and a jean shirt, socks, underwear, shirts, and 2 pairs of shoes. (26:00) The men had to fit all of their clothes into a sea bag. (26:47) At night, it was not uncommon to hear men cry because they were homesick. Other men were happy to be in the Navy because it was the first time they had ever had 3 meals a day. (27:39) In boot camp the men did close order drill with wooden rifles and learn to tie knots. (28:12) Men would occasionally have to do guard and patrol duty. (29:20) Fay was originally made a radio technician after completing his aptitude test. (30:54) Service School (31:34)          After given 15 days of leave Fay was sent to service school in downtown Chicago. This lasted 6 weeks. (31:34) Fay was sent to GulfportMississippi, via train for his next portion of training. The trip took 3 days. (32:26) Fay continued his education of mathematics and electronics in Mississippi. The training lasted 6 weeks. (33:42) After Fay had some difficulties with his training he was sent to Fire Control school. (34:00) Fay was then sent to Great Lakes Naval Base in Illinois for Fire Control school. (34:43) As a fire control man, Fay worked on many of the ship's guns. (35:50) In November of 1944 Fay was sent to Treasure Island in San FranciscoCalifornia, where he was assigned to a ship. (36:40) After about a week, Fay was assigned aboard the USS Terry, a destroyer. He was given the task of maintaining equipment and standing watch. (37:38) The men were given leave before being sent out overseas. (39:38) Voyage to the Pacific (40:30)       The ship stopped first in Pearl HarborHawaii. The men were allowed to leave the ship when not on watch. (40:38) If the men were allowed off the ship they most often had to be back on board by 6 PM. (42:07) Planes would tow targets for the fire control men to practice their anti aircraft fire. (42:40) When leaving Pearl Harbor the ship left in a convoy. (43:10) The men were preparing for the invasions of Iwo Jima and Saipan. (43:27) Fay did not meet very many civilians while in Saipan. Many had committed suicide of a cliff over fear of the U.S. soldiers killing and raping them. (44:13) Invasion of (February 1945) (45:33)     The men thought taking Iwo Jima would only take 10 days. (45:58) The landing zones were shelled heavily for 3 days before landing. (46:48) A picture of the ordnance department. All men were necessary on the maintenance and firing of the gun. (48:40) The insignia on each man’s arm signified their position and job. (50:00) �    When ships were not firing they were sent to the North end of the island on radar picket duty. (50:33) While on watch the men often played pinochle. (51:01) While on watch, the ship was attacked by a Japanese bomber. A torpedo was dropped but missed the ship. (52:09) The ship did have several holes punched in it by enemy fire while at Iwo Jima. Divers had to be sent under the ship to patch the holes. Later welders were implored to make more permanent repairs. (53:30) Repairs in the U.S. (55:17)      Fay and his ship were sent back to PearHarbor then back to San Francisco for repairs. (55:17) The Ship was in San Francisco for 2 months. Most of the men (including Fay) mere sent home via train (55:30) Before the ship left again the men had to restock the ship as well as implore target practice. (56:00) Because of a change in position that Fay was undergoing he was required to go to gunnery school. This lasted 3-4 weeks. (56:44) The ship did eventually ship out of San Diego. As the men returned to the Pacific they were placed in Task Force 58 off of Japan. (57:10) � Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Veterans History Project Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Grand Valley State University. History Department Description An account of the resource The Library of Congress established the Veterans History Project in 2001 to collect memories, accounts, and documents of U.S. war veterans from World War II and the Korean War, Vietnam War, and conflicts in the Middle East and elsewhere, and to preserve these stories for future generations. The GVSU History Department interviews are part of this work-in-progress, and may contain videos and audio recordings, transcripts and interview outlines, and related documents and photographs. Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant 1914- Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/page/InC/1.0/?language=en">In Copyright</a> Subject The topic of the resource Afghan War, 2001--Personal narratives, American Iran Hostage Crisis, 1979-1981--Personal narratives, American Korean War, 1950-1953--Personal narratives, American Michigan--History, Military Oral history Persian Gulf War, 1991--Personal narratives, American United States--History, Military United States. Air Force United States. Army United States. Navy Veterans Video recordings Vietnam War, 1961-1975--Personal narratives, American World War, 1939-1945--Personal narratives, American Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Special Collections & University Archives Contributor An entity responsible for making contributions to the resource Smither, James Boring, Frank Relation A related resource Veterans History Project (U.S.) Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context RHC-27 Language A language of the resource eng Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/455">Veterans History Project interviews (RHC-27)</a> Oral History A resource containing historical information obtained in interviews with persons having firsthand knowledge. Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context JohnsonF1299V Title A name given to the resource Johnson, Fay (Interview outline and video), 2005 Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Johnson, Fay Description An account of the resource Fay Johnson, born in Lowell Michigan in 1925, served in the U.S. Navy from 1943 to 1945 in the Pacific during World War II. After completing his basic training, Fay was sent to specialty school where he eventually was made a fire controller. After training, Fay was placed aboard the destroyer USS Terry and sailed to Saipan and then took part in the invasion of Iwo Jima. The ship encountered some damage during the invasion and needed to be sent back to San Francisco for repairs, and returned to duty off the coast of Japan before the end of the war. Contributor An entity responsible for making contributions to the resource Blough, Nick (Interviewer) Blough, Ivan (Interviewer) Lowell Area Historical Museum (Lowell, Mich.) Subject The topic of the resource Oral history Veterans History Project (U.S.) United States--History, Military Michigan--History, Military Veterans Video recordings United States. Navy World War, 1939-1945--Personal narratives, American Korean War, 1950-1953--Personal narratives, American Language A language of the resource eng Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/page/InC/1.0/?language=en">In Copyright</a> Type The nature or genre of the resource Moving Image Text Relation A related resource Veterans History Project (U.S.) Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 2005-11-16 Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/455">Veterans History Project collection, (RHC-27)</a> Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf video/mp4 Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Lemmen Library and Archives https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/082269c4a9bd70e423eccc04e893e519.mp4 49f779bbc52a2d57ec2aec689a8e099f https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/9896d672e6e998e7816ccc28e6ecea88.pdf 95ca4bac358091c92b05fcaf79f6b659 PDF Text Text Grand Valley State University Veterans History Project Forrest Johnson World War II (1:24:20) Background Information (1:20)           Born in Grand Rapids, Michigan, on January 18th 1922. (1:22) His father was a millwright (1:33) His father kept this job until they fired him. The then found another job that he worked till he retired. He did not have trouble keeping work during the Depression. (2:15) He graduated from Davis Tech high school in 1941. He met his wife in high school. (2:33) He has been married twice. His second wife being a German woman. (3:24) The night of Pearl Harbor happened he decided to marry his high school girl friend. (3:57) He tried to volunteer for the military. He went to the Army Air Corps in Muskegon. He made it in but was rejected due to his color blindness. (4:37) He was rejected from the Marines as well because they knew of his color blindness. (5:20) He had a son before going into service. (5:45) He was drafted in 1943 (6:20) Basic training (7:05)               He first went to Camp Bowie, Texas. (7:08) He attempted to join the 215th Combat Police but failed. (7:25) Unable to make it as an MP, he was sent to Fort Sam Houston in San Antonio, Texas, to go into basic infantry. (7:50) In the early stages of basic the men did a lot of hiking. They had not yet been assigned a weapon. (8:30) He joined the 95th infantry Division. All the new men were kept together. (10:00) The men were sent to Camp Needles, California. The men were sent to the base by train. The trip took 3 days. (11:12) The men were then loaded on to trucks and taken to another camp in California which was a tent city in the “middle of nowhere.” (11:37) While the men were performing a drill some got lost in the mountains and were lost for 3 days. (12:15) After discovered the men were sent back to the camp via truck. (13:20) The men did many maneuvers during training. The company was seen as being too old of age to be applicable in combat. The average age of his division was 34. (14:24) In order to drop the average age many men were replaced with younger soldiers. After the average age was dropped the men were given new equipment. (15:20) From California the men were sent to Pennsylvania. Here he recalls having rappelling exercises. (15:44) While rappelling, one of the men fell. He was not injured. (17:58) He was in Pennsylvania for about 2 weeks. Here they did more maneuvers. (20:07) �       His platoon had to train other troops here on climbing after they were trained on the subject. (21:00) While the engineers were building a bridge, one of them drowned and the bridge was not completed. (22:25) His platoon frequently ran maneuvers where the men had to take a machine gun position. (23:33) When returning from a maneuver, the jeep that carried him popped 3 tires trying to get back to the base. (24:38) In the later part of his training in Pennsylvania, his platoon was assigned ASTP men who were younger. (The program sent promising recruits to colleges to prepare them for engineer training, but was abruptly cancelled and the men were reassigned to the infantry.) This dropped the average age of the company significantly. (25:31) The men were then given new equipment such as rifles. Forrest however, was not assigned a new rifle. (25:41) From Pennsylvania the men were sent to Camp Miles Standish in Massachusetts. (25:58) Voyage to Europe (26:30)        The men were then sent over on a confiscated French cruise liner from New York to Liverpool, England, in August of 1944. (26:54) The trip took 5 days. (27:25) From Liverpool the men went to Watford via train. (28:10) He recalls being able to see the castles while in England. (28:51) On October 10th 1944, the company was sent from England to Omaha Beach. (29:45) There was a dock. The men claimed down a rope later into an LST. He recalls a Colonel broke his ankle trying to make it form the boat to the landing crafts. (30:40) The beach looked burned out and ravaged. (31:30) Service in Europe (31:32)               The men were then sent via train to Carentan, France. (31:37) Because troop shipments had very low priority, any trip by train the men took was always very long. (32:03) There were 42 men in a 40 man box car. Most had to lay on their own duffle bags. (32:14) To solve space issues, Forrest took telephone wire and made himself a hammock. He was the first soldier to do this. (32:46) The men then stopped at Nancy, France. He stayed there for 30 days. (33:24) He only had 15 men in his company [platoon?] at this time. (34:25) While in Nancy, a fellow soldiered captured several patrolling Germans. (35:30) The men gave the Germans their C-rations. They said they hadn’t eaten in 3 days. (37:00) Though the Germans were on the opposite side of the Moselle River, the men were never fired upon. (37:38) The men found cattle on a farm and took it to eat. (39:34) The men were then loaded on to trucks and sent up to Metz. (41:30) He wasn’t put on a 50. Cal. Machine gun for approx. 8-10 days. (42:07) In a battle on a bridge, 15 men were wounded and 15 where killed. (43:00) His captain was wounded twice. The first time he was sent to a Paris hospital. (46:04) �Action at Amanvillers. (46:30)       He had to take the town of Amanvillers after the 5th Division had taken and then lost it. (46:53) The company came under sniper fire. The men took cover and Forrest ran into a building and out the back. While on the back side of the building he took fire by a sniper. (47:48) As the company continued to advance up the street he was hit with either a mortar or an 88. This hit shattered his riffle and sent wood shrapnel from the stock into his foot. (49:05) A piece of the shrapnel from his rifle was taken out in 2003. (49:23) After being wounded, the men were unable to get a stretcher to Forrest’s position. He had to be carried back about 1000 yards before being taken to CP. He was then taken via jeep to a hospital in Reims. (49:50) 2 of his friends in his company also were wounded badly by artillery. (51:53) Service after Wound (52:00)                Forrest was then taken to the U.K. on a medical ship. (52:50) The ship had very luxurious accommodations when compared to field conditions. (53:42) He was then taken to Manchester, England where he was placed in an American hospital. (53:56) His foot was infected with maggots after it was wounded but he got much of them out when being operated on in Paris. (56:04) The wound stunk just like the dead bodies he saw in the field. (57:10) The cast was removed from his foot in Manchester. (57:41) Over all he had approx. 4 casts placed on his foot. (58:20) While voyaging to Boston Harbor the medical ship spotted a submarine. Depth charges were dropped as a defense. (58:27) He landed at Pier 6 in Boston Harbor (approx January 28th 1945) (1:00:14) He was then taken to Stockton, Massachusetts for approx 1 week then he was sent to Gardner General Hospital outside of Chicago. (1:00:26) 8 days after Forrest was wounded his company was in combat that resulted in 30 casualties. (1:00:56) General Patton once visited his company and others to give “pep talks” Patton swore a lot during his speech. (1:02:02) He was discharged on December 15th 1944. However he was still being operated on till almost March of 1945. (1:04:23) During his operations, doctors concluded that Forrest had osteomyelitis, or, infection of the bone. (1:05:15) He still has shrapnel from his rifle and from the artillery shell still in his body. (1:07:23) Life after service (1:07:55)   He held 3-4 jobs after his service including time in a brass factory. He could not stand on his feet for long period while working. (1:08:00) He then worked at GM for approx. 30 years. (1:08:34) Final Thoughts on Service (1:09:00) �        He likes telling his story. (1:09:50) He never tried to deliberately kill a German soldier, only wound them. This idea as fostered by the belief that it takes 4 men to care for a wounded one and only one to bury a dead one. (1:10:14) He recalls carrying ammunition for the BAR man at time so that he could lay down fire more easily. (1:12:34) Forrest has a Nazi Flag souvenir that was signed by all the men in his company. (1:14:56) The flag was taken down in Hamm, Germany. (1:16:24) The flag was given to him at a reunion by the flag's owner. (1:18:30) The Flag came from an S.S. building. (1:20:07) His service got him in a book General George Patton and his lower level troops. (1:24:00) � Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Veterans History Project Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Grand Valley State University. History Department Description An account of the resource The Library of Congress established the Veterans History Project in 2001 to collect memories, accounts, and documents of U.S. war veterans from World War II and the Korean War, Vietnam War, and conflicts in the Middle East and elsewhere, and to preserve these stories for future generations. The GVSU History Department interviews are part of this work-in-progress, and may contain videos and audio recordings, transcripts and interview outlines, and related documents and photographs. Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant 1914- Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/page/InC/1.0/?language=en">In Copyright</a> Subject The topic of the resource Afghan War, 2001--Personal narratives, American Iran Hostage Crisis, 1979-1981--Personal narratives, American Korean War, 1950-1953--Personal narratives, American Michigan--History, Military Oral history Persian Gulf War, 1991--Personal narratives, American United States--History, Military United States. Air Force United States. Army United States. Navy Veterans Video recordings Vietnam War, 1961-1975--Personal narratives, American World War, 1939-1945--Personal narratives, American Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Special Collections & University Archives Contributor An entity responsible for making contributions to the resource Smither, James Boring, Frank Relation A related resource Veterans History Project (U.S.) Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context RHC-27 Language A language of the resource eng Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/455">Veterans History Project interviews (RHC-27)</a> Oral History A resource containing historical information obtained in interviews with persons having firsthand knowledge. Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context JohnsonF1334V Title A name given to the resource Johnson, Forrest (Interview outline and video), 2012 Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Johnson, Forrest Description An account of the resource Forrest Johnson, born in Grand Rapids, Michigan. Johnson served in the U.S. Army during World War II. After Pearl Harbor, he tried to join the Army Air Corps and the Marine Corps, but both rejected him due to colorblindness. The Army drafted him in 1943. He was eventually sent to Fort Sam Houston, Texas, to join the 378th Regiment, 95th Division, and went with them to train in the California desert before shipping to England in August, 1944. In October, they went to France and joined the 3rd Army at Nancy. Johnson participated in several battles near Metz, and was wounded at Amanvillers in November. The wound ended his military career early, sending him to hospitals in France, England and the US, and he was discharged in early 1945. Contributor An entity responsible for making contributions to the resource Smither, James (Interviewer) Byron Area Historic Museum (Byron Center, Mich.) BCTV Subject The topic of the resource Oral history Veterans History Project (U.S.) United States--History, Military Michigan--History, Military Veterans Video recordings United States. Army World War, 1939-1945--Personal narratives, American Language A language of the resource eng Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/page/InC/1.0/?language=en">In Copyright</a> Type The nature or genre of the resource Moving Image Text Relation A related resource Veterans History Project (U.S.) Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 2012-01-10 Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/455">Veterans History Project collection, (RHC-27)</a> Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf video/mp4 Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Lemmen Library and Archives https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/8bb1038c52e21a1a2e607cad66da543f.pdf ed34a37af150d8557b3fcfcffebbb7ca PDF Text Text C WIIM·ml✓ Wo'llt.-O~l J! ANN & I.. ONANHIILL 1lc4i,d.,W441 ~ SIN6LE.-FiA.MILY RESIDENTIAL ACTIVE R.EOEATIDN - ScA.oat) , ~ s/~) - LOW DE.NSfTY' MULTI-F/\MILY (1bWNHOUSES- - MEDIUM DENSITY MULTI-FM11LY (~N H'AATS. - 10/~ - COMMERCIAi- - ~ESE.ARCH PARK - c::::I PUf>LIC - TIII.IMd"'f I ~ --i- PASSIVE 12.ECREATION 4 NATURAL AAEAS MARINAS SMALL BOATING ROUTE.S ¥ ~ - - THOl2DUGHFA12E C..CLLECTOR GLIASl -f'UeLIC - ~ ,~ LOCAL. STREET c.e..n,.., SPECIAL - Ru.,e,.,l<=b, M ~ . The preparation of this material was financed in part t hrough an urban planning grant from the Department of Hou:imi: and Urban Development, under tt1e provisions ot Stclion 701 of the Hou~ng Acl of 1954. as amended. administered by the Mithi2an Department of Commeri:e. . ~S..,,,,·~ ~·~ ~CW./f'Ml ~~ ~ luld-e �L I V I N G 9 T o N CHANH & L .... 5U(i,ll,£ 1:SJ.ANP St.I.,~·~ ~~ • I ~f)'M, i'"'°° I 2-tc>O FT I � Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Wyckoff Planning and Zoning Collection Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Planning & Zoning Center (Lansing, Mich.) (Organization) Wyckoff, Mark A. Description An account of the resource Municipal master plans and zoning ordinances from across the state of Michigan, spanning from the 1960s to the early 2020s. The bulk of the collection was compiled by urban planner Mark Wyckoff over the course of his career as the founder and principal planner of the Planning and Zoning Center in Lansing, Michigan. Some additions have been made to the collection by municipalities since it was transferred to Grand Valley State University. Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant Michigan Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1960/2023 Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/870">Planning and Zoning Center Collection (RHC-240)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/NoC-US/1.0/">No Copyright - United States</a> Subject The topic of the resource Michigan Comprehensive plan publications Master plan reports Zoning--Michigan Zoning--Maps Maps Land use--planning Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Special Collections & University Archives Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context RHC-240 Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf Type The nature or genre of the resource Text Language A language of the resource eng Text A resource consisting primarily of words for reading. Examples include books, letters, dissertations, poems, newspapers, articles, archives of mailing lists. Note that facsimiles or images of texts are still of the genre Text. Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context Grosse-Ile-Twp_Comprehensive-Plan-Map_1969 Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Johnson, Johnson & Roy, Inc. Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1969-01-20 Title A name given to the resource Comprehensive Plan Description An account of the resource The Comprehensive Plan map for Grosse Ile Township was prepared by Johnson, Johnson & Roy, Inc. on January 20, 1969. Subject The topic of the resource Comprehensive plan publications Grosse Ile Township (Mich.) Wayne County (Mich.) Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/870">Planning and Zoning Center Collection (RHC-240)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/NoC-US/1.0/">No Copyright - United States</a> Type The nature or genre of the resource Text Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf Language A language of the resource eng Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Lemmen Library and Archives https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/718f7be4c83cfcf1b20f05fdb82334f3.pdf c06a87c30d1dca5edbfc295c45f51f86 PDF Text Text Village of Dexter General Development Plan Update ����This text summarizes the reco11111endatfons of the Village of Dexter Planning Convnission pertaining to the 1986-87 General Development Plan update. Johnson, Johnson & Roy/inc. was retained as a planning consultant to work with the Planning Commission in surveying co11111Unity attitudes and examining land use opportunities that reflect current local desires. This land use plan update was prepared with accompanying graphics to guide development of the village through the end of this century. Just as this plan builds on, and supplements, the 197677/1984 documents that preceded it, so too should future plan reviews periodically occur. It is reco11111ended that reviews occur every five years to maintain an ongoing planning process that truly responds to the changing needs of the co11111unity. The current planning effort was focused on three general areas including: growth and land use patterns within the existing developed portion of the village; opportunities for the 200 acres along Dexter-Ann Arbor Road i and development of the 147 acres south of Dan Hoey Road. The latter two land units represent all of the property recently annexed into the village. A cursory examination of areas north and west of the village 1 imits was also included to assess long-term future development potential. Introduction �A public opinion survey was develop.ed to address the study areas and questions about existing village conditions. It was distributed to all 620 households in the village during hlgustSeptember 1986 through a special mailing. A good response rate of 37 percent of the surveys were returned and the data compiled to detenaine co11U111nity opinions. The following statements indicate preferences on the several subjects surveyed. Comnunity Size and Role • Nearly 90 percent of the respondents felt that the village population should be between its current size (1,524 persons) and double that size (3,000 persons) by the Year 2000 • • A majority of respondents (511) felt that Dexter is best described as a self-sufficient connmity that is proud of its heritage .and its future as a small, but diverse, urban center. The majority opinion (571) of the least desirable description of Dexter is as a tourist destination for 1-94 travelers and Ann Arborites. Land Development • Three land use categories coaprised 50 pe~ent of the tota:1 responses as proposed uses for the 280 acres recently uneud Attitude Survey �on the east end of the village. These uses include single- family housing (20%), parks and recreation (18%), and a mixture of retail, corrmercial, and housing (18%). Seven other categories comprised the remaining 44 percent of responses. • Approximately 64 percent of the respondents either agree or strongly agree that the 127 acres of land south of Dan Hoey Road should be targeted for industrial expansion and new growth. • A large majority of respondents (71%) felt that urban and industrial development along the Jackson Road corridor in Scio Township ~uld eventually connect Ann Arbor to Dexter via Baker Road. Interestingly, the responses were split almost evenly that this linkage would have a positive (44%), or negative (42%) effect on the Dexter community • • It was also almost evenly split on the question of whether additional commercial growth outside of downtown Dexter would be detrimental to the viability of existing businesses. Approximately 43 percent of the respondents thought it would be detrimental, while 40 percent thought it would not. 3 �Downtown • commercial goods and services in downtown Dexter were adequate. very good. • No one thought the variety was outstanding. Approximately 74 percent of the responses centered around four categories of convnercial activities that are lacking in the existing commercial mix. Laundromat ( 30%), reta i1 comparison shops (20%), dine-in restaurants (14%), and speciality retail shops (10%) are listed in their respective order of popularity. Four other categories comprised the remaining 26 percent. • The traffic questions indicated that: 71 percent of respondents felt that downtown street layout/traffic pa ttems are convenient and ~rkable; 67 percent thought there is enough i . Another 40 percent felt that the variety was poor/inadequate, with the remainder indicating the variety is i r Almost 50 percent of the respondents felt that the variety of parking downtown; and 73 percent felt that the parking is convenient. • The ioost popular improvements cited for downtown included: building facade restoration. (32%), planters/flowers (21%), followed by trees and historic streetlights at 18 percent each. 4 �Public Transportation • The only question on public transportation drew a 50 percent response indicating no interest in using a bus connection with Ann Arbor. Some 41 percent indicated they NJuld use such a connection sometimes, and the remaining 9 percent stated they would use it regularly. Housing • According to a rating of housing type needs, it is felt that more single-family housing is desired (63%) in the village. The majority response regarding apartments indicated that 53 percent felt there a re too many apartments in homes but that more apartments in complexes (40%) are needed. There was also a desire for more condominium-type housing (52%), which is virtually non-existent in the village at present. • In a rating of neighborhood conditions, some of the items scoring •Best" in descending order of response frequency include: street trees, wide streets, historic homes, low crime rate, large lots, and on-street parking. Items that were felt to be average include: housing in general, mix of uses, heavy traffic, truck traffic, maintenance, and street 119htins. Items that were felt to be less than a4equate include s1die,w1k ~ondiUon, and curbs and gutters. . �• According to a rating of co11111unity entranceways, the rankings based on responses tallied indicate that Ann Arbor-Dexter is the mst attractive introduction to the village followed by the Dexter-Pinckney entrance. Mast Road and the Dexter-Chelsea entrance were felt to be average, and the Baker Road entrance was rated as the worst introduction to the village. Co11111Unity and Recreation • Civic events (24S), schools (23S), service clubs {15S), and the historical society {15S) were most often cited (comprising 771) as those activities that promote pride in the co11111Unity • • It was indicated by 82 percent of the respondents that Dexter's historic image is important. Village landmarks cited in order of frequency include Monument Park, churches, the Cider Mill, the Gazebo, and Judge Dexter's Home ( total 67S of items cited). • Approximately 54 percent of the respondents indicated that the Mill Pond is an asset to the village • • On the question pertaining to additional parkland for recreation purposes, 41 percent of the respondents th0u9lit ilirt was needed I while 40 percent fndtcated no additional parlla,ld was needed. �i i • A Village Map/Directory in the park (45%) and historic walking tours (33%) were cited as things Dexter should provide for visitors • • A bicycle store (19%), canoe livery (19%), and sporting goods outlet (15%) were cited as the additional commercial uses that ~uld serve the lakes recreation visitors. A complete copy of the survey can be found in Appendix A. The consultant team evaluated existing village conditions and concluded that Dexter's most positive asset is the historic nature of its buildings and landmarks. The mature, well-maintained character of the residential neighborhoods was noted as being particularly attractive. Negative aspects of the conmunity include industrial facilities that are incompatible with adjacent land uses, conmercial sites without landscaping or defined access points, the lack of street trees and sidewalks along major thoroughfares, the need for facade improvements, and hazardous traffic patterns along Dexter-Ann Arbor and Baker roads. analysis of existing conditions is summarized in Figure 1. The Existing Conditions �<1=,1l" . . . □=;::.:'.';-;:;-:::;.:•... □.~~~~:iyf,1•,t> ~v-- ~ '~ , . . . .. . •A+'•::tt1:.'. ' . \" 'i. �Based on the public opinion survey, t .he evaluation of existing Goals conditions, a review of the previous General Development Plan/Comprehensive Plan documents for the village, and input from the Planning Commission, the fol lowing goals were formulated to guide village planning. These goals represent the broad ideals of the village in creating and maintaining Dexter's character as a place that provides the quality of life desired by its residents. 1. Land Use - Provide a land use framework within which controlled development can occur. 2. Circulation - Improve village circulation patterns, examine congestion/ conflict areas, and review parking options related to future growth. 3. Natural Features/Recreation - Preserve and enhance natural features that contribute to community attractiveness and rec rea tiona l potentia 1. 4. Historic Character - Retain and rehabilitate historic village assets to preserve the desired community image. 5. Urban Design - Establish guidelines that insure a high 1evel of quality and continuity in design for future improvements to village entryways, neighborhoods, streetscapes, and private development. 8 �6. Public Services - Determine levels of public services available and required to meet demand associated with projected growth. �I The Plan �The plan update has been organized around the goal statements The Plan focusing on a land use, circulation, and open space framework within which development can occur. It has been determined, through land annexations, that future growth in the village will occur in a southeasterly direction. These parcels of land total in excess of 325 acres, nearly doubling the existing 375-acre vi11age. The updated General Development Plan is enclosed at the end of this section. It is anticipated that as orderly growth occurs in Dexter, some shifting of existing land use patterns will occur to accommodate an increased downtown commercial district, primarily through the relocation of industries to the new industrial park south of Dan Hoey Road. This shift will encourage the development of an integrated downtown core of commercial, service, and higher density housing that provides a viable center to the Dexter community. Other desired land uses have been incorporated to provide a balance to colllmunity growth and retention of historic character. The following descriptions highlight changes incorporated into the plan. Land use has been organized into six basic categories: Land Use residential, commercial, industrial, public and quasi-public, public utilities, and recreation/open space/parks. Under these 10 �headings more detailed breakdowns have been utilized to specify intensity of use. Residential The three residential categories specified in the 1977-78 plan have been carried forward in the update to provide the housing mix opportunities desired by the Village Plan. Densities have been altered to confonn with the plan update. RESIDENTIAL CATEGORY BREAKDOWN FOR DEXTER VILLAGE D.U. 1 s Category Per Acre Possible Unit Type Semi-Urban Re s i d en ti al Low Density 1-2 Primarily single-family homesites requiring on-site sewer and water facilities. Minimum lot size, onehalf acre. Urban Residential Low Density 3-6 Primarily single-family homesites with municipal type services. Possible low-density cluster developments of single-family homesites or town houses. Minimum lot size, 8,000 square feet. Urban Residential Medium Density 7-13 Single-family homesites, town houses, duplexes, row houses, apartments. Maximum height of buildings-- three stories. l1 --- - - ---------------------------- �Semi-Urban Residential - Low Density (Estate Residential)- This category is currently not included within the village limits but is reconmended for property bounded by Parker Road, Shield Road, and Mill C.reek just west of, and adjacent to the village. Additional sites of this size could be acconvnodated north of the village along Mast Road and Huron River Drive. Urban Residential - Low-Density - This category provides the predominant housing density specified for expansion into the Dexter Highlands 150-acre parcel. It is a density that will allow for new housing areas to be configured on a plan that emulates the character of the major existing neighborhoods in Dexter. It is envisioned that the new housing areas will reflect some of those qualities determined most desirable by Dexter resident:;, including broad rights-of-way, large lots, historically complimentary architecture, and room for street trees. In addition, it is proposed that new lots are subdivided around a street system that preserves valuable natural drainageways (open space) and takes advantage of the rolling topography of the site. It is anticipated that approximately 225 home sites may be added to the village in this area. Urban Residential - Medium Density - This housing category has been specified for three areas of the community to provide for a variety of higher density opportunities. First, to the east of the Urban Residential - Low Density housing proposed in the Dexter 12 - --------- �Highlands area, it has been indicated to allow for clusters of condominiums. Second, across Dexter-Ann Arbor Road some fifty acres is envisioned as additional cluster housing or apartments. Third, areas immediately north and south of the Central Business District are targeted for a mixture of apartment opportunities that wil 1 service the needs of senior citizens and persons desiring close proximity to downtown services. It is suggested that the total of these three higher density areas be limited to no ioore than 350 dwelling units. Mobile Home Park - Approximately thirty acres on the eastern end of the Dexter Highlands property have been designated as a site for ~bbile Home Park development. At the current accepted density of modem parks, 4-5 dwelling units/acre, this site could provide up to 150 home sites. Commercial Four subcategories of convnercial activity have been broken out to help guide future growth of these use types. The categories are local co11111ercial, office conmercial, service commercial, and planned unit commercial. The overriding concern in designating these subcategories was expansion of a strong downtown co11111ercial base supplemented by essential, but non-competing, outlying co11111ercial uses. The subcategories are defined as follows: 13 �Local Conmercial - The compact Central Business District (CBD) of It contains the shops and services necessary for day-to-day living, convenience items, comparison shopping facilities, and specialty retail operations. It is pedestrian in orientation, moving the shopper from both on- and off-street parking areas to the shopping district conveniently. the community. A second local convnercial district is envisioned around the Mast Road entry to the village. This district represents the historic traditions of Dexter's ancestors and should be preserved/enhanced to serve this role. The Dexter Mill, Cider Mill, and railroad depot provide important anchors to this district. Office Commercial - This category responds to a need for modem professional offices that may or may not be located in the Central Business District but do not compete for prime CDD retail space. These offices are generally clinical and service-oriented with associated off-street parking and provisions for special client requirements. They are residential in scale and compatible with neighborhood uses. The Office Convnercial District is an area that consists of the Dexter Highlands property fronting on Dexter-Ann Arbor Road. This area provides an opportunity to establish modern medical and professional service offices as a convenient annex to the downtown 14 �L - base. Location of these uses outside the CBD is not expected to detract from its strength as the community center. Service Commercial - This category was developed for those commercial uses requiring on-site storage, with wholesale distribution and retail sales orientation, however, not as high profile as Central Business District uses. Uses in this category include building trades and supplies, autoJOOtive repair, agricultural suppliers, and special uses to include fast food restaurants. Planned Unit - This category is defined in response to a desire for commercial leisure time activities within the village. These activities will not compete for downtown retail space but offer a social gathering district to accommodate commercial recreational needs. The existing CBD will continue to be Dexter's primary local commercial district. It is envisioned that this area will expand and strengthen its role as the primary shopping center for Dexter and outlying residents over the next 10-15 years. Space will be made available for expansion as existing downtown industries expand or relocate in the new industrial park. Recommendations for the expansion of this district include creating additional commercial facilities in areas presently used for parking, moving off-street parking areas behind the commercial shops, realigning 15 �Alpine Street south of Dexter-Ann Arbor and Baker Road at Central to eliminate the existing hazardous intersections, developing medium-density housing as a transition between conmercial areas and single-family residences, and promoting the east bank of the Mill Pond as a public open space. Figure 2 illustrates the framework for downtown development. The Service Conmercial District is somewhat established along Dexter-Chelsea Road and is recommended to expand along the road/railroad corridor. This area will provide a higher visibility location for service commercial establishments than the industrial park without infringing on the CBD convnercial district or residential areas. Care must be taken to insure screened storage and appropriate architectural treatments in this area adjacent to the CBD. A second service convnercial district is reconvnended for additional expansion of this use category immediately west of the new industrial park. This site offers easy access to Dan Hoey Road and a compatible relationship to the industrial park. Care must be taken in the development of sites (building/drive locations, outdoor storage screening, landscape buffers) in this area to minimize adverse effects on residences adjacent to the parcel along Baker Road. 16 �Figure 2 Downtown Dexter Development Plan Aerial �The Planned Unit Conmercial District is envisioned along Baker Road north of the Dexter Community Schools property. This site could make a smooth transition from a mixture of recreational and industrial uses to a commercial recreational center for the conmunity. Adaptive reuse of existing industrial buildings is a realistic possibility in this area. Proximity to the ,;chool district property offers a focal point for a variety of leisure time activities around this center. Industrial Expansion in the industrial category has been targeted almost exclusively for the 127-acre parcel south of Dan Hoey Road, now known as the Dexter Business and Research Park. This area will be platted and provided with all utilities to encourage both local and new industries to develop in this first-class facility. Additional industrial development in the downtown area of Dexter should be discouraged in favor of location to the new park and ex pans ion of a reta i1 and service-oriented CBD. Remaining industrial sites in the established areas north of the Huron River should be built out to complete this area. t-b further industrial expansion is warranted beyond the existing sites in this area with the addition of the Dexter Business and Research Park. 17 �Public and Quasi-Public The only recommended public or quasi-public improvements associated with the plan update is the potential for expansion of the Dexter Co11111unity Schools on the 55 acres east and south of the Wylie Middle School. This property is designated for medium density housing in the plan but must also be reviewed as the last available site to expand the central campus holdings of the school district. If this property were purchased by the schools, density adjustments could be mad_e to accommodate a similar number of dwelling units on the two remaining areas targeted for this medium-density housing. Public Utilities Public utility services including water, sewer, and road net\'«Jrks will be needed to all of the annexed properties prior to additional development within the village. It is anticipated that the Dexter Business and Research Park will receive the highest priority for improvements as its establishment allows other components of the plan to be implemented. Every effort should be made to correct known deficiencies in the utility systems as extensions are made to new areas of the village. One area of particular concem is the provision of storm water management facilities in the village. Attention should be focused 18 �on reducing isolated flooding problems and preventing potential stonn water backups as future development occurs. Areas including the Business and Research Park and Dexter Highlands property should be designed with stonn water management facilities capable of detaining or retaining increased flows caused by urbanization. Village utility plants are not expected to require additional land excepting a second water tower to be added in the Business and Research Park. The village water and wastewater treatment plants are expected to acco1JV11odate growth projected by this plan through the Year 2000. Parks/Recreation/Open Space Pit open space system is envisioned as part of the development of the Dexter Highlands property. It is recommended that the green space around the major dra inageway running through the property provide a buffer zone and pedestrian linkage across the site. As the property across Dexter-Ann Arbor Road is developed, this open space can form a connection between the Dexter Community Schools, the railroad right-of-way, and the Huron River. Enhancement of the water front along Mi 11 Creek in the down town area should also be 1 inked with the Huron River to the north and the school property to the south, thereby developing a green belt, accessible by pedestrians, that encircles the village. This 19 �opportunity is one that should be vigorously pursued by the village as it is a realistic possibility with careful planning of property not yet developed. Another area that should be considered as a potential urban open space is the triangular piece of property formed by Hudson, Grand, and Baker roads. If this property is eventua11y converted to a green space, it will allow a realignment improvement of the somewhat dangerous intersection of Hudson and llaker. The circulation systems in the village will continue to rely on the existing main arterials for primary movements. Circulation t-Ddifications to these arterials are limited to an intersection adjustment at Baker and Central, and the proposed addition of a second tunnel under the railroad at the Dexter-Pinckney crossing. Opening the link between Baker and Central will facilitate ease of movements through the village and will reduce traffic confusion in the vicinity of t-Dnument Park. This improvement will also allow the park to be enlarged somewhat and define long-term limits of growth around this functional town square. The addition of a second tunnel under the railroad ROW will preserve the existing historic tunnel along Dexter-Pinckney Road. This magnificent structure is an important community 20 �landmark but, also, represents a traffic hazard due to the narrow tunnel opening. This route . carries the greatest volume of traffic of any village arterial (9,300 vehicles, two-way, 24-hour count) and is likely to increase with the popularity of the lakes region beyond, northwest of Dexter. When sufficient demand exists to warrant a facility improvement, it is recommended that the second tunnel be added. This will allow one-way traffic through each tunnel, eliminating the current "head on II hazard. Adjacent lane adjustments and associated ROW acquisition will also have to occur to implement this change. Local Co 11 ec tors Several new roads will have to be constructed to develop the annexed property and make connections with the existing village nebork. Roads impacted by the proposed additions include Alpine, Dexter-Ann Arbor, Dan Hoey, Forest, Hudson, Inverness, Kensington, Shield, and Third. The impacts are largely intersection points and extensions that will access new areas. These additions will also, in some cases, cause increased traffic flows and should be analyzed for overall impacts on the community prior to implementation. The intersection points suggested in the plan are feasible based on existing information, although they must be evaluated in greater detail prior to implementation. 21 ��Design Guidelines �This chapter provides a series of general reconvnendations compiled Design Guidelines for the Village of Dexter to guide future development as it occurs within the framework of the General Development Plan. It has been divided into two sections, Historic Architectural Character and Streetscape Guidelines. Generally, the guidelines focus on improvements associated with development and redevelopment in downtown Dexter; however, the principles are applicable for design continuity throughout the Village. While it is beyond the scope of this study to provide detailed design guidelines, the principles discussed here should be incorporated in any effort to develop specific strategies for pro100ting design excellence in future public and private projects. Historic Architectural Character Do cu men tat ion The first step toward preserving and enhancing the historic character of Dexter's downtown is to document the historically and architecturally significant structures. Preservation measures could include review by a historic committee, moving endangered structures, designating a local historic district, or developing a historic preservation ordinance. Whatever regulations are implemented, they should be flexible so that goals for continuing growth and preservation of resources can both be met. �Compatibility Between Old and New Architecture As new convnercial buildings are constructed, it is important that they respect the character of the historic buildings in Downtown Dexter. It is not necessary to replicate exact historic design, but the historic structure should at least influence new design. Dimensioning and detailing of new buildings should reflect the proportions and general character of the neighboring older structures. Commercial Signage Signs are a vital part of the typical commercial setting. Played against the building facades, good signage contributes welcome color and visual interest to the streetscape. Four general concepts should govern the design of signage in the downtown: First, each sign should be carefully planned to fit the particular building facade and be designed to appear part of the total facade, rather than looking "tacked on." Second, signs should be of limited size and should not overwhelm the building front or obliterate architectural deta i1. 23 �Third, building owners should attempt to coordinate signs with neighboring shops/services in order to achieve a comfortable relatedness of materials, format, and placement. The goal is harmony, not literal replication of the same design throughout the down town • Fourth• there should be consistency of s ignage placement on the building facades. The 19th century storefronts which now chara_cterize Dexter's downtown historically carried signage in r the following locations: - Long, horizontal sign under the storefront cornice. - Small, flat signs perpendicular to the facade. - Small, flat signs in the building entry recess. f - Painted sign on store front window or door. - Painted signs on upper-story windows. - Canvas awning with painted sign on flap. r No roore than two or three sign placements should be used on a single building, but all are in keeping with the historic facades. Signage design, materials, and placement on new buildings which replicate signage on older structures will help to visually "tie together" old and new architecture in the down town • 24 �r Finally, few contemporary elements wreak as much ha•,oc with the historic appearance of older downtowns than the plastic internally lighted signs which represent food franchises, suppliers, insurance companies, and the like. This type of storefront sign has, also, unfortunately, become a common form of private commercial identification. The use of sensitive design professionals and sign makers should assure quality signs which enhance the appearance of individual buildings and of the downtown as a whole. materials, and construction are vital. Quality of workmanship, Appropriate materials and colors will help to enrich and strengthen the historic fabric of the commercial center of the community. The fallowing guidelines should be the reference du ring Streetscape Guidelines development and improvement projects in order to assist in the unification of buildings, signage, planting, and street furnishings within the downtown. The intent of these guidelines is to ensure that all materials, fixtures, textures, and design details work together to produce a unified and well-ordered appea ranee of Dexter's down town. 25 �• Plant Materials The width of the downtown sidewalk environment limits the range of materials and restricts placement of plantings in the street rights-of-way. Canopy trees are the main plantings, for they: shade the sidewalk environment; can be installed in grates, leaving a walking zone right up to the tree trunk; and • f r r 1 do not obstruct pedestrian space between street and buildings • A single canopy tree type should be used along the main street in the downtown, and other species may be selected for use on secondary streets as planting areas are identified. The selection of canopy trees for use downtown should be limited and based mainly on scale and cultural criteria. Spacing should be determined by the scale of the street, width of sidewalks, and the relation to other curbside elements--poles, meters, fire hydrants. I 26 �Selection and spacing of trees elsewhere in the village should achieve a healthy variety and attractive visual consistency in the residentia 1 streetscape. A number of streets \\Ould benefit greatly from planting placement to reduce the over-wide sea le of the rights-of-way. "Off" color varieties (examples are Sunburst Locust or Crimson King Norway Maples) should not be used in the public rights-ofway, for they destroy the visual continuity of the streetscape. Likewise, special forms, such as "weeping" trees, are best used in focal situations in private landscapes and not in the generalized landscape of the street. Evergreen trees, of great value when used appropriately, should not be used as street trees, for their fullness and low branching block views and create visibility problems for vehicular traffic. Small flowering ornamental trees are mainly accent or focal materials to help define spaces. There are many locations in the village where flowering trees would contribute attractive structure and seasonal color to civic settings. 1 Considerations in their placement should be: Clearance--because of short trunks and full crowns, they consume sidewalk space and, typically, are best used in lawns or beds away from foot traffic. 27 �Low, full crowns make many types of small trees excellent for screening and enclosure of areas such as parking lots and delivery or service zones. Raised planting areas assure usable pedestrian space closer to the tree than when plantings are at ground level. 11 Theme" trees of particular ornamental interest may be effective in giving a special character to the downtown and other areas in the village. Different species or combinations of species can identify particular sites. Examples are f.bnument Parki Warrior Park; Water Tower Park; village entrances, especially at Mast Road and Dexter Pinckney/Dexter Chelsea roads; the school "campus"; public facilities such as the post office, library, and Village Hall; and the street edges along the two village cemeteries. Flowering trees in movable planters typically are out of scale with their containers. Use them as permanent in-ground plantings. Shrubs are used for screening, accent, and focus. • Shrubs are excellent materials for buffering parking lots and delivery zones. In parks, they help to enclose spaces and contribute seasonal interest through flowers, fruit, fa 11 28 �'w- color without requiring the level of maintenance necessary for bedding flowers. Shrubs should not be used in sidewalk zones since sidewalk widths a re restricted. Use shrubs, or shrubs in combination with other materials, in larger planting beds, rather than in scattered individual units which only add to the clutter of the street space and impede pedestrian movement. Use evergreen and deciduous materials in combination. [ T When movable planters are used, compose them in groups. Dispersing these materials weakens their impact and adds to visual clutter. Expanded walk areas are logical locations for planter groups; examples could be the open comer at the Main/Broad Street light, or the entrance to the Village Hall. Herbaceous Materials Use seasonal and special accent materials in generous quantities. Do not dilute impact by spreading them out. Use .Q!!11.. when the necessary level of maintenance can be assured. The bulbs and summer flowers around the base of the 29 �,...... Civil War statue in Monument Park are an example of appropriate location and use. r r r r r Ground Covers: "Tie together" the larger elements of shrub/tree-planting compositions. Are a logical choice for use in small panels or in raised beds where grass· would be a maintenance problem. Planters Street trees are the primary downtown plantings and comprise the basic green matrix of the area. Other smaller materials are useful in more specific applications, in smaller scale, or off- r street situations. While street trees should be insta 11 ed flush with the pavement, the rest of the downtown plant material palette can be used in a variety of design situations and planter types. Restricted walkway widths in the downtown mandate a design and selection of street furnishings which keep to the absolute minimum the number of vertical elements allowed in the sidewalk space. Therefore, canopy trees in downtown sidewalks should be installed in tree grates flush with the pavement. 30 �rr Planters for other types of ma teria 1s ( flowering trees, shrubs, seasonal flowers) should not be used in the sidewalks unless there are widened walk areas which permit the use of vertica_l elements without obstructing the pedestrian traffic. Raised planting areas can serve several purposes in the pedestrian landscape: - Design and placement can direct routes of pedestrian movement. - Lighting and seating can be incorporated into the design. - A seat height planter wall can provide for sufficient lift to make small trees and shrubs useful and not be obstructions to pedestrian movement. Pedestrian Paving "'1 overall concept for pedestrian paving in the downtown should guide the use of special paving. predominate. downtown. A neutral paving should Only concrete walks currently exist in the Brick, textured concrete, or concrete pavers in simple patterns and in combination with basic concrete pavement can give a richer but neu tra 1 appea ranee. 31 �Use of only tw:> materials (and colors) will help to assure coherence and consistency in the entire pedestrian "floor" of the downtown. The fo 1lowing standards should apply: Simple patterns and combinations of materials make the clearest and most effective contribution to the overall appea ranee of the sidewalk zone. r Limit the number of different paving materials. Assure continuity through repetition (for example, continuous concrete walk and curb with brick or special concrete banding). Simpler is usually stronger. Reserve the richest materials and most detailed paving patterns for definition of place or space. The sidewalk paving immediately at a building entrance~ be given special design attention; but as a rule, the treatment need not be varied. �Furniture Group sidewalk furnishings in order to minimize visual clutter and impediments to pedestrian movement. l . . Trash receptacles • Mail boxes . . . Consider for grouping: Newspaper dispensers Plant containers Telephone kiosks Bicycle racks Benches l Placement should enhance both the function and appearance of the downtown. Locate them so that they do not obstruct pedestrian traffic. Locate them so that any necessary servicing, loading, 1 l supplying, etc., can be conducted conveniently from vehicles at the curb. Place and install in accordance with all applicable local standards. 33 �Standardize graphics and colors as much as possible. Select a standard color for all furniture hardware, parking meters. signposts, light and signal poles, and other steel elements in order to achieve maximum uniformity in appea ranee. Consolidate street signage onto as few posts as possible. Examine for redundancy and reduce number of signs, if possible. Benches/Seating Benches and seating areas are elements which enhance the appeal of the downtown and should work in concert with the rest of the urban furnishings to organize--both visually and functionally--the entire pedestrian environment. Locate seating areas where they will not create bottlenecks or obstruct pedestrian traffic. Seating should be located where there is shade during the heat of day. Minimize the clutter of freestanding street furniture in order to preserve as much free space as possible for pedestrians. Place fu mi tu re a long edges. 34 �• . The walls of raised planters should be of adequate thickness and height to serve as seating. Also, plantings, (trees) can provide a shaded environment, or lower masses of materials provide a "back" to the seating. The use of materials, colors, finishes, etc., already used in the area, repeated in the seating, reinforces a unified appea ranee. Avoid the fol lowing: - "cute" or ''theme" designs, historic or otherwise. - commercial designs which carry advertising display surfaces (A wood/concrete bench with the tall bench back acting as a large sign face is a recent and unfortunate addition to the local scene. These unsightly elements should be replaced by a single bench design, selected for its appropriateness to the historic downtown environment). Refer to the section on commercial signage. - flimsy design and construction - inappropriate materials--plastics, fiberglass, porcelained and baked enamel metal finishes which are bright, aggressive in their colors, and visually flimsy 35 �Whether freestanding or incorporated into other structural elements, benches/seating should be integral parts of the pedestrian environment. Their design, materials, construction, and colors should all be chosen to reinforce an overall order and continuity with other elements in the furnishing of Dexter's downtown. Lighting All lighting in• the public rights-of-way throughout the entire downtown should be simple and clean in design. Therefore, unity and consistency in selection of all elements of the streetscape are mandatory for creation of an ordered, coherent urban environment. All vehicular, pedestrian, and special lighting units should be complimentary in their design. All lighting for the public rights-of-way (vehicular and pedestrian zones) should be located at the curb 1 ine. Generally, lighting design in the downtown should be approached as design of a unified system with criteria changing as described below. 36 �Vehicular Lighting: Widest spacing Vehicular zone, public right-of-way Carried on tall masts (to 30') Needs of rootorists are for illumination levels adequate to clarify the order of the street system for the vehicular user. Pedestrian Lighting: Closer spacing Pedestrian zones, public right-of-way Lower poles (typically 10 - 12') Units are design elements of the pedestrian environment Pedestrian needs are for illumination levels in the sidewalk zone which create an attractive night environment and contribute to an atmosphere of safety and security. Special Public/Convnercial/Private: Special applications--illumination of display windows and convnercial frontages; facade illumination of landmark buildings; night lighting of public features--band shell, monument, etc., lighting of parks which are linked with the public streets. 37 �Greater latitude in use of different lighting styles and designs related to architecture~ historic settings, etc. All downtown lighting should still be sufficiently unified in design that the visual order of the downtown is not muddled by f scattered use of inappropriate lighting fixtures. This -category encompasses a variety of 1 ighting needs and applications. r [ In some instances (as with parking lighting) the same needs apply as were described for the pedestrian walks. Pedestrian 1 ighting presents particular opportunities for enhancement of architectural styles or historic themes. In other cases, as in facade or 100nument illumination, the actual lighting unit is of little design importance. 38 �Appendix A �VILLAGE OF DEXTER MASTER PLAN QUESTIONNAIRE I Appendix A The Village of Dexter working with the Planning/Design firm of Johnson, Johnson & Roy/inc. is in the process of developing a Master Plan for the community. When completed, this document will help guide development into the 21st century. An early part of the study is this local opittion survey to gather ' the thoughts and feelings of Village residents about strengths, weaknesses, and opportunities for community improvement. Your partfcfpatfon is encouraged to help us understand the needs and desires of co11111unity residents which are important in shaping the future of Dexter. Any information supplied will ~e used only to assist this planning effort and will be kept in complete confidence. Please return the form with as much information as you care to provide, even if you don't answer all of the questions. There is no reason for you to identify yourself or your address unless you believe ft is important Jo your response. Thank you in advance for your cooperation. Continued communication between the Village and its residents is the best way we can proceed in order to assure that the goals and values of our convnunity are reflected In the blueprint for the future of the Village, If you have questions about the survey or the Master Plan project, please call Barry Hurray of Johnson, Johnson & Roy/inc. at 662-445i or stop in at Land Surveying Consultants. 3205 Broad Street, Suite 1, in ·downtown Dexter. Please return this questionnaire in the enclosed postage paid return envelope by 17 September 1986: Additional copies of this survey are available at the Village Hall (8140 Hain Street) for households with multiple respondents. CENTRAL V l l l ~ , URON RIVER CBO EAS sourn ANNEX ANN!;Ji �VILLAGE OF DEXTER MASTER PLAN QUESTIONNAIRE COMMUNITY SIZE ANO ROLE I, The 1980 Census Indicated that Dexter had a population of lS24 persons. would you like to see the Village population total by the Year 20001 1000 1524 3000 Which number below 5000t 2. Please rank the following $latements as they describe your Impression or Dexter's role In the County. •• b, c. d, (I• Best Description; 4 • Worst Description) A bedroom co11111unlty to Ann Arbor for commuters who like a small town atmosphere. A place one must pass through from Ann Arbor to access major recreation areas In the county but would otherwise not attract visitors. A self-sufficient convnunlty that Is proud of Its heritage and Its future as a s■all, but diverse, urban center. A tourist destination for 1-94 travelers and Ann Arborltes. LAND DeVCLOPHENT l. The VIiiage has annexed 200 acres of vacant land along Dexter-Ann Arbor Road, east of town, which substantially Increases Its overall size (see attached map). What do you think are the best uses for that land? (Check as many as you think appropriate.) Slngle-fa111ly housing Parks •nd Recre•tlon Non-retail connerclal Schools Agriculture Hold the land vacant housing Increased Retail ConnerclaL Industrial growth A ■ lxture of retail. comerclal. and housing Hultl-fa ■ lly 4, 5, The VIiiage has acquired 127 acres of land south of Dan Hoey Road (see attached map) on the south side of town that Is targeted for Industrial development to allow existing Industries needed upanslon room and attf'ICt new Industries to strengthen the economic base. llow do you feel ,about this Idea? _ Disagree _ Strongly disagree _ Strongly agree 1. Do you think developnient ,along Jackson Road In Scio Township will eventually lead to urban and Industrial development connecting Dexter (via Paker Road) to Ann Arbor? _Yes No Unsure _ Not sure Agree b. How do you think this eventual linkage will affect the Dealer community? _ 6. Positively _ Negatively No effect Would addltlor\il c·onnei-cl,al development outside of downtown Dexter be detrimental to the viability of the existing businesses? Yes No Unsure �DOWNTOWN 7. Which of the following best describes the virlety of co•erclal goods ind services available In downtown Dealer? _ poor, Inadequate _ adequate _ very good _ outstanding 8• Whal ar~•s (If any) do you feel are lacking In the existing connerclal ■ lx7 Retail convenience (party store, drug store, grocery store) Restaurants (eat In) Restaurants (fist food) Retail co■ pirlson Specialty retill (gifts, recreation-oriented, tourls■) Specialty food Professional services (doctors, lawyers, engineers, etc.) llundro■ it . Other, please list ___________________________ 9. Are downtown street liyouts/trafflc pitterns convenient and workable? Yes No Unsure 10. ll. Is there enough parking downtown? ls It ·convenient? - What l ■pro,e■ ents Ho Ho Unsure Unsure would you like to see In the downtown? . Building ficade restoration Slgnage l■prove■ent (businesses) Trees · = - Yes Yes Historic street lights Plinlers/flowers =Other _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ JRANSPORTATION lZ. Would you use a bus/publl~ transportation connection with Ann Arbor? _ Regularly So■ etl ■es Never �~ ll. Please r,te the follow Ing housing types according to your prererence for Dexter. Slngle-f.. lly Ap•rt ■ents • In Ho•es Ap,rtments • In Co■plexes Need Hore Enough Too Many Condo■ lnlu■ s 14. Ple1se lndlc,te your opinion of e,ch of the neighborhoods. (Circle one number for each Best Street trees I Street parking l Wide streets I Big lots I Historic tio•es l Street lights I Sldew,lk condition I Curbs •nd gutters I Mix of uses l Maintenance 1 Heavy tr• fflc I Truck tr• fflc 1 Housing 1 Crl•e 1 Other following elements of Dexter's residential Item.) Average Worst z z 2 2 z 2 2 2 2 2 2 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 J J J J J 3 l J J J J 2 3 2 2 J J 5 5 5 5 s s 5 s s s s s 5 5 15. Pleue rate Dexter's entrances as attractive Introductions to the VI l lage. (Circle one number for each he■.) Ann Arbor-Outer Ro,d B1ker Road Dexter Chelsea Dexter-Pinckney Hut Most Attract Ive I 2 l 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 least Attract Ive Average s 4 4 J J J J 5 5 4 s s 4 4 3 COMHUNITYLR£CREATION What best proiaotes pride In the comunlty? (Check as many as appropr la le.) Schools Band concerts Historical Society Service clubs Comunlty the,ter Civic events (Dexter Daze, parades, 4th July fireworks, etc.) Other 17. Whtt p,rts of the Village ,re detrimental to the Image of the Village? 18. Is Dexter's "historic" Image Important? _ What ,re the 19. Is the ■ost l ■ portant ■ 11\pond Yes Ho Unsure Village landmarks? an asset to the Village? Yes No Unsure �20, Does Dealer need 1ddlllon1l parkl1nd for recreatlonf Yes No Unsure 21. Should Dealer have aore for Its visitors? (Check those Items you think ire needed.) _ Ylll1ge aap/dlrectory In the park Hhtorlc 111alks Carry-around maps Other _____________ _ 22, . Dealer Is an entrance to the lakes recreation areas. What additional co-erchl use 1110uld serve recre1llon visitors? (Check any you think appropriate.) Sporting goods Service station Puty story Bike store Restaurant Canoe livery De 11 ca lessen Fist food franchise 23, Do you have any other questions or co11111ents7 (Use additional paper If needed.) = � Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Wyckoff Planning and Zoning Collection Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Planning & Zoning Center (Lansing, Mich.) (Organization) Wyckoff, Mark A. Description An account of the resource Municipal master plans and zoning ordinances from across the state of Michigan, spanning from the 1960s to the early 2020s. The bulk of the collection was compiled by urban planner Mark Wyckoff over the course of his career as the founder and principal planner of the Planning and Zoning Center in Lansing, Michigan. Some additions have been made to the collection by municipalities since it was transferred to Grand Valley State University. Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant Michigan Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1960/2023 Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/870">Planning and Zoning Center Collection (RHC-240)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/NoC-US/1.0/">No Copyright - United States</a> Subject The topic of the resource Michigan Comprehensive plan publications Master plan reports Zoning--Michigan Zoning--Maps Maps Land use--planning Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Special Collections & University Archives Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context RHC-240 Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf Type The nature or genre of the resource Text Language A language of the resource eng Text A resource consisting primarily of words for reading. Examples include books, letters, dissertations, poems, newspapers, articles, archives of mailing lists. Note that facsimiles or images of texts are still of the genre Text. Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context Dexter_General-Development-Plan-Update_1988 Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Johnson, Johnson & Roy/inc. Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1988-01-18 Title A name given to the resource Village of Dexter General Development Plan Update Description An account of the resource The Village of Dexter General Development Plan Update was prepared by Johnson, Johnson & Roy/inc. and was adopted on January 18, 1988. Subject The topic of the resource Master plan reports Dexter (Mich.) Washtenaw County (Mich.) Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/870">Planning and Zoning Center Collection (RHC-240)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/NoC-US/1.0/">No Copyright - United States</a> Type The nature or genre of the resource Text Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf Language A language of the resource eng Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Lemmen Library and Archives